From 8181cdb09dfab0b2617431f7fbc586fa67b74e7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DongHun Kwak Date: Fri, 29 Sep 2017 11:03:46 +0900 Subject: [PATCH] Imported Upstream version 1.20 Change-Id: I45d3ea37120a2c2e83c8830cb47c05b3d0049baf Signed-off-by: DongHun Kwak --- Makefile.am | 27 +- Makefile.in | 38 +- NEWS | 74 + TODO | 29 +- acinclude.m4 | 55 - aclocal.m4 | 3 +- configure | 157 +- configure.ac | 26 +- examples/Makefile.am | 2 +- gtk-doc.dsl | 464 ++ gtk-doc.dsl.in | 16 +- gtk-doc.flat.make | 39 +- gtk-doc.m4 | 47 +- gtk-doc.make | 39 +- gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make | 33 +- gtk-doc.notmpl.make | 33 +- gtk-doc.pc.in | 2 +- gtk-doc.spec | 2 +- gtk-doc.xsl | 288 +- gtkdoc-common.pl | 543 ++ gtkdoc-fixxref.in | 4 +- gtkdoc-mkdb.in | 1763 ++++-- gtkdoc-mkhtml.in | 7 +- gtkdoc-scan.in | 119 +- gtkdoc-scangobj.in | 10 +- gtkdocize.in | 42 +- help/Makefile.in | 11 +- help/manual/C/index.docbook | 184 +- help/manual/Makefile.am | 4 +- help/manual/Makefile.in | 15 +- help/manual/bn_IN/index.docbook | 178 +- help/manual/de/de.po | 2492 +++++---- help/manual/de/fdl-appendix.xml | 246 +- help/manual/de/index.docbook | 619 +-- help/manual/el/el.po | 1696 +++--- help/manual/el/index.docbook | 203 +- help/manual/en_GB/index.docbook | 185 +- help/manual/es/es.po | 1944 ++++--- help/manual/es/index.docbook | 144 +- help/manual/fr/index.docbook | 186 +- help/manual/gu/index.docbook | 183 +- help/manual/pt_BR/fdl-appendix.xml | 233 + help/manual/pt_BR/index.docbook | 1529 ++++++ help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po | 5360 +++++++++++++++++++ help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp | 0 help/manual/sl/index.docbook | 180 +- help/manual/sv/index.docbook | 180 +- help/manual/ta/index.docbook | 183 +- help/manual/te/index.docbook | 183 +- help/manual/zh_CN/index.docbook | 193 +- home.png | Bin 654 -> 0 bytes left.png | Bin 459 -> 0 bytes m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 | 16 + m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 | 61 + right.png | Bin 472 -> 0 bytes style/home.png | Bin 0 -> 256 bytes style/left-insensitive.png | Bin 0 -> 395 bytes style/left.png | Bin 0 -> 262 bytes style/right-insensitive.png | Bin 0 -> 373 bytes style/right.png | Bin 0 -> 261 bytes style.css => style/style.css | 247 +- style/up-insensitive.png | Bin 0 -> 374 bytes style/up.png | Bin 0 -> 260 bytes tests/Makefile.am | 2 + tests/Makefile.in | 13 +- tests/annotations/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/annotations/docs/Makefile.in | 36 +- tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt | 1 + tests/annotations/src/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/annotations/src/tester.c | 10 + tests/annotations/src/tester.h | 2 + tests/bugs/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am | 2 +- tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in | 38 +- tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt | 3 + tests/bugs/src/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/bugs/src/tester.c | 30 + tests/bugs/src/tester.h | 8 + tests/empty.sh | 5 + tests/empty/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/empty/docs/Makefile.in | 36 +- tests/empty/docs/tester-sections.txt | 3 + tests/empty/src/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/empty/src/tester.c | 12 + tests/empty/src/tester.h | 10 + tests/fail/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/fail/docs/Makefile.in | 36 +- tests/fail/src/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/gobject/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.in | 42 +- tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml | 1 + tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt | 13 + tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in | 36 +- tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml | 1 + tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt | 13 + tests/gobject/docs/tester.types | 2 + tests/gobject/src/Makefile.in | 11 +- tests/gobject/src/gobject.c | 147 +- tests/gobject/src/gobject.h | 15 + tests/gobject/src/gtypes.c | 13 + tests/gobject/src/gtypes.h | 14 + tests/gtk-doc.make | 31 +- tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make | 25 +- tests/gtkdoctest.sh | 3 +- tests/sanity.sh | 3 +- up.png | Bin 406 -> 0 bytes 106 files changed, 16576 insertions(+), 4657 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 acinclude.m4 create mode 100644 gtk-doc.dsl create mode 100644 gtkdoc-common.pl create mode 100644 help/manual/pt_BR/fdl-appendix.xml create mode 100644 help/manual/pt_BR/index.docbook create mode 100644 help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po create mode 100644 help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp delete mode 100644 home.png delete mode 100644 left.png create mode 100644 m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 create mode 100644 m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 delete mode 100644 right.png create mode 100644 style/home.png create mode 100644 style/left-insensitive.png create mode 100644 style/left.png create mode 100644 style/right-insensitive.png create mode 100644 style/right.png rename style.css => style/style.css (52%) create mode 100644 style/up-insensitive.png create mode 100644 style/up.png delete mode 100644 up.png diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am index 8e33c3f..ae030df 100644 --- a/Makefile.am +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -34,11 +34,14 @@ gtkdocdata_DATA = \ gtk-doc.notmpl.make \ gtk-doc.flat.make \ gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \ - home.png \ - left.png \ - right.png \ - up.png \ - style.css + style/home.png \ + style/left.png \ + style/left-insensitive.png \ + style/right.png \ + style/right-insensitive.png \ + style/up.png \ + style/up-insensitive.png \ + style/style.css pkgconfigdir = $(datadir)/pkgconfig pkgconfig_DATA = gtk-doc.pc @@ -57,25 +60,14 @@ gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make: gtk-doc.notmpl.make EXTRA_DIST = \ MAINTAINERS \ + $(gtkdocdata_DATA) \ gtk-doc.pc.in \ gtk-doc.m4 \ - gtk-doc.make \ - gtk-doc.notmpl.make \ - gtk-doc.flat.make \ - gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \ gtk-doc.doap \ gtk-doc.spec.in \ gtk-doc.spec \ - gtk-doc.dcl \ - gtk-doc.xsl \ gtk-doc-fo.xsl \ - version-greater-or-equal.xsl \ - devhelp2.xsl \ gtk-doc.cat.in \ - home.png \ - left.png \ - right.png \ - up.png \ doc/README \ doc/authors.txt \ doc/gnome.txt \ @@ -89,7 +81,6 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \ examples/Makefile.am \ tools/docpercentages.pl \ tools/gtk-doc.el \ - style.css \ COPYING-DOCS MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \ diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 4bc96af..92e6d50 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -54,10 +54,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ build-aux/config.sub build-aux/depcomp build-aux/install-sh \ build-aux/ltmain.sh build-aux/missing ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ @@ -179,6 +180,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -189,6 +191,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -329,11 +332,14 @@ gtkdocdata_DATA = \ gtk-doc.notmpl.make \ gtk-doc.flat.make \ gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \ - home.png \ - left.png \ - right.png \ - up.png \ - style.css + style/home.png \ + style/left.png \ + style/left-insensitive.png \ + style/right.png \ + style/right-insensitive.png \ + style/up.png \ + style/up-insensitive.png \ + style/style.css pkgconfigdir = $(datadir)/pkgconfig pkgconfig_DATA = gtk-doc.pc @@ -343,25 +349,14 @@ sgmldir = $(datadir)/sgml/gtk-doc sgml_DATA = gtk-doc.cat EXTRA_DIST = \ MAINTAINERS \ + $(gtkdocdata_DATA) \ gtk-doc.pc.in \ gtk-doc.m4 \ - gtk-doc.make \ - gtk-doc.notmpl.make \ - gtk-doc.flat.make \ - gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make \ gtk-doc.doap \ gtk-doc.spec.in \ gtk-doc.spec \ - gtk-doc.dcl \ - gtk-doc.xsl \ gtk-doc-fo.xsl \ - version-greater-or-equal.xsl \ - devhelp2.xsl \ gtk-doc.cat.in \ - home.png \ - left.png \ - right.png \ - up.png \ doc/README \ doc/authors.txt \ doc/gnome.txt \ @@ -375,7 +370,6 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \ examples/Makefile.am \ tools/docpercentages.pl \ tools/gtk-doc.el \ - style.css \ COPYING-DOCS MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = \ diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index f0ed1df..e9cb2e2 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -1,3 +1,77 @@ +GTK-Doc 1.20 (Feb 16 2014) +============ + + Important notice - starting with the next release these long deprecated + features will be removed, please write to gtk-doc-list@gnome.org and tell us + your concerns: + o gtkdoc-scanobj (only used for gtkobject) + o return values need to be documented using "Returns:". We will remove the + heuristic that turns a paragraph starting with "Returns " into return docs. + o gtkdoc-mktmpl - please move all the comments into the sources. + o generating html via sgml tools (jade/openjade), using xsltproc and + docbook-xslt is pretty common and preferred since version 1.6 + + Changes + + o 605537 : Returns: listed among parameters + o 624001 : Support attribute-based method to deprecate symbols + o 662424 : Class hierarchy about interfaces not generated by default + o 665926 : should not have to document object structures + o 666509 : Specifying --enable-gtk-doc should not be required to build source packages + o 669417 : Duplicate IDs generated for unions registered as boxed types + o 671519 : Self-test relies on nonportable (GNU enhanced) 'date' command + o 692367 : gtkdocize should take a srcdir argument + o 696570 : style updates + o 697940 : Race condition between setup-build.stamp and scan-build.stamp + o 701259 : /bin/bash: -chmod: command not found + o 701638 : Support automake parallel test harness (fix error with GTKDOC_CHECK) + o 706404 : Minor bug in gtkdoc-mkdb + o 706438 : Empty lines added at the beginning and at the end of a programlisting + o 707426 : master is broken in picking up flavour from configure.ac + o 707717 : Support " Deprecated: X.Y " + o 708268 : New *-insensitive.png files are not distributes + o 710478 : gtkdoc-mkdb: Don't complain about annotations with hyphen + o 711111 : gtkdoc-mkdb: sort entries in the glossary + o 711598 : gtkdoc-scan doesn't ignore decorators containing parentheses + o 719644 : docs: make yelp usage conditional in manual + o 719645 : configure: emit message when looking for yelp + o 720061 : make: create subdirectories of the content_files to the builddir + o 721228 : configure: search for xml catalog in XDG_DATA_DIRS + o 722479 : cp -u is not portable + o 723118 : Mark |[ blocks as CDATA + o 723288 : Fix MarkDown support + o 723417 : New MarkDown parser + o 723696 : Add support for blockquote + o 723812 : Add support for reference links + o 723913 : List in markdown: < p > inside the last element of a < ul > list + o 723991 : Improve the display of the synopsis + o 724002 : gtkdoc-scan: Fix use of uninitialised value in trace logging + + Contributors + + Alban Browaeys + Alexander Kanavin + Carlos Garcia Campos + Christian Kirbach + Daniel Mustieles + David King + David Nečas + Dieter Verfaillie + Dimitris Spingos + Hib Eris + Matthias Clasen + Philip Chimento + Philip Withnall + Rafael Ferreira + Rico Tzschichholz + Ryan Lortie + Sebastian Rasmussen + Sébastien Wilmet + Stefan Sauer + Stef Walter + William Jon McCann + Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek + GTK-Doc 1.19 (Jun 05 2013) ============ diff --git a/TODO b/TODO index 51c0d28..66e5474 100644 --- a/TODO +++ b/TODO @@ -16,11 +16,30 @@ and join discussion about future features. Developers can also add items here :) -= Cleanups = -== get rid of the -section.txt file == -* section-title can be in SECTION comment already -* when scanning a header file, everything will be put to one section - * like we do for autogenerated section.txt file (gtkdoc-scan) += Less files to manually edit = +The goal is that we configure gtk-doc in configure.ac and Makefile.am and +document the code in the sources. Right no we also have to edit a bunch of extra +files: + * $(DOC_MODULE).types + * $(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml + * $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt + +== .types == + +* using SCAN_OPTION="--rebuild-types" can be used to avoid maintaining the types + file +* we need to check if this works well for all kind of _types (e.g. boxed) + https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=605025 + +== -section.txt == +https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=646094 + +* using SCAN_OPTION="--rebuild-sections" can be used to use the audogenerated + sections file +* when scanning a header file, everything of the header and the respective .c + file will be put to one section +* symbols can be hidden using __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__ + * we need comment markup to override the section e.g.: " * InSection: xxxx" this needs gtkdoc-mkdb::ScanSourceFile to understand a new tag, which diff --git a/acinclude.m4 b/acinclude.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 02501fa..0000000 --- a/acinclude.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ - -# Checks the location of the XML Catalog -# Usage: -# JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG([ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) -# Defines XMLCATALOG and XML_CATALOG_FILE substitutions -AC_DEFUN([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG], -[ - # check for the presence of the XML catalog - AC_ARG_WITH([xml-catalog], - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-xml-catalog=CATALOG], - [path to xml catalog to use]),, - [with_xml_catalog=/etc/xml/catalog]) - jh_found_xmlcatalog=true - XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog" - AC_SUBST([XML_CATALOG_FILE]) - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)]) - if test -f "$XML_CATALOG_FILE"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([found]) - else - jh_found_xmlcatalog=false - AC_MSG_RESULT([not found]) - fi - - # check for the xmlcatalog program - AC_PATH_PROG(XMLCATALOG, xmlcatalog, no) - if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then - jh_found_xmlcatalog=false - fi - - if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then - ifelse([$1],,[:],[$1]) - else - ifelse([$2],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find XML catalog])],[$2]) - fi -]) - -# Checks if a particular URI appears in the XML catalog -# Usage: -# JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG(URI, [FRIENDLY-NAME], [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) -AC_DEFUN([JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG], -[ - AC_REQUIRE([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG],[JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG(,[:])])dnl - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog]) - if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \ - AC_RUN_LOG([$XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "$1" >&2]); then - AC_MSG_RESULT([found]) - ifelse([$3],,,[$3 -])dnl - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([not found]) - ifelse([$4],, - [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])], - [$4]) - fi -]) diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index 126c399..b1fecda 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -1643,9 +1643,10 @@ AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR +m4_include([m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4]) +m4_include([m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4]) m4_include([m4/libtool.m4]) m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4]) m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4]) m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4]) m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4]) -m4_include([acinclude.m4]) diff --git a/configure b/configure index 9eaaee1..a86d4c4 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for gtk-doc 1.19. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for gtk-doc 1.20. # # Report bugs to . # @@ -571,8 +571,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='gtk-doc' PACKAGE_TARNAME='gtk-doc' -PACKAGE_VERSION='1.19' -PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.19' +PACKAGE_VERSION='1.20' +PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.20' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -623,6 +623,8 @@ YELP_HELP_RULES XMLLINT ITSTOOL HELP_DIR +DATE_FMT_CMD +ELAPSED_FMT TS_FMT TRACE glib_prefix @@ -1349,7 +1351,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.19 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.20 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1419,7 +1421,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.19:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.20:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -1542,7 +1544,7 @@ fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -gtk-doc configure 1.19 +gtk-doc configure 1.20 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -1820,7 +1822,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.19, which was +It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.20, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -2639,7 +2641,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='gtk-doc' - VERSION='1.19' + VERSION='1.20' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF @@ -12044,31 +12046,51 @@ $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: neither dblatex nor fop found, so no pdf output from fi - # check for the presence of the XML catalog # Check whether --with-xml-catalog was given. if test "${with_xml_catalog+set}" = set; then : withval=$with_xml_catalog; else - with_xml_catalog=/etc/xml/catalog + with_xml_catalog='' fi - jh_found_xmlcatalog=true - XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog" - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for XML catalog ($XML_CATALOG_FILE)... " >&6; } - if test -f "$XML_CATALOG_FILE"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5 -$as_echo "found" >&6; } - else - jh_found_xmlcatalog=false - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XML catalog" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for XML catalog... " >&6; } + if test -n "$with_xml_catalog"; then + if test -f "$with_xml_catalog"; then + jh_found_xmlcatalog=true + else + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + fi + else + if test -z "$XDG_DATA_DIRS"; then + jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:/usr/local/share:/usr/share" + else + jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:$XDG_DATA_DIRS" + fi + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs="$IFS" + IFS=':' + for d in $jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs; do + if test -f "$d/xml/catalog"; then + with_xml_catalog="$d/xml/catalog" + jh_found_xmlcatalog=true + break + fi + done + IFS="$jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs" + fi + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $with_xml_catalog" >&5 +$as_echo "$with_xml_catalog" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 $as_echo "not found" >&6; } - fi + fi + XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog" - # check for the xmlcatalog program - # Extract the first word of "xmlcatalog", so it can be a program name with args. + + # Extract the first word of "xmlcatalog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xmlcatalog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } @@ -12109,49 +12131,51 @@ $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi - if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then - jh_found_xmlcatalog=false - fi + if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + fi - if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then - : - else - : - fi + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then + : + else + : + fi - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog... " >&6; } - if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \ - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\" >&2"; } >&5 + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \ + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN\" >&2"; } >&5 ($XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" >&2) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5 $as_echo "found" >&6; } - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 + + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 $as_echo "not found" >&6; } - as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5 - fi + as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XML DTD V4.3 in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5 + fi - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog... " >&6; } - if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \ - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl\" >&2"; } >&5 + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog && \ + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$XMLCATALOG --noout \"\$XML_CATALOG_FILE\" \"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl\" >&2"; } >&5 ($XMLCATALOG --noout "$XML_CATALOG_FILE" "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/html/chunk.xsl" >&2) 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found" >&5 $as_echo "found" >&6; } - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 + + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: not found" >&5 $as_echo "not found" >&6; } - as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5 - fi + as_fn_error $? "could not find DocBook XSL Stylesheets in XML catalog" "$LINENO" 5 + fi @@ -12516,16 +12540,43 @@ else fi -date +%s.%N | grep -q "%N" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether date can output nanoseconds" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether date can output nanoseconds... " >&6; } +date +%s.%N | grep -q '%N' if test "$?" == "1"; then TS_FMT="+%s.%N" + ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S.%N" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } else TS_FMT="+%s.0" + ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } fi + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether date can format dates" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether date can format dates... " >&6; } +date >/dev/null 2>&1 --utc --date @1.1 $ELAPSED_FMT +if test "$?" == "0"; then + DATE_FMT_CMD="date --utc $ELAPSED_FMT --date @0" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +else + DATE_FMT_CMD="echo " + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for yelp-tools" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for yelp-tools... " >&6; } have_yelp_tools=no +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } @@ -12797,6 +12848,10 @@ uninstall-help: have_yelp_tools=yes +if test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xyes"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi if test x$have_yelp_tools = xyes; then HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_TRUE= HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_FALSE='#' @@ -13427,7 +13482,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.19, which was +This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.20, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -13484,7 +13539,7 @@ _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -gtk-doc config.status 1.19 +gtk-doc config.status 1.20 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index f5bdca1..600763a 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ dnl Use a simple 2-digit version number for a while, since our old example dnl Makefile can only cope with that, i.e. use 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 ... 9.9. dnl FIXME: I can't see anything failing (1.14.1), lets try to use a three digit dnl number for the development version -m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.19) +m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.20) AC_INIT([gtk-doc],[gtk_doc_version],[http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc],[gtk-doc]) @@ -210,22 +210,44 @@ fi AC_SUBST(TRACE) dnl check what date format we can use for the makefile tracing in tests -date +%s.%N | grep -q "%N" +AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether date can output nanoseconds) +date +%s.%N | grep -q '%N' if test "$?" == "1"; then TS_FMT="+%s.%N" + ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S.%N" + AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) else TS_FMT="+%s.0" + ELAPSED_FMT="+%H:%M:%S" + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_SUBST(TS_FMT) +AC_SUBST(ELAPSED_FMT) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether date can format dates) +date >/dev/null 2>&1 --utc --date @1.1 $ELAPSED_FMT +if test "$?" == "0"; then + DATE_FMT_CMD="date --utc $ELAPSED_FMT --date @0" + AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) +else + DATE_FMT_CMD="echo " + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST(DATE_FMT_CMD) dnl dnl Documentation dnl +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for yelp-tools]) have_yelp_tools=no m4_ifdef([YELP_HELP_INIT],[ +AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) YELP_HELP_INIT have_yelp_tools=yes ]) +if test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xyes"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) +fi AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_YELP_TOOLS],[test x$have_yelp_tools = xyes]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile diff --git a/examples/Makefile.am b/examples/Makefile.am index 994febb..d651f55 100644 --- a/examples/Makefile.am +++ b/examples/Makefile.am @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST += # Comment this out if you want 'make check' to test you doc status # and run some sanity checks if ENABLE_GTK_DOC -TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = cd $(srcdir) && \ +TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) #TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK) diff --git a/gtk-doc.dsl b/gtk-doc.dsl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c33ada8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gtk-doc.dsl @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ + +]> + + + + + +(define gtkdoc-version "") +(define gtkdoc-bookname "") + +;; These are some customizations to the standard HTML output produced by the +;; Modular DocBook Stylesheets. +;; I've copied parts of a few functions from the stylesheets so these should +;; be checked occasionally to ensure they are up to date. +;; +;; The last check was with version 1.40 of the stylesheets. +;; It will not work with versions < 1.19 since the $shade-verbatim-attr$ +;; function was added then. Versions 1.19 to 1.39 may be OK, if you're lucky! + +;;(define %generate-book-toc% #f) + +;; If a Chapter has role="no-toc" we don't generate a table of contents. +;; This is useful if a better contents page has been added manually, e.g. for +;; the GTK+ Widgets & Objects page. (But it is a bit of a hack.) +(define ($generate-chapter-toc$) + (not (equal? (attribute-string (normalize "role") (current-node)) "no-toc"))) + +(define %chapter-autolabel% + ;; Are chapters enumerated? + #f) + +(define %use-id-as-filename% #t) + +(define %html-ext% ".html") + +(define ($user-html-header$ #!optional + (home (empty-node-list)) + (up (empty-node-list)) + (prev (empty-node-list)) + (next (empty-node-list))) + (make sequence + (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-version "")) + (make empty-element gi: "META" + attributes: (list + (list "NAME" "GENERATOR") + (list "CONTENT" (string-append + "GTK-Doc V" + gtkdoc-version + " (SGML mode)")))) + (empty-sosofo)) + (make element gi: "STYLE" + attributes: (list (list "TYPE" "text/css")) + (literal ".synopsis, .classsynopsis { + background: #eeeeee; + border: solid 1px #aaaaaa; + padding: 0.5em; +} +.programlisting { + background: #eeeeff; + border: solid 1px #aaaaff; + padding: 0.5em; +} +.variablelist { + padding: 4px; + margin-left: 3em; +} +.navigation { + background: #ffeeee; + border: solid 1px #ffaaaa; + margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em; +} +.navigation a { + color: #770000; +} +.navigation a:visited { + color: #550000; +} +.navigation .title { + font-size: 200%; +}")))) + + +(mode book-titlepage-recto-mode + (element title + (make element gi: "TABLE" + attributes: (list + (list "CLASS" "navigation") + (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%) + (list "CELLPADDING" "2") + (list "CELLSPACING" "0")) + (make element gi: "TR" + (make element gi: "TH" + attributes: (list + (list "ALIGN" "center") + (list "VALIGN" "MIDDLE")) + (make element gi: "P" + attributes: (list (list "CLASS" (gi))) + (process-children-trim) + (make empty-element gi: "A" + attributes: (list (list "NAME" (element-id)))))))))) + +(define (book-titlepage-separator side) + (empty-sosofo)) + + +;; This overrides the variablelist definition (copied from 1.76, +;; dblists.dsl). It changes the table background color, cell spacing +;; and cell padding. +;; +;; I have also removed the code to handle the non-table case. +(element variablelist + (make sequence + (if %spacing-paras% + (make element gi: "P" (empty-sosofo)) + (empty-sosofo)) + (para-check) + + (make element gi: "TABLE" + attributes: '(("CLASS" "variablelist") + ("BORDER" "0") + ("CELLSPACING" "0") + ("CELLPADDING" "4")) + (if %html40% + (make element gi: "TBODY" + (with-mode variablelist-table + (process-children))) + (with-mode variablelist-table + (process-children)))) + (para-check 'restart))) + +(mode variablelist-table + (element (variablelist title) + (make element gi: "TR" + attributes: '(("CLASS" "TITLE")) + (make element gi: "TH" + attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT") + ("VALIGN" "TOP") + ("COLSPAN" "2")) + (process-children)))) + + (element varlistentry + (let* ((terms (select-elements (children (current-node)) + (normalize "term"))) + (listitem (select-elements (children (current-node)) + (normalize "listitem")))) + + (make element gi: "TR" + (make element gi: "TD" + attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT") + ("VALIGN" "TOP")) + (make empty-element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "NAME" (element-id)))) + (process-node-list terms)) + (make element gi: "TD" + attributes: '(("ALIGN" "LEFT") + ("VALIGN" "TOP")) + (process-node-list listitem))))) + + (element (varlistentry term) + (make sequence + (if %css-decoration% + (make element gi: "SPAN" + attributes: '(("STYLE" "white-space: nowrap")) + (process-children-trim)) + (make element gi: "NOBR" + (process-children-trim))) + (if (not (last-sibling?)) + (literal ", ") + (literal "")))) + + (element (varlistentry listitem) + (process-children)) +) + + +;; This overrides the refsect2 definition (copied from 1.20, dbrfntry.dsl). +;; It puts a horizontal rule before each function/struct/... description, +;; except the first one in the refsect1. +(element refsect2 + (make sequence + (if (first-sibling?) + (empty-sosofo) + (make empty-element gi: "HR")) + ($block-container$))) + +;; Override the book declaration, so that we generate a crossreference +;; for the book + +(element book + (let* ((bookinfo (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "bookinfo"))) + (ititle (select-elements (children bookinfo) (normalize "title"))) + (title (if (node-list-empty? ititle) + (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "title")) + (node-list-first ititle))) + (nl (titlepage-info-elements (current-node) bookinfo)) + (tsosofo (with-mode head-title-mode + (process-node-list title))) + (dedication (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "dedication")))) + (make sequence + (html-document + tsosofo + (make element gi: "DIV" + attributes: '(("CLASS" "BOOK")) + (if %generate-book-titlepage% + (make sequence + (book-titlepage nl 'recto) + (book-titlepage nl 'verso)) + (empty-sosofo)) + + (if (node-list-empty? dedication) + (empty-sosofo) + (with-mode dedication-page-mode + (process-node-list dedication))) + + (if (not (generate-toc-in-front)) + (process-children) + (empty-sosofo)) + + (if %generate-book-toc% + (build-toc (current-node) (toc-depth (current-node))) + (empty-sosofo)) + + ;; (let loop ((gilist %generate-book-lot-list%)) + ;; (if (null? gilist) + ;; (empty-sosofo) + ;; (if (not (node-list-empty? + ;; (select-elements (descendants (current-node)) + ;; (car gilist)))) + ;; (make sequence + ;; (build-lot (current-node) (car gilist)) + ;; (loop (cdr gilist))) + ;; (loop (cdr gilist))))) + + (if (generate-toc-in-front) + (process-children) + (empty-sosofo)))) + (make entity + system-id: "index.sgml" + (with-mode generate-index-mode + (process-children)))))) + +;; Mode for generating cross references + +(define (process-child-elements) + (process-node-list + (node-list-map (lambda (snl) + (if (equal? (node-property 'class-name snl) 'element) + snl + (empty-node-list))) + (children (current-node))))) + +(mode generate-index-mode + (element anchor + (if (attribute-string "href" (current-node)) + (empty-sosofo) + (make formatting-instruction data: + (string-append "\less-than-sign;ANCHOR id =\"" + (attribute-string "id" (current-node)) + "\" href=\"" + (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-bookname "")) + (string-append gtkdoc-bookname "/") + "") + (href-to (current-node)) + "\"\greater-than-sign; +")))) + + ;; We also want to be able to link to complete RefEntry. + (element refentry + (make sequence + (make formatting-instruction data: + (string-append "\less-than-sign;ANCHOR id =\"" + (attribute-string "id" (current-node)) + "\" href=\"" + (if (not (string=? gtkdoc-bookname "")) + (string-append gtkdoc-bookname "/") + "") + (href-to (current-node)) + "\"\greater-than-sign; +")) + (process-child-elements))) + + (default + (process-child-elements))) + +;; For hypertext links for which no target is found in the document, we output +;; our own special tag which we use later to resolve cross-document links. +(element link + (let* ((target (element-with-id (attribute-string (normalize "linkend"))))) + (if (node-list-empty? target) + (make element gi: "GTKDOCLINK" + attributes: (list + (list "HREF" (attribute-string (normalize "linkend")))) + (process-children)) + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "HREF" (href-to target))) + (process-children))))) + + +;; This overrides default-header-nav-tbl-noff (copied from 1.20, dbnavig.dsl). +;; I want 'Home' and 'Up' links at the top of each page, and white text on +;; black. +(define (default-header-nav-tbl-noff elemnode prev next prevsib nextsib) + (let* ((up (parent elemnode)) + (home (nav-home elemnode)) + (show-title? (nav-banner? elemnode)) + (title-sosofo + (make element gi: "TH" + attributes: (list + (list "WIDTH" "100%") + (list "align" "center")) + (if show-title? + (nav-banner elemnode) + (empty-sosofo)))) + (show-banner? (or show-title? + (not (node-list-empty? prev)) + (not (node-list-empty? next)) + (nav-context? elemnode))) + (banner-sosofo + (make element gi: "TR" + attributes: (list + (list "VALIGN" "middle")) + (if (not (node-list-empty? prev)) + (make element gi: "TD" + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "p") + (list "HREF" + (href-to prev))) + (make empty-element gi: "IMG" + attributes: (list + (list "SRC" "left.png") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") + (list "BORDER" "0") + (list "ALT" "Prev"))))) + (empty-sosofo)) + (if (nav-up? elemnode) + (make element gi: "TD" + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "u") + (list "HREF" + (href-to up))) + (make empty-element gi: "IMG" + attributes: (list + (list "SRC" "up.png") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") + (list "BORDER" "0") + (list "ALT" "Up"))))) + (empty-sosofo)) + (if (nav-home? elemnode) + (make element gi: "TD" + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "h") + (list "HREF" + (href-to home))) + (make empty-element gi: "IMG" + attributes: (list + (list "SRC" "home.png") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") + (list "BORDER" "0") + (list "ALT" "Home"))))) + (empty-sosofo)) + title-sosofo + (if (not (node-list-empty? next)) + (make element gi: "TD" + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "n") + (list "HREF" + (href-to next))) + (make empty-element gi: "IMG" + attributes: (list + (list "SRC" "right.png") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") + (list "BORDER" "0") + (list "ALT" "Next"))))) + (empty-sosofo))))) + + (if show-banner? + (make element gi: "TABLE" + attributes: (list + (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%) + (list "CLASS" "navigation") + (list "SUMMARY" "Navigation header") + (list "CELLPADDING" "2") + (list "CELLSPACING" "2")) + banner-sosofo) + (empty-sosofo)))) + +;; This overrides default-footer-nav-tbl (copied from 1.20, dbnavig.dsl). +;; It matches the header above. +(define (default-footer-nav-tbl elemnode prev next prevsib nextsib) + (let* ((show-footer? (or (not (node-list-empty? prev)) + (not (node-list-empty? next)))) + (footer-sosofo + (make element gi: "TR" + attributes: (list + (list "VALIGN" "middle")) + (make element gi: "TD" + attributes: (list + (list "ALIGN" "left")) + (if (not (node-list-empty? prev)) + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "p") + (list "HREF" (href-to prev))) + (make element gi: "B" + (make entity-ref name: "lt") + (make entity-ref name: "lt") + (make entity-ref name: "lt") + (make entity-ref name: "nbsp") + (element-title-sosofo prev))) + (empty-sosofo))) + (make element gi: "TD" + attributes: (list + (list "ALIGN" "right")) + (if (not (node-list-empty? next)) + (make element gi: "A" + attributes: (list + (list "ACCESSKEY" "n") + (list "HREF" (href-to next))) + (make element gi: "B" + (element-title-sosofo next) + (make entity-ref name: "nbsp") + (make entity-ref name: "gt") + (make entity-ref name: "gt") + (make entity-ref name: "gt"))) + (empty-sosofo)))))) + + (if show-footer? + (make element gi: "TABLE" + attributes: (list + (list "CLASS" "navigation") + (list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%) + (list "SUMMARY" "Navigation footer") + (list "CELLPADDING" "2") + (list "CELLSPACING" "2")) + footer-sosofo) + (empty-sosofo)))) + + +(define ($section-body$) + (make sequence + (make empty-element gi: "BR" + attributes: (list (list "CLEAR" "all"))) + (make element gi: "DIV" + attributes: (list (list "CLASS" (gi))) + ($section-separator$) + ($section-title$) + (process-children)))) + + + + + diff --git a/gtk-doc.dsl.in b/gtk-doc.dsl.in index 6dd962f..c33ada8 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.dsl.in +++ b/gtk-doc.dsl.in @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ (make empty-element gi: "IMG" attributes: (list (list "SRC" "left.png") - (list "WIDTH" "24") - (list "HEIGHT" "24") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") (list "BORDER" "0") (list "ALT" "Prev"))))) (empty-sosofo)) @@ -348,8 +348,8 @@ (make empty-element gi: "IMG" attributes: (list (list "SRC" "up.png") - (list "WIDTH" "24") - (list "HEIGHT" "24") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") (list "BORDER" "0") (list "ALT" "Up"))))) (empty-sosofo)) @@ -363,8 +363,8 @@ (make empty-element gi: "IMG" attributes: (list (list "SRC" "home.png") - (list "WIDTH" "24") - (list "HEIGHT" "24") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") (list "BORDER" "0") (list "ALT" "Home"))))) (empty-sosofo)) @@ -379,8 +379,8 @@ (make empty-element gi: "IMG" attributes: (list (list "SRC" "right.png") - (list "WIDTH" "24") - (list "HEIGHT" "24") + (list "WIDTH" "16") + (list "HEIGHT" "16") (list "BORDER" "0") (list "ALT" "Next"))))) (empty-sosofo))))) diff --git a/gtk-doc.flat.make b/gtk-doc.flat.make index 07d1056..06e1856 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.flat.make +++ b/gtk-doc.flat.make @@ -49,9 +49,13 @@ REPORT_FILES = \ $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) +gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile + $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ + echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ + chmod +x $@ + +CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp else @@ -63,9 +67,11 @@ else PDF_BUILD_STAMP= endif -all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -else -all-local: +all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) +.PHONY: all-gtk-doc + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +all-local: all-gtk-doc endif docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) @@ -83,12 +89,14 @@ setup-build.stamp: files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ + destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\ + test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ done; \ fi; \ test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \ - { cp -rp $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ + { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \ fi $(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp @@ -103,7 +111,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(V)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -139,7 +147,7 @@ tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DO $(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) $(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \ - cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ + cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ fi \ fi $(AM_V_at)touch tmpl-build.stamp @@ -157,7 +165,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML"; sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \ + -$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ done ; \ @@ -235,6 +243,9 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi distclean-local: @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ @@ -280,15 +291,17 @@ uninstall-local: # # Require gtk-doc when making dist # -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +if HAVE_GTK_DOC dist-check-gtkdoc: docs else dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" + @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" + @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" + @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" @false endif -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local +dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local @mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl @mkdir $(distdir)/html @-cp ./tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl diff --git a/gtk-doc.m4 b/gtk-doc.m4 index ac2eccb..3675543 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.m4 +++ b/gtk-doc.m4 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ dnl -*- mode: autoconf -*- -# serial 1 +# serial 2 dnl Usage: dnl GTK_DOC_CHECK([minimum-gtk-doc-version]) @@ -10,8 +10,24 @@ AC_DEFUN([GTK_DOC_CHECK], AC_BEFORE([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],[$0])dnl setup libtool first AC_BEFORE([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL],[$0])dnl setup libtool first + ifelse([$1],[],[gtk_doc_requires="gtk-doc"],[gtk_doc_requires="gtk-doc >= $1"]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for gtk-doc]) + PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$gtk_doc_requires],[have_gtk_doc=yes],[have_gtk_doc=no]) + AC_MSG_RESULT($have_gtk_doc) + + if test "$have_gtk_doc" = "no"; then + AC_MSG_WARN([ + You will not be able to create source packages with 'make dist' + because $gtk_doc_requires is not found.]) + fi + dnl check for tools we added during development - AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK],[gtkdoc-check]) + dnl Use AC_CHECK_PROG to avoid the check target using an absolute path that + dnl may not be writable by the user. Currently, automake requires that the + dnl test name must end in '.test'. + dnl https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=701638 + AC_CHECK_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK],[gtkdoc-check],[gtkdoc-check.test]) + AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH],[gtkdoc-check]) AC_PATH_PROGS([GTKDOC_REBASE],[gtkdoc-rebase],[true]) AC_PATH_PROG([GTKDOC_MKPDF],[gtkdoc-mkpdf]) @@ -28,22 +44,22 @@ AC_DEFUN([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [use gtk-doc to build documentation [[default=no]]]),, [enable_gtk_doc=no]) - if test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes; then - ifelse([$1],[], - [PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([gtk-doc],, - AC_MSG_ERROR([gtk-doc not installed and --enable-gtk-doc requested]))], - [PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([gtk-doc >= $1],, - AC_MSG_ERROR([You need to have gtk-doc >= $1 installed to build $PACKAGE_NAME]))]) - dnl don't check for glib if we build glib - if test "x$PACKAGE_NAME" != "xglib"; then - dnl don't fail if someone does not have glib - PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTKDOC_DEPS, glib-2.0 >= 2.10.0 gobject-2.0 >= 2.10.0,,[:]) - fi - fi - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build gtk-doc documentation]) AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_gtk_doc) + if test "x$enable_gtk_doc" = "xyes" && test "$have_gtk_doc" = "no"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([ + You must have $gtk_doc_requires installed to build documentation for + $PACKAGE_NAME. Please install gtk-doc or disable building the + documentation by adding '--disable-gtk-doc' to '[$]0'.]) + fi + + dnl don't check for glib if we build glib + if test "x$PACKAGE_NAME" != "xglib"; then + dnl don't fail if someone does not have glib + PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTKDOC_DEPS, glib-2.0 >= 2.10.0 gobject-2.0 >= 2.10.0,,[:]) + fi + dnl enable/disable output formats AC_ARG_ENABLE([gtk-doc-html], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-gtk-doc-html], @@ -63,6 +79,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([GTK_DOC_CHECK], fi AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY]) + AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GTK_DOC], [test x$have_gtk_doc = xyes]) AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], [test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes]) AM_CONDITIONAL([GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML], [test x$enable_gtk_doc_html = xyes]) AM_CONDITIONAL([GTK_DOC_BUILD_PDF], [test x$enable_gtk_doc_pdf = xyes]) diff --git a/gtk-doc.make b/gtk-doc.make index 3b5bed0..dd31993 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.make +++ b/gtk-doc.make @@ -49,9 +49,13 @@ REPORT_FILES = \ $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) +gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile + $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ + echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ + chmod +x $@ + +CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp else @@ -63,9 +67,11 @@ else PDF_BUILD_STAMP= endif -all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -else -all-local: +all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) +.PHONY: all-gtk-doc + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +all-local: all-gtk-doc endif docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) @@ -83,12 +89,14 @@ setup-build.stamp: files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ + destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\ + test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ done; \ fi; \ test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \ - { cp -rp $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ + { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \ fi $(AM_V_at)touch setup-build.stamp @@ -103,7 +111,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(V)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -139,7 +147,7 @@ tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DO $(GTK_DOC_V_TMPL)gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) $(AM_V_at)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \ - cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ + cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ fi \ fi $(AM_V_at)touch tmpl-build.stamp @@ -157,7 +165,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_XML_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XML_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_XML_0=@echo " DOC Building XML"; sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) - $(GTK_DOC_V_XML)-chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \ + -$(GTK_DOC_V_XML)chmod -R u+w $(srcdir) && _source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ done ; \ @@ -235,6 +243,9 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi distclean-local: @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ @@ -280,15 +291,17 @@ uninstall-local: # # Require gtk-doc when making dist # -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +if HAVE_GTK_DOC dist-check-gtkdoc: docs else dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" + @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" + @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" + @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" @false endif -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local +dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local @mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl @mkdir $(distdir)/html @-cp ./tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl diff --git a/gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make b/gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make index c3e4ae6..642020b 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make +++ b/gtk-doc.notmpl-flat.make @@ -49,9 +49,13 @@ REPORT_FILES = \ $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) +gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile + $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ + echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ + chmod +x $@ + +CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp else @@ -63,9 +67,11 @@ else PDF_BUILD_STAMP= endif -all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -else -all-local: +all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) +.PHONY: all-gtk-doc + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +all-local: all-gtk-doc endif docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) @@ -83,8 +89,10 @@ setup-build.stamp: files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ + destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \ + test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -101,7 +109,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(V)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -212,6 +220,9 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi distclean-local: @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ @@ -256,15 +267,17 @@ uninstall-local: # # Require gtk-doc when making dist # -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +if HAVE_GTK_DOC dist-check-gtkdoc: docs else dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" + @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" + @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" + @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" @false endif -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local +dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local @mkdir $(distdir)/html @cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/ diff --git a/gtk-doc.notmpl.make b/gtk-doc.notmpl.make index 104c399..e791656 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.notmpl.make +++ b/gtk-doc.notmpl.make @@ -49,9 +49,13 @@ REPORT_FILES = \ $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \ $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt -CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) +gtkdoc-check.test: Makefile + $(AM_V_GEN)echo "#!/bin/sh -e" > $@; \ + echo "$(GTKDOC_CHECK_PATH) || exit 1" >> $@; \ + chmod +x $@ + +CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) gtkdoc-check.test -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC if GTK_DOC_BUILD_HTML HTML_BUILD_STAMP=html-build.stamp else @@ -63,9 +67,11 @@ else PDF_BUILD_STAMP= endif -all-local: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) -else -all-local: +all-gtk-doc: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) +.PHONY: all-gtk-doc + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +all-local: all-gtk-doc endif docs: $(HTML_BUILD_STAMP) $(PDF_BUILD_STAMP) @@ -83,8 +89,10 @@ setup-build.stamp: files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \ if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ + destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \ + test -d "$$destdir" || mkdir -p "$$destdir"; \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/$$file || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -101,7 +109,7 @@ GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(V)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_=$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT_0=@echo " DOC Introspecting gobjects"; -scan-build.stamp: $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) $(GTK_DOC_V_SCAN)_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -212,6 +220,9 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) clean-local: @rm -f *~ *.bak @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi distclean-local: @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \ @@ -256,15 +267,17 @@ uninstall-local: # # Require gtk-doc when making dist # -if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +if HAVE_GTK_DOC dist-check-gtkdoc: docs else dist-check-gtkdoc: - @echo "*** gtk-doc must be installed and enabled in order to make dist" + @echo "*** gtk-doc is needed to run 'make dist'. ***" + @echo "*** gtk-doc was not found when 'configure' ran. ***" + @echo "*** please install gtk-doc and rerun 'configure'. ***" @false endif -dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc dist-hook-local +dist-hook: dist-check-gtkdoc all-gtk-doc dist-hook-local @mkdir $(distdir)/html @cp ./html/* $(distdir)/html @-cp ./$(DOC_MODULE).pdf $(distdir)/ diff --git a/gtk-doc.pc.in b/gtk-doc.pc.in index 421f9f2..fbce721 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.pc.in +++ b/gtk-doc.pc.in @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ prefix=@prefix@ exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -data_dir=@PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@ +data_dir=@datadir@/@PACKAGE@/data Name: gtk-doc Description: API documentation generator diff --git a/gtk-doc.spec b/gtk-doc.spec index e2e3aa8..3b3895d 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.spec +++ b/gtk-doc.spec @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Summary: GTK+ DocBook Documentation Generator Name: gtk-doc -Version: 1.19 +Version: 1.20 Release: 1 License: GPL Group: Utilities/Text diff --git a/gtk-doc.xsl b/gtk-doc.xsl index 9ff614b..b3a9b49 100644 --- a/gtk-doc.xsl +++ b/gtk-doc.xsl @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ + 2 book toc @@ -61,6 +62,9 @@ + + + + + + Top + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + +  |  + + + + + + + + + + +  |  + + + #gls + + + + + + + + + +  |  + + + #idx + + + + + + + - + - + - + - + - nav-prev + nav-home @@ -488,7 +599,7 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ - + nav-up @@ -499,22 +610,22 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ -   + - + - + - + - + - nav-home + nav-prev @@ -522,12 +633,9 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ -   + - - - @@ -537,7 +645,7 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ - + nav-next @@ -548,148 +656,10 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ -   + - - - - - - - Top - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - -  |  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  |  - - - #gls - - - - - - - - - - - -  |  - - - #idx - - - - - - - @@ -786,7 +756,7 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/

- + @@ -828,7 +798,7 @@ Get a newer version at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/ [  -  |  +  |  diff --git a/gtkdoc-common.pl b/gtkdoc-common.pl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddc7ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/gtkdoc-common.pl @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w +# -*- cperl -*- +# +# gtk-doc - GTK DocBook documentation generator. +# Copyright (C) 2001 Damon Chaplin +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +# + +# +# These are functions used by several of the gtk-doc Perl scripts. +# We'll move more of the common routines here eventually, though they need to +# stop using global variables first. +# + +1; + + +############################################################################# +# Function : UpdateFileIfChanged +# Description : Compares the old version of the file with the new version and +# if the file has changed it moves the new version into the old +# versions place. This is used so we only change files if +# needed, so we can do proper dependency tracking and we don't +# needlessly check files into version control systems that haven't +# changed. +# It returns 0 if the file hasn't changed, and 1 if it has. +# Arguments : $old_file - the pathname of the old file. +# $new_file - the pathname of the new version of the file. +# $make_backup - 1 if a backup of the old file should be kept. +# It will have the .bak suffix added to the file name. +############################################################################# + +sub UpdateFileIfChanged { + my ($old_file, $new_file, $make_backup) = @_; + + #LogTrace("Comparing $old_file with $new_file..."); + + # If the old file doesn't exist we want this to default to 1. + my $exit_code = 1; + + if (-e $old_file) { + `cmp -s "$old_file" "$new_file"`; + $exit_code = $? >> 8; + #LogTrace(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)"; + } + + if ($exit_code > 1) { + die "Error running 'cmp $old_file $new_file'"; + } + + if ($exit_code == 1) { + #LogTrace(" files changed - replacing old version with new version."); + if ($make_backup && -e $old_file) { + rename ($old_file, "$old_file.bak") + || die "Can't move $old_file to $old_file.bak: $!"; + } + rename ($new_file, $old_file) + || die "Can't move $new_file to $old_file: $!"; + + return 1; + } else { + #LogTrace(" files the same - deleting new version."); + unlink ("$new_file") + || die "Can't delete file: $new_file: $!"; + + return 0; + } +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : ParseStructDeclaration +# Description : This function takes a structure declaration and +# breaks it into individual type declarations. +# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse +# $is_object - true if this is an object structure +# $output_function_params - true if full type is wanted for +# function pointer members +# $typefunc - function reference to apply to type +# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name +############################################################################# + +sub ParseStructDeclaration { + my ($declaration, $is_object, $output_function_params, $typefunc, $namefunc) = @_; + + # For forward struct declarations just return an empty array. + if ($declaration =~ m/(?:struct|union)\s+\S+\s*;/msg) { + return (); + } + + # Remove all private parts of the declaration + + # For objects, assume private + if ($is_object) { + $declaration =~ s!((?:struct|union)\s+\w*\s*\{) + .*? + (?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=\}))!$1!msgx; + } + + # Remove private symbols + # Assume end of declaration if line begins with '}' + $declaration =~ s!\n?[ \t]*/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/.*?(?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=^\}))!!msgx; + + # Remove all other comments + $declaration =~ s@\n\s*/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/\s*\n@\n@msg; + $declaration =~ s@/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/@ @g; + $declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg; + $declaration =~ s@//.*@@g; + + my @result = (); + + if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) { + return @result; + } + + # Prime match after "struct/union {" declaration + if (!scalar($declaration =~ m/(?:struct|union)\s+\w*\s*\{/msg)) { + die "Declaration '$declaration' does not begin with struct/union [NAME] {\n"; + } + + #LogTrace("public fields in struct/union: $declaration"); + + # Treat lines in sequence, allowing singly nested anonymous structs + # and unions. + while ($declaration =~ m/\s*([^{;]+(\{[^\}]*\}[^{;]+)?);/msg) { + my $line = $1; + + last if $line =~ /^\s*\}\s*\w*\s*$/; + + # FIXME: Just ignore nested structs and unions for now + next if $line =~ /{/; + + # ignore preprocessor directives + while ($line =~ /^#.*?\n\s*(.*)/msg) { + $line=$1; + } + + last if $line =~ /^\s*\}\s*\w*\s*$/; + + # Try to match structure members which are functions + if ($line =~ m/^ + (const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|unsigned\s+|signed\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*(struct\s+|enum\s+)? # mod1 + (\w+)\s* # type + (\**(?:\s*restrict)?)\s* # ptr1 + (const\s+)? # mod2 + (\**\s*) # ptr2 + (const\s+)? # mod3 + \(\s*\*\s*(\w+)\s*\)\s* # name + \(([^)]*)\)\s* # func_params + $/x) { + + my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : ""; + if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; } + my $type = $3; + my $ptr1 = $4; + my $mod2 = defined($5) ? $5 : ""; + my $ptr2 = $6; + my $mod3 = defined($7) ? $7 : ""; + my $name = $8; + my $func_params = $9; + my $ptype = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "$type") : $type; + my $pname = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($name) : $name; + + push @result, $name; + + if ($output_function_params) { + push @result, "$mod1$ptype$ptr1$mod2$ptr2$mod3 (*$pname) ($func_params)"; + } else { + push @result, "$pname ()"; + } + + + # Try to match normal struct fields of comma-separated variables/ + } elsif ($line =~ m/^ + ((?:const\s+|volatile\s+|unsigned\s+|signed\s+|short\s+|long\s+)?)(struct\s+|enum\s+)? # mod1 + (\w+)\s* # type + (\** \s* const\s+)? # mod2 + (.*) # variables + $/x) { + + my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : ""; + if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; } + my $type = $3; + my $ptype = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "$type") : $type; + my $mod2 = defined($4) ? " " . $4 : ""; + my $list = $5; + + #LogTrace("'$mod1' '$type' '$mod2' '$list'"); + + $mod1 =~ s/ / /g; + $mod2 =~ s/ / /g; + + my @names = split /,/, $list; + for my $n (@names) { + # Each variable can have any number of '*' before the + # identifier, and be followed by any number of pairs of + # brackets or a bit field specifier. + # e.g. *foo, ***bar, *baz[12][23], foo : 25. + if ($n =~ m/^\s* (\**(?:\s*restrict\b)?) \s* (\w+) \s* (?: ((?:\[[^\]]*\]\s*)+) | (:\s*\d+)?) \s* $/x) { + my $ptrs = $1; + my $name = $2; + my $array = defined($3) ? $3 : ""; + my $bits = defined($4) ? " $4" : ""; + + if ($ptrs && $ptrs !~ m/\*$/) { $ptrs .= " "; } + $array =~ s/ / /g; + $bits =~ s/ / /g; + + push @result, $name; + if (defined $namefunc) { + $name = $namefunc->($name); + } + push @result, "$mod1$ptype$mod2 $ptrs$name$array$bits;"; + + #LogTrace("Matched line: $mod1$ptype$mod2 $ptrs$name$array$bits"); + } else { + print "WARNING: Couldn't parse struct field: $n\n"; + } + } + + } else { + print "WARNING: Cannot parse structure field: \"$line\"\n"; + } + } + + return @result; +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : ParseEnumDeclaration +# Description : This function takes a enumeration declaration and +# breaks it into individual enum member declarations. +# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse +############################################################################# + +sub ParseEnumDeclaration { + my ($declaration, $is_object) = @_; + + # For forward enum declarations just return an empty array. + if ($declaration =~ m/enum\s+\S+\s*;/msg) { + return (); + } + + # Remove private symbols + # Assume end of declaration if line begins with '}' + $declaration =~ s!\n?[ \t]*/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/.*?(?:/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/|(?=^\}))!!msgx; + + # Remove all other comments + $declaration =~ s@\n\s*/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/\s*\n@\n@msg; + $declaration =~ s@/\*([^*]+|\*(?!/))*\*/@ @g; + $declaration =~ s@\n\s*//.*?\n@\n@msg; + $declaration =~ s@//.*@@g; + + my @result = (); + + if ($declaration =~ /^\s*$/) { + return @result; + } + + # Remove parenthesized expressions (in macros like GTK_BLAH = BLAH(1,3)) + # to avoid getting confused by commas they might contain. This + # doesn't handle nested parentheses correctly. + + $declaration =~ s/\([^)\n]+\)//g; + + # Remove comma from comma - possible whitespace - closing brace sequence + # since it is legal in GNU C and C99 to have a trailing comma but doesn't + # result in an actual enum member + + $declaration =~ s/,(\s*})/$1/g; + + # Prime match after "typedef enum {" declaration + if (!scalar($declaration =~ m/(typedef\s+)?enum\s*(\S+\s*)?\{/msg)) { + die "Enum declaration '$declaration' does not begin with 'typedef enum {' or 'enum XXX {'\n"; + } + + #LogTrace("public fields in enum: $declaration"); + + # Treat lines in sequence. + while ($declaration =~ m/\s*([^,\}]+)([,\}])/msg) { + my $line = $1; + my $terminator = $2; + + # ignore preprocessor directives + while ($line =~ /^#.*?\n\s*(.*)/msg) { + $line=$1; + } + + if ($line =~ m/^(\w+)\s*(=.*)?$/msg) { + push @result, $1; + + # Special case for GIOCondition, where the values are specified by + # macros which expand to include the equal sign like '=1'. + } elsif ($line =~ m/^(\w+)\s*GLIB_SYSDEF_POLL/msg) { + push @result, $1; + + # Special case include of , just ignore it + } elsif ($line =~ m/^#include/) { + last; + + # Special case for #ifdef/#else/#endif, just ignore it + } elsif ($line =~ m/^#(?:if|else|endif)/) { + last; + + } else { + warn "Cannot parse enumeration member \"$line\""; + } + + last if $terminator eq '}'; + } + + return @result; +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : ParseFunctionDeclaration +# Description : This function takes a function declaration and +# breaks it into individual parameter declarations. +# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse +# $typefunc - function reference to apply to type +# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name +############################################################################# + +sub ParseFunctionDeclaration { + my ($declaration, $typefunc, $namefunc) = @_; + + my @result = (); + + my ($param_num) = 0; + while ($declaration ne "") { + #LogTrace("[$declaration]"); + + if ($declaration =~ s/^[\s,]+//) { + # skip whitespace and commas + next; + + } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^void\s*[,\n]//) { + if ($param_num != 0) { + # FIXME: whats the problem here? + warn "void used as parameter in function $declaration"; + } + push @result, "void"; + my $xref = "void"; + my $label = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($xref) : $xref; + push @result, $label; + + } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^\s*[_a-zA-Z0-9]*\.\.\.\s*[,\n]//) { + push @result, "..."; + my $label = defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->("...") : "..."; + push @result, $label; + + # allow alphanumerics, '_', '[' & ']' in param names + # Try to match a standard parameter + # $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 + } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^\s*((?:(?:G_CONST_RETURN|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\s+|unsigned long|unsigned short|signed long|signed short|unsigned|signed|long|short|volatile|const)\s+)*)((?:struct\b|enum\b)?\s*\w+)\s*((?:(?:const\b|restrict\b|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\b)?\s*\*?\s*(?:const\b|restrict\b|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\b)?\s*)*)(\w+)?\s*((?:\[\S*\])*)\s*(?:G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+)?\s*[,\n]//) { + my $pre = defined($1) ? $1 : ""; + my $type = $2; + my $ptr = defined($3) ? $3 : ""; + my $name = defined($4) ? $4 : ""; + my $array = defined($5) ? $5 : ""; + + $pre =~ s/\s+/ /g; + $type =~ s/\s+/ /g; + $ptr =~ s/\s+/ /g; + $ptr =~ s/\s+$//; + if ($ptr && $ptr !~ m/\*$/) { $ptr .= " "; } + + #LogTrace("$symbol: '$pre' '$type' '$ptr' '$name' '$array'"); + + if (($name eq "") && $pre =~ m/^((un)?signed .*)\s?/ ) { + $name = $type; + $type = "$1"; + $pre = ""; + } + + if ($name eq "") { + $name = "Param" . ($param_num + 1); + } + + #LogTrace("$symbol: '$pre' '$type' '$ptr' '$name' '$array'"); + + push @result, $name; + my $xref = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "$type") : $type; + my $label = "$pre$xref $ptr$name$array"; + if (defined $namefunc) { + $label = $namefunc->($label) + } + push @result, $label; + + # Try to match parameters which are functions + # $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 + } elsif ($declaration =~ s/^(const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|G_GNUC_[A-Z_]+\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+)*(struct\s+)?(\w+)\s*(\**)\s*(?:restrict\b)?\s*(const\s+)?\(\s*(\*[\s\*]*)\s*(\w+)\s*\)\s*\(([^)]*)\)\s*[,\n]//) { + my $mod1 = defined($1) ? $1 : ""; + if (defined($2)) { $mod1 .= $2; } + my $type = $3; + my $ptr1 = $4; + my $mod2 = defined($5) ? $5 : ""; + my $func_ptr = $6; + my $name = $7; + my $func_params = defined($8) ? $8 : ""; + + #if (!defined($type)) { print "## no type\n"; }; + #if (!defined($ptr1)) { print "## no ptr1\n"; }; + #if (!defined($func_ptr)) { print "## no func_ptr\n"; }; + #if (!defined($name)) { print "## no name\n"; }; + + if ($ptr1 && $ptr1 !~ m/\*$/) { $ptr1 .= " "; } + $func_ptr =~ s/\s+//g; + + push @result, $name; + my $xref = defined $typefunc ? $typefunc->($type, "$type") : $type; + #LogTrace("Type: [$mod1][$xref][$ptr1][$mod2] ([$func_ptr][$name]) ($func_params)"); + my $label = "$mod1$xref$ptr1$mod2 ($func_ptr$name) ($func_params)"; + if (defined $namefunc) { + $label = $namefunc->($label) + } + push @result, $label; + } else { + warn "Can't parse args for function in \"$declaration\""; + last; + } + $param_num++; + } + + return @result; +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : ParseMacroDeclaration +# Description : This function takes a macro declaration and +# breaks it into individual parameter declarations. +# Arguments : $declaration - the declaration to parse +# $namefunc - function reference to apply to name +############################################################################# + +sub ParseMacroDeclaration { + my ($declaration, $namefunc) = @_; + + my @result = (); + + if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*#\s*define\s+\w+\(([^\)]*)\)/) { + my $params = $1; + + $params =~ s/\\\n//g; + foreach $param (split (/,/, $params)) { + $param =~ s/^\s+//; + $param =~ s/\s*$//; + # Allow varargs variations + if ($param =~ m/^.*\.\.\.$/) { + $param = "..."; + } + if ($param =~ m/\S/) { + push @result, $param; + push @result, defined $namefunc ? $namefunc->($param) : $param; + } + } + } + + return @result; +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : LogWarning +# Description : Log a warning in gcc style format +# Arguments : $file - the file the error comes from +# $line - line number for the wrong entry +# $message - description of the issue +############################################################################# + +sub LogWarning { + my ($file, $line, $message) = @_; + + $file="unknown" if !defined($file); + $line="0" if !defined($line); + + print "$file:$line: warning: $message\n" +} + +sub LogTrace { + my ($message) = @_; + + if (defined($ENV{"GTKDOC_TRACE"})) { + my (undef, $file, $line) = caller; + + chomp($message); + print "$file:$line: trace: $message\n" + } +} + + +############################################################################# +# Function : CreateValidSGMLID +# Description : Creates a valid SGML 'id' from the given string. +# According to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/types.html#type-id +# "ID and NAME tokens must begin with a letter ([A-Za-z]) and +# may be followed by any number of letters, digits ([0-9]), +# hyphens ("-"), underscores ("_"), colons (":"), and +# periods (".")." +# +# NOTE: When creating SGML IDS, we append ":CAPS" to all +# all-caps identifiers to prevent name clashes (SGML ids are +# case-insensitive). (It basically never is the case that +# mixed-case identifiers would collide.) +# Arguments : $id - the string to be converted into a valid SGML id. +############################################################################# + +sub CreateValidSGMLID { + my ($id) = $_[0]; + + # Special case, '_' would end up as '' so we use 'gettext-macro' instead. + if ($id eq "_") { return "gettext-macro"; } + + $id =~ s/[_ ]/-/g; + $id =~ s/[,;]//g; + $id =~ s/^-*//; + $id =~ s/::/-/g; + $id =~ s/:/--/g; + + # Append ":CAPS" to all all-caps identifiers + # FIXME: there are some inconsistencies here, we have sgml.index files + # containing e.g. TRUE--CAPS + if ($id !~ /[a-z]/ && $id !~ /-CAPS$/) { $id .= ":CAPS" }; + + return $id; +} + diff --git a/gtkdoc-fixxref.in b/gtkdoc-fixxref.in index 569200b..3bb47e2 100755 --- a/gtkdoc-fixxref.in +++ b/gtkdoc-fixxref.in @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ sub HighlightSourceVim { close (NEWFILE); # format source - system "echo 'let html_number_lines=0|let html_use_css=1|let use_xhtml=1|syn on|e $temp_source_file|run! syntax/2html.vim|w! $temp_source_file.html|qa!' | @HIGHLIGHT@ -n -e -u NONE -T xterm >/dev/null"; + system "echo 'let html_number_lines=0|let html_use_css=1|let html_use_xhtml=1|syn on|e $temp_source_file|run! syntax/2html.vim|w! $temp_source_file.html|qa!' | @HIGHLIGHT@ -n -e -u NONE -T xterm >/dev/null"; my $highlighted_source; { @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ sub HighlightSourceVim { $highlighted_source = ; close (NEWFILE); } - $highlighted_source =~ s#.*
\n##s;
+    $highlighted_source =~ s#.*]*>\n##s;
     $highlighted_source =~ s#
.*##s; # need to rewrite the stylesheet classes diff --git a/gtkdoc-mkdb.in b/gtkdoc-mkdb.in index b08c0b7..a26e792 100755 --- a/gtkdoc-mkdb.in +++ b/gtkdoc-mkdb.in @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ # Description : This creates the DocBook files from the edited templates. ############################################################################# +use warnings; use strict; use Getopt::Long; @@ -304,29 +305,73 @@ my %AnnotationsUsed; my %AnnotationDefinition = ( 'allow-none' => "NULL is ok, both for passing and for returning.", 'array' => "Parameter points to an array of items.", - 'attribute' => "Free-form custom annotation.", + 'attribute' => "Deprecated free-form custom annotation, replaced by (attributes) annotation.", + 'attributes' => "Free-form key-value pairs.", 'closure' => "This parameter is a 'user_data', for callbacks; many bindings can pass NULL here.", + 'constructor' => "This symbol is a constructor, not a static method.", + 'destroy' => "This parameter is a 'destroy_data', for callbacks.", 'default' => "Default parameter value (for in case the shadows-to function has less parameters).", 'element-type' => "Generics and defining elements of containers and arrays.", 'error-domains' => "Typed errors. Similar to throws in Java.", + 'foreign' => "This is a foreign struct.", + 'get-value-func' => "The specified function is used to convert a struct from a GValue, must be a GTypeInstance.", 'in' => "Parameter for input. Default is transfer none.", 'inout' => "Parameter for input and for returning results. Default is transfer full.", 'in-out' => "Parameter for input and for returning results. Default is transfer full.", + 'method' => "This is a method", 'not-error' => "A GError parameter is not to be handled like a normal GError.", 'out' => "Parameter for returning results. Default is transfer full.", 'out caller-allocates' => "Out parameter, where caller must allocate storage.", 'out callee-allocates' => "Out parameter, where caller must allocate storage.", - 'transfer container' => "Free data container after the code is done.", - 'transfer floating' => "Alias for transfer none, used for objects with floating refs.", - 'transfer full' => "Free data after the code is done.", - 'transfer none' => "Don't free data after the code is done.", + 'ref-func' => "The specified function is used to ref a struct, must be a GTypeInstance.", + 'rename-to' => "Rename the original symbol's name to SYMBOL.", 'scope call' => "The callback is valid only during the call to the method.", 'scope async' => "The callback is valid until first called.", 'scope notified' => "The callback is valid until the GDestroyNotify argument is called.", + 'set-value-func' => "The specified function is used to convert from a struct to a GValue, must be a GTypeInstance.", 'skip' => "Exposed in C code, not necessarily available in other languages.", - 'type' => "Override the parsed C type with given type." + 'transfer container' => "Free data container after the code is done.", + 'transfer floating' => "Alias for transfer none, used for objects with floating refs.", + 'transfer full' => "Free data after the code is done.", + 'transfer none' => "Don't free data after the code is done.", + 'type' => "Override the parsed C type with given type.", + 'unref-func' => "The specified function is used to unref a struct, must be a GTypeInstance.", + 'virtual' => "This is the invoker for a virtual method.", + 'value' => "The specified value overrides the evaluated value of the constant." ); +# Elements to consider non-block items in MarkDown parsing +my %MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS = ( "literal" => 1, + "emphasis" => 1, + "envar" => 1, + "filename" => 1, + "firstterm" => 1, + "function" => 1, + "manvolnum" => 1, + "option" => 1, + "replaceable" => 1, + "structname" => 1, + "title" => 1, + "varname" => 1 ); +my %MD_ESCAPABLE_CHARS = ( "\\" => 1, + "`" => 1, + "*" => 1, + "_" => 1, + "{" => 1, + "}" => 1, + "[" => 1, + "]" => 1, + "(" => 1, + ")" => 1, + ">" => 1, + "#" => 1, + "+" => 1, + "-" => 1, + "." => 1, + "!" => 1 ); +my %MD_GTK_ESCAPABLE_CHARS = ( "@" => 1, + "%" => 1 ); + # Create the root DocBook output directory if it doens't exist. if (! -e $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR) { mkdir ("$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777) @@ -336,6 +381,7 @@ if (! -e $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR) { # Function and other declaration output settings. my $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH = 20; my $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH = 36; +my $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH = 40; my $SIGNAL_FIELD_WIDTH = 16; my $PARAM_FIELD_COUNT = 2; @@ -530,10 +576,12 @@ sub OutputSGML { my $title = ""; my $section_id = ""; my $subsection = ""; - my $synopsis; - my $details; my $num_symbols; my $changed = 0; + my $functions_synop = ""; + my $other_synop = ""; + my $functions_details = ""; + my $other_details = ""; my $signals_synop = ""; my $signals_desc = ""; my $args_synop = ""; @@ -542,7 +590,8 @@ sub OutputSGML { my $args_desc = ""; my $child_args_desc = ""; my $style_args_desc = ""; - my $hierarchy = ""; + my $hierarchy_str = ""; + my @hierarchy = (); my $interfaces = ""; my $implementations = ""; my $prerequisites = ""; @@ -559,15 +608,14 @@ sub OutputSGML { next; } elsif (m/^
/) { - $synopsis = ""; - $details = ""; $num_symbols = 0; $in_section = 1; @file_objects = (); %symbol_def_line = (); } elsif (m/^/i) { - $synopsis .= "\n"; + $other_synop .= "\n"; + $functions_synop .= "\n"; $subsection = $1; } elsif (m/^/) { @@ -638,8 +686,16 @@ sub OutputSGML { $signals_synop = < Signals - -${signals_synop} + + + + + + +${signals_synop} + + + EOF $signals_desc = TrimTextBlock($signals_desc); @@ -651,14 +707,22 @@ $signals_desc EOF } - $args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; - $args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + $args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; + $args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; if ($args_synop ne '') { $args_synop = < Properties - -${args_synop} + + + + + + +${args_synop} + + + EOF $args_desc = TrimTextBlock($args_desc); @@ -670,14 +734,22 @@ $args_desc EOF } - $child_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; - $child_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + $child_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; + $child_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; if ($child_args_synop ne '') { $args_synop .= < Child Properties - -${child_args_synop} + + + + + + +${child_args_synop} + + + EOF $child_args_desc = TrimTextBlock($child_args_desc); @@ -689,14 +761,22 @@ $child_args_desc EOF } - $style_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; - $style_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + $style_args_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; + $style_args_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; if ($style_args_synop ne '') { $args_synop .= < Style Properties - -${style_args_synop} + + + + + + +${style_args_synop} + + + EOF $style_args_desc = TrimTextBlock($style_args_desc); @@ -708,12 +788,12 @@ $style_args_desc EOF } - $hierarchy = TrimTextBlock($hierarchy); - if ($hierarchy ne "") { - $hierarchy = < Object Hierarchy -$hierarchy +$hierarchy_str EOF } @@ -758,14 +838,51 @@ $derived EOF } - $synopsis =~ s/^\n*//g; - $synopsis =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + $functions_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; + $functions_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + if ($functions_synop ne '') { + $functions_synop = < +Functions + + + + + +${functions_synop} + + + + +EOF + } + + $other_synop =~ s/^\n*//g; + $other_synop =~ s/\n+$/\n/g; + if ($other_synop ne '') { + $other_synop = < +Types and Values + + + + + +${other_synop} + + + + +EOF + } + my $file_changed = &OutputSGMLFile ($filename, $title, $section_id, $section_includes, - \$synopsis, \$details, + \$functions_synop, \$other_synop, + \$functions_details, \$other_details, \$signals_synop, \$signals_desc, \$args_synop, \$args_desc, - \$hierarchy, \$interfaces, + \$hierarchy_str, \$interfaces, \$implementations, \$prerequisites, \$derived, \@file_objects); @@ -778,6 +895,10 @@ EOF $subsection = ""; $in_section = 0; $section_includes = ""; + $functions_synop = ""; + $other_synop = ""; + $functions_details = ""; + $other_details = ""; $signals_synop = ""; $signals_desc = ""; $args_synop = ""; @@ -786,52 +907,63 @@ EOF $args_desc = ""; $child_args_desc = ""; $style_args_desc = ""; - $hierarchy = ""; - $interfaces = ""; - $implementations = ""; + $hierarchy_str = ""; + @hierarchy = (); + $interfaces = ""; + $implementations = ""; $prerequisites = ""; $derived = ""; } elsif (m/^(\S+)/) { my $symbol = $1; - #print " Symbol: $symbol\n"; + @TRACE@(" Symbol: $symbol in subsection: $subsection\n"); # check for duplicate entries if (! defined $symbol_def_line{$symbol}) { my $declaration = $Declarations{$symbol}; if (defined ($declaration)) { + if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) { + push @file_objects, $symbol; + } # We don't want standard macros/functions of GObjects, # or private declarations. if ($subsection ne "Standard" && $subsection ne "Private") { - if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) { - push @file_objects, $symbol; - } my ($synop, $desc) = &OutputDeclaration ($symbol, $declaration); - my ($sig_synop, $sig_desc) = &GetSignals ($symbol); - my ($arg_synop, $child_arg_synop, $style_arg_synop, - $arg_desc, $child_arg_desc, $style_arg_desc) = &GetArgs ($symbol); - my $hier = &GetHierarchy ($symbol); - my $ifaces = &GetInterfaces ($symbol); - my $impls = &GetImplementations ($symbol); - my $prereqs = &GetPrerequisites ($symbol); - my $der = &GetDerived ($symbol); - $synopsis .= $synop; - $details .= $desc; - $signals_synop .= $sig_synop; - $signals_desc .= $sig_desc; - $args_synop .= $arg_synop; - $child_args_synop .= $child_arg_synop; - $style_args_synop .= $style_arg_synop; - $args_desc .= $arg_desc; - $child_args_desc .= $child_arg_desc; - $style_args_desc .= $style_arg_desc; - $hierarchy .= $hier; - $interfaces .= $ifaces; - $implementations .= $impls; - $prerequisites .= $prereqs; - $derived .= $der; + my $type = $DeclarationTypes {$symbol}; + + if ($type eq 'FUNCTION' || $type eq 'USER_FUNCTION') { + $functions_synop .= $synop; + $functions_details .= $desc; + } elsif ($type eq 'MACRO' && $declaration =~ /$symbol[ ]*\(/) { + $functions_synop .= $synop; + $functions_details .= $desc; + } else { + $other_synop .= $synop; + $other_details .= $desc; + } } + my ($sig_synop, $sig_desc) = &GetSignals ($symbol); + my ($arg_synop, $child_arg_synop, $style_arg_synop, + $arg_desc, $child_arg_desc, $style_arg_desc) = &GetArgs ($symbol); + my $ifaces = &GetInterfaces ($symbol); + my $impls = &GetImplementations ($symbol); + my $prereqs = &GetPrerequisites ($symbol); + my $der = &GetDerived ($symbol); + @hierarchy = &GetHierarchy ($symbol, \@hierarchy); + + $signals_synop .= $sig_synop; + $signals_desc .= $sig_desc; + $args_synop .= $arg_synop; + $child_args_synop .= $child_arg_synop; + $style_args_synop .= $style_arg_synop; + $args_desc .= $arg_desc; + $child_args_desc .= $child_arg_desc; + $style_args_desc .= $style_arg_desc; + $interfaces .= $ifaces; + $implementations .= $impls; + $prerequisites .= $prereqs; + $derived .= $der; # Note that the declaration has been output. $DeclarationOutput{$symbol} = 1; @@ -1107,7 +1239,7 @@ $header Annotation Glossary EOF - foreach my $annotation (keys(%AnnotationsUsed)) { + foreach my $annotation (sort(keys(%AnnotationsUsed))) { if(defined($AnnotationDefinition{$annotation})) { my $def = $AnnotationDefinition{$annotation}; my $curletter = uc(substr($annotation,0,1)); @@ -1255,7 +1387,7 @@ sub OutputSymbolTraits { } ############################################################################# -# Function : Outpu{Symbol,Section}ExtraLinks +# Function : Output{Symbol,Section}ExtraLinks # Description : Returns extralinks for the symbol (if enabled). # Arguments : $symbol - the name of the function/macro begin described. ############################################################################# @@ -1319,7 +1451,7 @@ sub OutputMacro { my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_; my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol); my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol); - my $synop = &MakeReturnField("#define") . "$symbol"; + my $synop = "#define$symbol"; my $desc; my @fields = ParseMacroDeclaration($declaration, \&CreateValidSGML); @@ -1331,25 +1463,9 @@ sub OutputMacro { $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); if (@fields) { - if (length ($symbol) < $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) { - $synop .= (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - length ($symbol))); - } - - $synop .= "("; - for (my $i = 1; $i <= $#fields; $i += 2) { - my $field_name = $fields[$i]; - - if ($i == 1) { - $synop .= "$field_name"; - } else { - $synop .= ",\n" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)) - . " $field_name"; - } - } - $synop .= ")"; + $synop .= "()"; } - $synop .= "\n"; + $synop .= "\n"; # Don't output the macro definition if is is a conditional macro or it # looks like a function, i.e. starts with "g_" or "_?gnome_", or it is @@ -1358,9 +1474,9 @@ sub OutputMacro { if (!defined ($DeclarationConditional{$symbol}) && ($symbol !~ m/^g_/) && ($symbol !~ m/^_?gnome_/) && (($declaration =~ tr/\n//) < 2)) { my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; + $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; } else { - $desc .= "" . &MakeReturnField("#define") . "$symbol"; + $desc .= "" . &MakeReturnField("#define") . "$symbol"; if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*#\s*define\s+\w+(\([^\)]*\))/) { my $args = $1; my $pad = ' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - length ("#define ")); @@ -1377,7 +1493,7 @@ sub OutputMacro { my $parameters_output = 0; if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); # Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired position. # Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end. @@ -1409,8 +1525,8 @@ sub OutputTypedef { my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_; my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol); my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol); - my $synop = &MakeReturnField("typedef") . "$symbol;\n"; my $desc = "\n$symbol\n"; + my $synop = "typedef$symbol\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; @@ -1418,13 +1534,13 @@ sub OutputTypedef { if (!defined ($DeclarationConditional{$symbol})) { my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; + $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; } $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); } $desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol); $desc .= "\n"; @@ -1470,16 +1586,17 @@ sub OutputStruct { $has_typedef = 1; } - my $synop; + my $type_output; my $desc; if ($has_typedef) { # For structs with typedefs we just output the struct name. - $synop = &MakeReturnField("") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = ""; $desc = "\n$symbol\n"; } else { - $synop = &MakeReturnField("struct") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = "struct"; $desc = "\nstruct $symbol\n"; } + my $synop = "${type_output}$symbol\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; @@ -1544,12 +1661,12 @@ sub OutputStruct { } $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($decl_out); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; + $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); } # Create a table of fields and descriptions @@ -1582,22 +1699,31 @@ sub OutputStruct { my $missing_parameters = ""; my $unused_parameters = ""; - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= <\nMembers + + + + + + +EOF + while (@fields) { my $field_name = shift @fields; my $text = shift @fields; my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name}; my $param_annotations = ""; - $desc .= "$text\n"; + $desc .= "$text\n"; if (defined $field_descr) { ($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr); - $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr); - $field_descr .= $param_annotations; + $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr); # trim $field_descr =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg; $field_descr =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg; - $desc .= "$field_descr\n"; + $desc .= "$field_descr\n"; + $desc .= "$field_descr\n$param_annotations\n"; delete $field_descrs{$field_name}; } else { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), @@ -1607,11 +1733,11 @@ sub OutputStruct { } else { $missing_parameters = $field_name; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= ""; + $desc .= "\n\n"; foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), "Field description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block."); @@ -1656,8 +1782,22 @@ sub OutputStruct { sub OutputUnion { my ($symbol, $declaration) = @_; - my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol); - my $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol); + + my $is_gtype = 0; + if (&CheckIsObject ($symbol)) { + @TRACE@("Found union gtype: $symbol\n"); + $is_gtype = 1; + } + + my $id; + my $condition; + if ($is_gtype) { + $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol . "_union"); + $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol . "_union"); + } else { + $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($symbol); + $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol); + } # Determine if it is a simple struct or it also has a typedef. my $has_typedef = 0; @@ -1665,29 +1805,25 @@ sub OutputUnion { $has_typedef = 1; } - my $synop; + my $type_output; my $desc; if ($has_typedef) { # For unions with typedefs we just output the union name. - $synop = &MakeReturnField("") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = ""; $desc = "\n$symbol\n"; } else { - $synop = &MakeReturnField("union") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = "union"; $desc = "\nunion $symbol\n"; } + my $synop = "${type_output}$symbol\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); - - # FIXME: we do more for structs - my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; - $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); } # Create a table of fields and descriptions @@ -1720,22 +1856,31 @@ sub OutputUnion { my $missing_parameters = ""; my $unused_parameters = ""; - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= <\nMembers + + + + + + +EOF + while (@fields) { my $field_name = shift @fields; my $text = shift @fields; my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name}; my $param_annotations = ""; - $desc .= "$text\n"; + $desc .= "$text\n"; if (defined $field_descr) { ($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr); - $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr); - $field_descr .= $param_annotations; + $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr); + # trim $field_descr =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg; $field_descr =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg; - $desc .= "$field_descr\n"; + $desc .= "$field_descr\n$param_annotations\n"; delete $field_descrs{$field_name}; } else { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), @@ -1745,11 +1890,11 @@ sub OutputUnion { } else { $missing_parameters = $field_name; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= ""; + $desc .= "\n"; foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), "Field description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block."); @@ -1811,56 +1956,16 @@ sub OutputEnum { $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($symbol); } - my $synop = &MakeReturnField("enum") . "$symbol;\n"; + my $synop = "enum$symbol\n"; my $desc = "\nenum $symbol\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); - - my $decl_out = ""; - my $public = 1; - my $new_declaration = ""; - my $decl_line; - my $decl = $declaration; - - if ($decl =~ m/^\s*(typedef\s+)?enum\s*\w*\s*(?:\/\*.*\*\/)?\s*{(.*)}\s*\w*\s*;\s*$/s) { - my $has_typedef = defined($1) ? 1 : 0; - my $enum_contents = $2; - - foreach $decl_line (split (/\n/, $enum_contents)) { - #print "Enum line: $decl_line\n"; - if ($decl_line =~ m%/\*\s*<\s*public\s*>\s*\*/%) { - $public = 1; - } elsif ($decl_line =~ m%/\*\s*<\s*(private|protected)\s*>\s*\*/%) { - $public = 0; - } elsif ($public) { - $new_declaration .= $decl_line . "\n"; - } - } - - if ($new_declaration) { - # Strip any blank lines off the ends. - $new_declaration =~ s/^\s*\n//; - $new_declaration =~ s/\n\s*$/\n/; - - if ($has_typedef) { - $decl_out = "typedef enum {\n" . $new_declaration - . "} $symbol;\n"; - } else { - $decl_out = "enum $symbol {\n" . $new_declaration - . "};\n"; - } - } - } - - $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($decl_out); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; - $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); } # Create a table of fields and descriptions @@ -1885,18 +1990,27 @@ sub OutputEnum { my $missing_parameters = ""; my $unused_parameters = ""; - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= <\nMembers + + + + + + +EOF + for my $field_name (@fields) { my $field_descr = $field_descrs{$field_name}; my $param_annotations = ""; $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($field_name); $condition = &MakeConditionDescription ($field_name); - $desc .= "\n$field_name\n"; + $desc .= "$field_name\n"; if (defined $field_descr) { ($field_descr,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $field_descr); - $field_descr = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $field_descr); - $desc .= "$field_descr$param_annotations\n"; + $field_descr = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $field_descr); + $desc .= "$field_descr\n$param_annotations\n"; delete $field_descrs{$field_name}; } else { if ($found) { @@ -1908,11 +2022,11 @@ sub OutputEnum { $missing_parameters = $field_name; } } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } - $desc .= ""; + $desc .= "\n"; foreach my $field_name (keys %field_descrs) { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), "Value description for $symbol"."::"."$field_name is not used from source code comment block."); @@ -1961,23 +2075,23 @@ sub OutputVariable { @TRACE@("ouputing variable: '$symbol' '$declaration'"); - my $synop; + my $type_output; if ($declaration =~ m/^\s*extern\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)(\s*)(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) { my $mod1 = defined ($1) ? $1 : ""; my $ptr = defined ($3) ? $3 : ""; my $space = defined ($4) ? $4 : ""; my $mod2 = defined ($5) ? $5 : ""; - $synop = &MakeReturnField("extern $mod1$ptr$space$mod2") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = "extern $mod1$ptr$space$mod2"; } elsif ($declaration =~ m/^\s*((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)(\s*)(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*=/) { my $mod1 = defined ($1) ? $1 : ""; my $ptr = defined ($3) ? $3 : ""; my $space = defined ($4) ? $4 : ""; my $mod2 = defined ($5) ? $5 : ""; - $synop = &MakeReturnField("$mod1$ptr$space$mod2") . "$symbol;\n"; - + $type_output = "$mod1$ptr$space$mod2"; } else { - $synop = &MakeReturnField("extern") . "$symbol;\n"; + $type_output = "extern"; } + my $synop = "${type_output}$symbol\n"; my $desc = "\n$symbol\n"; @@ -1986,12 +2100,12 @@ sub OutputVariable { $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); my $decl_out = &CreateValidSGML ($declaration); - $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; + $desc .= "$decl_out\n"; $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $desc .= &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); } $desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol); $desc .= "\n"; @@ -2027,54 +2141,40 @@ sub OutputFunction { # We output const rather than G_CONST_RETURN. $type_modifier =~ s/G_CONST_RETURN/const/g; $pointer =~ s/G_CONST_RETURN/const/g; - $pointer =~ s/^\s+/ /g; + $pointer =~ s/^\s+/ /g; - my $ret_type_len = length ($start) + length ($type_modifier)+ length ($type) - + length ($pointer); my $ret_type_output; - my $symbol_len; - if ($ret_type_len < $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH) { - $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer" - . (' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - $ret_type_len)); - $symbol_len = 0; - } else { - #$ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer\n" . (' ' x $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH); - - $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer "; - $symbol_len = $ret_type_len + 1 - $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH; - } - #@TRACE@("$symbol ret type output: [$ret_type_output], $ret_type_len"); + $ret_type_output = "$start$type_modifier$xref$pointer\n"; - $symbol_len += length ($symbol); + my $indent_len; + $indent_len = length ($symbol) + 2; my $char1 = my $char2 = my $char3 = ""; if ($symbol_type eq 'USER_FUNCTION') { - $symbol_len += 3; - $char1 = "("; + $indent_len += 3; + $char1 = "("; $char2 = "*"; - $char3 = ")"; + $char3 = ")"; } my ($symbol_output, $symbol_desc_output); - if ($symbol_len < $SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) { - $symbol_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - $symbol_len)); - $symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - $symbol_len)); + $symbol_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3"; + if ($indent_len < $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH) { + $symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3 "; } else { - $symbol_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3\n" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)); + $indent_len = $MAX_SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH - 8; $symbol_desc_output = "$char1$char2$symbol$char3\n" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)); + . (' ' x ($indent_len - 1)); } - my $synop = $ret_type_output . $symbol_output . '('; - my $desc = "\n${symbol} ()\n"; + my $synop = "${ret_type_output}${symbol_output} ()\n"; + + my $desc = "\n${symbol} ()\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); - $desc .= "${ret_type_output}$symbol_desc_output("; + $desc .= "${ret_type_output}$symbol_desc_output("; my @fields = ParseFunctionDeclaration($declaration, \&MakeXRef, sub { @@ -2085,20 +2185,15 @@ sub OutputFunction { my $field_name = $fields[$i]; if ($i == 1) { - $synop .= "$field_name"; $desc .= "$field_name"; } else { - $synop .= ",\n" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)) - . " $field_name"; $desc .= ",\n" - . (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)) - . " $field_name"; + . (' ' x $indent_len) + . "$field_name"; } } - $synop .= ");\n"; $desc .= ");\n"; $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); @@ -2107,7 +2202,7 @@ sub OutputFunction { my $parameters_output = 0; if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); # Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired position. # Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end. @@ -2166,13 +2261,12 @@ sub OutputParamDescriptions { my $param_annotations = ""; ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = & ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc); - $param_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $param_desc); - $param_desc .= $param_annotations; + $param_desc = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $param_desc); # trim $param_desc =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg; $param_desc =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg; if ($param_name eq "Returns") { - $returns = "$param_desc"; + $returns = "$param_desc\n$param_annotations"; } elsif ($param_name eq "void") { #print "!!!! void in params for $symbol?\n"; } else { @@ -2190,7 +2284,7 @@ sub OutputParamDescriptions { } } if($param_desc ne "") { - $params_desc .= "$param_name :\n$param_desc\n"; + $params_desc .= "$param_name\n$param_desc\n$param_annotations\n"; $num_params++; } } @@ -2207,24 +2301,31 @@ sub OutputParamDescriptions { # Signals have an implicit user_data parameter which we describe. if ($symbol_type eq "SIGNAL") { - $params_desc .= "user_data :\nuser data set when the signal handler was connected.\n"; + $params_desc .= "user_data\nuser data set when the signal handler was connected.\n\n"; } # Start a table if we need one. - if ($params_desc || $returns) { - $output .= "\n"; - if ($params_desc ne "") { - #$output .= "Parameters:\n"; - $output .= $params_desc; - } - - # Output the returns info last - if ($returns) { - $output .= "Returns :$returns\n"; - } + if ($params_desc ne "") { + $output .= <\nParameters + + + + + + +EOF + $output .= $params_desc; + $output .= "\n"; + } - # Finish the table. - $output .= ""; + # Output the returns info last + if ($returns ne "") { + $output .= <\nReturns +EOF + $output .= $returns; + $output .= "\n"; } # remember missing/unused parameters (needed in tmpl-free build) @@ -2284,8 +2385,10 @@ sub ParseStabilityLevel { # $section_id - the SGML id to use for the toplevel tag. # $includes - comma-separates list of include files added at top of # synopsis, with '<' '>' around them (if not already enclosed in ""). -# $synopsis - reference to the DocBook for the Synopsis part. -# $details - reference to the DocBook for the Details part. +# $functions_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Functions Synopsis part. +# $other_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Types and Values Synopsis part. +# $functions_details - reference to the DocBook for the Functions Details part. +# $other_details - reference to the DocBook for the Types and Values Details part. # $signal_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Signal Synopsis part # $signal_desc - reference to the DocBook for the Signal Description part # $args_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Arg Synopsis part @@ -2299,7 +2402,7 @@ sub ParseStabilityLevel { ############################################################################# sub OutputSGMLFile { - my ($file, $title, $section_id, $includes, $synopsis, $details, $signals_synop, $signals_desc, $args_synop, $args_desc, $hierarchy, $interfaces, $implementations, $prerequisites, $derived, $file_objects) = @_; + my ($file, $title, $section_id, $includes, $functions_synop, $other_synop, $functions_details, $other_details, $signals_synop, $signals_desc, $args_synop, $args_desc, $hierarchy, $interfaces, $implementations, $prerequisites, $derived, $file_objects) = @_; #print "Output sgml for file $file with title '$title'\n"; @@ -2313,6 +2416,7 @@ sub OutputSGMLFile { if (!defined ($short_desc) || $short_desc =~ m/^\s*$/) { $short_desc = ""; } else { + # Don't use ConvertMarkDown here for now since we don't want blocks $short_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:Short_description", $short_desc); #print "Found short_desc: $short_desc"; @@ -2321,7 +2425,7 @@ sub OutputSGMLFile { if (!defined ($long_desc) || $long_desc =~ m/^\s*$/) { $long_desc = ""; } else { - $long_desc = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:Long_description", + $long_desc = &ConvertMarkDown("$title:Long_description", $long_desc); #print "Found long_desc: $long_desc"; } @@ -2329,7 +2433,7 @@ sub OutputSGMLFile { if (!defined ($see_also) || $see_also =~ m%^\s*()?\s*()?\s*$%) { $see_also = ""; } else { - $see_also = &ExpandAbbreviations("$title:See_Also", $see_also); + $see_also = &ConvertMarkDown("$title:See_Also", $see_also); #print "Found see_also: $see_also"; } if ($see_also) { @@ -2376,18 +2480,19 @@ sub OutputSGMLFile { $year += 1900; my $include_output = ""; - my $include; - foreach $include (split (/,/, $includes)) { + if ($includes) { + $include_output .= "Includes"; + my $include; + foreach $include (split (/,/, $includes)) { if ($include =~ m/^\".+\"$/) { - $include_output .= "#include ${include}\n"; + $include_output .= "#include ${include}\n"; } else { - $include =~ s/^\s+|\s+$//gs; - $include_output .= "#include <${include}>\n"; + $include =~ s/^\s+|\s+$//gs; + $include_output .= "#include <${include}>\n"; } - } - if ($include_output ne '') { - $include_output = "\n$include_output\n"; + } + $include_output .= "\n"; } my $extralinks = OutputSectionExtraLinks($title,"Section:$file"); @@ -2428,19 +2533,19 @@ $image $short_desc $stability - -Synopsis -$object_anchors -$include_output$${synopsis} - -$$hierarchy$$prerequisites$$derived$$interfaces$$implementations$$args_synop$$signals_synop +$$functions_synop$$args_synop$$signals_synop$object_anchors$$other_synop$$hierarchy$$prerequisites$$derived$$interfaces$$implementations +$include_output Description $extralinks$long_desc - -Details -$$details + +Functions +$$functions_details + + +Types and Values +$$other_details $$args_desc$$signals_desc$see_also @@ -2654,7 +2759,8 @@ sub ConvertSGMLCharsCallback { # If we're not in CDATA convert to entities. $text =~ s/&(?![a-zA-Z#]+;)/&/g; # Do this first, or the others get messed up. $text =~ s/<(?![a-zA-Z\/!])/</g; - $text =~ s/(?/>/g; + # Allow ">" at beginning of string for blockquote markdown + $text =~ s/(?<=[^\w\n"'\/-])>/>/g; # Handle "#include " $text =~ s/#include(\s+)<([^>]+)>/#include$1<$2>/g; @@ -2747,12 +2853,13 @@ sub ExpandAnnotation { sub ExpandAbbreviations { my ($symbol, $text) = @_; + # Note: This is a fallback and normally done in the markdown parser + # Convert "|[" and "]|" into the start and end of program listing examples. - # FIXME: we like to have a way to specify parameters e.g. language="c" - $text =~ s%\|\[%%g; - $text =~ s%\]\|%%g; - # TODO: check for a xml comment after |[ and pick the language attribute from - # that + # Support \[ modifiers + $text =~ s%\|\[%%g; # keep CDATA unmodified, preserve ulink tags (ideally we preseve all tags # as such) @@ -2787,6 +2894,8 @@ sub ExpandAbbreviationsCallback { \&ExpandAbbreviationsEndTag, \&ExpandAbbreviationsCallback2); } elsif ($tag eq "") { + # NOTE: this is a fallback. It is normally done by the Markdown parser. + # We are outside any CDATA or sections, so we expand # any gtk-doc abbreviations. @@ -2814,15 +2923,6 @@ sub ExpandAbbreviationsCallback { # Convert '#symbol', but not '\#symbol'. $text =~ s/(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)/$1.&MakeHashXRef($2, "type");/eg; $text =~ s/\\#/#/g; - - # Expand urls - # FIXME: should we skip urls that are already tagged? (e.g. http://...) - # this is apparently also called for markup and not just for plain text - # disable for now. - #$text =~ s%(http|https|ftp)://(.*?)((?:\s|,|\)|\]|\<|\.\s))%$2$3%g; - - # TODO: optionally check all words from $text against internal symbols and - # warn if those could be xreffed, but miss a %,# or () } return $text; @@ -2838,6 +2938,9 @@ sub ExpandAbbreviationsCallback2 { # FIXME: why is this different from &ExpandAbbreviationsCallback(), # why not just call it $text =~ s/#(\w+)/&MakeHashXRef($1, "");/eg; + } elsif ($tag eq ""; + my $note; + + $desc .= "$symbol "; - if ($Deprecated{$symbol} =~ /^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:/) { - $desc .= "$symbol has been deprecated since version $1 and should not be used in newly-written code."; + $note = $Deprecated{$symbol}; + + if ($note =~ /^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:?/) { + $desc .= "has been deprecated since version $1 and should not be used in newly-written code."; } else { - $desc .= "$symbol is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code."; + $desc .= "is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code."; } - if ($Deprecated{$symbol} ne "") { - $note = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $Deprecated{$symbol}); - $note =~ s/^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:\s*//; - $note =~ s/^\s+//; - $note =~ s/\s+$//; - $note =~ s%\n{2,}%\n\n\n%g; + $note =~ s/^\s*([0-9\.]+)\s*:?\s*//; + $note =~ s/^\s+//; + $note =~ s/\s+$//; + if ($note ne "") { + $note = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $note); $desc .= " " . $note; } - $desc .= "\n"; + $desc .= "\n"; } return $desc; } @@ -3093,7 +3198,9 @@ sub MakeConditionDescription { } if ($desc ne "") { - $desc=" condition=\"".$desc."\""; + my $cond = $desc; + $cond =~ s/\"/"/g; + $desc=" condition=\"".$cond."\""; #print "condition for '$symbol' = '$desc'\n"; } return $desc; @@ -3104,12 +3211,15 @@ sub MakeConditionDescription { # Description : Returns the DocBook output describing the ancestors and # immediate children of a GObject subclass. It uses the # global @Objects and @ObjectLevels arrays to walk the tree. +# # Arguments : $object - the GtkObject subclass. +# @hierarchy - previous hierarchy ############################################################################# sub GetHierarchy { - my ($object) = @_; - + my ($object,$hierarchy_ref) = @_; + my @hierarchy = @{$hierarchy_ref}; + # Find object in the objects array. my $found = 0; my @children = (); @@ -3132,7 +3242,7 @@ sub GetHierarchy { } } if (!$found) { - return ""; + return @hierarchy; } # Walk up the hierarchy, pushing ancestors onto the ancestors array. @@ -3148,9 +3258,9 @@ sub GetHierarchy { } } - # Output the ancestors list, indented and with links. - my $hierarchy = "\n"; - $level = 0; + # Output the ancestors, indented and with links. + my $last_index = 0; + $level = 1; for ($i = $#ancestors; $i >= 0; $i--) { my $link_text; # Don't add a link to the current object, i.e. when i == 0. @@ -3160,25 +3270,59 @@ sub GetHierarchy { } else { $link_text = "$ancestors[$i]"; } - if ($level == 0) { - $hierarchy .= " $link_text\n"; + my $indented_text = ' ' x ($level * 4) . $link_text; + # Check if we already have this object + my $index = -1; + for ($j = 0; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) { + if ($hierarchy[$j] eq $indented_text) { + $index = $j; + last; + } + } + if ($index == -1) { + # We have a new entry, find insert position in alphabetical order + my $indent = ' ' x ($level * 4); + my $found = 0; + for ($j = $last_index; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) { + if ($hierarchy[$j] !~ m/^${indent}/) { + $last_index = $j; + $found = 1; + last; + } elsif ($hierarchy[$j] =~ m/^${indent}[^ ]/) { + my $stripped_text = $hierarchy[$j]; + if ($indented_text !~ m/%%; + $stripped_text =~ s%%%; + } + if ($indented_text lt $stripped_text) { + $last_index = $j; + $found = 1; + last; + } + } + } + if (!$found) { + $last_index = 1 + $#hierarchy; + } + splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($indented_text); + $last_index++; } else { -# $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "|\n"; - $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "+----$link_text\n"; + # Already have this one, remmeber index as base insert point + $last_index = $index + 1; } $level++; } + # Output the children, indented and with links. for ($i = 0; $i <= $#children; $i++) { - my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($children[$i]); - my $link_text = "$children[$i]"; - $hierarchy .= ' ' x ($level * 6 - 3) . "+----$link_text\n"; - } - $hierarchy .= "\n"; + my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($children[$i]); + my $indented_text = ' ' x ($level * 4) . "$children[$i]"; + splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($indented_text); + $last_index++; + } - return $hierarchy; + return @hierarchy; } - ############################################################################# # Function : GetInterfaces # Description : Returns the DocBook output describing the interfaces @@ -3366,15 +3510,12 @@ sub GetSignals { my $symbol = "${object}::${name}"; my $id = &CreateValidSGMLID ("$object-$name"); - my $pad = ' ' x (46 - length($name)); - $synop .= " "$name"$pad "; - - $desc .= "The <literal>"$name"</literal> signal\n"; + $desc .= "The <literal>“$name”</literal> signal\n"; $desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $desc .= "\n"; $desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); - $desc .= ""; + $desc .= ""; $SignalReturns[$i] =~ m/\s*(const\s+)?(\w+)\s*(\**)/; my $type_modifier = defined($1) ? $1 : ""; @@ -3382,12 +3523,12 @@ sub GetSignals { my $pointer = $3; my $xref = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "returnvalue")); - my $ret_type_len = length ($type_modifier) + length ($pointer) - + length ($type); - my $ret_type_output = "$type_modifier$xref$pointer" - . (' ' x ($RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH - $ret_type_len)); + my $ret_type_output = "$type_modifier$xref$pointer"; + my $callback_name = "user_function"; + $desc .= "${ret_type_output}\n${callback_name} ("; - $desc .= "${ret_type_output}user_function " . &MakeReturnField("") . " ("; + my $indentation = ' ' x (length($callback_name) + 2); + my $pad = $indentation; my $sourceparams = $SourceSymbolParams{$symbol}; my @params = split ("\n", $SignalPrototypes[$i]); @@ -3398,32 +3539,33 @@ sub GetSignals { # do two passes, the first one is to calculate padding for ($l = 0; $l < 2; $l++) { for ($j = 0; $j <= $#params; $j++) { + my $param_name; # allow alphanumerics, '_', '[' & ']' in param names if ($params[$j] =~ m/^\s*(\w+)\s*(\**)\s*([\w\[\]]+)\s*$/) { $type = $1; $pointer = $2; if (defined($sourceparams)) { - $name = $$sourceparams[$PARAM_FIELD_COUNT * $j]; + $param_name = $$sourceparams[$PARAM_FIELD_COUNT * $j]; } else { - $name = $3; + $param_name = $3; } - if (!defined($name)) { - $name = "arg$j"; + if (!defined($param_name)) { + $param_name = "arg$j"; } if ($l == 0) { if (length($type) + length($pointer) > $type_len) { $type_len = length($type) + length($pointer); } - if (length($name) > $name_len) { - $name_len = length($name); + if (length($param_name) > $name_len) { + $name_len = length($param_name); } } else { $xref = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "type")); $pad = ' ' x ($type_len - length($type) - length($pointer)); - $desc .= "$xref$pad $pointer$name,\n"; - $desc .= (' ' x ($SYMBOL_FIELD_WIDTH + $RETURN_TYPE_FIELD_WIDTH)); + $desc .= "$xref$pad $pointer${param_name},\n"; + $desc .= $indentation; } } else { &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), @@ -3434,60 +3576,48 @@ sub GetSignals { $xref = &MakeXRef ("gpointer", &tagify("gpointer", "type")); $pad = ' ' x ($type_len - length("gpointer")); $desc .= "$xref$pad user_data)"; + $desc .= "\n"; my $flags = $SignalFlags[$i]; my $flags_string = ""; if (defined ($flags)) { if ($flags =~ m/f/) { - $flags_string = "Run First"; + $flags_string = "Run First"; } elsif ($flags =~ m/l/) { - $flags_string = "Run Last"; + $flags_string = "Run Last"; } elsif ($flags =~ m/c/) { - $flags_string = "Cleanup"; + $flags_string = "Cleanup"; $flags_string = "Cleanup"; } if ($flags =~ m/r/) { if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; } - $flags_string = "No Recursion"; + $flags_string = "No Recursion"; } if ($flags =~ m/d/) { if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; } - $flags_string = "Has Details"; + $flags_string = "Has Details"; } if ($flags =~ m/a/) { if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; } - $flags_string = "Action"; + $flags_string = "Action"; } if ($flags =~ m/h/) { if ($flags_string) { $flags_string .= " / "; } - $flags_string = "No Hooks"; + $flags_string = "No Hooks"; } } - if ($flags_string) - { - $synop .= ": $flags_string\n"; - - $pad = ' ' x (5 + $name_len - length("user_data")); - $desc .= "$pad : $flags_string\n"; - } - else - { - $synop .= "\n"; - $desc .= "\n"; - } - - $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); + $synop .= "${ret_type_output}${name}${flags_string}\n"; my $parameters = &OutputParamDescriptions ("SIGNAL", $symbol); my $parameters_output = 0; $AllSymbols{$symbol} = 1; if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - my $symbol_docs = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); # Try to insert the parameter table at the author's desired # position. Otherwise we need to tag it onto the end. @@ -3500,10 +3630,14 @@ sub GetSignals { $AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1; } } + $desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); if ($parameters_output == 0) { $desc .= $parameters; - } + } + if ($flags_string) { + $desc .= "Flags: $flags_string\n"; + } $desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol); $desc .= ""; } @@ -3563,14 +3697,14 @@ sub GetArgs { my $default_output = CreateValidSGML ($default); if ($type eq "GtkString") { - $type = "char*"; + $type = "char *"; } if ($type eq "GtkSignal") { $type = "GtkSignalFunc, gpointer"; $type_output = &MakeXRef ("GtkSignalFunc") . ", " . &MakeXRef ("gpointer"); } elsif ($type =~ m/^(\w+)\*$/) { - $type_output = &MakeXRef ($1, &tagify($1, "type")) . "*"; + $type_output = &MakeXRef ($1, &tagify($1, "type")) . " *"; } else { $type_output = &MakeXRef ($type, &tagify($type, "type")); } @@ -3595,7 +3729,7 @@ sub GetArgs { my $blurb; if (defined($SymbolDocs{$symbol}) && !IsEmptyDoc($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) { - $blurb = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); + $blurb = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol}); #print ".. [$SymbolDocs{$symbol}][$blurb]\n"; $AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1; } @@ -3610,17 +3744,20 @@ sub GetArgs { } my $pad1 = " " x (24 - length ($name)); - my $pad2 = " " x (20 - length ($type)); - my $arg_synop = " "$name"$pad1 $type_output $pad2 : $flags_string\n"; - my $arg_desc = "The <literal>"$name"</literal> $kind\n"; + my $arg_synop = "$type_output$name$flags_string\n"; + my $arg_desc = "The <literal>“$name”</literal> $kind\n"; $arg_desc .= MakeIndexterms($symbol, $id); $arg_desc .= "\n"; $arg_desc .= OutputSymbolExtraLinks($symbol); - $arg_desc .= " "$name"$pad1 $type_output $pad2 : $flags_string\n"; - $arg_desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); + $arg_desc .= " “$name”$pad1 $type_output\n"; $arg_desc .= $blurb; + $arg_desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol); + + if ($flags_string) { + $arg_desc .= "Flags: $flags_string\n"; + } if ($range ne "") { $arg_desc .= "Allowed values: $range_output\n"; } @@ -3877,9 +4014,7 @@ sub ScanSourceFile { } if ($deprecated_desc) { - if (exists $Deprecated{$symbol}) { - } - else { + if (!exists $Deprecated{$symbol}) { # don't warn for signals and properties #if ($symbol !~ m/::?(.*)/) { if (defined $DeclarationTypes{$symbol}) { @@ -3910,7 +4045,7 @@ sub ScanSourceFile { $symbol = $1; #print "SECTION DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n"; $ignore_broken_returns = 1; - } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([a-z ]+\)\s*)*$%) { + } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([-a-z0-9_ ]+\)\s*)*$%) { $symbol = $1; #print "SYMBOL DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n"; } @@ -4340,14 +4475,7 @@ sub MergeSourceDocumentation { # Do not add to nothing, it breaks missing docs checks. my $src_doc_para = ""; if ($src_doc ne "") { - # Expand markdown (and do paragraphs) - $src_doc_para = &ConvertMarkDown ($src_doc, $symbol); - ## fixup xml markup - # FIXME: this is questionable, as we can't make assumtions on the content really - #$src_doc_para =~ s%^\n(\n%%gms; - #$src_doc_para =~ s%()\n$%$1%gms; - #print "$symbol : [$src_doc][$src_doc_para]\n"; + $src_doc_para = $src_doc; } if ($symbol =~ m/$TMPL_DIR\/.+:Long_Description/) { @@ -4526,109 +4654,742 @@ sub IsEmptyDoc { return 0; } - ############################################################################# # Function : ConvertMarkDown -# Description : Converts mark down syntax to the respective docbook, but only -# outside CDATA and tags. +# Description : Converts mark down syntax to the respective docbook. # http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Markdown -# Code snippets have been takesn from -# http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ -# Copyright (c) 2004 John Gruber -# Arguments : the doc-string, the symbol name +# Inspired by the design of ParseDown +# http://parsedown.org/ +# Copyright (c) 2013 Emanuil Rusev, erusev.com +# Arguments : the symbol name, the doc-string ############################################################################# -my $md_in_refsect2; + sub ConvertMarkDown { - my ($text, $symbol) = @_; + my ($symbol, $text) = @_; - # reset state - $md_in_refsect2=0; + $text = &MarkDownParse ($text, $symbol); - # convert - $text = &ModifyXMLElements ($text, $symbol, - "]*>|\\|\\[", - \&ConvertMarkDownEndTag, - \&ConvertMarkDownCallback); - # encapsulate and terminate - $text = "\n$text\n"; - if ($md_in_refsect2==1) { - $text = "$text" - } return $text } -sub ConvertMarkDownEndTag { - if ($_[0] eq ""; - } elsif ($_[0] eq "|[") { - return "]\\|"; - } else { - return ""; +# SUPPORTED MARKDOWN +# ================== +# +# Atx-style Headers +# ----------------- +# +# # Header 1 +# +# ## Header 2 ## +# +# Setext-style Headers +# -------------------- +# +# Header 1 +# ======== +# +# Header 2 +# -------- +# +# Ordered (unnested) Lists +# ------------------------ +# +# 1. item 1 +# +# 1. item 2 with loooong +# description +# +# 3. item 3 +# +# Note: we require a blank line above the list items +# + +# TODO(ensonic): it would be nice to add id parameters to the refsect2 elements + +sub MarkDownParseBlocks { + my ($linesref, $symbol, $context) = @_; + my $line; + my @md_blocks = (); + my $md_block = { type => "" }; + + OUTER: foreach $line (@$linesref) { + my $first_char = substr ($line, 0, 1); + my $deindented_line; + + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "markup") { + if (!$md_block->{"closed"}) { + if (index ($line, $md_block->{"start"}) != -1) { + $md_block->{"depth"}++; + } + if (index ($line, $md_block->{"end"}) != -1) { + if ($md_block->{"depth"} > 0) { + $md_block->{"depth"}--; + } else { + $md_block->{"closed"} = 1; + } + } + $md_block->{"text"} .= "\n" . $line; + next OUTER; + } + } + + $deindented_line = $line; + $deindented_line =~ s/^\s+//; + + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "heading") { + # a heading is ended by any level less than or equal + if ($md_block->{"level"} == 1) { + if ($line =~ /^={4,}[ \t]*$/) { + my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"}; + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $text, + lines => [], + level => 1 }; + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^[#][ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) { + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $1, + id => $2, + lines => [], + level => 1 }; + next OUTER; + } else { + # push lines into the block until the end is reached + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + next OUTER; + } + } else { + if ($line =~ /^[=]{4,}[ \t]*$/) { + my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"}; + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $text, + lines => [], + level => 1 }; + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^[-]{4,}[ \t]*$/) { + my $text = pop $md_block->{"lines"}; + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $text, + lines => [], + level => 2 }; + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^([#]{1,2})[ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) { + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $2, + id => $3, + lines => [], + level => length($1) }; + next OUTER; + } else { + # push lines into the block until the end is reached + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + next OUTER; + } + } + } elsif ($md_block->{"type"} eq "code") { + if ($line =~ /^[ \t]*\]\|/) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "paragraph", + text => "", + lines => [] }; + } else { + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + } + next OUTER; + } + + if ($deindented_line eq "") { + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 1; + next; + } + + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "quote") { + if (!$md_block->{"interrupted"}) { + $line =~ s/^[ ]*>[ ]?//; + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + next OUTER; + } + } elsif ($md_block->{"type"} eq "li") { + my $marker = $md_block->{"marker"}; + if ($line =~ /^([ ]{0,3})($marker)[ ](.*)/) { + my $indentation = $1; + if ($md_block->{"indentation"} ne $indentation) { + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + } else { + my $lines = $3; + my $ordered = $md_block->{"ordered"}; + $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//; + $md_block->{"last"} = 0; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "li", + ordered => $ordered, + indentation => $indentation, + marker => $marker, + first => 0, + last => 1, + lines => [ $lines ] }; + } + next OUTER; + } + + if ($md_block->{"interrupted"}) { + if ($first_char eq " ") { + push $md_block->{"lines"}, ""; + $line =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//; + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 0; + next OUTER; + } + } else { + $line =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//; + push $md_block->{"lines"}, $line; + next OUTER; + } + } + + # indentation sensitive types + + if ($line =~ /^([#]{1,2})[ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) { + # atx heading (#) + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + $md_block = { type => "heading", + text => $2, + id => $3, + lines => [], + level => length($1) }; + + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^={4,}[ \t]*$/) { + # setext heading (====) + + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph" && $md_block->{"interrupted"}) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block->{"type"} = "heading"; + $md_block->{"lines"} = []; + $md_block->{"level"} = 1; + } + + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^-{4,}[ \t]*$/) { + # setext heading (-----) + + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph" && $md_block->{"interrupted"}) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block->{"type"} = "heading"; + $md_block->{"lines"} = []; + $md_block->{"level"} = 2; + } + + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^[ \t]*\|\[[ ]*(?:)?/) { + # code + $md_block->{"interrupted"} = 1; + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "code", + language => $1, + lines => [] }; + next OUTER; + } + + # indentation insensitive types + + if ($line =~ /^[ ]* "markup", + text => $deindented_line, + start => "<", + end => ">", + closed => 0, + depth => 0 }; + + } elsif ($line =~ /^[ ]*<\??(\w+)[^>]*([\/\?])?[ \t]*>/) { + # markup, including + my $tag = $1; + my $is_self_closing = defined($2); + # FIXME: why do we need to skip https? here, if we generalize this to all + # uri schemes we get parsing errors + if (! $MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS{$tag} && $tag !~ /^https?/) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + if ($is_self_closing) { + $md_block = { type => "self-closing tag", + text => $deindented_line }; + $is_self_closing = 0; + next OUTER; + } + + $md_block = { type => "markup", + text => $deindented_line, + start => "<" . $tag . ">", + end => "", + closed => 0, + depth => 0 }; + if ($deindented_line =~ /<\/$tag>/) { + $md_block->{"closed"} = 1; + } + next OUTER; + } + } elsif ($line =~ /^([ ]*)[*+-][ ](.*)/) { + # li + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + my $lines = $2; + my $indentation = $1; + $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//; + $md_block = { type => "li", + ordered => 0, + indentation => $indentation, + marker => "[*+-]", + first => 1, + last => 1, + lines => [ $lines ] }; + next OUTER; + } elsif ($line =~ /^[ ]*>[ ]?(.*)/) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "quote", + lines => [ $1 ] }; + next OUTER; + } + + # list item + + if ($line =~ /^([ ]{0,4})\d+[.][ ]+(.*)/) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + my $lines = $2; + my $indentation = $1; + $lines =~ s/^[ ]{0,4}//; + + $md_block = { type => "li", + ordered => 1, + indentation => $indentation, + marker => "\\d+[.]", + first => 1, + last => 1, + lines => [ $lines ] }; + + next; + } + + # paragraph + if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "paragraph") { + if ($md_block->{"interrupted"}) { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "paragraph", + interrupted => 0, + text => $line }; + } else { + $md_block->{"text"} .= "\n" . $line; + } + } else { + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + $md_block = { type => "paragraph", + text => $line }; + } } + + push @md_blocks, $md_block; + + shift @md_blocks; + + return @md_blocks; } -sub ConvertMarkDownCallback { - my ($text, $symbol, $tag) = @_; +sub MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner { + my ($text, $markersref) = @_; + my $markup = ""; + my %markers = map { $_ => 1 } @$markersref; + + while ($text ne "") { + my $closest_marker = ""; + my $closest_marker_index = 0; + my $closest_marker_position = -1; + my $text_marker = ""; + my $i = 0; + my $offset = 0; + my @markers_rest; + my $marker; + my $use; + + while ( ($marker, $use) = each %markers ) { + my $marker_position; + + if (!$use) { + next; + } - # If we're not in CDATA or a we convert blank lines so - # they start a new . - if ($tag eq "") { - my $end_of_para=""; - my $end_of_section=""; - my $have_list=0; - - $end_of_para = "$end_of_para"; - $end_of_section = "$end_of_section"; - if ($md_in_refsect2==1) { - $end_of_section= "$end_of_section"; - } - - # TODO(ensonic): it would be nice to add id parameters to the refsect2 elements - - # Setext-style headers: - # Header 1 - # ======== - # - # Header 2 - # -------- - # - if($text =~ s%^\n(.+)[ \t]*\n=+[ \t]*\n\n%$end_of_section$1\n%gm) { - $md_in_refsect2=1; - } - - # atx-style headers: - # # Header 1 - # ## Header 2 - # ## Header 2 with closing hashes ## - # ... - # ###### Header 6 - # - if($text =~ s%^\n\#[ \t]*(.+?)[ \t]*\#\n+%$end_of_section$1\n%gm) { - $md_in_refsect2=1; - } - - # Simple (unnested) lists: - # Please select: - # - item 1 - # - item 2 with loooong - # description - # - item 3 - # - # New paragraph. - $text.="\n"; # we need a new line to avoid too complicated matching rules below - if ($text =~ s%(?<=\n)-\s+(.+?)(?=(?:\n-\s+)|(?:\n\n)|(?:\n$))%$1%gs) { - $text =~ s%(?)(\n)%\n$1%g; - $text =~ s%(\n)(?!)%$1\n%g; - } - chomp $text; - - # Make Paragraphs on blank lines - $text =~ s%\n{2,}%\n$end_of_para\n\n%g; + $marker_position = index ($text, $marker); + + if ($marker_position < 0) { + $markers{$marker} = 0; + next; + } + + if ($closest_marker eq "" || $marker_position < $closest_marker_position) { + $closest_marker = $marker; + $closest_marker_index = $i; + $closest_marker_position = $marker_position; + } + } + + if ($closest_marker_position >= 0) { + $text_marker = substr ($text, $closest_marker_position); + } + + if ($text_marker eq "") { + $markup .= $text; + $text = ""; + next; # last + } + + $markup .= substr ($text, 0, $closest_marker_position); + $text = substr ($text, $closest_marker_position); + @markers_rest = map { $markers{$_} ? ($_ eq $closest_marker ? () : $_) : () } keys %markers; + + if ($closest_marker eq "![" || $closest_marker eq "[") { + my %element; + + if (index ($text, "]") && $text =~ /\[((?:[^][]|(?R))*)\]/) { + my $remaining_text; + + %element = ( "!" => (substr ($text, 0, 1) eq "!"), + "a" => $1 ); + + $offset = length ($&); + if ($element{"!"}) { + $offset++; + } + + $remaining_text = substr ($text, $offset); + if ($remaining_text =~ /^\([ ]*([^)'"]*?)(?:[ ]+['"](.+?)['"])?[ ]*\)/) { + $element{"»"} = $1; + if (defined ($2)) { + $element{"#"} = $2; + } + $offset += length ($&); + } elsif ($remaining_text =~ /^\s*\[([^\]<]*?)\]/) { + $element{"ref"} = $1; + $offset += length ($&); + } else { + undef %element; + } + } + + if (%element) { + if ($element{"»"}) { + $element{"»"} =~ s/&/&/g; + $element{"»"} =~ s/"; + + if (defined ($element{"a"})) { + $markup .= "" . $element{"a"} . ""; + } + + $markup .= ""; + } elsif ($element{"ref"}) { + $element{"a"} = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($element{"a"}, \@markers_rest); + $markup .= ""; + } else { + $element{"a"} = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($element{"a"}, \@markers_rest); + $markup .= ""; + } + } else { + $markup .= $closest_marker; + if ($closest_marker eq "![") { + $offset = 2; + } else { + $offset = 1; + } + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "<") { + if ($text =~ /^<(https?:[\/]{2}[^\s]+?)>/i) { + my $element_url = $1; + $element_url =~ s/&/&/g; + $element_url =~ s/" . $element_url . ""; + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^<([A-Za-z0-9._-]+?@[A-Za-z0-9._-]+?)>/) { + $markup .= "" . $1 . ""; + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^<[^>]+?>/) { + $markup .= $&; + $offset = length ($&); + } else { + $markup .= "<"; + $offset = 1; + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "\\") { + my $special_char = substr ($text, 1, 1); + if ($MD_ESCAPABLE_CHARS{$special_char} || + $MD_GTK_ESCAPABLE_CHARS{$special_char}) { + $markup .= $special_char; + $offset = 2; + } else { + $markup .= "\\"; + $offset = 1; + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "`") { + if ($text =~ /^(`+)([^`]+?)\1(?!`)/) { + my $element_text = $2; + $markup .= "" . $element_text . ""; + $offset = length ($&); + } else { + $markup .= "`"; + $offset = 1; + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "@") { + # Convert '@param()' + # FIXME: we could make those also links ($symbol.$2), but that would be less + # useful as the link target is a few lines up or down + if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\@(\w+((\.|->)\w+)*)\s*\(\)/) { + $markup .= $1 . "" . $2 . "()\n"; + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\@(\w+((\.|->)\w+)*)/) { + # Convert '@param', but not '\@param'. + $markup .= $1 . "" . $2 . "\n"; + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^\\\@/) { + $markup .= "\@"; + $offset = length ($&); + } else { + $markup .= "@"; + $offset = 1; + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "#") { + if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)\s*\(\)/) { + # handle #Object.func() + $markup .= $1 . &MakeXRef ($2, &tagify ($2 . "()", "function")); + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])#([\w\-:\.]+[\w]+)/) { + # Convert '#symbol', but not '\#symbol'. + $markup .= $1 . &MakeHashXRef ($2, "type"); + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^\\#/) { + $markup .= "#"; + $offset = length ($&); + } else { + $markup .= "#"; + $offset = 1; + } + } elsif ($closest_marker eq "%") { + if ($text =~ /^(\A|[^\\])\%(-?\w+)/) { + # Convert '%constant', but not '\%constant'. + # Also allow negative numbers, e.g. %-1. + $markup .= $1 . &MakeXRef ($2, &tagify ($2, "literal")); + $offset = length ($&); + } elsif ($text =~ /^\\%/) { + $markup .= "\%"; + $offset = length ($&); + } else { + $markup .= "%"; + $offset = 1; + } + } + + if ($offset > 0) { + $text = substr ($text, $offset); + } + } + + return $markup; +} + +sub MarkDownParseSpanElements { + my ($text) = @_; + my @markers = ( "\\", "<", "![", "[", "`", "%", "#", "@" ); + + $text = &MarkDownParseSpanElementsInner ($text, \@markers); + + # Convert 'function()' or 'macro()'. + # if there is abc_*_def() we don't want to make a link to _def() + # FIXME: also handle abc(def(....)) : but that would need to be done recursively :/ + $text =~ s/([^\*.\w])(\w+)\s*\(\)/$1.&MakeXRef($2, &tagify($2 . "()", "function"));/eg; + + return $text; +} + +sub ReplaceEntities { + my ($text, $symbol) = @_; + my $warn = ""; + my @entities = ( [ "<", "<" ], + [ ">", ">" ], + [ "*", "*" ], + [ "#", "#" ], + [ "%", "%"], + [ ":", ":" ], + [ """, "\"" ], + [ "'", "'" ], + [ " ", " " ], + [ "&", "&" ] ); # Do this last, or the others get messed up. + my $i; + + # Expand entities in even inside CDATA since + # we changed the definition of |[ to add CDATA + for ($i = 0; $i <= $#entities; $i++) { + if ($text =~ s/$entities[$i][0]/$entities[$i][1]/g) { + # don't warn about * since it is expected to be present + # for C-style comments + if ($entities[$i][0] ne "*") { + $warn .= "$entities[$i][0] "; + } + } + } + + if ($warn ne "") { + chomp $warn; + &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol), + "Deprecated entities found in documentation for $symbol: $warn"); } return $text; } +sub MarkDownOutputDocBook { + my ($blocksref, $symbol, $context) = @_; + my $output = ""; + my $block; + my @blocks = @$blocksref; + + foreach $block (@blocks) { + my $text; + my $title; + + if ($block->{"type"} eq "paragraph") { + $text = &MarkDownParseSpanElements ($block->{"text"}); + if ($context eq "li" && $output eq "") { + if ($block->{"interrupted"}) { + $output .= "\n"."".$text.""."\n"; + } else { + $output .= "".$text.""; + if ($#blocks > 0) { + $output .= "\n"; + } + } + } else { + $output .= "".$text.""."\n"; + } + + } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "heading") { + my $tag; + + $title = &MarkDownParseSpanElements ($block->{"text"}); + + if ($block->{"level"} == 1) { + $tag = "refsect2"; + } else { + $tag = "refsect3"; + } + + $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "heading"); + if (defined ($block->{"id"})) { + $output .= "<" . $tag . " id=\"" . $block->{"id"} . "\">"; + } else { + $output .= "<" . $tag . ">"; + } + + $output .= "" . $title . "" . $text . "\n"; + } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "li") { + my $tag = "itemizedlist"; + + if ($block->{"first"}) { + if ($block->{"ordered"}) { + $tag = "orderedlist"; + } + $output .= "<".$tag.">\n"; + } + + if ($block->{"interrupted"}) { + push $block->{"lines"}, ""; + } + + $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "li"); + $output .= "".$text."\n"; + if ($block->{"last"}) { + if ($block->{"ordered"}) { + $tag = "orderedlist"; + } + $output .= "\n"; + } + } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "quote") { + $text = &MarkDownParseLines ($block->{"lines"}, $symbol, "quote"); + $output .= "
\n" . $text . "
\n"; + } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "code") { + if ($block->{"language"}) { + $output .= "{"language"} . "\">{"lines"}}) { + $output .= &ReplaceEntities ($_, $symbol) . "\n"; + } + $output .= "]]>\n"; + } elsif ($block->{"type"} eq "markup") { + $text = &ExpandAbbreviations($symbol, $block->{"text"}); + $output .= $text."\n"; + } else { + $output .= $block->{"text"}."\n"; + } + } + + return $output; +} + +sub MarkDownParseLines { + my ($linesref, $symbol, $context) = @_; + my $output; + my @lines = @$linesref; + my @blocks; + + @blocks = &MarkDownParseBlocks (\@lines, $symbol, $context); + $output = &MarkDownOutputDocBook (\@blocks, $symbol, $context); + + return $output; +} + +sub MarkDownParse { + my ($text, $symbol) = @_; + my @lines; + + # take out some variability in line endings + $text =~ s%\r\n%\n%g; + $text =~ s%\r%\n%g; + + # split lines + @lines = split("\n", $text); + $text = MarkDownParseLines(\@lines, $symbol, ""); + + return $text; +} ############################################################################# # LIBRARY FUNCTIONS - These functions are used in both gtkdoc-mkdb and @@ -5026,15 +5787,13 @@ sub ReadTemplateFile { ############################################################################# # Function : ReadObjectHierarchy # Description : This reads in the $MODULE-hierarchy.txt file containing all -# the GtkObject subclasses described in this module (and their -# ancestors). -# It places them in the @Objects array, and places their level -# in the object hierarchy in the @ObjectLevels array, at the -# same index. GtkObject, the root object, has a level of 1. +# the GtkObject subclasses described in this module (and their +# ancestors). +# It places them in the @Objects array, and places their level +# in the object hierarchy in the @ObjectLevels array, at the +# same index. GtkObject, the root object, has a level of 1. # -# FIXME: the version in gtkdoc-mkdb also generates tree_index.sgml -# as it goes along, this should be split out into a separate -# function. +# This also generates tree_index.sgml as it goes along. # # Arguments : none ############################################################################# @@ -5051,22 +5810,6 @@ sub ReadObjectHierarchy { return; } - # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT - # my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT"; - my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml"; - my $new_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new"; - - open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index") - || die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!"; - - if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") { - my $tree_header = $doctype_header; - - $tree_header =~ s/\n"); - # Only emit objects if they are supposed to be documented, or if # they have documented children. To implement this, we maintain a # stack of pending objects which will be emitted if a documented @@ -5074,6 +5817,7 @@ sub ReadObjectHierarchy { my @pending_objects = (); my @pending_levels = (); my $root; + my @tree = (); while () { if (m/\S+/) { my $object = $&; @@ -5089,16 +5833,16 @@ sub ReadObjectHierarchy { my $plevel = pop(@pending_levels); } - push (@pending_objects, $object); + push (@pending_objects, $object); push (@pending_levels, $level); - if (exists($KnownSymbols{$object}) && $KnownSymbols{$object} == 1) { - while ($#pending_levels >= 0) { + if (exists($KnownSymbols{$object})) { + while ($#pending_levels >= 0) { $object = shift @pending_objects; $level = shift @pending_levels; - $xref = &MakeXRef ($object); + $xref = &MakeXRef ($object); - print (OUTPUT ' ' x ($level * 4), "$xref\n"); + push (@tree, ' ' x ($level * 4) . "$xref"); push (@Objects, $object); push (@ObjectLevels, $level); $ObjectRoots{$object} = $root; @@ -5109,9 +5853,23 @@ sub ReadObjectHierarchy { #} } } - print (OUTPUT "\n"); - close (INPUT); + + # FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT + # my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT"; + my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml"; + my $new_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new"; + + open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index") + || die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!"; + + if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") { + my $tree_header = $doctype_header; + + $tree_header =~ s/\n" . &AddTreeLineArt(\@tree) . "\n\n"); close (OUTPUT); &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_tree_index, $new_tree_index, 0); @@ -5288,6 +6046,49 @@ sub ReadArgsFile { close (INPUT); } +############################################################################# +# Function : AddTreeLineArt +# Description : Add unicode lineart to a pre-indented string array and returns +# it as as multiline string. +# Arguments : @tree - array of indented strings. +############################################################################# + +sub AddTreeLineArt { + my @tree = @{$_[0]}; + my $i; + my $j; + my $indent; + + # iterate bottom up over the tree + for ($i = $#tree; $i >= 0; $i--) { + # count leading spaces + $tree[$i] =~ /^([^ 4) { + if (substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,1) eq " ") { + substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,4) = "--- "; + } else { + substr($tree[$i],$indent-4,4) = "+-- "; + } + # go lines up while space and insert | + for ($j = $i - 1; ($j >= 0 && substr($tree[$j],$indent-4,1) eq ' '); $j--) { + substr($tree[$j],$indent-4,1) = '|'; + } + } + } + + my $res = join("\n", @tree); + # unicode chars for: ╰── + $res =~ s%---%╰──%g; + # unicde chars for: ├── + $res =~ s%\+--%├──%g; + # unicode char for: │ + $res =~ s%\|%│%g; + + return $res; +} + ############################################################################# # Function : CheckIsObject @@ -5303,7 +6104,7 @@ sub CheckIsObject { my $root = $ObjectRoots{$name}; # Let GBoxed pass as an object here to get -struct appended to the id # and prevent conflicts with sections. - return defined($root) and $root ne 'GEnum' and $root ne 'GFlags'; + return (defined($root) and $root ne 'GEnum' and $root ne 'GFlags'); } diff --git a/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in b/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in index 8c4af98..13256fc 100644 --- a/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in +++ b/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in @@ -51,19 +51,21 @@ fi if test $uninstalled = yes; then # this does not work from buiddir!=srcdir gtkdocdir=`dirname $0` - # traditional Bourne shells may not support -e here, use -f + # traditional Bourne shells may not support -e here, use -f if test ! -f $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl; then # try to src dir (set from makefiles) too if test -f $ABS_TOP_SRCDIR/gtk-doc.xsl; then gtkdocdir=$ABS_TOP_SRCDIR fi fi + styledir=$gtkdocdir/style #echo "uninstalled, gtkdocdir=$gtkdocdir, cwd=$PWD" else # the first two are needed to resolve datadir prefix=@prefix@ datarootdir=@datarootdir@ gtkdocdir=@datadir@/gtk-doc/data + styledir=$gtkdocdir fi if head -n 1 $document | grep " /dev/null; then @@ -106,8 +108,7 @@ else fi # copy navigation images and stylesheets to html directory ... -cp -f $gtkdocdir/*.png ./ -cp -f $gtkdocdir/*.css ./ +cp -f $styledir/*.png $styledir/*.css ./ echo "timestamp" > ../html.stamp diff --git a/gtkdoc-scan.in b/gtkdoc-scan.in index 3b14eba..195a372 100755 --- a/gtkdoc-scan.in +++ b/gtkdoc-scan.in @@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { my ($input_file, $section_list) = @_; my $list = ""; # Holds the resulting list of declarations. + my $title = ""; # Holds the title of the section my ($in_comment) = 0; # True if we are in a comment. my ($in_declaration) = ""; # The type of declaration we are in, e.g. # 'function' or 'macro'. @@ -279,6 +280,9 @@ sub ScanHeader { my %forward_decls = (); # hashtable of forward declarations, we skip # them if we find the real declaration # later. + my %doc_comments = (); # hastable of doc-comment we found. We can + # use that to put element to the right + # sction in the generated section-file my $file_basename; @@ -286,6 +290,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { my $ignore_conditional_nest = 0; my $deprecated = ""; + my $doc_comment = ""; # Don't scan headers twice my $canonical_input_file = realpath $input_file; @@ -332,8 +337,13 @@ sub ScanHeader { # Skip to the end of the current comment. if ($in_comment) { @TRACE@("Comment: $_"); + $doc_comment .= $_; if (m%\*/%) { + if ($doc_comment =~ m/\* ([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+):/) { + $doc_comments{lc($1)} = 1; + } $in_comment = 0; + $doc_comment = ""; } next; } @@ -343,9 +353,9 @@ sub ScanHeader { # zone, take note. if (m/^\s*#\s*if(?:n?def\b|\s+!?\s*defined\s*\()\s*(\w+)/) { my $define_name = $1; - if ($deprecated_conditional_nest == 0 and $define_name =~ /$DEPRECATED_GUARDS/) { + if ($deprecated_conditional_nest < 1 and $define_name =~ /$DEPRECATED_GUARDS/) { $deprecated_conditional_nest = 1; - } elsif ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) { + } elsif ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) { $deprecated_conditional_nest += 1; } if ($ignore_conditional_nest == 0 and $define_name =~ /__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__/) { @@ -354,14 +364,14 @@ sub ScanHeader { $ignore_conditional_nest += 1; } } elsif (m/^\s*#\sif/) { - if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) { + if ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) { $deprecated_conditional_nest += 1; } if ($ignore_conditional_nest > 0) { $ignore_conditional_nest += 1; } } elsif (m/^\s*#endif/) { - if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) { + if ($deprecated_conditional_nest >= 1) { $deprecated_conditional_nest -= 1; } if ($ignore_conditional_nest > 0) { @@ -369,6 +379,13 @@ sub ScanHeader { } } + # If we find a line containing _DEPRECATED, we hope that this is + # attribute based deprecation and also treat this as a deprecation + # guard. + if ($deprecated_conditional_nest == 0 and m/_DEPRECATED/) { + $deprecated_conditional_nest += 0.1; + } + # set global that is used later when we do AddSymbolToList if ($deprecated_conditional_nest > 0) { $deprecated = "\n"; @@ -387,6 +404,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { @TRACE@("Found one-line comment: $_"); } else { $in_comment = 1; + $doc_comment = $_; @TRACE@("Found start of comment: $_"); } next; @@ -455,8 +473,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { } # FUNCTION POINTER VARIABLES - # $1 $3 $4 $5 - } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+)?\w+)(\s+const)?\s*(\**)\s*\(\*\s*(\w+)\)\s*\(/o) { + # $1 $3 $4 $5 + } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+)?\w+)(\s+const)?\s*(\**)\s*\(\*\s*(\w+)\)\s*\(/o) { my $p3 = defined($3) ? $3 : ""; $ret_type = "$1$p3 $4"; $symbol = $5; @@ -537,11 +555,11 @@ sub ScanHeader { # VARIABLES (extern'ed variables) - } elsif (m/^\s*(extern|[A-Za-z_]+VAR)\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) { + } elsif (m/^\s*(extern|[A-Za-z_]+VAR|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s+((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*;/) { $symbol = $6; s/^\s*([A-Za-z_]+VAR)\b/extern/; $decl = $_; - @TRACE@("Possible extern var $6: $decl"); + @TRACE@("Possible extern var $symbol: $decl"); if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) { print DECL "\n$symbol\n$deprecated$decl\n"; } @@ -552,7 +570,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { } elsif (m/^\s*((const\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*(const\s+)*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\=/) { $symbol = $5; $decl = $_; - @TRACE@("Possible global var $5: $decl"); + @TRACE@("Possible global var $symbol: $decl"); if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) { print DECL "\n$symbol\n$deprecated$decl\n"; } @@ -562,8 +580,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { # We assume that functions which start with '_' are private, so # we skip them. - # $1 $2 $3 - } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*(_[A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) { + # $1 $2 $3 + } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*(_[A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) { $ret_type = $1; if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; } $symbol = $3; @@ -577,8 +595,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { $skip_block = 1; } - # $1 $2 $3 - } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) { + # $1 $2 $3 + } elsif (m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s+|\*)+(?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*\(/o) { $ret_type = $1; if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; } $symbol = $3; @@ -601,8 +619,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { if ($previous_line !~ m/^\s*G_INLINE_FUNC/) { if ($previous_line !~ m/^\s*static\s+/) { - # $1 $2 - if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { + # $1 $2 + if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { $ret_type = $1; if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; } @TRACE@("Function (2): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type"); @@ -612,8 +630,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { @TRACE@("skip block after inline function"); # now we we need to skip a whole { } block $skip_block = 1; - # $1 $2 - if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|static|inline|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { + # $1 $2 + if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|static|inline|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { $ret_type = $1; if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; } @TRACE@("Function (3): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type"); @@ -626,8 +644,8 @@ sub ScanHeader { @TRACE@("skip block after inline function"); # now we we need to skip a whole { } block $skip_block = 1; - # $1 $2 - if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { + # $1 $2 + if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|long\s+|short\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)((?:\s*(?:\*+|\bconst\b|\bG_CONST_RETURN\b))*)\s*$/o) { $ret_type = $1; if (defined ($2)) { $ret_type .= " $2"; } @TRACE@("Function (4): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type"); @@ -640,14 +658,14 @@ sub ScanHeader { # on the previous line(s), and the start of the parameters on this. } elsif (m/^\s*\(/) { $decl = $'; - if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*$/o) { + if ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|enum\s+)*\w+)(\s+\*+|\*+|\s)\s*([A-Za-z]\w*)\s*$/o) { $ret_type = "$1 $2"; $symbol = $3; @TRACE@("Function (5): $symbol, Returns: $ret_type"); $in_declaration = "function"; } elsif ($previous_line =~ m/^\s*\w+\s*$/ - && $pre_previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\b\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+(?:\**\s+\**(?:const|G_CONST_RETURN))?(?:\s+|\s*\*+))\s*$/o) { + && $pre_previous_line =~ m/^\s*(?:\b(?:extern|G_INLINE_FUNC|${IGNORE_DECORATORS})\s*)*((?:const\s+|G_CONST_RETURN\s+|signed\s+|unsigned\s+|struct\s+|union\s+|enum\s+)*\w+(?:\**\s+\**(?:const|G_CONST_RETURN))?(?:\s+|\s*\*+))\s*$/o) { $ret_type = $1; $ret_type =~ s/\s*\n//; $in_declaration = "function"; @@ -750,6 +768,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { } else { $internal = 0; } + $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest); $in_declaration = ""; $skip_block = 0; } @@ -760,6 +779,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) { print DECL "\n$symbol\n$deprecated$ret_type\n$decl\n"; } + $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest); $in_declaration = ""; } } @@ -773,6 +793,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { } else { $internal = 0; } + $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest); $in_declaration = ""; } } @@ -785,6 +806,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { if (&AddSymbolToList (\$list, $symbol)) { print DECL "\n$symbol\n$deprecated$decl\n"; } + $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest); $in_declaration = ""; } } @@ -800,7 +822,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { if ($symbol =~ m/^(\S+)(Class|Iface|Interface)\b/) { my $objectname = $1; @TRACE@("Found object: $1"); - $list = "$objectname\n$list"; + $title = "$objectname\n"; push (@objects, $objectname); } @TRACE@("Store struct: $symbol"); @@ -811,6 +833,7 @@ sub ScanHeader { undef($forward_decls{$symbol}); } } + $deprecated_conditional_nest = int($deprecated_conditional_nest); $in_declaration = ""; } else { # We use tr to count the brackets in the line, and adjust @@ -834,28 +857,35 @@ sub ScanHeader { } } + # add title + $list = "$title$list"; + @TRACE@("Scanning $input_file done\n"); # Try to separate the standard macros and functions, placing them at the # end of the current section, in a subsection named 'Standard'. # do this in a loop to catch object, enums and flags - # FIXME: we still leave XxxXxxxxClass in the normal section, it would be - # nice to hide it, if it is not documented and empty (only parent) - my ($class,$lclass); + my ($class,$lclass,$prefix,$lprefix); my ($standard_decl) = ""; do { - if ($list =~ m/^\S+_IS_(\S*)_CLASS\n/m) { - $class = $1; + if ($list =~ m/^(\S+)_IS_(\S*)_CLASS\n/m) { + $prefix = $1; + $lprefix = lc($prefix); + $class = $2; $lclass = lc($class); - @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from is class macro\n"); - } elsif ($list =~ m/^\S+_IS_(\S*)\n/m) { - $class = $1; + @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from is_class macro\n"); + } elsif ($list =~ m/^(\S+)_IS_(\S*)\n/m) { + $prefix = $1; + $lprefix = lc($prefix); + $class = $2; $lclass = lc($class); - @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from is macro\n"); - } elsif ($list =~ m/^\S+?_(\S*)_get_type\n/m) { - $lclass = $1; + @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from is_ macro\n"); + } elsif ($list =~ m/^(\S+?)_(\S*)_get_type\n/m) { + $lprefix = $1; + $prefix = uc($lprefix); + $lclass = $2; $class = uc($lclass); - @TRACE@("Found gobject class '$class' from get_type function\n"); + @TRACE@("Found gobject type '${prefix}_$class' from get_type function\n"); } else { $class = $lclass = ""; } @@ -863,8 +893,27 @@ sub ScanHeader { if ($class ne "") { my ($cclass) = $lclass; $cclass =~ s/_//g; + my ($type) = $lprefix.$cclass; + + if ($list =~ s/^${type}Private\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } - if ($list =~ s/^\S+${cclass}Private\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } + # We only leave XxYy* in the normal section if they have docs + if (! defined($doc_comments{$type})) { + @TRACE@(" Hide instance docs for $type"); + if ($list =~ s/^${type}\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } + } + if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."class"})) { + @TRACE@(" Hide class docs for $type"); + if ($list =~ s/^${type}Class\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } + } + if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."interface"})) { + @TRACE@(" Hide iface docs for $type"); + if ($list =~ s/^$type}Interface\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } + } + if (! defined($doc_comments{$type."iface"})) { + @TRACE@(" Hide iface docs for $type"); + if ($list =~ s/${type}Iface\n//im) { $standard_decl .= $&; } + } while ($list =~ s/^\S+_IS_$class\n//m) { $standard_decl .= $&; } while ($list =~ s/^\S+_TYPE_$class\n//m) { $standard_decl .= $&; } diff --git a/gtkdoc-scangobj.in b/gtkdoc-scangobj.in index d0e8b7c..d5aa0ba 100644 --- a/gtkdoc-scangobj.in +++ b/gtkdoc-scangobj.in @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ describe_default (GParamSpec *spec) break; if (acc->len > 0) - g_string_append (acc, "|"); + g_string_append (acc, " | "); g_string_append (acc, value->value_name); default_value &= ~value->value; @@ -1399,16 +1399,16 @@ system("($command)") == 0 or die "Compilation of scanner failed: $!\n"; # Linking scanner # FIXME: Can we turn off as-needed for the docs (or better fix it?) -#$command = "$LD -Wl,--no-as-needed $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan"; -$command = "$LD $stdout $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan"; +#$command = "$LD -Wl,--no-as-needed $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@"; +$command = "$LD $stdout $o_file $LDFLAGS -o $MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@"; system("($command)") == 0 or die "Linking of scanner failed: $!\n"; # Running scanner $MODULE-scan "; -system("($RUN ./$MODULE-scan)") == 0 or die "Scan failed: $!\n"; +system("($RUN ./$MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@)") == 0 or die "Scan failed: $!\n"; if (!defined($ENV{"GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE"})) { - unlink "./$MODULE-scan.c", "./$MODULE-scan.o", "./$MODULE-scan.lo", "./$MODULE-scan"; + unlink "./$MODULE-scan.c", "./$MODULE-scan.o", "./$MODULE-scan.lo", "./$MODULE-scan@EXEEXT@"; } &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_signals_filename, $new_signals_filename, 0); diff --git a/gtkdocize.in b/gtkdocize.in index 6a44005..06b67a5 100644 --- a/gtkdocize.in +++ b/gtkdocize.in @@ -11,21 +11,42 @@ datarootdir=@datarootdir@ datadir=@datadir@ # options -docdir=. copy=no makefile=gtk-doc.make flavour=legacy # mini help usage="\ -usage: $progname [ --copy ] [ --docdir DIR ] [ --flavour {legacy|legacy-flat|no-tmpl|no-tmpl-flat} ]" +usage: $progname [ --copy ] [ --docdir DIR ] [ --flavour {legacy|legacy-flat|no-tmpl|no-tmpl-flat} ] [ --srcdir DIR ]" + +# Find the srcdir early (and ignore a srcdir set in configure). +# https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=707426 +args="$*" +while test $# -gt 0; do + case "$1" in + --srcdir) + shift + srcdir="$1" + shift ;; + --srcdir=*) + srcdir=`expr "X$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + shift ;; + *) + shift ;; + esac +done +set - $args + +# assume working directory if srcdir is not set +test "$srcdir" || srcdir=. +test "$docdir" || docdir="$srcdir" # detect configure script no_configure_found=0 -if test -f configure.ac; then - configure=configure.ac -elif test -f configure.in; then - configure=configure.in +if test -f "$srcdir"/configure.ac; then + configure="$srcdir"/configure.ac +elif test -f "$srcdir"/configure.in; then + configure="$srcdir"/configure.in else no_configure_found=1 fi @@ -75,6 +96,13 @@ while test $# -gt 0; do --flavour=*) flavour=`expr "X$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` shift ;; + --srcdir) + shift + # srcdir was set earlier. + shift ;; + --srcdir=*) + # srcdir was set earlier. + shift ;; -*) echo "$progname: unrecognised option '$1'" 1>&2 echo "$usage" 1>&2 @@ -118,7 +146,7 @@ fi # matches the the automake fragment. # If AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR is not used, the macro won't be copied, and # the correct flags must be passed to aclocal for it to find the macro. -m4dir=`cat "$configure" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q` +m4dir="$srcdir/`cat "$configure" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q`" if test -n "$m4dir"; then rm -f $m4dir/gtk-doc.m4 if test "$copy" = yes; then diff --git a/help/Makefile.in b/help/Makefile.in index 97f8f9f..46938e9 100644 --- a/help/Makefile.in +++ b/help/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = help DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/help/manual/C/index.docbook b/help/manual/C/index.docbook index 0338ba7..7227ddb 100644 --- a/help/manual/C/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/C/index.docbook @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ GTK-Doc Manual - 1.18.1 + 1.20 User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle - 2007-2011 + 2007-2014 Stefan Sauer (Kost) @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ + + 1.20 + 16 Feb 2014 + ss + bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -509,9 +515,13 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integration with automake - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. @@ -526,22 +536,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck - - - - - - @@ -809,57 +803,91 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - + If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'. - + - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus @@ -1722,11 +1750,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/Makefile.am b/help/manual/Makefile.am index eb547a7..fb5b498 100644 --- a/help/manual/Makefile.am +++ b/help/manual/Makefile.am @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ +if HAVE_YELP_TOOLS @YELP_HELP_RULES@ +endif HELP_ID = gtk-doc-manual @@ -6,6 +8,6 @@ HELP_FILES = \ index.docbook \ fdl-appendix.xml -HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu sl sv ta te zh_CN +HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN -include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk diff --git a/help/manual/Makefile.in b/help/manual/Makefile.in index 711a562..13d02ac 100644 --- a/help/manual/Makefile.in +++ b/help/manual/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = help/manual DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -78,6 +80,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -205,7 +208,7 @@ HELP_FILES = \ index.docbook \ fdl-appendix.xml -HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu sl sv ta te zh_CN +HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN all: all-am .SUFFIXES: @@ -395,7 +398,7 @@ uninstall-am: maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am -@YELP_HELP_RULES@ +@HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_TRUE@@YELP_HELP_RULES@ -include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk diff --git a/help/manual/bn_IN/index.docbook b/help/manual/bn_IN/index.docbook index 69807c4..e1172ff 100644 --- a/help/manual/bn_IN/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/bn_IN/index.docbook @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -460,9 +466,13 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) automake সহযোগে একত্রিত করার প্রণালী - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. @@ -477,22 +487,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - make distcheck-র সময় GTK-Doc সক্রিয় করুন - - - - - - @@ -760,51 +754,85 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - নথির মধ্যে কিছু বিশেষ অক্ষর যেমন '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', অথবা '#' প্রভৃতি ব্যবহার করতে ইচ্ছুক হলে GTK-Doc দ্বারা এইগুলিকে পরিবর্তন করতে প্রতিরোধ করার জন্য যথাক্রমে "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" XML এনটিটিগুলি ব্যবহার করুন অথবা ব্যাক-স্ল্যাশ চিহ্ন '\' সহযোগে এস্কেপ করানো আবশ্যক। + নথির মধ্যে কিছু বিশেষ অক্ষর যেমন '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', অথবা '#' প্রভৃতি ব্যবহার করতে ইচ্ছুক হলে GTK-Doc দ্বারা এইগুলিকে পরিবর্তন করতে প্রতিরোধ করার জন্য যথাক্রমে "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" XML এনটিটিগুলি ব্যবহার করুন অথবা ব্যাক-স্ল্যাশ চিহ্ন '\' সহযোগে এস্কেপ করানো আবশ্যক। - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus @@ -1652,11 +1680,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/de/de.po b/help/manual/de/de.po index 2a0b0f8..2616f3f 100644 --- a/help/manual/de/de.po +++ b/help/manual/de/de.po @@ -4,21 +4,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-15 08:49+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-12 20:25+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-25 14:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 16:36+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach \n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Poedit-Language: German\n" -"X-Poedit-Country: GERMANY\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "Mario Blättermann , 2009-2013" +msgstr "" +"Mario Blättermann , 2009-2013\n" +"Christian Kirbach , 2013" #: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title) msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" @@ -31,7 +32,8 @@ msgstr "1.18.1" #: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para) msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." msgstr "" -"Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-Doc." +"Benutzerhandbuch für Entwickler mit Anweisungen für die Benutzung von GTK-" +"Doc." #: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author) msgid "" @@ -51,11 +53,11 @@ msgstr "" #: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author) msgid "" -"Stefan Kost
" -"ensonic@users.sf.net
" +"Stefan Kost " +"
ensonic@users.sf.net
" msgstr "" -"Stefan Kost
" -"ensonic@users.sf.net
" +"Stefan Kost " +"
ensonic@users.sf.net
" #: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername) msgid "GTK-Doc project" @@ -100,35 +102,47 @@ msgid "" "caps." msgstr "" "Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und " -"Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, " -"an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die " -"Mitglieder des GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekts über diese Marken informiert " -"wurden, sind die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben " -"geschrieben." +"Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den " +"Stellen, an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und " +"wenn die Mitglieder des GNOME-Dokumentationsprojekts über diese Marken " +"informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit großen " +"Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben." #: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision) msgid "" -"1.18.1 20 Sep 2011 ss1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss development version" msgstr "" -"1.18.1 20. September 2011 " -"ss Entwicklerversion" +"1.19.1 05. Juni 2013 ss Entwicklerversion" #: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision) msgid "" -"1.18 14 sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support" +"1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes" msgstr "" +"1.19 05. Juni 2013 sk Fehlerbehebungen" #: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision) msgid "" +"1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support" +msgstr "" +"1.18 14. September 2011 " +"ss Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte " +"Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown" + +#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision) +msgid "" "1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update" msgstr "" -"1.17 26. Februar 2011 sk Dringende Bugfix-Aktualisierung" +"1.17 26. Februar 2011 " +"sk Dringende Bugfix-" +"Aktualisierung" -#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision) msgid "" "1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements" @@ -136,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "" "1.16 14. Januar 2011 sk Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen" -#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision) msgid "" "1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes" @@ -144,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "" "1.15 21. Mai 2010 sk Bug- und Regressionsfixes" -#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision) msgid "" "1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements" @@ -152,25 +166,27 @@ msgstr "" "1.14 28. März 2010 sk Bugfixes und Leistungsverbesserungen" -#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision) msgid "" -"1.13 18 December 2009 sk broken tarball update" +"1.13 18 December 2009 " +"sk broken tarball update" msgstr "" "1.13 18. Dezember 2009 " "sk Aktualisierung eines " "beschädigten Tarballs" -#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision) msgid "" -"1.12 18 December 2009 sk new tool features and bugfixes" +"1.12 18 December 2009 " +"sk new tool features and " +"bugfixes" msgstr "" "1.12 18. Dezember 2009 " "sk Neue Features und Bugfixes" -#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision) +#: C/index.docbook:137(revhistory/revision) msgid "" "1.11 16 November 2008 " "mal GNOME doc-utils migrationmal Migration auf die GNOME doc-" "utils" -#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title) +#: C/index.docbook:150(chapter/title) msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Einführung" -#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:152(chapter/para) msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -192,41 +208,41 @@ msgstr "" "Dieses Kapitel führt in GTK-Doc ein und gibt einen Überblick darüber, worum " "es sich dabei handelt und wie es benutzt wird." -#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:158(sect1/title) msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "Was ist GTK-Doc?" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:160(sect1/para) msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " "also be used to document application code." msgstr "" -"GTL-Doc wird zur Dokumentation von C-Code verwendet. Üblicherweise wird damit " -"die öffentliche API von Bibliotheken dokumentiert, wie die der GTK+- und " -"GNOME-Bibliotheken. Es kann aber auch zur Dokumentation von Anwendungscode " -"verwendet werden." +"GTL-Doc wird zur Dokumentation von C-Code verwendet. Üblicherweise wird " +"damit die öffentliche API von Bibliotheken dokumentiert, wie die der GTK+- " +"und GNOME-Bibliotheken. Es kann aber auch zur Dokumentation von " +"Anwendungscode verwendet werden." -#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:168(sect1/title) msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "Wie funktioniert GTK-Doc?" -#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:170(sect1/para) msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " "template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only " -"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce output " -"for static functions)." +"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce " +"output for static functions)." msgstr "" "GTK-Doc verwendet Funktionsdokumentationen, die sich in den Quelldateien " -"innerhalb speziell formatierter Kommentarblöcke befinden, oder Dokumentation, " -"die zu den von GTK-Doc verwendeten Vorlagendateien hinzugefügt wurde. " -"Beachten Sie jedoch, dass GTK-Doc nur Funktionen dokumentieren wird, die in " -"den Header-Dateien deklariert sind. Es erstellt keine Ausgaben für statische " -"Funktionen." +"innerhalb speziell formatierter Kommentarblöcke befinden, oder " +"Dokumentation, die zu den von GTK-Doc verwendeten Vorlagendateien " +"hinzugefügt wurde. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass GTK-Doc nur Funktionen " +"dokumentieren wird, die in den Header-Dateien deklariert sind. Es erstellt " +"keine Ausgaben für statische Funktionen." -#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para) msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -234,11 +250,11 @@ msgstr "" "GTK-Doc besteht aus einer Anzahl von Perl-Skripten, wovon jedes einen " "bestimmten Schritt in dem Prozess ausführt." -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:182(sect1/para) msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Dieser Vorgang umfasst fünf Hauptschritte:" -#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:189(listitem/para) msgid "" "Writing the documentation. The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In " @@ -250,40 +266,64 @@ msgstr "" "Vergangenheit wurden diese Informationen in erstellte Vorlagendateien " "eingegeben. Dies wird nicht mehr empfohlen." -#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:199(listitem/para) msgid "" "Gathering information about the code. " "gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code " -"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It " -"creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt containing " -"a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which " -"header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to " +"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. " +"It creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt " +"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according " +"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to " "<module>-sections.txt. The author can rearrange " "the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the " -"final desired order. The second file it generates is <module>-" -"decl.txt. This file contains the full declarations found by the " -"scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the " -"docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the " -"declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the " -"ones in <module>-decl.txt into <" +"final desired order. The second file it generates is <" +"module>-decl.txt. This file contains the full declarations " +"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show " +"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or " +"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to " +"the ones in <module>-decl.txt into <" "module>-overrides.txt." msgstr "" +"Informationen über den Code sammeln. " +"gtkdoc-scan analysiert die Header-Dateien des " +"Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), " +"struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <" +"module>-decl-list.txt, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen " +"enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, " +"in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <" +"module>-sections.txt kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte " +"und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu " +"anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <module>-decl.txt. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden " +"wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione " +"erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden " +"werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten " +"ähnlich derer in<module>-decl.txt innerhalb " +"<module>-overrides.txt platzieren." -#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para) msgid "" "gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically " -"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information " -"about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject " -"properties and signals it provides." +"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " +"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about " +"any GObject properties and signals it provides." msgstr "" +"gtkdoc-scangobj kann ebenso dazu verwendet " +"werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse " +"anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede " +"Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften " +"und -Signale, die es bietet." -#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:222(listitem/para) msgid "" "gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." msgstr "" +"gtkdoc-scanobj sollte nicht weiter verwendet " +"werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein " +"GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war." -#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:229(listitem/para) msgid "" "Generating the \"template\" files. gtkdoc-" "mktmpl creates a number of files in the Erstellen der »Vorlage«-Dateien. gtkdoc-" +"mktmpl erstellt einige Dateien im Unterordner tmpl/ mit Hilfe der Informationen aus dem ersten " +"Schritt. (Bedenken Sie, dass dies wiederholt ausgeführt werden kann. Es wird " +"versucht sicherzustellen, dass keine Dokumentation jemals verloren geht.)" -#: C/index.docbook:232(note/para) +#: C/index.docbook:238(note/para) msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep " "documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now " @@ -309,18 +354,26 @@ msgstr "" "importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der " "Versionsverwaltung." -#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:250(listitem/para) msgid "" "Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. " "gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or " "XML files in the sgml/ or xml/ subdirectory. If the source code contains " -"documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged " -"in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from sources and " -"introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML." -msgstr "" +"class=\"directory\">xml/ subdirectory. If the source code " +"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it " +"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from " +"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML." +msgstr "" +"Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF. " +"gtkdoc-mkdb wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- " +"oder XML-Dateien in den Unterordner sgml/ oder xml/ um. Wenn der " +"Quellcode Dokumentation über Funktionen mittels speziellen Kommentarblöcken " +"enthält, so wird diese hier eingepflegt. Wenn keine tmpl-Dateien eingesetzt " +"werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten " +"gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden." -#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para) msgid "" "gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML " "files in the html/ subdirectory. " @@ -332,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ebenso konvertiert gtkdoc-mkpdf die SGML/XML-" "Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <package>.pdf." -#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:267(listitem/para) msgid "" "Files in sgml/ or xml/ and html/-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt " "bearbeiten." -#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:275(listitem/para) msgid "" "Fixing up cross-references between documents. After " "installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be " @@ -355,21 +408,30 @@ msgid "" "links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application " "will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)." msgstr "" - -#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title) +"Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren. Nach " +"Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann gtkdoc-fixxref " +"ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu " +"korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise " +"zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-" +"tarball zur Verteilung wandelt gtkdoc-rebase alle " +"externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor " +"erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in " +"lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden)." + +#: C/index.docbook:293(sect1/title) msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "GTK-Doc bekommen" -#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title) +#: C/index.docbook:296(sect2/title) msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Erfordernisse" -#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:297(sect2/para) msgid "Perl v5 - the main scripts are in Perl." msgstr "" "Perl v5 - Die Hauptskripte wurden in Perl geschrieben." -#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:300(sect2/para) msgid "" "DocBook DTD v3.0 - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/" @@ -379,34 +441,34 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport" -#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:304(sect2/para) msgid "" "Jade v1.1 - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " -"SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade" +"SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade" msgstr "" "Jade v1.1 - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur Umwandlung " "von SGML in verschiedene Formate. http://www.jclark.com/jade" -#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:308(sect2/para) msgid "" "Modular DocBook Stylesheets This is the DSSSL code to " "convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with " "jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the " "program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference " -"indices in the generated HTML. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" +"indices in the generated HTML. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" msgstr "" "Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen Dies ist der DSSSL-Code " "zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es wird " "zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl etwas " -"angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und um " -"globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/" -"dsssl" +"angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und " +"um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. http://nwalsh.com/" +"docbook/dsssl" -#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:317(sect2/para) msgid "" "docbook-to-man - if you want to create man pages from " "the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise " @@ -415,12 +477,18 @@ msgid "" "\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport NOTE: This does not work yet." msgstr "" +"docbook-to-man - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom DocBook " +"erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig angepasst, um " +"Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-bibliothek« oben " +"auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu platzieren. Dazu gibt " +"es einen Verweis auf http://www.ora.com/davenport HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht." -#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title) +#: C/index.docbook:328(sect2/title) msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para) msgid "" "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " "installed." @@ -428,12 +496,12 @@ msgstr "" "Es gibt keinen Standardort, an welchem die Modularen DocBook-Stilvorlagen " "installiert werden." -#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para) msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" msgstr "" "Das Configure-Skript von GTK-Doc durchsucht folgende drei Ordner automatisch:" -#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para) msgid "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (used by " "RedHat)" @@ -441,36 +509,36 @@ msgstr "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (verwendet " "von RedHat)" -#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para) msgid "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (used by Debian)" msgstr "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (verwendet von " "Debian)" -#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:341(sect2/para) msgid " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (used by SuSE)" msgstr " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (verwendet von SuSE)" -#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:344(sect2/para) msgid "" "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure " "GTK-Doc using the option: --with-dsssl-dir=<" "PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> " msgstr "" -"Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-Doc " -"mit folgender Option konfigurieren: --with-dsssl-dir=<" +"Falls sie Stilvorlagen an anderen Orten installiert haben, müssen Sie GTK-" +"Doc mit folgender Option konfigurieren: --with-dsssl-dir=<" "PFAD_ZUM_BASISORDNER_DER_STILVORLAGEN> " -#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/title) msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Info zu GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:370(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:384(sect1/para) msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(FIXME)" -#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:374(sect1/para) msgid "" "(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other " "similar systems.)" @@ -478,42 +546,42 @@ msgstr "" "(Geschichte, Autoren, Webseiten, Lizenz, Zukunftspläne, Vergleich mit " "ähnlichen Systemen)" -#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/title) msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Über dieses Handbuch" -#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:388(sect1/para) msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(wofür es bestimmt ist, wo Sie es erhalten können, Lizenz)" -#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title) +#: C/index.docbook:397(chapter/title) msgid "Setting up your project" msgstr "Einrichten Ihres Projekts" -#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:399(chapter/para) msgid "" "The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into " -"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. This " -"project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called " -"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In addition " -"section plain makefiles or other build " -"systems will describe the basics needed to work in a different build " -"setup." +"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. " +"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called " +"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In " +"addition section plain makefiles or other " +"build systems will describe the basics needed to work in a different " +"build setup." msgstr "" "Die nächsten Abschnitte beschreiben die notwendigen Schritte, um GTK-Doc in " "Ihr Projekt zu integrieren. Nehmen wir an, wir arbeiten an einem Projekt " "namens »meep«. Das Projekt enthält eine Bibliothek namens »libmeep« sowie " "eine Endbenutzer-Anwendung namens »meeper«. Weiterhin gehen wir davon aus, " -"dass wir autoconf und automake verwenden. Zusätzlich beschreibt der Abschnitt " -"Klartext-Makefiles oder andere " +"dass wir autoconf und automake verwenden. Zusätzlich beschreibt der " +"Abschnitt Klartext-Makefiles oder andere " "Erstellungssysteme die Grundlagen für die Arbeit in einer anderen " "Erstellungsumgebung." -#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:410(sect1/title) msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Einrichten des Grundgerüsts der Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:412(sect1/para) msgid "" "Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference " "(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is " @@ -523,14 +591,15 @@ msgstr "" "Erstellen Sie in dem Ordner der obersten Ebene des Projekts die Unterordner " "namens docs/reference. Auf diese Weise können Sie auch docs/help für die " "Endbenutzerdokumentation anlegen. Es ist empfehlenswert, einen weiteren " -"Unterordner mit dem Namen des Dokumentationspakets anzulegen. Für Pakete, die " -"nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht notwendig." +"Unterordner mit dem Namen des Dokumentationspakets anzulegen. Für Pakete, " +"die nur eine einzige Bibliothek enthalten, ist dieser Schritt nicht " +"notwendig." -#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:421(example/title) msgid "Example directory structure" msgstr "Beispiel für die Ordnerstruktur" -#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:422(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -559,22 +628,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:419(sect1/para) msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" msgstr "Dies kann dann wie nachstehend angezeigt aussehen: <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:439(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:446(example/title) msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integration in autoconf" -#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:441(sect1/para) msgid "" -"Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac script." +"Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac " +"script." msgstr "" -"Sehr einfach! Fügen Sie eine Zeile zu Ihrem configure.ac-" -"Skript hinzu." +"Sehr einfach! Fügen Sie eine Zeile zu Ihrem configure.ac-Skript hinzu." -#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:447(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -591,11 +661,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:461(example/title) msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" msgstr "Halten Sie gtk-doc optional" -#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:462(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -620,52 +690,61 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:456(sect1/para) msgid "" -"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay for " -"your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " +"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " +"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " "below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for GTK_DOC_CHECK at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" +"Dazu müssen alle Entwickler gtk-doc installiert haben. Wenn es für das " +"Projekt vertretbar ist, einen optionalen Erstellungsschritt für die api-doc " +"zu haben, so können Sie es wie im Folgenden lösen. Lassen Sie es so, wie es " +"ist, weil gtkdocize nach GTK_DOC_CHECK am Anfang einer " +"Zeile sucht. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:475(sect1/para) msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. " "The 2nd, optional argument is used by gtkdocize. " -"The GTK_DOC_CHECK macro also adds several configure switches:" +"The GTK_DOC_CHECK macro also adds several configure " +"switches:" msgstr "" "Das erste Argument wird zur Überprüfung von gtkdocversion während des " "configure-Durchlaufs benutzt. Das zweite, optionale Argument wird von " "gtkdocize verwendet. Das Makro " -"GTK_DOC_CHECK fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure hinzu:" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure " +"hinzu:" -#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:481(listitem/para) msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=PATH : Pfad zur installierten Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:482(listitem/para) msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc : gtk-doc zur Erstellung der Dokumentation verwenden " "[Vorgabe=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para) -msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]" +#: C/index.docbook:483(listitem/para) +msgid "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : Erstellung der Dokumentation im HTML-Format " "[Vorgabe=yes]" -#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:484(listitem/para) msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]" msgstr "" -"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format [Vorgabe=no]" +"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : Erstellung der Dokumentation im PDF-Format " +"[Vorgabe=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para) +#: C/index.docbook:488(important/para) msgid "" -"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. Otherwise " -"pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not " -"for developers)." +"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. " +"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for " +"users but not for developers)." msgstr "" "GTK-Doc ist standardmäßig deaktiviert! Denken Sie daran, die Option " " beim nächsten Durchlauf von " @@ -673,23 +752,23 @@ msgstr "" "erstellte Dokumentation installiert. Dies ergibt für Benutzer durchaus Sinn, " "aber nicht für Entwickler." -#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:496(sect1/para) msgid "" "Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " -"configure.ac script. This allows gtkdocize to automatically copy the macro definition for " -"GTK_DOC_CHECK to your project." +"configure.ac script. This allows " +"gtkdocize to automatically copy the macro " +"definition for GTK_DOC_CHECK to your project." msgstr "" "Weiterhin ist es empfehlenswert, dass das configure.ac-" "Skript die folgende Zeile enthält. Dies erlaubt gtkdocize das automatische Kopieren der Makrodefinition für " "GTK_DOC_CHECK in Ihr Projekt." -#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:504(example/title) msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" msgstr "Vorbereitung für gtkdocize" -#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:505(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -704,11 +783,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:515(sect1/title) msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Integration in automake" -#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para) msgid "" "First copy the Makefile.am from the examples " "subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation " @@ -716,12 +795,12 @@ msgid "" "filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one." msgstr "" "Kopieren Sie zunächst die Datei Makefile.am aus dem " -"Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner Ihres " -"Projekts ( ./docs/reference/<package>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, müssen Sie dies für " -"jedes davon wiederholen." +"Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner " +"Ihres Projekts ( ./docs/reference/<" +"package>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, " +"müssen Sie dies für jedes davon wiederholen." -#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:524(sect1/para) msgid "" "The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their " @@ -738,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alle Werkzeuge unterstützen zur Auflistung der " "unterstützten Parameter." -#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:535(sect1/para) msgid "" "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add " "the one line shown in the next example to your top-level Makefile." @@ -748,11 +827,11 @@ msgstr "" "Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler zur Datei " "Makefile.am der obersten Ebene hinzu:" -#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:542(example/title) msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" msgstr "GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren" -#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:543(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -767,11 +846,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:554(sect1/title) msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Integration in autogen" -#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:556(sect1/para) msgid "" "Most projects will have an autogen.sh script to setup " "the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such " @@ -783,14 +862,14 @@ msgstr "" "verfügen, welches die Build-Infrastruktur nach dem Auschecken aus einem " "Versionsverwaltungssystem wie CVS, SVN oder Git erzeugt. GTK-Doc liefert ein " "Werkzeug namens gtkdocize mit, das in einem " -"solchen Skript verwendet werden kann. Es sollte vor autoheader, automake oder " -"autoconf ausgeführt werden." +"solchen Skript verwendet werden kann. Es sollte vor autoheader, automake " +"oder autoconf ausgeführt werden." -#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:565(example/title) msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Ausführen von gtkdocize durch autogen.sh" -#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:566(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -805,10 +884,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:574(sect1/para) msgid "" -"When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-doc." -"make to your project root (or any directory specified by the " +"When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-" +"doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the " " option). It also checks you configure script for " "the GTK_DOC_CHECK invocation. This macro can be used to " "pass extra parameters to gtkdocize." @@ -820,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "function> enthalten ist. Dieses Makro kann verwendet werden, um weitere " "Parameter an gtkdocize zu übergeben." -#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:583(sect1/para) msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered " "the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having " @@ -830,34 +909,34 @@ msgid "" "gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. " "Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be " -"added also to an environment variable called GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS " -"or set as a 2nd parameter in GTK_DOC_CHECK macro in the " -"configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and " +"added also to an environment variable called GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS or set as a 2nd parameter in GTK_DOC_CHECK macro in " +"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and " "migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from " "version control system)." msgstr "" -"In früherer Zeit erzeugte GTK-Doc die Vorlagendateien dort, wo die Entwickler " -"die Dokumentation platzierten. Das stellte sich als nicht optimal heraus, " -"beispielsweise um generierte Dateien unter Versionskontrolle zu haben. Seit " -"einigen Versionen kann GTK-Doc auch sämtliche Informationen aus Quellcode-" -"Kommentaren ermitteln. Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht mehr " -"notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb des " -"Codes zu halten. gtkdocize unterstützt nun die " -"Option , wodurch ein Makefile gewählt wird, " -"welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Neben der Möglichkeit, " -"diese Option direkt beim Befehlsaufruf zu übergeben, kann Sie auch zu einer " -"Umgebungsvariable namens GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS hinzugefügt oder " -"als zweiter Parameter im GTK_DOC_CHECK-Makro im " -"Konfigurationsskript aufgeführt werden. Falls Sie niemals Dateien im " -"Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen " +"In früherer Zeit erzeugte GTK-Doc die Vorlagendateien dort, wo die " +"Entwickler die Dokumentation platzierten. Das stellte sich als nicht optimal " +"heraus, beispielsweise um generierte Dateien unter Versionskontrolle zu " +"haben. Seit einigen Versionen kann GTK-Doc auch sämtliche Informationen aus " +"Quellcode-Kommentaren ermitteln. Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht " +"mehr notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb " +"des Codes zu halten. gtkdocize unterstützt nun " +"die Option , wodurch ein Makefile gewählt " +"wird, welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Neben der " +"Möglichkeit, diese Option direkt beim Befehlsaufruf zu übergeben, kann Sie " +"auch zu einer Umgebungsvariable namens GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS " +"hinzugefügt oder als zweiter Parameter im GTK_DOC_CHECK-" +"Makro im Konfigurationsskript aufgeführt werden. Falls Sie niemals Dateien " +"im Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen " "importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der " "Versionsverwaltung." -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:600(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:617(example/title) msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Erstellung der Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:602(sect1/para) msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "autogen.sh. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -865,24 +944,25 @@ msgid "" "configure with this option afterwards." msgstr "" "Nach den bisher absolvierten Schritten ist es Zeit für den Build-Vorgang. " -"Zunächst muss autogen.sh erneut ausgeführt werden. Falls " -"dieses Skript auch den configure-Aufruf enthält, sollten Sie die Option " -" hinzufügen. Anderenfalls führen Sie danach " -"configure manuell aus, ebenfalls mit dieser Option." +"Zunächst muss autogen.sh erneut ausgeführt werden. " +"Falls dieses Skript auch den configure-Aufruf enthält, sollten Sie die " +"Option hinzufügen. Anderenfalls führen Sie " +"danach configure manuell aus, ebenfalls mit dieser " +"Option." -#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:609(sect1/para) msgid "" -"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-directories. " -"The important ones are: <package>.types, " -"<package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), " -"<package>-sections.txt." +"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" +"directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past ." +"sgml), <package>-sections.txt." msgstr "" -"Der erste Durchlauf von make erstellt verschiedene zusätzliche Dateien in den " -"Dokumentationsordnern. Die bedeutendsten davon sind: <" +"Der erste Durchlauf von make erstellt verschiedene zusätzliche Dateien in " +"den Dokumentationsordnern. Die bedeutendsten davon sind: <" "package>.types, <package>-docs.xml " "(früher .sgml), <package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:618(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -899,26 +979,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:626(sect1/para) msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, " "during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life." msgstr "" -"Nun können Sie docs/reference/<package>/index.html " -"in Ihrem Browser öffnen. Zugegeben, das Ergebnis ist noch ein wenig " -"enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die Seiten mit " -"Leben füllen können." +"Nun können Sie docs/reference/<package>/index.html in Ihrem Browser öffnen. Zugegeben, das Ergebnis ist noch ein " +"wenig enttäuschend. Im nächsten Abschnitt zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie die " +"Seiten mit Leben füllen können." -#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:634(sect1/title) msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme" -#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:636(sect1/para) msgid "" "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" -"package>.types, <package>-docs..xml " +"package>.types, <package>-docs.xml " "(in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, " "Makefile.am" msgstr "" @@ -928,22 +1008,25 @@ msgstr "" "package>-docs..xml (früher .sgml), <package>-" "sections.txt, Makefile.am." -#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/title) msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme" -#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:649(sect1/para) msgid "" -"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-doc." -"mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order in " -"own makefiles (or other build tools)." +"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-" +"doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " +"in own makefiles (or other build tools)." msgstr "" +"Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit gtk-doc.mak einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles " +"(oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen ." -#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:656(example/title) msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:657(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -974,17 +1057,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:673(sect1/para) msgid "" "One will need to look at the Makefile.am and " "gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed." msgstr "" +"Man muss sich Makefile.am und gtk-doc.mak anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen." -#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title) +#: C/index.docbook:682(chapter/title) msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Dokumentieren des Codes" -#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:684(chapter/para) msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -996,11 +1081,11 @@ msgstr "" "anderen Quellen geholt. Im nächsten Abschnitt finden sie umfassende " "Informationen über die Syntax der Kommentare." -#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title) +#: C/index.docbook:692(note/title) msgid "Documentation placement" msgstr "Platzierung der Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para) +#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para) msgid "" "In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside " "the tmpl directory. This has the disadvantages that the " @@ -1012,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Informationen oft nicht aktualisiert wurden und die Datei tendenziell " "Konflikte mit Versionsverwaltungssystemen verursachen kann." -#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para) +#: C/index.docbook:699(note/para) msgid "" "The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation " "inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting " @@ -1022,11 +1107,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird " "ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben." -#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:710(example/title) C/index.docbook:729(example/title) msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:711(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1045,18 +1130,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:706(chapter/para) msgid "" -"The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of " +"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of " "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can " "hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" +"Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von " +"Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc " +"anweisen diese zu überspringen. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:724(sect1/title) msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Kommentare zur Dokumentation" -#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:730(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1077,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:726(sect1/para) msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1086,95 +1174,101 @@ msgstr "" "einen Kommentarblock, der von den Werkzeugen in GTK-Doc verarbeitet wird. <_:" "example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para) msgid "" -"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is related " -"to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table " -"showing identifiers)" +"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " +"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " +"table showing identifiers)" msgstr "" "Der »identifier« ist eine Zeile mit dem Namen des Objekts, auf das sich der " -"Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts variieren." +"Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts " +"variieren." -#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:747(sect1/para) msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " "description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows " -"the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings and CDATA " +"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA " "sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph " "breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-" "asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)." msgstr "" "Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. " "Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine " -"Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, " -"sondern ein »*«).Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen " -"(außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten, die nur ein » " -"*« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. " -"Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie stattdessen ein » * «, " -"d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter." +"Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte " +"Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. " +"Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur " +"ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche " +"umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie " +"stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und " +"dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen)." -#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para) msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." msgstr "" +"Was es ist: Der Name für eine Klasse oder Funktion kann manchmal Irre " +"führend sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben." -#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:770(listitem/para) msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "" +"Was es ist: Berichtet über normale Anwendungsfälle. Stellen Sie es ins " +"Verhältnis mit der anderen API." -#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:760(tip/para) msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" "Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:785(listitem/para) msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie function(), um einen Bezug zu Funktionen oder Makros " "herzustellen, die Argumente akzeptieren." -#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para) msgid "" -"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters " -"of other functions, related to the one being described." +"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " +"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie @param, um einen Bezug zu Parametern herzustellen. Verwenden " "Sie dies auch, wenn es um einen Bezug zu Parametern anderer Funktionen geht, " "bezogen auf jene, die Sie gerade beschreiben." -#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:796(listitem/para) msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "" "Benutzen Sie %constant, um einen Bezug auf eine Konstante herzustellen, z.B. " "%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." -#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para) msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. »structs« " -"und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen." +"Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. " +"»structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen." -#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para) -msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal" +#: C/index.docbook:807(listitem/para) +msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen" -#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para) -msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property" +#: C/index.docbook:812(listitem/para) +msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen." -#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:817(listitem/para) msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie #Struct.field, um auf ein Feld innerhalb einer Struktur zu " "verweisen." -#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:779(sect1/para) msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1182,11 +1276,12 @@ msgid "" "itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" "Ein Vorteil von Hypertext gegenüber Klartext ist die Möglichkeit, " -"Verknüpfungen im Dokument zu verwenden. Das Schreiben eines korrekten Markups " -"für eine solche Verknüpfung kann allerdings langatmig sein, deshalb stellt " -"GTK-Doc eine Reihe von praktischen Abkürzungen bereit. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +"Verknüpfungen im Dokument zu verwenden. Das Schreiben eines korrekten " +"Markups für eine solche Verknüpfung kann allerdings langatmig sein, deshalb " +"stellt GTK-Doc eine Reihe von praktischen Abkürzungen bereit. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:825(tip/para) msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1197,10 +1292,10 @@ msgstr "" "Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer " "Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie " "die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&" -"commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem " -"Backslash »\\« maskieren." +"commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit " +"einem Backslash »\\« maskieren." -#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:834(sect1/para) msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " "examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1214,11 +1309,11 @@ msgstr "" "MKDB_OPTIONS in der Datei Makefile.am " "die Option oder ." -#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:848(example/title) msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown" msgstr "GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock in Markdown-Syntax" -#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:849(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1257,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:842(sect1/para) msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the markdown language. One can " @@ -1265,48 +1360,54 @@ msgid "" "the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line " "separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" +"Seit GTK-Doc-1.18 unterstützt das Werkzeug eine Teilmenge, d.h. die markdown language. Man kann sie verwenden für Untertitel und einfache aufgegliederte " +"Listen. In älteren Versionen von GTK-Doc wird der Inhalt unverändert " +"dargestellt (Die Listeneinträge erscheinen in einer Zeile durch Bindestriche " +"getrennt). <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:870(tip/para) msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " -"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore " -"we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in " -"the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs " -"to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name " -"at the right place inside the sections file." -msgstr "" -"Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der " -"öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische " -"Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem " -"zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. " -"Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das " -"zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht " -"werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« " -"hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die " +"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. " +"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the " +"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, " +"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert " +"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." +msgstr "" +"Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren " +"der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für " +"statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese " +"Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu " +"verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, " +"ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion " +"veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein " +"zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die " "Abschnittsdatei einzubauen." -#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:884(sect1/title) msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Dokumentieren von Abschnitten" -#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:886(sect1/para) msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " "description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are " "optional." msgstr "" -"Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse oder " -"ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen Abschnittsblock " -"schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. " -"Alle @-Felder sind optional." +"Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse " +"oder ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen " +"Abschnittsblock schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im " +"Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional." -#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:894(example/title) msgid "Section comment block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abschnitts-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:895(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1343,11 +1444,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:916(varlistentry/term) msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECTION:<name>" -#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:918(listitem/para) msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<package>-sections.txt file. The name give here " @@ -1356,26 +1457,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Der Name verweist auf die Abschnittsdokumentation des entsprechenden Teils " "der Datei <package>-sections.txt. Der hier " -"angegebene Name sollte der Markierung <FILE> in der Datei <" -"package>-sections.txt entsprechen." +"angegebene Name sollte der Markierung <FILE> in der Datei " +"<package>-sections.txt entsprechen." -#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:927(varlistentry/term) msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" -#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:929(listitem/para) msgid "" -"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the links " -"in the TOC and at the top of the section page." +"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " +"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." msgstr "" "Eine einzeilige Beschreibung des Abschnitts, die später hinter den Verweisen " "im Inhaltsverzeichnis und oben in der Abschnittsseite erscheint." -#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:936(varlistentry/term) msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" -#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:938(listitem/para) msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -1383,40 +1484,50 @@ msgstr "" "Der Abschnittstitel in der SECTION-Deklaration, Vorgabe ist <name>. Er " "kann im Feld @title überschrieben werden." -#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:945(varlistentry/term) msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" -#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:947(listitem/para) msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" -"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <MODULE>-" -"<title>." +"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" +"MODULE>-<title>." msgstr "" +"Überschreibt den Einsatz von Titeln als Abschnitts-Bezeichner. Für GObjects " +"wird der <Titel> als section_id verwendet and für andere Abschnitte " +"<MODUL>-<Titel>." -#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:955(varlistentry/term) msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" -#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:957(listitem/para) msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Eine Liste von Symbolen, welche sich auf diesen Abschnitt beziehen." -#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:963(varlistentry/term) msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" -#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:970(listitem/para) msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " -"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the " -"one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " +"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after " +"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " "release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be " "rare, and to have strong justifications." msgstr "" +"Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten " +"es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese " +"freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen " +"Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle " +"eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer " +"Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen " +"von stark berechtigten." -#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:982(listitem/para) msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -1424,50 +1535,66 @@ msgid "" "more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source " "or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next." msgstr "" +"Instabil - Instabile Schnittstellen sind experimentell oder vorübergehend. " +"Sie werden typischerweise verwendet, um außenstehenden Entwicklern frühen " +"Zugang zu neuen oder sich schnell ändernder Technologie zu geben, oder um " +"eine Übergangslösung für ein Problem zu liefern, für das eine allgemeinere " +"Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder " +"Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben." -#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:994(listitem/para) msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " "specified and documented ways." msgstr "" +"Privat - Eine Schnittstelle, die im GNOME-Stack selbst verwendet werden " +"kann, aber nicht für Endanwender dokumentiert ist. Solche Funktionen sollten " +"nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden." -#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1003(listitem/para) msgid "" -"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-" -"user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " +"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " +"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " "Internal." msgstr "" +"Intern - Eine Schnittstelle, die für ein Modul intern ist und keine " +"Endanwender-Dokumentation erfordert. Undokumentierte Funktionen werden als " +"intern angesehen." -#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:965(listitem/para) msgid "" -"A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend the " -"use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " +"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "" "Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen " "dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1015(varlistentry/term) msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" -#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1017(listitem/para) msgid "" "The #include files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the section file or command line. This item is " "optional." msgstr "" +"Die #include -Dateien werden im Abschnitt Zusammenfassung " +"angezeigt (eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste). Der globale Wert aus der " +"Abschnittsdatei oder von der " +"Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional." -#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1026(varlistentry/term) msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" -#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1028(listitem/para) msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " -"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of a " -"class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is " +"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " +"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is " "optional." msgstr "" "Das Bild, das am Beginn einer Referenzseite für diesen Abschnitt angezeigt " @@ -1475,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klasse oder ein Diagramm sein, das die Beziehungen zu anderen Klassen " "darstellt. Dieses Objekt ist optional." -#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1039(tip/para) msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -1484,11 +1611,11 @@ msgstr "" "platzieren Sie die Abschnittsdokumentation in die C-Quellen, wo immer es " "möglich ist." -#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1048(sect1/title) msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Dokumentieren von Symbolen" -#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1050(sect1/para) msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -1498,52 +1625,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jedes Symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal und property) wird in " "einem separaten Block dokumentiert. Der Block wird am besten nahe der " -"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron zu " -"halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, »macro«, " -"»struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei." +"Definition der Symbole platziert, so dass es leichter ist, diese synchron " +"zu halten. Die Funktion wird üblicherweise in den C-Quellen definiert, " +"»macro«, »struct« und »enum« dagegen in der Header-Datei." -#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1058(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1087(example/title) msgid "General tags" msgstr "Allgemeine Markierungen" -#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1060(sect2/para) msgid "" -"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell when " -"an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." +"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " +"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." msgstr "" -"Sie können Versionsinformationen zu allen Dokumentationselementen hinzufügen, " -"um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie als veraltet " -"markiert wurde." +"Sie können Versionsinformationen zu allen Dokumentationselementen " +"hinzufügen, um darauf hinzuweisen, wann eine API eingeführt oder wann sie " +"als veraltet markiert wurde." -#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1065(variablelist/title) msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Versionierungs-Markierungen" -#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1066(varlistentry/term) msgid "Since:" msgstr "Since:" -#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1068(listitem/para) msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Beschreibung, seit welcher Version des Codes die API verfügbar ist." -#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1073(varlistentry/term) msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Deprecated:" -#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1075(listitem/para) msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." msgstr "" -"Absatz, der darüber informiert, dass diese Funktion nicht mehr genutzt werden " -"sollte. Die Beschreibung sollte einen Verweis auf die neue API enthalten." +"Absatz, der darüber informiert, dass diese Funktion nicht mehr genutzt " +"werden sollte. Die Beschreibung sollte einen Verweis auf die neue API " +"enthalten." -#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1083(sect2/para) msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" msgstr "(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)" -#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1088(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1558,7 +1686,7 @@ msgid "" " *\n" " * Since: 2.6\n" " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" -" **/\n" +" */\n" "Bar *\n" "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" "{\n" @@ -1586,33 +1714,36 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1110(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1146(example/title) msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Kommentarblock einer Funktion" -#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para) msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." msgstr "" +"Dokumentieren, ob zurückgegebene Objekte, Listen, Zeichenketten usw. befreit/" +"dereferenziert/freigegeben werden." -#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1122(listitem/para) msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" -"Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall geschieht." +"Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall " +"geschieht." -#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1127(listitem/para) msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" "Erwähnen Sie interessante Vorbedingungen (und nachfolgende Bedingungen), wo " "es nützlich erscheint." -#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1112(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1209(sect2/para) msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Bitte denken Sie an: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1134(sect2/para) msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." @@ -1620,15 +1751,15 @@ msgstr "" "GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« " "beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt." -#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1139(sect2/para) msgid "" -"Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live.gnome." -"org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." +"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" msgstr "" -"Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »gobject introspection annotation tags«: " +"Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: " "http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" -#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1147(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1675,33 +1806,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1170(variablelist/title) msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Funktions-Tags" -#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1171(varlistentry/term) msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Returns:" -#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1173(listitem/para) msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Abschnitt, der das zurückgegebene Ergebnis beschreibt." -#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term) +#: C/index.docbook:1178(varlistentry/term) msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" -#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1180(listitem/para) msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1190(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1192(example/title) msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Property-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1193(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1726,23 +1857,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1207(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1226(example/title) msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Signal-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para) msgid "" -"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or after " -"other signals." +"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " +"after other signals." msgstr "" -"Dokumentiert, wann ein Signal ausgegeben wird und ob es vor oder nach anderen " -"Signalen ausgegeben wird." +"Dokumentiert, wann ein Signal ausgegeben wird und ob es vor oder nach " +"anderen Signalen ausgegeben wird." -#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1219(listitem/para) msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Dokumentiert, was eine Anwendung in dem Signal-Handler tun könnte." -#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1227(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1777,11 +1908,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1246(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1247(example/title) msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Struct-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1248(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1820,31 +1951,32 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para) msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you " -"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour." +"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " +"behaviour." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie /*< private >*/ vor den privaten »struct«-" "Feldern, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, " "verwenden Sie /*< public >*/." -#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1273(sect2/para) msgid "" -"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It is " -"usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has vmethods " -"(as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one can use " -"the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance struct " -"would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage here is " -"that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure and the " -"section)." +"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " +"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " +"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one " +"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance " +"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage " +"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure " +"and the section)." msgstr "" -#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1285(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1286(example/title) msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Enum-Kommentarblock" -#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1287(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1855,8 +1987,7 @@ msgid "" " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" " *\n" " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" -" *\n" -" **/\n" +" */\n" "typedef enum {\n" " SOMETHING_FOO,\n" " SOMETHING_BAR,\n" @@ -1885,27 +2016,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1301(sect2/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1306(sect2/para) msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you " -"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour." +"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " +"behaviour." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie /*< private >*/ vor den privaten »enum«-" "Werten, die Sie verbergen wollen. Um das umgekehrte Verhalten zu erzielen, " "verwenden Sie /*< public >*/." -#: C/index.docbook:1311(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1316(sect1/title) msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Nützliche DocBook-Tags" -#: C/index.docbook:1313(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1318(sect1/para) msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" "Nachfolgend finden Sie einige DocBook-Tags, die beim Dokumentieren von Code " "nützlich sein können." -#: C/index.docbook:1322(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1327(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1920,22 +2052,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1318(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1323(sect1/para) msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " "For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and " -"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class name. " -"Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML." +"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class " +"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML." msgstr "" -"So erstellen Sie eine Verknüpfung zu einem anderen Abschnitt in den GTK-Docs: " -"<_:informalexample-1/> »linkend« ist dabei die SGML-XML-Kennung des obersten " -"Elements der Seite, auf welche die Verknüpfung zielt (»gtk«, »gdk«, »glib«), " -"danach folgt der Seitentitel (\"Hash Tables\"). Für Widgets ist dies einfach " -"der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-konform in »-« " -"umgewandelt. " +"So erstellen Sie eine Verknüpfung zu einem anderen Abschnitt in den GTK-" +"Docs: <_:informalexample-1/> »linkend« ist dabei die SGML-XML-Kennung des " +"obersten Elements der Seite, auf welche die Verknüpfung zielt (»gtk«, »gdk«, " +"»glib«), danach folgt der Seitentitel (\"Hash Tables\"). Für Widgets ist " +"dies einfach der Klassenname. Leerzeichen und Unterstriche werden SGML/XML-" +"konform in »-« umgewandelt. " -#: C/index.docbook:1337(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1342(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1950,15 +2082,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1334(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1339(sect1/para) msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" msgstr "" -"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: <_:" -"informalexample-1/>" +"Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Funktion, z.B. einer C-Standardfunktion: " +"<_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1348(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1353(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1983,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1361(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1366(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2006,17 +2138,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1345(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1350(sect1/para) msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " -"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For the " -"latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|" +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " +"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|" msgstr "" "So fügen Sie Beispielcode ein: Vielleicht auch so, für sehr " "kurze Codeschnipsel, die keinen Titel benötigen: <_:informalexample-2/> " "Außerdem unterstützt GTK-Doc auch eine Abkürzung: |[ ... ]|" -#: C/index.docbook:1382(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1387(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2053,11 +2185,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1379(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1384(sect1/para) msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für eine Liste mit Aufzählungszeichen: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1404(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1409(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2080,12 +2212,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1401(sect1/para) -msgid "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +#: C/index.docbook:1406(sect1/para) +msgid "" +"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "" "Für eine nicht zum eigentlichen Text gehörende Notiz: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1419(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1424(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2100,11 +2233,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1416(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1421(sect1/para) msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Typ: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1430(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1435(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2119,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1427(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1432(sect1/para) msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2127,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "Für einen Bezug zu einer externen Struktur (die nicht in den GTK-Docs " "beschrieben wird): <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1441(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1446(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2142,11 +2275,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1438(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1443(sect1/para) msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Feld einer Struktur: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1452(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1457(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2161,15 +2294,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1449(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1454(sect1/para) msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " "to the GtkWidget page - see the " "abbreviations)." msgstr "" +"Um sich auf einen Klassennamen zu beziehen kann man möglicherweise folgendes " +"verwenden: <_:informalexample-1/> Aber Sie verwenden vermutlich stattdessen " +"#GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen " +"- lesen Sie die Abkürzungen)." -#: C/index.docbook:1465(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1470(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2184,11 +2321,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1462(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1467(sect1/para) msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Zum Hervorheben von Text: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1476(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1481(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2203,11 +2340,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1473(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1478(sect1/para) msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für Dateinamen: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1487(informalexample/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1492(informalexample/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2222,15 +2359,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1484(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1489(sect1/para) msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Für einen Bezug zu einem Schlüssel: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1499(chapter/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1504(chapter/title) msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Füllen der zusätzlichen Dateien" -#: C/index.docbook:1501(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1506(chapter/para) msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <package>.types, " @@ -2242,29 +2379,29 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <package>-docs.xml (früher .sgml), " "<package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1510(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1515(sect1/title) msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Bearbeiten der Typendatei" -#: C/index.docbook:1512(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1517(sect1/para) msgid "" -"If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their " -"signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in " -"the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the xxx_get_typexxx_get_type functions together with their include inside the <" "package>.types file." msgstr "" -"Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GtkObjects/GObjects beinhaltet, sollten " -"deren Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der " +"Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GObjects beinhaltet, sollten deren " +"Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der " "Dokumentation erscheinen. Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist die " -"xxx_get_typeFunktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in " +"xxx_get_type-Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in " "der Datei <package>.types aufzulisten." -#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1526(example/title) msgid "Example types file snippet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei" -#: C/index.docbook:1522(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1527(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2289,31 +2426,36 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1535(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1540(sect1/para) +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " "Makefile.am. If you use this approach you should not " "dist the types file nor have it under version control." msgstr "" +"Seit GTK-Doc 1.8 kann gtkdoc-scan diese Liste für " +"Sie erstellen. Fügen Sie einfach »--rebuild-types« zu SCAN_OPTIONS in " +"Makefile.am hinzu. Wenn Sie so vorgehen sollten Sie " +"nicht ??" -#: C/index.docbook:1544(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1549(sect1/title) msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Bearbeiten des Master-Dokuments" -#: C/index.docbook:1546(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1551(sect1/para) msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " -"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per " -"class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and " -"place them in an order." +"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " +"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them " +"and place them in an order." msgstr "" "GTK-Doc erstellt die Dokumentation in DocBook-SGML/XML. Beim Verarbeiten der " "in den Quellcode eingebetteten Kommentare erzeugt GTK-Doc eine " "Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das " "Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge." -#: C/index.docbook:1553(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1558(sect1/para) msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not " "touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. " @@ -2322,8 +2464,15 @@ msgid "" "idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies " "introduced there." msgstr "" +"Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine " +"spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das " +"Dokument beliebig strukturieren kann. Dies schließt Gruppieren von Seiten " +"und Hinzufügen von zusätzlichen Seiten ein. GTK-Doc hat eine neue Test-" +"Garnitur, wo auch das Hauptdokument von Neuem erstellt wird. Es ist ratsam " +"sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige " +"Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden." -#: C/index.docbook:1563(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1568(tip/para) msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -2335,24 +2484,24 @@ msgstr "" "Dokumente. Schreiben Sie lediglich zusätzliche Kapitel. Der Vorteil des " "direkten Einbettens einer Anleitung für Ihre Bibliothek in die API ist die " "Möglichkeit der einfachen Verknüpfung der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung zur " -"Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung die " -"gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst." +"Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung " +"die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst." -#: C/index.docbook:1572(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1577(sect1/para) msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " "which you should take care of." msgstr "" -"Was sollte nun innerhalb des Master-Dokuments geändert werden? Zunächst recht " -"wenig. Es gibt einige Platzhalter (Text in eckigen Klammern), die Sie " +"Was sollte nun innerhalb des Master-Dokuments geändert werden? Zunächst " +"recht wenig. Es gibt einige Platzhalter (Text in eckigen Klammern), die Sie " "beachten sollten." -#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1584(example/title) msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Kopfzeile des Master-Dokuments" -#: C/index.docbook:1580(example/programlisting) +#: C/index.docbook:1585(example/programlisting) #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2387,46 +2536,66 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1601(sect1/title) +#: C/index.docbook:1606(sect1/title) msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei" -#: C/index.docbook:1603(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para) msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " "the visibility (public or private)." msgstr "" +"Die Abschnittsdatei wird verwendet, um die Dokumentations-Ausgaben von GTK-" +"Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder " +"welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat)." -#: C/index.docbook:1609(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para) msgid "" -"The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). " +"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). " "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment " "lines." msgstr "" +"Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit " +"Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, " +"werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt." -#: C/index.docbook:1615(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1620(sect1/para) msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " "template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be " "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config.sgml or .DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. " -"(The name of the html file is based on the module name and the section title, " -"or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name converted to lower " -"case)." -msgstr "" - -#: C/index.docbook:1627(sect1/para) +"filename> or the DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. " +"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section " +"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to " +"lower case)." +msgstr "" +"Das Tag <FILE> ... </FILE> wird verwendet, um den Dateinamen " +"ohne Suffix anzugeben. Zum Beispiel wird »<FILE>gnome-config</" +"FILE>« dazu führen, dass der Deklarationsabschnitt in die Vorlage-Datei " +"tmpl/gnome-config.sgml ausgegeben wird, welche in die " +"DocBook SGML/XML-Datei sgml/gnome-config.sgml oder die " +"DocBook XML-Datei xml/gnome-config.xml umgewandelt " +"wird. (Der Name der HTML-Datei basiert auf dem Modulnamen und dem " +"Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in " +"Kleinbuchstaben)." + +#: C/index.docbook:1632(sect1/para) msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " -"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if one " -"uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete." +"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if " +"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete." msgstr "" +"Das Tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> wird zur Angabe des Abschnitttitels " +"verwendet. Es ist nur nützlich bevor die Vorlagen (falls verwendet) anfangs " +"erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man " +"das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig." -#: C/index.docbook:1634(sect1/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1639(sect1/para) +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -2434,28 +2603,42 @@ msgid "" "declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like " "G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the " "documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private " -"declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid warning " -"messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains private types " +"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning " +"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types " "which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of " -"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. Whether " -"you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or Standard " -"section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." -msgstr "" - -#: C/index.docbook:1653(sect1/para) -msgid "" -"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the #include " -"files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate " -"list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of " -"any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set " -"it within a section, it only applies to that section." -msgstr "" - -#: C/index.docbook:1667(chapter/title) +"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. " +"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or " +"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." +msgstr "" +"Sie können Objekte im Abschnitt mittels des Tag <SUBSECTION> " +"gruppieren. Derzeit gibt es eine Leerzeile zwischen Unterabschnitten im " +"Inhaltsangabe-Abschnitt aus. Sie können auch <SUBSECTION Standard> für " +"Standard GObject-Deklarationen verwenden (z.B. Funktionen wie " +"g_object_get_type und Makros wie G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Derzeit " +"werden diese nicht in die Dokumentation aufgenommen. Die können auch <" +"SUBSECTION Private> für private Deklarationen verwenden, welche nicht " +"ausgegeben werden …" + +#: C/index.docbook:1658(sect1/para) +msgid "" +"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " +"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" +"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it " +"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. " +"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section." +msgstr "" +"Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die " +"#include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt " +"werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien " +"ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, " +"wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines " +"Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt." + +#: C/index.docbook:1672(chapter/title) msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Überprüfung des Ergebnisses" -#: C/index.docbook:1669(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1674(chapter/para) msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt<package>-undocumented.txt, <package>-undeclared.txt und " -"<package>-unused.txt. Sie liegen alle als Klartext " -"vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet werden." +"Namen der erzeugten Dateien sind: <package>-undocumented." +"txt, <package>-undeclared.txt und " +"<package>-unused.txt. Sie liegen alle als " +"Klartext vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet " +"werden." -#: C/index.docbook:1678(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1683(chapter/para) msgid "" "The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " -"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second " -"section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which " -"have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." +"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The " +"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, " +"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." msgstr "" +"Die Datei <package>-undocumented.txt beginnt mit " +"der Zusammenfassung der Dokumentation. Darunter sind zwei durch Leerzeilen " +"getrennte Abschnitte. Der erste Abschnitt listet undokumentierte oder " +"unvollständige Symbole. Der zweite Abschnitt macht das gleiche für " +"Abschnitts-Dokumente. Unvollständige Einträge sind jene, welche " +"Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist." -#: C/index.docbook:1687(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1692(chapter/para) msgid "" "The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols " "given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found " "in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled." msgstr "" +"Die Datei <package>-undeclared.txt listet die in " +"<package>-sections.txt gelieferten, aber nicht in " +"den Quellen gefundenen Symbole. Prüfen Sie, ob diese entfernt oder falsch " +"geschrieben wurden." -#: C/index.docbook:1694(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1699(chapter/para) msgid "" "The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, " -"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to " -"put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the " +"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " +"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the " "<package>-sections.txt file." msgstr "" +"Die Datei <package>-unused.txt listet Symbolnamen " +"auf, in denen der GTK-Doc-Scanner Dokumentation gefunden hat, aber nicht " +"weiß, wo sie abgelegt werden soll. Dies bedeutet, dass das Symbol noch nicht " +"der Datei <package>-sections.txt hinzugefügt " +"wurde." -#: C/index.docbook:1702(tip/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1707(tip/para) msgid "" -"Enable or add the line in Makefile.am. " -"If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " +"Enable or add the line in Makefile." +"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " "make check run." msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie oder fügen Sie die Zeile integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " "integrates with the trac search." msgstr "" +"GtkDocPlugin - ein Trac GTK-Doc Integrations-Plugin, das API-Dokumente zu einer trac-" +"Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet." -#: C/index.docbook:1924(chapter/para) +#: C/index.docbook:1929(chapter/para) msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " -"tags in the api to determine the minimum required version." +"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." msgstr "" +"Gtkdoc-depscan - ein Werkzeug (Teil von gtk-doc), um die verwendete API für " +"die minimal erforderliche Version zu prüfen." #: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) @@ -2831,7 +3090,8 @@ msgstr "" " Suite 330, Boston, MA \n" " 02110-1301 USA" -#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para) +#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para) msgid "" "<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " "of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." @@ -2843,9 +3103,9 @@ msgstr "" "Software Foundation veröffentlicht, und legt nicht gesetzlich die " "Verteilungsbedingungen für Dokumente fest, die die GFDL nutzen -- nur der " "originale " -"englische Text der GFDL tut dies. Wie auch immer, ich hoffe, dass sie " -"Deutschsprachigen hilft, die GFDL besser zu verstehen. Dieser Text wurde von " -"der spanischen Version übertragen." +"englische Text der GFDL tut dies. Wie auch immer, ich hoffe, dass " +"sie Deutschsprachigen hilft, die GFDL besser zu verstehen. Dieser Text wurde " +"von der spanischen Version übertragen." #: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote) @@ -2869,9 +3129,9 @@ msgstr "" "geschriebene Dokumente frei im Sinne von Freiheit zu halten: " "jedem die effektive Freiheit zu sichern, es zu kopieren und weiter zu " "verteilen, mit oder ohne es zu ändern, entweder kommerziell oder " -"nichtkommerziell. Zweitens sichert diese Lizenz dem Autor und Veröffentlicher " -"einen Weg, Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne dabei für " -"Änderungen anderer verantwortlich zu sein." +"nichtkommerziell. Zweitens sichert diese Lizenz dem Autor und " +"Veröffentlicher einen Weg, Anerkennung für seine Arbeit zu bekommen, ohne " +"dabei für Änderungen anderer verantwortlich zu sein." #: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -2881,9 +3141,9 @@ msgid "" "designed for free software." msgstr "" "Diese Lizenz ist eine Art copyleft, das heißt, dass " -"abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes selbst wieder im gleichen Sinne frei sein " -"müssen. Es ergänzt die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-Lizenz " -"für freie Software darstellt." +"abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes selbst wieder im gleichen Sinne frei " +"sein müssen. Es ergänzt die GNU General Public License, die eine Copyleft-" +"Lizenz für freie Software darstellt." #: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -2900,9 +3160,9 @@ msgstr "" "Programm sollte mit Anleitungen kommen, die dieselbe Freiheit wie die " "Software bieten. Aber diese Lizenz ist nicht auf Software-Anleitungen " "beschränkt; sie kann für alle textlichen Arbeiten verwendet werden, " -"unabhängig vom Thema, oder ob es als gedrucktes Buch veröffentlicht wird. Wir " -"empfehlen diese Lizenz prinzipiell für Arbeiten, deren Zweck Anleitungen oder " -"Referenzen sind." +"unabhängig vom Thema, oder ob es als gedrucktes Buch veröffentlicht wird. " +"Wir empfehlen diese Lizenz prinzipiell für Arbeiten, deren Zweck Anleitungen " +"oder Referenzen sind." #: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title) msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" @@ -2917,11 +3177,11 @@ msgid "" "you." msgstr "" "Diese Lizenz betrifft jede Anleitung oder andere Arbeit, die einen Hinweis " -"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den Bedingungen " -"dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das Dokument, weiter " -"unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes Mitglied " -"der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit Sie " -"bezeichnet." +"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den " +"Bedingungen dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das Dokument, " +"weiter unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes " +"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit Sie bezeichnet." #: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -2929,9 +3189,10 @@ msgid "" "the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with " "modifications and/or translated into another language." msgstr "" -"Eine Modifizierte Version von dem Dokument bezeichnet jegliche " -"Arbeit, die das Dokument oder einen Teil davon enthält, entweder wortwörtlich " -"kopiert oder mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache übersetzt." +"Eine Modifizierte Version von dem Dokument bezeichnet " +"jegliche Arbeit, die das Dokument oder einen Teil davon enthält, entweder " +"wortwörtlich kopiert oder mit Modifikationen und/oder in eine andere Sprache " +"übersetzt." #: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -2947,15 +3208,15 @@ msgid "" "them." msgstr "" "Ein Sekundärer Abschnitt ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein " -"wichtiger Abschnitt des Dokumentes, der " -"exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem Gesamtthema des " +"wichtiger Abschnitt des Dokumentes, " +"der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem Gesamtthema des " "Dokumentes (oder verwandten Themen) handelt und nichts enthält, was direkt " "unter das Gesamtthema fällt. (Wenn zum Beispiel das Dokument teilweise ein " "Textbuch der Mathematik ist, erklärt ein Sekundärer Abschnitt " -"keine Mathematik.) Die Beziehung könnte eine Angelegenheit einer historischen " -"Verbindung mit dem Thema oder einer verwandten Sache sein, oder einer " -"gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, philosophischen, ethnischen oder politischen " -"Position ihr gegenüber." +"keine Mathematik.) Die Beziehung könnte eine Angelegenheit einer " +"historischen Verbindung mit dem Thema oder einer verwandten Sache sein, oder " +"einer gesetzlichen, kommerziellen, philosophischen, ethnischen oder " +"politischen Position ihr gegenüber." #: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -2987,12 +3248,12 @@ msgid "" "A Transparent copy of the " "Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose " "specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be " -"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or " -"(for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some " -"widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text " +"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors " +"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) " +"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text " "formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for " -"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format " -"whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent " +"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file " +"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent " "modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not " "Transparent is called Opaque." msgstr "" @@ -3001,25 +3262,25 @@ msgstr "" "Allgemeinheit zugänglichen Format repräsentiert ist, deren Inhalt direkt und " "einfach mit gebräuchlichen Texteditoren oder (bei aus Pixeln bestehenden " "Bildern) gebräuchlichen Zeichenprogrammen oder (bei Bildern) weit " -"verbreiteten Bildverarbeitungsprogramm besehen und verändert werden kann, und " -"das geeignet ist, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können oder " -"automatisch in eine Vielzahl von Formaten übersetzt werden kann, die geeignet " -"sind, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können. Eine Kopie in einem " -"anderen Transparenten Dateiformat, dessen Aufbau gestaltet wurde, eine " -"ständige Veränderung durch den Leser zu vereiteln oder abzuwenden, ist nicht " -"Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht Transparent ist, nennt man " -"Undurchsichtig." +"verbreiteten Bildverarbeitungsprogramm besehen und verändert werden kann, " +"und das geeignet ist, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können oder " +"automatisch in eine Vielzahl von Formaten übersetzt werden kann, die " +"geeignet sind, in Textformatierern eingegeben werden zu können. Eine Kopie " +"in einem anderen Transparenten Dateiformat, dessen Aufbau gestaltet wurde, " +"eine ständige Veränderung durch den Leser zu vereiteln oder abzuwenden, ist " +"nicht Transparent. Eine Kopie die nicht Transparent ist, " +"nennt man Undurchsichtig." #: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para) msgid "" "Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " -"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a " -"publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for " +"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " +"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for " "human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary " -"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML " -"or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, " -"and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output " -"purposes only." +"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, " +"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally " +"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors " +"for output purposes only." msgstr "" "Beispiele von passenden Formaten für Transparente Kopien enthalten reines " "ASCII ohne Codierung, das Texinfo-Eingabeformat, das LaTeX-Eingabeformat, " @@ -3071,15 +3332,15 @@ msgstr "" "reproduziert werden, und dass sie keine wie auch immer lautenden andere " "Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie dürfen keine technischen " "Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie " -"machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie " -"dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend " -"große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in Abschnitt 3 zustimmen." +"machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren oder behindern. Wie auch immer, " +"Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine " +"genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen " +"in Abschnitt 3 zustimmen." #: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para) msgid "" -"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may " -"publicly display copies." +"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " +"may publicly display copies." msgstr "" "Sie dürfen auch Kopien unter den oben genannten Bedingungen verleihen, und " "Sie dürfen Kopien öffentlich zeigen." @@ -3090,37 +3351,38 @@ msgstr "3. KOPIEREN IN MENGEN" #: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para) msgid "" -"If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires " -"Cover Texts, you must enclose the " -"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: " -"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. " -"Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of " -"these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of " -"the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the " -"covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as " -"they preserve the title of the Document " -"and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other " -"respects." +"If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " +"notice requires Cover Texts, you " +"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these " +"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on " +"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as " +"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title " +"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as " +"verbatim copying in other respects." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des Dokumentes veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes Cover-Texte verlangt, müssen Sie die " -"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-" -"Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte " -"auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den " -"Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen " -"Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. " -"Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit " -"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des Dokumentes absichern und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können " -"in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden." +"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese " +"Cover-Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und " +"Rückseitentexte auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und " +"leserlich Sie als den Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die " +"Vorderseite muß den vollen Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich " +"auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich " +"der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese " +"den Titel des Dokumentes absichern und " +"diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche " +"Kopien behandelt werden." #: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para) msgid "" -"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you " -"should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual " -"cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." +"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " +"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " +"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." msgstr "" "Wenn die geforderten Texte für jede Seite zu groß sind, um leserlich darauf " "zu passen, sollten Sie die erstgenannten (so viele wie vernünftig darauf " @@ -3162,8 +3424,8 @@ msgstr "" #: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para) msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large " -"number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated " +"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document well before redistributing any " +"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated " "version of the Document." msgstr "" "Es wird erbeten, aber nicht verlangt, dass Sie die Autoren des Title Page (and on the " -"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if " -"there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may " -"use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that " -"version gives permission." +"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which " +"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the " +"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original " +"publisher of that version gives permission." msgstr "" "Auf der Titelseite (und auf den " "Covern, falls vorhanden) einen Titel verwenden, der sich von dem des Document (all of its principal authors, if it has " "less than five)." msgstr "" -"Auf der Titelseite, eine oder mehrere " -"Personen als Autoren benennen, die für das Einbringen von Veränderungen in " -"die Modifizierte Version verantwortlich " -"sind, zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren des Dokumentes (allen eigentlichen Autoren, wenn es " -"weniger als fünf sind)." +"Auf der Titelseite, eine oder " +"mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die für das Einbringen von " +"Veränderungen in die Modifizierte Version verantwortlich sind, zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren " +"des Dokumentes (allen eigentlichen " +"Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)." #: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title) @@ -3272,7 +3534,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "E" msgstr "E" -#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para) +#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para) msgid "" "Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " "other copyright notices." @@ -3287,10 +3550,10 @@ msgstr "F" #: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para) msgid "" -"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the " -"public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum " -"below." +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the Modified " +"Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the " +"Addendum below." msgstr "" "Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die " "öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die Modifizierte " @@ -3305,8 +3568,8 @@ msgstr "G" #: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para) msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice." msgstr "" "In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der History, and its title, and add " -"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of " -"the Modified Version as given on the " -"Title Page. If there is no section " -"entitled History in the Modified Version as given on " +"the Title Page. If there is no " +"section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and " "publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " "describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." @@ -3342,12 +3606,13 @@ msgstr "" "Den Abschnitt, der mit History (Geschichte) betitelt ist, und " "seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens " "Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der Modifizierten Version wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit History betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, " -"Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des Dokumentes wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt " -"hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz." +"modified\">Modifizierten Version wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit " +"History betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der " +"den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des Dokumentes wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und " +"fügen Sie dann einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt " +"wie im vorhergehenden Satz." #: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title) @@ -3360,20 +3625,20 @@ msgid "" "document\">Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the " "network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based " -"on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a " -"network location for a work that was published at least four years before the " -"Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to " -"gives permission." +"on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit " +"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before " +"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers " +"to gives permission." msgstr "" "Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im Dokument aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu " "einer Transparenten Kopie des " -"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument " -"für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in " -"den History-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine " -"Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem " -"Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf " -"den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt." +"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im " +"Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese " +"können in den History-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können " +"eine Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor " +"dem Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, " +"auf den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt." #: C/index.docbook:383(formalpara/title) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:383(formalpara/title) @@ -3383,15 +3648,15 @@ msgstr "K" #: C/index.docbook:384(formalpara/para) msgid "" "In any section entitled Acknowledgements or " -"Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the " -"section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor " +"Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " +"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor " "acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." msgstr "" "In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit Acknowledgements " -"(Anerkennungen) oder Dedications (Widmungen) betitelt ist, den " -"Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton " -"von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der " -"dort aufgeführt ist." +"(Anerkennungen) oder Dedications (Widmungen) betitelt ist, " +"den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und " +"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, " +"der dort aufgeführt ist." #: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title) @@ -3400,10 +3665,10 @@ msgstr "L" #: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para) msgid "" -"Preserve all the Invariant Sections of " -"the Document, unaltered in their text " -"and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered " -"part of the section titles." +"Preserve all the Invariant Sections " +"of the Document, unaltered in their " +"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not " +"considered part of the section titles." msgstr "" "Alle Unveränderlichen Abschnitte des " "Dokumentes beibehalten, unverändert in " @@ -3418,7 +3683,8 @@ msgstr "M" #: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para) msgid "" "Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may " -"not be included in the Modified Version." +"not be included in the Modified Version." msgstr "" "Alle Abschnitte, die mit Endorsements (Billigungen) betitelt " "sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die Endorsements or to " -"conflict in title with any Invariant Section." +"conflict in title with any Invariant " +"Section." msgstr "" "Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit Endorsements " "oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von Modified Version includes new " "front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the " -"Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as " -"invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license " -"notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles." +"secondary\">Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from " +"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections " +"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's " +"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles." msgstr "" "Wenn die Modifizierte Version neue " "wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die Unveränderlichen " -"Abschnitte in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese " -"Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden." +"Abschnitte in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. " +"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden." #: C/index.docbook:444(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -3468,37 +3734,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt Endorsements hinzufügen, " "vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer Modifizierten Version von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum " -"Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer " -"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde." +"\"fdl-modified\">Modifizierten Version von verschiedenen Seiten -- " +"zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer " +"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden " +"wurde." #: C/index.docbook:453(sect1/para) msgid "" -"You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of " -"Cover Texts in the Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list " +"of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover " -"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made " -"by) any one entity. If the Document " -"already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or " -"by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may " -"not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from " -"the previous publisher that added the old one." -msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als Vorderseitentext hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 " -"Wörtern als Rückseitentext, ans Ende " -"der Liste von Covertexten in der " -"Modifizierten Version. Höchstens eine " -"Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder " -"durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das Dokument für die entsprechende Seite schon " -"einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von " -"demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie " -"keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der " -"ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit " -"erlaubt, ersetzen." +"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements " +"made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by " +"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, " +"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit " +"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" +"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als Vorderseitentext hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis " +"zu 25 Wörtern als Rückseitentext, " +"ans Ende der Liste von Covertexten " +"in der Modifizierten Version. " +"Höchstens eine Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten " +"darf von (oder durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. " +"Wenn das Dokument für die " +"entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder " +"durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, " +"hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den " +"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt " +"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen." #: C/index.docbook:470(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -3519,9 +3786,9 @@ msgstr "5. DOKUMENTE KOMBINIEREN" #: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para) msgid "" -"You may combine the Document with other " -"documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, " +"You may combine the Document with " +"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " +"section 4 above for modified versions, " "provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, " "unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in " @@ -3531,10 +3798,10 @@ msgstr "" "Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den " "Bedingungen in Abschnitt 4 für " "Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der " -"Kombination alle Unveränderlichen Abschnitte aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als " -"Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis " -"auf." +"Kombination alle Unveränderlichen " +"Abschnitte aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie " +"alle als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren " +"Lizenzhinweis auf." #: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -3569,10 +3836,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit History betitelten " "Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, " -"und daraus einen Abschnitt History bilden; genauso kombinieren " -"Sie jeden mit Acknowledgements betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden " -"mit Dedications betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit " -"Endorsements betitelten Abschnitt löschen." +"und daraus einen Abschnitt History bilden; genauso " +"kombinieren Sie jeden mit Acknowledgements betitelten " +"Abschnitt, und jeden mit Dedications betitelten Abschnitt. " +"Sie müssen jeden mit Endorsements betitelten Abschnitt " +"löschen." #: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title) msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" @@ -3582,10 +3850,10 @@ msgstr "6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN" msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and " -"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a " -"single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the " -"rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all " -"other respects." +"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with " +"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow " +"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in " +"all other respects." msgstr "" "Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem Dokument und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten " @@ -3623,22 +3891,22 @@ msgid "" "account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " "works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is " -"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than " -"one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed " -"on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise " -"they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses Dokumentes " -"oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten " -"oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder " +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses Dokumentes oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen " +"Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder " "Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als Modifizierte Version des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-" "Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine " "Zusammenstellung wird Aggregat (Mischung) genannt, und diese " "Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem " -"Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, " -"wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die " -"Covertext-Bedingung von Covertext-Bedingung von Abschnitt 3 auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes " "anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des " "gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert " @@ -3655,12 +3923,13 @@ msgid "" "translations of the Document under the " "terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations " -"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include " -"translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original " -"versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this " -"License provided that you also include the original English version of this " -"License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original " -"English version of this License, the original English version will prevail." +"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may " +"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the " +"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation " +"of this License provided that you also include the original English version " +"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the " +"original English version of this License, the original English version will " +"prevail." msgstr "" "Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie " "Übersetzungen des Dokumentes unter den " @@ -3670,10 +3939,11 @@ msgstr "" "Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen " "Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen " "dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung " -"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche " -"englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen " -"der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat " -"die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang." +"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die " +"ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer " +"Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen " +"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version " +"Vorrang." #: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title) msgid "9. TERMINATION" @@ -3685,17 +3955,18 @@ msgid "" "document\">Document except as expressly provided for under this " "License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the " "Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this " -"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under " -"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties " -"remain in full compliance." -msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen das Dokument nicht kopieren, " -"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz " -"ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, " -"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet " -"automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die " -"Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht " -"die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben." +"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you " +"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such " +"parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"Sie dürfen das Dokument nicht " +"kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese " +"Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu " +"kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und " +"beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, " +"Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen " +"haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller " +"Zustimmung verbleiben." #: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title) msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" @@ -3704,11 +3975,11 @@ msgstr "10. ZUKÜNFTIGE REVISIONEN DIESER LIZENZ" #: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para) msgid "" "The Free " -"Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " -"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in " -"spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " -"problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/." +"Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " +"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be " +"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to " +"address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/." msgstr "" "Die Free " "Software Foundation kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen " @@ -3725,19 +3996,19 @@ msgid "" "numbered version of this License or any later version applies " "to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of " "that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not " -"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify " -"a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published " -"(not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. " -"Wenn das Dokument angibt, dass eine " -"spezielle Version dieser Lizenz oder eine spätere Version " -"darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von " -"entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die " -"von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu " -"folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, " -"jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte " -"Version wählen." +"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not " +"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever " +"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer " +"gegeben. Wenn das Dokument angibt, " +"dass eine spezielle Version dieser Lizenz oder eine spätere Version darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen " +"von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, " +"die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht " +"wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie " +"irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) " +"veröffentlichte Version wählen." #: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title) msgid "Addendum" @@ -3753,7 +4024,8 @@ msgstr "" "fügen Sie eine Kopie der Lizenz in das Dokument ein und setzen Sie die " "folgenden Copyright- und Lizenzhinweise gleich hinter die Titelseite:" -#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para) +#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para) msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." msgstr "Copyright (c) JAHR IHR NAME." @@ -3762,9 +4034,9 @@ msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " "version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the " -"Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and " -"with the Back-Cover Texts being " +"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with " +"the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, " +"and with the Back-Cover Texts being " "LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU " "Free Documentation License." msgstr "" @@ -3775,8 +4047,9 @@ msgstr "" "\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den " "Vorderseitentexten, die AUFGEZÄHLT " "sind, und mit den Rückseitentexten, " -"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt enthalten, " -"der mit GNU Free Documentation License betitelt ist." +"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt " +"enthalten, der mit GNU Free Documentation License betitelt " +"ist." #: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -3784,8 +4057,8 @@ msgid "" "write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones " "are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover " "Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of " -"Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts." +"Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie keine Unveränderlichen Abschnitte haben, schreiben Sie mit keinen Unveränderlichen AbschnittenGNU " -"General Public License, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch in " -"freier Software zu erlauben." +"wie der GNU General Public License, zu veröffentlichen, um ihren Gebrauch " +"in freier Software zu erlauben." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year) msgid "2000" @@ -3910,10 +4183,11 @@ msgid "" "Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>." msgstr "" "Diese Lizenz betrifft jede Anleitung oder andere Arbeit, die einen Hinweis " -"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den Bedingungen " -"dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <_:quote-1/>, weiter unten, bezieht " -"sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes Mitglied der " -"Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <_:quote-2/> bezeichnet." +"des Copyright-Halters enthält, welcher besagt, dass sie unter den " +"Bedingungen dieser Lizenz verteilt werden kann. Das <_:quote-1/>, weiter " +"unten, bezieht sich auf jede dieser Anleitungen oder Arbeiten. Jedes " +"Mitglied der Öffentlichkeit ist ein Lizenznehmer, und wird mit <_:quote-2/> " +"bezeichnet." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link) @@ -3940,18 +4214,18 @@ msgstr "Sekundärer Abschnitt" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para) msgid "" -"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:link-2/" -"> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors " -"of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and " -"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For " -"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary " -"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter " -"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of " -"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Ein <_:quote-1/> ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein wichtiger Abschnitt des <_:" -"link-2/>, der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem " +"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" +"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " +"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related " +"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall " +"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, " +"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could " +"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related " +"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political " +"position regarding them." +msgstr "" +"Ein <_:quote-1/> ist ein benannter Anhang oder ein wichtiger Abschnitt des " +"<_:link-2/>, der exklusiv mit der Beziehung des Veröffentlichers zu dem " "Gesamtthema des Dokumentes (oder verwandten Themen) handelt und nichts " "enthält, was direkt unter das Gesamtthema fällt. (Wenn zum Beispiel das " "Dokument teilweise ein Textbuch der Mathematik ist, erklärt ein " @@ -3975,8 +4249,8 @@ msgstr "Sekundäre Abschnitte" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para) msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " -"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:link-3/" -"> is released under this License." +"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-3/> is released under this License." msgstr "" "<_:quote-1/> sind spezielle <_:link-2/>, deren Titel in dem Hinweis, der " "besagt, dass das <_:link-3/> unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht ist, " @@ -3989,9 +4263,9 @@ msgstr "Cover-Texte" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para) msgid "" -"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-" -"Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:link-2/> " -"is released under this License." +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " +"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-2/> is released under this License." msgstr "" "Die <_:quote-1/> sind spezielle kurze Textpassagen, die, als " "Vorderseitentexte oder Rückseitentexte, in dem Hinweis aufgeführt sind, der " @@ -4049,8 +4323,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die <_:quote-1/> meint bei einem gedruckten Buch die Titelseite selbst, und " "die folgenden Seiten, die gebraucht werden, um leserlich das Material zu " -"beinhalten, das die Lizenz benötigt, um auf der Titelseite zu erscheinen. Für " -"Arbeiten, die als solche keine Titelseiten haben, meint <_:quote-2/> den " +"beinhalten, das die Lizenz benötigt, um auf der Titelseite zu erscheinen. " +"Für Arbeiten, die als solche keine Titelseiten haben, meint <_:quote-2/> den " "Text, der der wirkungsvollsten Erscheinung des Arbeitstitels am nächsten " "kommt und den Textkörper einleitet." @@ -4063,11 +4337,11 @@ msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " "commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " "notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document " -"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever " -"to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or " -"control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. " -"However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you " -"distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the " +"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions " +"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to " +"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or " +"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If " +"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the " "conditions in <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" "Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> auf jedem Medium kopieren und verteilen, entweder " @@ -4077,36 +4351,34 @@ msgstr "" "auch immer lautenden andere Bedingungen als die der Lizenz hinzufügen. Sie " "dürfen keine technischen Möglichkeiten nutzen, die das Lesen oder " "Weiterkopieren der Kopien, die Sie machen oder weiterkopieren, kontrollieren " -"oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für Kopien " -"akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien verteilen, müssen " -"Sie auch den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> zustimmen." +"oder behindern. Wie auch immer, Sie dürfen im Gegenzug Vergütungen für " +"Kopien akzeptieren. Wenn Sie eine genügend große Anzahl von Kopien " +"verteilen, müssen Sie auch den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> zustimmen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, and " -"the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " +"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " +"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " "copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: " -"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. " -"Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of " -"these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of " -"the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the " -"covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as " -"they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy these conditions, can " -"be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des Dokumentes veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes Cover-Texte verlangt, müssen Sie die " -"Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-" -"Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte " -"auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den " +"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back " +"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the " +"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with " +"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy " +"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien des<_:link-1/> veröffentlichen, und " +"die Lizenz des Dokumentes <_:link-2/> verlangt, müssen Sie die Kopien in " +"Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-Texte " +"enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte auf " +"der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den " "Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen " "Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. " "Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit " -"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des Dokumentes absichern und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können " -"in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden." +"Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des <_:link-3/> " +"beibehalten und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als " +"wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -4119,23 +4391,23 @@ msgid "" "network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably " "prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to " "ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated " -"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque " -"copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the " -"public." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 <_:link-1/> Kopien des <_:link-2/> veröffentlichen oder " -"verteilen, müssen Sie entweder zusammen mit jeder Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine " -"maschinenlesbare <_:link-3/> Kopie einfügen, oder in oder mit jeder " -"Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine öffentlich zugängliche Computer-Netzwerk-Adresse " -"angeben, die eine komplette Transparente Kopie des Dokumentes enthält, die " -"frei von hinzugefügtem Material ist und die sich die allgemeine " +"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an " +"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition " +"to the public." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mehr als 100 <_:link-1/> Kopien des <_:link-2/> veröffentlichen " +"oder verteilen, müssen Sie entweder zusammen mit jeder Undurchsichtigen " +"Kopie eine maschinenlesbare <_:link-3/> Kopie einfügen, oder in oder mit " +"jeder Undurchsichtigen Kopie eine öffentlich zugängliche Computer-Netzwerk-" +"Adresse angeben, die eine komplette Transparente Kopie des Dokumentes " +"enthält, die frei von hinzugefügtem Material ist und die sich die allgemeine " "netzwerknutzende Öffentlichkeit mit Standard-Netzwerkprotokollen " "unentgeltlich herunterladen kann. Wenn Sie die letzte Option verwenden, " -"müssen Sie, wenn Sie beginnen, Undurchsichtige Kopien in Mengen zu verteilen, " -"vernünftige umsichtige Schritte unternehmen, die sicherstellen, dass die " -"Transparente Kopie unter der genannten Adresse mindestens ein Jahr, nachdem " -"Sie das letzte Mal eine Undurchsichtige Kopie dieser Edition (direkt oder " -"über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben." +"müssen Sie, wenn Sie beginnen, Undurchsichtige Kopien in Mengen zu " +"verteilen, vernünftige umsichtige Schritte unternehmen, die sicherstellen, " +"dass die Transparente Kopie unter der genannten Adresse mindestens ein Jahr, " +"nachdem Sie das letzte Mal eine Undurchsichtige Kopie dieser Edition (direkt " +"oder über Ihre Vermittler oder Händler) an die Öffentlichkeit verteilt haben." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para) msgid "" @@ -4144,8 +4416,8 @@ msgid "" "a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document." msgstr "" "Es wird erbeten, aber nicht verlangt, dass Sie die Autoren des <_:link-1/> " -"kontaktieren, bevor Sie eine große Anzahl an Kopien weiterverteilen, um ihnen " -"zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu " +"kontaktieren, bevor Sie eine große Anzahl an Kopien weiterverteilen, um " +"ihnen zu ermöglichen, Sie mit einer aktualisierten Version des Dokumentes zu " "versorgen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link) @@ -4165,21 +4437,21 @@ msgid "" "modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In " "addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen eine <_:link-1/> eines <_:link-2/> unter den in den Abschnitten <_:" -"link-3/> und <_:link-4/> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und verteilen, " -"vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter genau " -"dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des Dokumentes " -"einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und Modifikation der " -"Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon besitzt. Zuätzlich " -"müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:" +"Sie dürfen eine <_:link-1/> eines <_:link-2/> unter den in den Abschnitten " +"<_:link-3/> und <_:link-4/> oben stehenden Bedingungen kopieren und " +"verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie veröffentlichen die Modifizierte Version unter " +"genau dieser Lizenz, so dass die modifizierte Version die Stelle des " +"Dokumentes einnimmt, folglich auch das Lizenzieren der Verteilung und " +"Modifikation der Modifizierten Version an jeden, der eine Kopie davon " +"besitzt. Zuätzlich müssen Sie diese Dinge in der Modifizierten Version tun:" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para) msgid "" -"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that " -"of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, if " -"there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may " -"use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that " -"version gives permission." +"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " +"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " +"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You " +"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of " +"that version gives permission." msgstr "" "Auf der <_:link-1/> (und auf den Covern, falls vorhanden) einen Titel " "verwenden, der sich von dem des <_:link-2/> unterscheidet, und von denen " @@ -4195,51 +4467,44 @@ msgid "" "with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its " "principal authors, if it has less than five)." msgstr "" -"Auf der <_:link-1/>, eine oder mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die für " -"das Einbringen von Veränderungen in die <_:link-2/> verantwortlich sind, " +"Auf der <_:link-1/>, eine oder mehrere Personen als Autoren benennen, die " +"für das Einbringen von Veränderungen in die <_:link-2/> verantwortlich sind, " "zusammen mit mindesten fünf eigentlichen Autoren des <_:link-3/> (allen " "eigentlichen Autoren, wenn es weniger als fünf sind)." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as the " -"publisher." +"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " +"the publisher." msgstr "" -"Auf der Titelseite den Namen des " -"Veröffentlichers der Modifizierten Version als Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen." +"Auf der <_:link-1/> den Namen des Veröffentlichers der <_:link-2/> als " +"Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para) msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." msgstr "Alle Copyright-Hinweise des <_:link-1/> beibehalten." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the " -"public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this License, in " -"the form shown in the Addendum below." +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " +"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below." msgstr "" "Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die " -"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die Modifizierte " -"Version unter den Bedingungen dieser Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, " -"die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist." +"öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die <_:link-1/> unter den Bedingungen dieser " +"Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link) msgid "Document's" msgstr "des Dokuments" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required <_:" -"link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." +"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " +"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." msgstr "" -"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der Unveränderlichen Abschnitte und benötigten Cover-Texte, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des Dokumentes gegeben ist, beibehalten." +"In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der <_:link-1/> und benötigten <_:" +"link-2/>, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des <_:link-3/> gegeben ist, beibehalten." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote) @@ -4248,7 +4513,6 @@ msgid "History" msgstr "Chronik" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " "item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" @@ -4257,32 +4521,30 @@ msgid "" "and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " "describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." msgstr "" -"Den Abschnitt, der mit History (Geschichte) betitelt ist, und " -"seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens " -"Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der Modifizierten Version wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit History betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, " -"Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des Dokumentes wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt " -"hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz." +"Den Abschnitt, der mit <_:quote-1/> betitelt ist, und seinen Titel " +"beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens Titel, Jahr, " +"neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der <_:link-2/> wie auf der <_:link-3/> " +"gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit <_:quote-4/> betitelten Abschnitt gibt, " +"erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des " +"<_:link-5/> wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann " +"einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im " +"vorhergehenden Satz." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " "access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " "locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These " "may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location " -"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, " -"or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission." -msgstr "" -"Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im Dokument aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu " -"einer Transparenten Kopie des " -"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument " -"für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in " -"den History-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine " +"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document " +"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives " +"permission." +msgstr "" +"Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im <_:link-1/> " +"aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu einer <_:link-2/> Kopie des " +"Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im " +"Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese " +"können in den <_:quote-3/>-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine " "Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem " "Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf " "den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt." @@ -4296,29 +4558,25 @@ msgid "Dedications" msgstr "Widmungen" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " "title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " "contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." msgstr "" -"In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit Acknowledgements " -"(Anerkennungen) oder Dedications (Widmungen) betitelt ist, den " -"Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton " -"von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der " -"dort aufgeführt ist." +"In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit <_:quote-1/> oder <_:quote-2/> betitelt ist, " +"den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und " +"Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, " +"der dort aufgeführt ist." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " -"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of " -"the section titles." +"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " +"of the section titles." msgstr "" -"Alle Unveränderlichen Abschnitte des " -"Dokumentes beibehalten, unverändert in " -"ihrem Text und ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht " -"als Teil von Abschnittstiteln betrachtet." +"Alle <_:link-1/> des <_:link-2/> beibehalten, unverändert in ihrem Text und " +"ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht als Teil von " +"Abschnittstiteln betrachtet." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote) #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote) @@ -4326,31 +4584,26 @@ msgid "Endorsements" msgstr "Billigungen" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " "in the <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -"Alle Abschnitte, die mit Endorsements (Billigungen) betitelt " -"sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die Modifizierte Version aufgenommen werden." +"Alle Abschnitte, die mit <_:quote-1/> betitelt sind, löschen. Solche " +"Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die <_:link-2/> aufgenommen werden." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link) msgid "Invariant Section" msgstr "Unveränderlicher Abschnitt" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " "with any <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit Endorsements " -"oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von Unveränderlichen Abschnitten stehen." +"Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit <_:quote-1/> oder so, dass " +"sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von <_:link-2/> stehen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " "qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " @@ -4359,28 +4612,25 @@ msgid "" "Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other " "section titles." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Modifizierte Version neue " -"wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die Sekundäre Abschnitte darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das " -"aus dem Dokument kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle " -"diese Abschnitte als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie " -"ihre Titel der Liste der Unveränderlichen " -"Abschnitte in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese " -"Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden." +"Wenn die <_:link-1/> neue wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die <_:" +"link-2/> darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das aus dem Dokument " +"kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle diese Abschnitte " +"als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie ihre Titel der " +"Liste der <_:link-3/> in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. " +"Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing but " -"endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, statements " -"of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the " -"authoritative definition of a standard." +"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " +"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " +"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an " +"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard." msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt Endorsements hinzufügen, " -"vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer Modifizierten Version von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum " -"Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer " -"Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde." +"Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt <_:quote-1/> hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt, er " +"enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer <_:link-2/> von verschiedenen " +"Seiten -- zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von " +"einer Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards " +"befunden wurde." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link) msgid "Front-Cover Text" @@ -4391,42 +4641,36 @@ msgid "Back-Cover Text" msgstr "Rückseitentext" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " -"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in the " -"<_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text " -"may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <_:" -"link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added " -"by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, " -"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit " -"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." -msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als Vorderseitentext hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 " -"Wörtern als Rückseitentext, ans Ende " -"der Liste von Covertexten in der " -"Modifizierten Version. Höchstens eine " -"Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder " -"durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das Dokument für die entsprechende Seite schon " -"einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von " -"demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie " -"keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der " -"ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit " -"erlaubt, ersetzen." +"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " +"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover " +"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If " +"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously " +"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on " +"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on " +"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" +"Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als <_:link-1/> hinzufügen, " +"und eine Passage von bis zu 25 Wörtern als <_:link-2/>, ans Ende der Liste " +"von <_:link-3/> in der <_:link-4/>. Höchstens eine Passage von " +"Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder durch " +"Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das <_:link-5/> " +"für die entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen " +"oder durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, " +"hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den " +"alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt " +"hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License give " -"permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " +"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " +"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " "endorsement of any <_:link-2/>." msgstr "" -"Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des Dokumentes erteilen durch diese Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre " -"Namen für Veröffentlichungen für Bewilligungen irgendeiner Modifizierten Version oder deren Durchsetzungen oder " +"Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des <_:link-1/> erteilen durch diese " +"Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre Namen für Veröffentlichungen für " +"Bewilligungen irgendeiner <_:link-2/> oder deren Durchsetzungen oder " "Andeutungen zu nutzen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link) @@ -4434,25 +4678,21 @@ msgid "section 4" msgstr "Abschnitt 4" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " "License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " -"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all of " -"the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections " -"of your combined work in its license notice." +"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all " +"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant " +"Sections of your combined work in its license notice." msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen das Dokument mit anderen " -"Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den " -"Bedingungen in Abschnitt 4 für " -"Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der " -"Kombination alle Unveränderlichen Abschnitte aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als " -"Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis " -"auf." +"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> mit anderen Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz " +"veröffentlicht wurden, unter den Bedingungen in <_:link-2/> für Modifizierte " +"Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der Kombination alle " +"<_:link-3/> aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle " +"als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren " +"Lizenzhinweis auf." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " @@ -4464,9 +4704,8 @@ msgid "" "combined work." msgstr "" "Die kombinierte Arbeit braucht nur eine Kopie dieser Lizenz zu beinhalten, " -"und mehrfache identische Unveränderliche " -"Abschnitte können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt werden. Wenn es " -"mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber " +"und mehrfache identische <_:link-1/> können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt " +"werden. Wenn es mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber " "unterschiedlichem Inhalt gibt, machen Sie den Titel jedes Abschnittes durch " "Hinzufügen (in Klammern) des Namens des ursprünglichen Autors oder " "Veröffentlichers dieses Abschnittes, falls bekannt, unverwechselbar, oder " @@ -4479,22 +4718,19 @@ msgid "Endorsements." msgstr "Billigungen" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " "the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " "likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections " "entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" msgstr "" -"In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit History betitelten " -"Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, " -"und daraus einen Abschnitt History bilden; genauso kombinieren " -"Sie jeden mit Acknowledgements betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden " -"mit Dedications betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit " -"Endorsements betitelten Abschnitt löschen." +"In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit <_:quote-1/> betitelten Abschnitte " +"aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, und daraus " +"einen Abschnitt <_:quote-2/> bilden; genauso kombinieren Sie jeden mit <_:" +"quote-3/> betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden mit <_:quote-4/> betitelten " +"Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit <_:quote-5/> betitelten Abschnitt löschen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " "released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " @@ -4502,12 +4738,12 @@ msgid "" "collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim " "copying of each of the documents in all other respects." msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem Dokument und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten " -"Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen " -"Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung " -"befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für " -"wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht." +"Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <_:link-1/> und anderen, " +"unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die " +"individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine " +"einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, " +"Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser " +"Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote) msgid "aggregate" @@ -4518,40 +4754,36 @@ msgid "Cover Text" msgstr "Cover-Text" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " "independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " "distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the " "Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. " -"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not apply " -"to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " +"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not " +"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " "account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " "works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is " -"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than " -"one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed " -"on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise " -"they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses Dokumentes " -"oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten " -"oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder " -"Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als Modifizierte Version des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-" -"Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine " -"Zusammenstellung wird Aggregat (Mischung) genannt, und diese " -"Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem " -"Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, " -"wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die " -"Covertext-Bedingung von Abschnitt 3 auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes " -"anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des " -"gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert " -"werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten " -"müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das gesamte Aggregat umgeben." +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Eine Zusammenstellung dieses <_:link-1/> oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen " +"separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil " +"eines Speicher- oder Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als <_:" +"link-2/> des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-Copyright wurde für die " +"Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine Zusammenstellung wird <_:quote-3/> " +"(Mischung) genannt, und diese Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen " +"selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im " +"Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete " +"Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die <_:link-4/>-Bedingung von <_:link-5/> " +"auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das " +"Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte " +"des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb " +"des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das " +"gesamte Aggregat umgeben." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" @@ -4564,35 +4796,33 @@ msgid "" "original English version will prevail." msgstr "" "Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie " -"Übersetzungen des Dokumentes unter den " -"Bedingungen von Abschnitt 4 verteilen. " -"Das Ersetzen von Unveränderlichen " -"Abschnitten mit Übersetzungen erfordert spezielle Einwilligung des " -"Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen " -"Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen " -"dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung " -"dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche " -"englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen " -"der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat " -"die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang." +"Übersetzungen des <_:link-1/> unter den Bedingungen von <_:link-2/> " +"verteilen. Das Ersetzen von <_:link-3/> mit Übersetzungen erfordert " +"spezielle Einwilligung des Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen " +"von einigen oder allen Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den " +"ursprünglichen Versionen dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie " +"dürfen eine Übersetzung dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie " +"beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle " +"einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen " +"englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version " +"Vorrang." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except as " -"expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, " -"sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically " -"terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received " -"copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses " -"terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." -msgstr "" -"Sie dürfen das Dokument nicht kopieren, " -"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz " -"ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, " -"modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet " -"automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die " -"Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht " -"die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben." +"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " +"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " +"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will " +"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who " +"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have " +"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"Sie dürfen das <_:link-1/> nicht kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder " +"verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche " +"andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder " +"verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser " +"Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter " +"dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese " +"Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink) msgid "Free Software Foundation" @@ -4603,27 +4833,23 @@ msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " -"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in " -"spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " +"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " +"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " "problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>." msgstr "" -"Die Free " -"Software Foundation kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen " -"der GNU Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen " -"werden vom Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich " -"aber im Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. " -"Siehe auch http://" -"www.gnu.org/copyleft/." +"Die <_:ulink-1/> kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen der GNU " +"Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen werden vom " +"Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich aber im " +"Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. Siehe " +"auch <_:ulink-2/>." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote) msgid "or any later version" msgstr "oder jeder späteren Version" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" @@ -4633,15 +4859,14 @@ msgid "" "Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " "any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." msgstr "" -"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. " -"Wenn das Dokument angibt, dass eine " -"spezielle Version dieser Lizenz oder eine spätere Version " -"darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von " -"entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die " -"von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu " -"folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, " -"jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte " -"Version wählen." +"Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer " +"gegeben. Wenn das <_:link-1/> angibt, dass eine spezielle Version dieser " +"Lizenz <_:quote-2/> darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen " +"und Bedingungen von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen " +"späteren Version, die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) " +"veröffentlicht wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer " +"angibt, können Sie irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation " +"(nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte Version wählen." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link) msgid "Front-Cover Texts" @@ -4652,14 +4877,13 @@ msgid "Back-Cover Texts" msgstr "Rückseitentexten" #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para) -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " -"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> being " -"LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:link-3/> " -"being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <_:" -"quote-4/>." +"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> " +"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:" +"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>." msgstr "" "Es wird die Erlaubnis gegeben, dieses Dokument zu kopieren, verteilen und/" "oder zu verändern unter den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License, " @@ -4668,8 +4892,8 @@ msgstr "" "\">Unveränderlichen Abschnitten. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den " "Vorderseitentexten, die AUFGEZÄHLT " "sind, und mit den Rückseitentexten, " -"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist in dem Abschnitt enthalten, " -"der mit GNU Free Documentation License betitelt ist." +"die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist im Abschnitt <_:quote-4/> " +"enthalten." #: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote) msgid "with no Invariant Sections" diff --git a/help/manual/de/fdl-appendix.xml b/help/manual/de/fdl-appendix.xml index e33f8ef..200024b 100644 --- a/help/manual/de/fdl-appendix.xml +++ b/help/manual/de/fdl-appendix.xml @@ -57,21 +57,7 @@ 3. KOPIEREN IN MENGEN - - If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, - and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose - the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these - Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and - Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also - clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these - copies. The front cover must present the full title with all - words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add - other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes - limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the - Document and satisfy these - conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other - respects. - + Wenn Sie mehr als 100 gedruckte Kopien desDokument veröffentlichen, und die Lizenz des Dokumentes Cover-Texte verlangt, müssen Sie die Kopien in Verpackungen einschließen, die sauber und leserlich all diese Cover-Texte enthalten: Vorderseitentexte auf der Vorderseite, und Rückseitentexte auf der Rückseite. Beide Seiten müssen auch sauber und leserlich Sie als den Veröffentlicher dieser Kopien identifizieren. Die Vorderseite muß den vollen Titel mit allen Wörtern des Titels gleich auffällig und sichtbar darstellen. Sie dürfen andere Materialien zusätzlich der Seite hinzufügen. Kopieren mit Veränderungen der Seiten, solange diese den Titel des Dokument beibehalten und diese Bedingungen erfüllen, können in anderer Hinsicht als wortwörtliche Kopien behandelt werden. Wenn die geforderten Texte für jede Seite zu groß sind, um leserlich darauf zu passen, sollten Sie die erstgenannten (so viele wie vernünftig darauf passen) auf die aktuelle Seite setzen, und mit dem Rest auf angrenzenden Seiten fortfahren. @@ -102,11 +88,7 @@ C - - State on the Title - Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the - publisher. - + Auf der Titelseite den Namen des Veröffentlichers der Modifizierte Version als Veröffentlicher kennzeichnen. @@ -127,24 +109,14 @@ F - - Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a - license notice giving the public permission to use the - Modified Version under - the terms of this License, in the form shown in the - Addendum below. - + Gleich hinter dem Copyright-Hinweis einen Lizenzhinweis einfügen, der die öffentliche Erlaubnis gibt, die Modifizierte Version unter den Bedingungen dieser Lizenz zu nutzen, in einer Form, die weiter unten im Anhang dargestellt ist. G - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and - required Cover - Texts given in the Document's license notice. - + In dem Lizenzhinweis die volle Liste der Unveränderliche Abschnitte und benötigten Cover-Texte, die in dem Lizenzhinweis des des Dokuments gegeben ist, beibehalten. @@ -158,251 +130,91 @@ I - - Preserve the section entitled History, and - its title, and add to it an item stating at least the - title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on - the Title Page. If - there is no section entitled History in the - Document, create one - stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the - Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item - describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous - sentence. - + Den Abschnitt, der mit Chronik betitelt ist, und seinen Titel beibehalten und ihn zu einem Punkt hinzufügen, der mindestens Titel, Jahr, neue Autoren, und Veröffentlicher der Modifizierte Version wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt. Wenn es keinen mit Chronik betitelten Abschnitt gibt, erstellen Sie einen, der den Titel, Jahr, Autoren, und Veröffentlicher des Dokument wie auf der Titelseite gegeben, benennt, und fügen Sie dann einen Punkt hinzu, der die Modifizierte Version beschreibt wie im vorhergehenden Satz. J - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access - to a Transparent - copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations - given in the Document for previous versions it was based - on. These may be placed in the History - section. You may omit a network location for a work that - was published at least four years before the Document - itself, or if the original publisher of the version it - refers to gives permission. - + Die Netzwerk-Adresse, falls aufgeführt, beibehalten, die im Dokument aufgeführt ist, um öffentlichen Zugriff zu einer transparente Kopie des Dokumentes zu ermöglichen, und genauso die Netzwerk-Adressen, die im Dokument für frühere Versionen, auf denen es basiert, aufgeführt sind. Diese können in den Chronik-Abschnitt gestellt werden. Sie können eine Netzwerk-Adresse für ein Werk auslassen, das mindestens vier Jahre vor dem Dokument selbst veröffentlicht wurde, oder wenn der ursprüngliche Autor, auf den sich die jeweilige Version bezieht, es erlaubt. K - - In any section entitled Acknowledgements or - Dedications, preserve the section's title, - and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of - each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or - dedications given therein. - + In jeglichem Abschnitt, der mit Danksagungen oder Widmungen betitelt ist, den Titel des Abschnittes beibehalten, und in dem Abschnitt allen Inhalt und Ton von jeder Anerkennung und/oder Widmung jedes Beitragenden beibehalten, der dort aufgeführt ist. L - - Preserve all the Invariant - Sections of the Document, unaltered in their - text and in their titles. Section numbers or the - equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. - + Alle Unveränderliche Abschnitte des Dokument beibehalten, unverändert in ihrem Text und ihren Titeln. Abschnittsnummern oder ähnliches werden nicht als Teil von Abschnittstiteln betrachtet. M - - Delete any section entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not be - included in the Modified - Version. - + Alle Abschnitte, die mit Billigungen betitelt sind, löschen. Solche Abschnitte dürfen nicht mit in die Modifizierte Version aufgenommen werden. N - - Do not retitle any existing section as - Endorsements or to conflict in title with - any Invariant - Section. - + Betiteln Sie keine existierenden Abschnitte mit Billigungen oder so, dass sie im Widerspruch zu Titeln von Unveränderlicher Abschnitt stehen. - - If the Modified Version - includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as - Secondary Sections and - contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your - option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To - do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the - Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be - distinct from any other section titles. - + Wenn die Modifizierte Version neue wichtige Abschnitte enthält oder Anhänge, die Sekundäre Abschnitte darstellen, und kein Material enthalten, das aus dem Dokument kopiert wurde, dürfen Sie nach Ihrer Wahl einige oder alle diese Abschnitte als Unveränderlich bezeichnen. Um dies zu tun, fügen Sie ihre Titel der Liste der Unveränderliche Abschnitte in dem Lizenzhinweis der Modifizierten Version hinzu. Diese Titel müssen sich von allen anderen Abschnittstiteln unterscheiden. - - You may add a section entitled Endorsements, - provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various - parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text - has been approved by an organization as the authoritative - definition of a standard. - + Sie dürfen einen Abschnitt Billigungen hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt, er enthält nichts außer Bewilligungen Ihrer Modifizierte Version von verschiedenen Seiten -- zum Beispiel Aussagen von Beurteilungen, oder dass der Text von einer Organisation als für die autoritäre Definition eines Standards befunden wurde. - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage - of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of - the list of Cover Texts - in the Modified Version. - Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text - may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one - entity. If the Document - already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously - added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are - acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may - replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous - publisher that added the old one. - + Sie dürfen eine Passage aus bis zu fünf Wörtern als Vorderseitentext hinzufügen, und eine Passage von bis zu 25 Wörtern als Rückseitentext, ans Ende der Liste von Cover-Texte in der Modifizierte Version. Höchstens eine Passage von Vorderseitentexten und eine von Rückseitentexten darf von (oder durch Abmachungen von) irgendeinem Wesen hinzugefügt werden. Wenn das Dokument für die entsprechende Seite schon einen Covertext hat, der vorher von Ihnen oder durch Abmachungen von demselben Wesen, in dessen Namen Sie handeln, hinzugefügt wurde, dürfen Sie keinen anderen hinzufügen; aber Sie dürfen den alten, wenn es der ursprüngliche Veröffentlicher, der den alten hinzugefügt hat, explizit erlaubt, ersetzen. - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License - give permission to use their names for publicity for or to - assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . - + Der/die Autor(en) und Veröffentlicher des Dokument erteilen durch diese Lizenz nicht die Erlaubnis, ihre Namen für Veröffentlichungen für Bewilligungen irgendeiner Modifizierte Version oder deren Durchsetzungen oder Andeutungen zu nutzen. 5. DOKUMENTE KOMBINIEREN - - You may combine the Document - with other documents released under this License, under the - terms defined in section 4 - above for modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the Invariant - Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, - and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in - its license notice. - + Sie dürfen das Dokument mit anderen Dokumenten, die unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlicht wurden, unter den Bedingungen in Abschnitt 4 für Modifizierte Versionen kombinieren, vorausgesetzt, Sie beinhalten in der Kombination alle Unveränderliche Abschnitte aller ursprünglichen Dokumente unverändert, und führen Sie alle als Unveränderliche Abschnitte Ihrer kombinierten Arbeit in deren Lizenzhinweis auf. - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, - and multiple identical Invariant - Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are - multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different - contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding - at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original - author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique - number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the - list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined - work. - + Die kombinierte Arbeit braucht nur eine Kopie dieser Lizenz zu beinhalten, und mehrfache identische Unveränderliche Abschnitte können durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzt werden. Wenn es mehrere Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit demselben Titel, aber unterschiedlichem Inhalt gibt, machen Sie den Titel jedes Abschnittes durch Hinzufügen (in Klammern) des Namens des ursprünglichen Autors oder Veröffentlichers dieses Abschnittes, falls bekannt, unverwechselbar, oder ansonsten durch eine einzigartige Nummer. Führen Sie dieselben Änderungen in der Liste der Unveränderlichen Abschnitte im Lizenzhinweis der kombinierten Arbeit durch. - - In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled - History in the various original documents, - forming one section entitled History; likewise - combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, - and any sections entitled Dedications. You must - delete all sections entitled Endorsements. - + In der Kombination müssen Sie alle mit Chronik betitelten Abschnitte aus den verschiedenen ursprünglichen Dokumenten zusammenführen, und daraus einen Abschnitt Chronik bilden; genauso kombinieren Sie jeden mit Danksagungen betitelten Abschnitt, und jeden mit Widmungen betitelten Abschnitt. Sie müssen jeden mit Billigungen betitelten Abschnitt löschen. 6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents - released under this License, and replace the individual copies - of this License in the various documents with a single copy that - is included in the collection, provided that you follow the - rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the - documents in all other respects. - + Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem Dokument und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht. Sie dürfen ein einzelnes Dokument aus einer solchen Sammlung heraustrennen, und es individuell unter dieser Lizenz verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie fügen eine Kopie dieser Lizenz in das herausgetrennte Dokument ein und folgen der Lizenz in jeglicher Hinsicht bezüglich dem wortwörtlichen Kopieren des Dokuments. 7. AGGREGATION MIT UNABHÄNGIGEN ARBEITEN - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole - count as a Modified Version - of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed - for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an - aggregate, and this License does not apply to the - other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on - account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves - derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may - be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the - aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole - aggregate. - + Eine Zusammenstellung dieses Dokument oder seinen Ableitungen mit anderen separaten und unabhängigen Dokumenten oder Arbeiten, in oder auf einem Teil eines Speicher- oder Verteilungsmediums, zählt nicht als Ganzes als Modifizierte Version des Dokumentes, vorausgesetzt, kein Gesamt-Copyright wurde für die Zusammenstellung festgelegt. Solch eine Zusammenstellung wird Aggregate (Mischung) genannt, und diese Lizenz gilt nicht für die anderen selbstenthaltenen Arbeiten, die mit dem Dokument zusammengestellt wurden, im Falle, dass sie zusammengestellt wurden, wenn sie nicht selbst abgeleitete Arbeiten des Dokumentes sind. Wenn die Cover-Text-Bedingung von Abschnitt 3 auf diese Kopien des Dokumentes anwendbar ist, dann können, wenn das Dokument weniger als ein Viertel des gesamten Aggregates ist, die Covertexte des Dokumentes auf Seiten platziert werden, die nur das Dokument innerhalb des Aggregates umgeben. Ansonsten müssen sie auf Seiten erscheinen, die das gesamte Aggregat umgeben. 8. ÜBERSETZUNG - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may - distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with - translations requires special permission from their copyright - holders, but you may include translations of some or all - Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these - Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this - License provided that you also include the original English - version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original English version of this License, - the original English version will prevail. - + Übersetzung wird als eine Art Modifikation angesehen, also dürfen Sie Übersetzungen des Dokument unter den Bedingungen von Abschnitt 4 verteilen. Das Ersetzen von Unveränderliche Abschnitte mit Übersetzungen erfordert spezielle Einwilligung des Copyright-Halters, aber Sie dürfen Übersetzungen von einigen oder allen Unveränderlichen Abschnitten zusätzlich zu den ursprünglichen Versionen dieser Unveränderlichen Abschnitte einfügen. Sie dürfen eine Übersetzung dieser Lizenz hinzufügen, vorausgesetzt Sie beinhalten auch die ursprüngliche englische Version dieser Lizenz. Im Falle einer Nichtübereinstimmung zwischen der Übersetzung und der ursprünglichen englischen Version dieser Lizenz hat die ursprüngliche englische Version Vorrang. 9. TERMINATION - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly - provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, - modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will - automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, - parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this - License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such - parties remain in full compliance. - + Sie dürfen das Dokument nicht kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, außer wie es diese Lizenz ausdrücklich vorschreibt. Jegliche andere Absicht, das Dokument zu kopieren, modifizieren, sublizenzieren oder verteilen, ist nichtig und beendet automatisch Ihre Rechte unter dieser Lizenz. Wie auch immer, Parteien, die Kopien oder Rechte von Ihnen unter dieser Lizenz bekommen haben, wird nicht die Lizenz beendet, solange diese Parteien in voller Zustimmung verbleiben. 10. ZUKÜNFTIGE REVISIONEN DIESER LIZENZ - - The Free Software - Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU - Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions - will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ - in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - + Die Free Software Foundation kann von Zeit zu Zeit neue, revidierte Versionen der GNU Free Documentation License veröffentlichen. Solche neue Versionen werden vom Grundprinzip her der vorliegenden Version gleichen, können sich aber im Detail unterscheiden, um neue Probleme oder Anliegen anzusprechen. Siehe auch http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version - number. If the Document - specifies that a particular numbered version of this License - or any later version applies to it, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - specified version or of any later version that has been - published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If - the Document does not specify a version number of this License, - you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by - the Free Software Foundation. - + Jeder Version dieser Lizenz wird eine unterscheidende Versionsnummer gegeben. Wenn das Dokument angibt, dass eine spezielle Version dieser Lizenz oder jeder späteren Version darauf zutrifft, haben Sie die Wahl, den Bestimmungen und Bedingungen von entweder der angegebenen Version oder einer beliebigen späteren Version, die von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlicht wurde, zu folgen. Wenn das Dokument keine Versionsnummer angibt, können Sie irgendeine, jemals von der Free Software Foundation (nicht als Entwurf) veröffentlichte Version wählen. @@ -411,17 +223,7 @@
Copyright (c) JAHR IHR NAME. - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST - THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, - and with the Back-Cover - Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled GNU Free Documentation - License. - + Es wird die Erlaubnis gegeben, dieses Dokument zu kopieren, verteilen und/oder zu verändern unter den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 oder einer späteren, von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version; mit den Unveränderlichen Abschnitten. DEREN TITEL AUFGEZÄHLT sind, mit den Vorderseitentexten, die AUFGEZÄHLT sind, und mit den Rückseitentexten, die AUFGEZÄHLT sind. Eine Kopie dieser Lizenz ist im Abschnitt GNU Freie Dokumentationslizenz enthalten.
Falls Sie keine Unveränderliche Abschnitte haben, schreiben Sie ohne unveränderliche Abschnitte anstatt zu sagen, welche unveränderlich sind. Falls Sie keine Vorderseitentexten haben, schreiben Sie keine Vorderseitentexte anstelle von Vorderseitentexte aufzulisten; entsprechend für Rückseitentexten. diff --git a/help/manual/de/index.docbook b/help/manual/de/index.docbook index c3885fc..8056e84 100644 --- a/help/manual/de/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/de/index.docbook @@ -34,18 +34,9 @@ - - 1.19 - 05 Jun 2013 - ss - bug fixes - - - 1.18 - 14 Sep 2011 - ss - bug fixes, speedups, markdown support - + 1.19.1 05. Juni 2013 ss Entwicklerversion + 1.19 05. Juni 2013 sk Fehlerbehebungen + 1.18 14. September 2011 ss Fehlerbehebungen, Verbesserte Geschwindigkeit, Unterstützung für markdown 1.17 26. Februar 2011 sk Dringende Bugfix-Aktualisierung 1.16 14. Januar 2011 sk Bugfixes, Layoutverbesserungen 1.15 21. Mai 2010 sk Bug- und Regressionsfixes @@ -68,6 +59,19 @@ Mario Blättermann + + + + Christian Kirbach + + christian.kirbach@gmail.com + + + + 2013 + + Christian Kirbach + @@ -99,78 +103,26 @@ - - Gathering information about the code. - - gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the - code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. - It creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt containing a list of the - declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they - are in. On the first run this file is copied to <module>-sections.txt. - The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the - declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. - The second file it generates is <module>-decl.txt. - This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for - some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where - the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration - should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the ones in - <module>-decl.txt into <module>-overrides.txt. - - - gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically query a library about - any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each - object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject properties - and signals it provides. - - - gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. - It was needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+. - + Informationen über den Code sammeln. gtkdoc-scan analysiert die Header-Dateien des Code und sucht nach Funktionsdeklarationen, Macros, enum (Aufzählung), struct (Strukturen) und »unions«. Es erstellt die Datei <module>-decl-list.txt, welche eine Liste der Deklarationen enthält, und platziert diese in Abschnitte entsprechend der Header-Dateien, in der sie sind. Bei erster Ausführung wird diese Datei nach <module>-sections.txt kopiert. Der Autor kann die Abschnitte und die Reihenfolge der Deklarationen in gewünschter Reihenfolge neu anordnen. Die zweite erstellte Datei ist <module>-decl.txt. Diese Datei enthält alle Deklarationen, die vom Scanner gefunden wurden. Wenn aus irgendeinem Grund einige Symbole in der Dokumentatione erscheinen sollen, wenn die volle Deklaration nicht vom Scanner gefunden werden kann oder die Deklaration anders erscheinen soll, kann man Entitäten ähnlich derer in<module>-decl.txt innerhalb <module>-overrides.txt platzieren. + gtkdoc-scangobj kann ebenso dazu verwendet werden, dynamisch eine Bibliothek über irgendwine GObject-Subklasse anzufragen, die sie exportiert. Es speichert Informtionen über jede Objektposition in der Klassenhierachie und über alle GObjekt-Eigenschaften und -Signale, die es bietet. + gtkdoc-scanobj sollte nicht weiter verwendet werden. Es war in der Vergangenheit notwendig, als GObject noch ein GtkObject innerhalb von gtk+ war. - - Generating the "template" files. - - gtkdoc-mktmpl creates a number of files in - the tmpl/ subdirectory, using the - information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run - repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.) - + Erstellen der »Vorlage«-Dateien. gtkdoc-mktmpl erstellt einige Dateien im Unterordner tmpl/ mit Hilfe der Informationen aus dem ersten Schritt. (Bedenken Sie, dass dies wiederholt ausgeführt werden kann. Es wird versucht sicherzustellen, dass keine Dokumentation jemals verloren geht.) Seit GTK-Doc 1.9 sind diese Vorlagen nicht mehr notwendig. Wir ermutigen die Entwickler, die Dokumentation innerhalb des Codes zu halten. gtkdocize unterstützt nun die Option , wodurch ein Makefile gewählt wird, welches die Verwendung der Vorlagen komplett umgeht. Falls Sie niemals Dateien im Vorlagenordner manuell bearbeitet oder aus älteren GTK-Doc-Versionen importiert haben, sollten Sie den Ordner löschen, z.B. in der Versionsverwaltung. - - Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. - - gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into - SGML or XML files in the sgml/ - or xml/ subdirectory. - If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the - special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used - it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend - to use Docbook XML. - + Erstellen des SGML/XML und HTML/PDF. gtkdoc-mkdb wandelt die Vorlagen-Dateien in SGML- oder XML-Dateien in den Unterordner sgml/ oder xml/ um. Wenn der Quellcode Dokumentation über Funktionen mittels speziellen Kommentarblöcken enthält, so wird diese hier eingepflegt. Wenn keine tmpl-Dateien eingesetzt werden, so wird nur Dokumentation von den Quell- und introspection-Daten gelesen. Wir empfehlen Docbook XML zu verwenden. gtkdoc-mkhtml konvertiert die SGML/XML-Dateien in HTML-Dateien im Unterordner html/. Ebenso konvertiert gtkdoc-mkpdf die SGML/XML-Dateien in ein PDF-Dokument namens <package>.pdf. Dateien in sgml/ oder xml/ und html/-Ordnern werden immer überschrieben. Niemand sollte diese direkt bearbeiten. - - Fixing up cross-references between documents. - - After installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be run to fix up any - cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ - documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. - - When creating the source tarball for distribution, gtkdoc-rebase - turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs - the same application will try to turn links back to local links - (where those docs are installed). - + Querverweise zwischen Dokumenten korrigieren. Nach Intallation der HTML-Dateien kann gtkdoc-fixxref ausgeführt werden, um alle Querverweise zwischen separaten Dokumenten zu korrigieren. Die GTK+-Dokumentation zum Beispiel enthält viele Querverweise zu Typen, die im GLib-Handbuch dokumentiert sind. Beim Erstellen des Quellen-tarball zur Verteilung wandelt gtkdoc-rebase alle externen Verweise in Web-Verweise um. Beim Installieren verteilter (zuvor erstellter) Dokumente wird die selbe Anwendung versuchen, Verweise zurück in lokale Verweise umzuwandeln (wo diese Dokumente installiert werden). @@ -185,14 +137,7 @@ DocBook DTD v3.0 - Die DTD für DocBook SGML. http://www.ora.com/davenport Jade v1.1 - Dies ist ein DSSSL-Prozessor zur Umwandlung von SGML in verschiedene Formate. http://www.jclark.com/jade Modulare DocBook-Stilvorlagen Dies ist der DSSSL-Code zur Umwandlung von DocBook in HTML und einige andere Formate. Es wird zusammen mit Jade benutzt. Ich habe den DSSSL-Code in gtk-doc.dsl etwas angepasst, um die Programmcode-Listings und -Deklarationen einzufärben und um globale Cross-Reference-Indizes im erzeugten HTML zu unterstützen. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl - - docbook-to-man - if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. - I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise section - headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the - revision date at the bottom. - There is a link to this on http://www.ora.com/davenport - NOTE: This does not work yet. - + docbook-to-man - Wenn Sie man-Hilfeseiten vom DocBook erstellen möchten. Ich habe die »translation spec« geringfügig angepasst, um Abschnittüberschriften groß zu schreiben und den Titel »GTK-bibliothek« oben auf jeder Seite und das Überarbeitungsdatum unten zu platzieren. Dazu gibt es einen Verweis auf http://www.ora.com/davenport HINWEIS: Das funktioniert noch nicht. @@ -283,24 +228,18 @@ GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl]) - - This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is - okay for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can - solve this as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for - GTK_DOC_CHECK at the start of a line. - Keep gtk-doc optional + Dazu müssen alle Entwickler gtk-doc installiert haben. Wenn es für das Projekt vertretbar ist, einen optionalen Erstellungsschritt für die api-doc zu haben, so können Sie es wie im Folgenden lösen. Lassen Sie es so, wie es ist, weil gtkdocize nach GTK_DOC_CHECK am Anfang einer Zeile sucht. Halten Sie gtk-doc optional - + - - + Das erste Argument wird zur Überprüfung von gtkdocversion während des configure-Durchlaufs benutzt. Das zweite, optionale Argument wird von gtkdocize verwendet. Das Makro GTK_DOC_CHECK fügt verschiedene Schalter für configure hinzu: @@ -330,24 +269,21 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integration in automake - Kopieren Sie zunächst die Datei Makefile.am aus dem Beispiel-Unterordner der gtkdoc-sources in den API-Dokumentationsordner Ihres Projekts ( ./docs/reference/<package>). Falls Sie mehrere Dokumentationspakete haben, müssen Sie dies für jedes davon wiederholen. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + Im nächsten Schritt bearbeiten Sie die Einstellungen in Makefile.am. Allen Einstellungen ist ein Kommentar vorangestellt, der den jeweiligen Zweck beschreibt. Die meisten Einstellungen sind zusätzliche Flags, die an verschiedene Werkzeuge übergeben werden. Jedes der Werkzeuge hat eine Variable der Form . Alle Werkzeuge unterstützen zur Auflistung der unterstützten Parameter. - Vielleicht möchten Sie auch GTK-Doc für das distcheckmake-Ziel aktivieren. Fügen Sie dazu den im nächsten Beispiel gezeigten Einzeiler zur Datei Makefile.am der obersten Ebene hinzu: - - - GTK-Doc während »make distcheck« aktivieren - - -DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc - - - - - @@ -391,24 +327,13 @@ make Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme - - As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under - version control. For typical projects it's these files: - <package>.types, - <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), - <package>-sections.txt, - Makefile.am - + Als Faustregel gilt, dass alle von Ihnen bearbeiteten Dateien auch unter Versionsverwaltung stehen sollten. In typischen Projekten sind das folgende Dateien: <package>.types, <package>-docs..xml (früher .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am. Integration in Klartext-Makefiles oder andere Erstellungssysteme - - In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore - gtk-doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools - in the right order in own makefiles (or other build tools). - + Für den Fall, dass jemand nicht automake und damit gtk-doc.mak einsetzen will, muss man die gtkdoc-Werkzeuge in eigenen makefiles (oder andere Werkzeuge) in der richtigen Reihenfolge aufrufen . Schritte zur Erstellung der Dokumentation @@ -428,10 +353,7 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - - One will need to look at the Makefile.am and - gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed. - + Man muss sich Makefile.am und gtk-doc.mak anschauen, um die zusätzlich notwendigen Optionen herauszusuchen. @@ -447,20 +369,15 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Um die bereits genannten Probleme zu vermeiden, empfehlen wir, die Dokumentation innerhalb der Quellen zu halten. In diesem Handbuch wird ausschließlich dieser Weg des Dokumentierens des Quellcodes beschrieben. - - The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of - receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can - hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. - GTK-Doc comment block + Der Scanner kann mit den meisten C-Kopfdateien umgehen. Im falle von Warnungen des Scanners, die wie ein Spezialfall aussehen, kann man GTK-Doc anweisen diese zu überspringen. GTK-Doc-Kommentarblock - + - - + @@ -480,31 +397,15 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Der »identifier« ist eine Zeile mit dem Namen des Objekts, auf das sich der Kommentar bezieht. Die Syntax kann abhängig von der Art des Objekts variieren. - - The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol - types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter - description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). - Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program - listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are - converted to paragraph breaks. - If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' - (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code - listings). - + Der Block »documentation« ist ebenfalls für jeden Symboltyp unterschiedlich. Symboltypen mit Parametern wie Funktionen oder Makros haben eine Parameterbeschreibung, auf die eine leere Zeile folgt (keine echte Leerzeile, sondern ein »*«). Danach folgt eine detaillierte Beschreibung. Alle Zeilen (außerhalb von Programmlistings und CDATA-Abschnitten), die nur ein » *« (Leerzeichen-Asterisk) enthalten, werden in Absatzumbrüche umgewandelt. Falls Sie keinen Absatzumbruch wünschen, verwenden sie stattdessen ein » * «, d.h. setzen Sie ein Leerzeichen jeweils davor und dahinter. Dies ist in vorformatiertem Text nützlich (Code-Auflistungen). Beim Dokumentieren von Code beschreiben Sie zwei Aspekte: - - What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes - be misleading for people coming from a different background. - + Was es ist: Der Name für eine Klasse oder Funktion kann manchmal Irre führend sein für Personen, die einen anderen Hintergrund haben. - - What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation - with the other API. - + Was es ist: Berichtet über normale Anwendungsfälle. Stellen Sie es ins Verhältnis mit der anderen API. @@ -523,53 +424,91 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Verwenden Sie #symbol, um auf andere Symboltypen zu verweisen, z.B. »structs« und »enums« und Makros, die keine Argumente benötigen. - - Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal. - + Verwenden Sie #Object::signal, um auf ein GObject-Signal zu verweisen - - Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property. - + Verwenden Sie #Object:property, um auf eine GObject-Eigenschaft zu verweisen. - Verwenden Sie #Struct.field, um auf ein Feld innerhalb einer Struktur zu verweisen. + + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. + - Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem Backslash »\« maskieren. + Falls Sie die Sonderzeichen »<«, »>«, »()«, »@«, »%« oder »#« in Ihrer Dokumentation verwenden wollen, ohne dass GTK-Doc diese ändert, können Sie die XML-Entitäten »&lt;«, »&gt;«, »&lpar;«, »&rpar;«, »&commat;«, »&percnt;« und »&num;« verwenden oder die Zeichen mit einem Backslash »\« maskieren. - DocBook kann mehr als nur verknüpfen. Sie können auch Listen, Tabellen und Beispiele einbauen. Um die Nutzung der DocBook-SGML/XML-Tags innerhalb der Dokumentationskommentare zu aktivieren, übergeben Sie der Variable MKDB_OPTIONS in der Datei Makefile.am die Option oder . + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die Abschnittsdatei einzubauen. @@ -581,7 +520,7 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Jeder Abschnitt der Dokumentation enthält Informationen über eine Klasse oder ein Modul. Um eine Komponente hinzuzufügen, können Sie einen Abschnittsblock schreiben. Die Kurzbeschreibung wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Alle @-Felder sind optional. - Section comment block + Abschnitts-Kommentarblock /** @@ -623,11 +562,7 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html @section_id - - Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects - the <title> is used as a section_id and for other sections - it is <MODULE>-<title>. - + Überschreibt den Einsatz von Titeln als Abschnitts-Bezeichner. Für GObjects wird der <Titel> als section_id verwendet and für andere Abschnitte <MODUL>-<Titel>. @@ -639,64 +574,26 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html @stability - - An informal description of the stability level this API has. - We recommend the use of one of these terms: - + Eine informelle Beschreibung der Stabilitätsstufe dieser API. Wir empfehlen dafür einen der folgenden Begriffe: - - Stable - - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary - third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, - release them, and have confidence that they will run on all - minor releases of the product (after the one in which the - interface was introduced, and within the same major release). - Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected - to be rare, and to have strong justifications. - + Stabil - Die Absicht einer stabilen Schnittstelle ist es beliebigen Dritten es zu ermöglichen Anwendungen zu diesen Schnittstellen zu entwickeln, diese freizugeben und sich darauf verlassen zu können, dass diese mit allen Unterversionen des Produkts laufen (nach derjenigen, wo die Schnittstelle eingeführt wurde, und innerhalb der gleichen Hauptversion). Selbst bei einer Hauptversion kann man nicht von inkompatiblen Änderungen ausgehen, abgesehen von stark berechtigten. - - Unstable - - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. - They are typically used to give outside developers early - access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide - an interim solution to a problem where a more general - solution is anticipated. - No claims are made about either source or binary - compatibility from one minor release to the next. - + Instabil - Instabile Schnittstellen sind experimentell oder vorübergehend. Sie werden typischerweise verwendet, um außenstehenden Entwicklern frühen Zugang zu neuen oder sich schnell ändernder Technologie zu geben, oder um eine Übergangslösung für ein Problem zu liefern, für das eine allgemeinere Lösung erwartet wird. Es werden keine Garantien zu Quell- oder Binärkompatibilität von einer minor-Freigabe zur nächsten gegeben. - - Private - - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack - itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such - functions should only be used in specified and documented - ways. - + Privat - Eine Schnittstelle, die im GNOME-Stack selbst verwendet werden kann, aber nicht für Endanwender dokumentiert ist. Solche Funktionen sollten nur auf spezifizierte und dokumentierte Weisen verwendet werden. - - Internal - - An interface that is internal to a module and does not - require end-user documentation. Functions that are - undocumented are assumed to be Internal. - + Intern - Eine Schnittstelle, die für ein Modul intern ist und keine Endanwender-Dokumentation erfordert. Undokumentierte Funktionen werden als intern angesehen. - - + @include - - The #include files to show in the section - synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global - value from the section - file or command line. This item is optional. - + Die #include -Dateien werden im Abschnitt Zusammenfassung angezeigt (eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste). Der globale Wert aus der Abschnittsdatei oder von der Befehlszeile wird überschrieben. Dieser Punkt ist optional. @@ -739,7 +636,7 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Allgemeine Markierungen - + @@ -764,10 +661,7 @@ foo_get_bar(Foo *foo) Bitte denken Sie an: - - Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be - freed/unrefed/released. - + Dokumentieren, ob zurückgegebene Objekte, Listen, Zeichenketten usw. befreit/dereferenziert/freigegeben werden. Dokumentiert, ob Parameter NULL sein können, und was in diesem Fall geschieht. @@ -779,12 +673,7 @@ foo_get_bar(Foo *foo) GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt. - - - Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: - http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations - + Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations Kommentarblock einer Funktion @@ -914,21 +803,22 @@ typedef struct _FooWidget { Enum-Kommentarblock Enum-Kommentarblock -*/ + /*< private >*/ SOMETHING_COUNT } Something; -]]> + @@ -1025,18 +915,13 @@ typedef enum { - - To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: - + Um sich auf einen Klassennamen zu beziehen kann man möglicherweise folgendes verwenden: -GtkWidget -]]> + +<classname>GtkWidget</classname> + - - but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create - a link to the GtkWidget page - see the abbreviations). - + Aber Sie verwenden vermutlich stattdessen #GtkWidget (um automatisch eine Verknüpfung zur GtkWidget-Seite zu erstellen - lesen Sie die Abkürzungen). Zum Hervorheben von Text: @@ -1073,16 +958,10 @@ typedef enum { Bearbeiten der Typendatei - - If your library or application includes GObjects, you want - their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be - shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the - xxx_get_type functions together with their include - inside the <package>.types file. - + Falls Ihre Bibliothek oder Anwendung GObjects beinhaltet, sollten deren Signale, Argumente/Parameter und Positionen in der Hierarchie in der Dokumentation erscheinen. Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist die xxx_get_type-Funktionen zusammen mit deren Includes in der Datei <package>.types aufzulisten. - Example types file snippet + Beispiel-Schnipsel einer Typen-Datei #include <gtk/gtk.h> @@ -1109,14 +988,7 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type GTK-Doc erstellt die Dokumentation in DocBook-SGML/XML. Beim Verarbeiten der in den Quellcode eingebetteten Kommentare erzeugt GTK-Doc eine Dokumentationsseite pro Klasse oder Modul als separate Datei. Das Hauptdokument schließt diese ein und setzt sie in die passende Reihenfolge. - - While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will - not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the - documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. - GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. - Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies - introduced there. - + Während GTK-Doc ein Vorlagen-Hauptdokument für Sie erstellt wird eine spätere Ausführung es nicht mehr verändern. Dies bedeutet, dass man das Dokument beliebig strukturieren kann. Dies schließt Gruppieren von Seiten und Hinzufügen von zusätzlichen Seiten ein. GTK-Doc hat eine neue Test-Garnitur, wo auch das Hauptdokument von Neuem erstellt wird. Es ist ratsam sich diese von Zeit zu Zeit anzusehen und zu schauen, ob dort einige Neuigkeiten eingeführt werden. Erstellen Sie keine Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitungen als zusätzliche Dokumente. Schreiben Sie lediglich zusätzliche Kapitel. Der Vorteil des direkten Einbettens einer Anleitung für Ihre Bibliothek in die API ist die Möglichkeit der einfachen Verknüpfung der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung zur Symboldokumentation. Außerdem sind die Chancen größer, dass die Anleitung die gleichen Aktualisierungen erfährt wie die Bibliothek selbst. @@ -1149,36 +1021,13 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type Bearbeiten der Abschnittsdatei - - The section file is used to organise the documentation output by - GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or - class and control the visibility (public or private). - + Die Abschnittsdatei wird verwendet, um die Dokumentations-Ausgaben von GTK-Doc zu organisieren. Man gibt an, welches Symbol zu welchem Modul oder welcher Klasse gehört und regelt die Sichtbarkeit (öffentlich oder privat). - - The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). - Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as - comment lines. - + Die Abschnittsdatei ist eine reine Textdatei mit XML-ähnlicher Syntax (mit Tags). Leere Zeilen werden ignoriert und Zeilen, die mit »#« beginnen, werden als Kommentarzeilen behandelt. - - The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, - without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' - will result in the section declarations being output in the template - file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be - converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config.sgml - or the DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. - (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section - title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted - to lower case). - + Das Tag <FILE> ... </FILE> wird verwendet, um den Dateinamen ohne Suffix anzugeben. Zum Beispiel wird »<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>« dazu führen, dass der Deklarationsabschnitt in die Vorlage-Datei tmpl/gnome-config.sgml ausgegeben wird, welche in die DocBook SGML/XML-Datei sgml/gnome-config.sgml oder die DocBook XML-Datei xml/gnome-config.xml umgewandelt wird. (Der Name der HTML-Datei basiert auf dem Modulnamen und dem Abschnittstitel. Für GObject basiert er auf dem GObjekt-Klassennamen in Kleinbuchstaben). - - The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of - the section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are - initially created, since the title set in the template file overrides - this. Also if one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete. - + Das Tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> wird zur Angabe des Abschnitttitels verwendet. Es ist nur nützlich bevor die Vorlagen (falls verwendet) anfangs erstellt werden, weil der Titel in der Vorlage diesen überschreibt. Wenn man das SECTION-Kommentar in den Quellen einsetzt, ist dies überflüssig. You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. @@ -1199,14 +1048,7 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type vmethods). - - You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the - #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. - It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle - brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all - sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it - only applies to that section. - + Sie können auch <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> verwenden, um die #include-Dateien anzugeben, die in den Abschnitten zur Inhaltsangabe gezeigt werden. Es enthält eine durch Kommata getrennte Liste von #include-Dateien ohne eckige Klammern. Wenn Sie es außerhalb aller Abschnitte festlegen, wirkt es in allen Abschnitten bis zum Dateiende.Wenn Sie es innerhalb eines Abschnitts festlegen, wirkt es nur in diesem Abschnitt. @@ -1217,45 +1059,17 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type Ein GTK-Doc-Durchlauf erzeugt Protokolldateien im Dokumentationsordner. Die Namen der erzeugten Dateien sind: <package>-undocumented.txt, <package>-undeclared.txt und <package>-unused.txt. Sie liegen alle als Klartext vor und können daher einfach betrachtet und weiterverarbeitet werden. - - The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with - the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by - blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. - The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are - those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been - added. - + Die Datei <package>-undocumented.txt beginnt mit der Zusammenfassung der Dokumentation. Darunter sind zwei durch Leerzeilen getrennte Abschnitte. Der erste Abschnitt listet undokumentierte oder unvollständige Symbole. Der zweite Abschnitt macht das gleiche für Abschnitts-Dokumente. Unvollständige Einträge sind jene, welche Dokumentation haben, aber z.B. ein neuer Parameter hinzugefügt worden ist. - - The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols - given in the <package>-sections.txt but not - found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are - misspelled. - + Die Datei <package>-undeclared.txt listet die in <package>-sections.txt gelieferten, aber nicht in den Quellen gefundenen Symbole. Prüfen Sie, ob diese entfernt oder falsch geschrieben wurden. - - The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol - names, where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not - know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to - the <package>-sections.txt file. - + Die Datei <package>-unused.txt listet Symbolnamen auf, in denen der GTK-Doc-Scanner Dokumentation gefunden hat, aber nicht weiß, wo sie abgelegt werden soll. Dies bedeutet, dass das Symbol noch nicht der Datei <package>-sections.txt hinzugefügt wurde. - - Enable or add the line in Makefile.am. - If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during - make check run. - + Aktivieren Sie oder fügen Sie die Zeile in Makefile.am hinzu. Wenn zumindest GTK-Doc 1.9 installiert ist, so wird damit eine Plausibilitätsprüfung während make check ausgeführt. - - One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: - <package>-decl-list.txt and - <package>-decl.txt. The first one can be - compared with the section file if that is manually maintained. The second - lists all declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could - check if this file contains it. - + Man kann sich auch die Dateien ansehen, die durch den Quellcode-Scanner erzeugt wurden: <package>-decl-list.txt und <package>-decl.txt. Die erste kann mit der Abschnittsdatei verglichen werden, falls diese händisch verwaltet wird. Die zweite listet alle Deklarationen aus den Kopfdateien. Falls ein Symbol fehlt kann man prüfen, ob diese Datei es enthält. If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced @@ -1265,11 +1079,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Dokumentieren anderer Schnittstellen @@ -1279,11 +1177,7 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type Befehlszeilenoptionen und Handbuchseiten - - As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds - like a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is - part of the reference and one gets the man-page for free. - + Weil man ebenso man-Hilfeseiten für ein docbook-Referenzeintrag erstellen kann, klingt es nach einer guten Idee, es für diesen Zweck einzusetzen. Auf diese Weise ist die Schnittstelle Teil der Referenz und man erhält kostenfrei die man-Hilfeseite. Dokumentieren des Werkzeuges @@ -1366,65 +1260,35 @@ EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml Noch immer keine Klassenhierarchie. - - Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt - file (see explanation). - + Fehlende oder falsche Benennung in der Datei <Paket>-sections.txt (lesen Sie die Erklärung). Verdammt, ich habe immer noch keine Klassenhierarchie. - - Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) - part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private - subsections). - + Ist der Objektname (Name des Instanz-struct, z.B. GtkWidget) Teil des normalen Abschnitts (nicht in den Standard- oder Unterabschnitte). Kein Symbolindex. - - Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a - index that xi:includes the generated index? - + Enthält <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} einen Index, der den erstellten Index xi:enthält? Symbole werden nicht mit deren Dokumentationsbschnitt verknüpft. - - Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? - Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs. - + Verwendet das doc-comment das richtige Markup (hinzugefügtes »#«,»%« oder »()«)? Prüfen Sie, ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen nicht auflösbarer xrefs warnt. Eine neue Klasse erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation. - - Is the new page xi:included from - <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. - + Ist die neue Seite xi:eingebunden von <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}? Ein neues Symbol erscheint nicht in der Dokumentation. - - Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in - the begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about - unresolvable xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the - <package>-sections.txt in a public subsection. - + ist doc-comment ordnungsgemäß formatiert? Prüfen Sie den Anfang des Dokuments auf Rechtschreibfehler im Kommentar. Prüfen Sie ob gtkdoc-fixxref wegen unauflösbarer xrefs warnt. Prüfen Sie, ob das Symbol richtig in <package>-sections.txt in einem öffentlichen Abschnitt gelistet ist. Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie. - - If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy - but not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check - that the type is correctly placed in the <package>-sections.txt. - If the type instance (e.g. GtkWidget) is not listed or - incidentialy makred private it will not be shown. - + Wenn der Typ in <package>.hierarchy gelistet ist, aber nicht in xml/tree_index.sgml, dann prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <package>-sections.txt abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. GtkWidget) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird sie nciht angezeigt. - I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations. - - Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is - xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. - + Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen. + Prüfen Sie, ob xml/annotation-glossary.xml von <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} xi:eingebunden ist. @@ -1448,15 +1312,8 @@ EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml Werkzeuge mit Bezug zu gtk-doc - - GtkDocPlugin - a Trac GTK-Doc - integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and integrates with - the trac search. - - - Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since - tags in the API to determine the minimum required version. - + GtkDocPlugin - ein Trac GTK-Doc Integrations-Plugin, das API-Dokumente zu einer trac-Seite hinzufügt und die trac-Suche einbindet. + Gtkdoc-depscan - ein Werkzeug (Teil von gtk-doc), um die verwendete API für die minimal erforderliche Version zu prüfen. diff --git a/help/manual/el/el.po b/help/manual/el/el.po index 33c5e7f..30372dc 100644 --- a/help/manual/el/el.po +++ b/help/manual/el/el.po @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ # Jennie Petoumenou , 2009. # Marios Zindilis , 2010. # Tsivikis Vasilis , 2010. -# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) , 2013. +# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) , 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-16 14:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-18 13:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-05 22:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 17:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) \n" -"Language-Team: team@gnome.gr\n" +"Language-Team: www.gnome.gr\n" "Language: el\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,21 +24,25 @@ msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Τζένη Πετούμενου , 2009\n" "Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης , 2012\n" -"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος , 2013" +"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος , 2013, 2014" -#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" msgstr "Εγχειρίδιο GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 msgid "1.18.1" msgstr "1.18.1" -#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para) +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." msgstr "Εγχειρίδιο χρήσης του GTK-Doc για προγραμματιστές." -#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 msgid "" "Chris Lyttle " "
chris@wilddev.net
" @@ -46,7 +50,8 @@ msgstr "" "Chris Lyttle " "
chris@wilddev.net
" -#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 msgid "" "Dan Mueth
" "d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" @@ -54,7 +59,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dan Mueth
" "d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" -#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 msgid "" "Stefan Kost " "
ensonic@users.sf.net
" @@ -62,25 +68,30 @@ msgstr "" "Stefan Kost " "
ensonic@users.sf.net
" -#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername) +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 msgid "GTK-Doc project" msgstr "Έργο GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 msgid "" "<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" msgstr "" "<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" -#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 msgid "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle" msgstr "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth και Chris Lyttle" -#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 msgid "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" msgstr "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" -#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, " @@ -95,7 +106,8 @@ msgstr "" "κείμενα εξωφύλλου και κείμενα οπισθοφύλλου. Συμπεριλαμβάνεται αντίγραφο της άδειας." -#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 msgid "" "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " "services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " @@ -110,24 +122,36 @@ msgstr "" "λάβει γνώση αυτών των εμπορικών σημάτων, οι ονομασίες ή τα αρχικά αυτών θα " "γράφονται με κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες." -#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 msgid "" -"1.18.1 20 Sep 2011 ss1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss development version" msgstr "" -"1.18.1 20 Σεπ 2011 ss1.19.1 05 Ιουν 2013 ss έκδοση ανάπτυξης" -#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 msgid "" -"1.18 14 sep 2011 ss1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes" +msgstr "" +"1.19 05 Ιουν 2013 ss διόρθωση σφάλματος" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +msgid "" +"1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support" msgstr "" "1.18 14 Σεπτ 2011 ss διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, speedups, υποστήριξη " +"authorinitials> διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, επιταχύνσεις, υποστήριξη " "markdown" -#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 msgid "" "1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update" @@ -135,7 +159,8 @@ msgstr "" "1.17 26 Φεβ 2011 sk διόρθωση σφάλματος" -#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 msgid "" "1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements" @@ -144,7 +169,8 @@ msgstr "" "authorinitials> διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις διάταξης" -#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 msgid "" "1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes" @@ -152,7 +178,8 @@ msgstr "" "1.15 21 Μαίου 2010 sk bug and regression fixes" -#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 msgid "" "1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements" @@ -161,7 +188,8 @@ msgstr "" "authorinitials> διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις επίδοσης" -#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 msgid "" "1.13 18 December 2009 " "sk broken tarball updatesk ανανέωση σπασμένου " "συμπιεσμένου αρχείου" -#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 msgid "" "1.12 18 December 2009 " "sk new tool features and " @@ -181,7 +210,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk νέα χαρακτηριστικά και " "διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων" -#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 msgid "" "1.11 16 November 2008 " "mal GNOME doc-utils migrationmal Μετάβαση σε GNOME doc-utils" -#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:150 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Εισαγωγή" -#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:152 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -203,11 +235,13 @@ msgstr "" "Αυτό το κεφάλαιο αποτελεί μια εισαγωγή στο GTK-Doc. Περιγράφει το GTK-Doc " "και τον τρόπο χρήσης του." -#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:158 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "Τι είναι το GTK-Doc;" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:160 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -218,11 +252,13 @@ msgstr "" "και η GNOME. Μπορεί όμως να χρησιμοποιηθεί και για την τεκμηρίωση κώδικα " "εφαρμογών." -#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:168 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "Πώς λειτουργεί το GTK-Doc;" -#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:170 msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " @@ -237,7 +273,8 @@ msgstr "" "δηλώνονται σε αρχεία κεφαλίδας· δεν παράγει τεκμηρίωση για στατικές " "συναρτήσεις)." -#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -245,11 +282,13 @@ msgstr "" "Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά από σενάρια perl , καθένα από τα οποία " "είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας." -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:182 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Η διαδικασία περιλαμβάνει 5 κύρια στάδια:" -#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:189 msgid "" "Writing the documentation. The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In " @@ -261,7 +300,8 @@ msgstr "" "κτλ. (Στο παρελθόν, οι πληροφορίες συμπληρώνονταν σε πρότυπα αρχεία που " "παράγονταν αυτόματα, αλλά αυτός ο τρόπος δεν συνιστάται πλέον.)" -#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:199 msgid "" "Gathering information about the code. " "gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code " @@ -296,7 +336,8 @@ msgstr "" "όμοιες με αυτές <module>-decl.txt στο αρχείο " "<module>-overrides.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:216 msgid "" "gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically " "query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " @@ -308,7 +349,8 @@ msgstr "" "GObject. Αποθηκεύει τις πληροφορίες για τη θέση κάθε αντικειμένου στην " "ιεραρχία κλάσεων καθώς και για τα ορίσματα και σήματα GObject που περιέχει." -#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 msgid "" "gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." @@ -317,7 +359,8 @@ msgstr "" "πλέον. Χρειαζόταν στο παρελθόν όταν το GObject ήταν ακόμα GtkObject μέσα στη " "gtk+." -#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:229 msgid "" "Generating the \"template\" files. gtkdoc-" "mktmpl creates a number of files in the gtkdocize supports now " @@ -348,7 +392,8 @@ msgstr "" "χέρι σε αρχεία προτύπων tmpl, παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε τον κατάλογο (π.χ. από ένα " "σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)." -#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:250 msgid "" "Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. " "gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or " @@ -368,7 +413,8 @@ msgstr "" "κώδικα και τα δεδομένα της ενδοσκόπησης. Σας συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " "το βιβλίο τεκμηρίωσης XML." -#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" "gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML " "files in the html/ subdirectory. " @@ -381,7 +427,8 @@ msgstr "" "μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε ένα αρχείο PDF που ονομάζεται <" "package>.pdf." -#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:267 msgid "" "Files in sgml/ or xml/ and html/html/ αντικαθίστανται αυτόματα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα " "αλλάζετε με το χέρι." -#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:275 msgid "" "Fixing up cross-references between documents. After " "installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be " @@ -416,20 +464,24 @@ msgstr "" "θα προσπαθήσει να μετατρέψει ξανά τους συνδέσμους σε τοπικούς συνδέσμους " "(προς τις τοποθεσίες όπου είναι εγκατεστημένη η τεκμηρίωση)." -#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:293 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "Λήψη GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:296 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Απαιτήσεις" -#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:297 msgid "Perl v5 - the main scripts are in Perl." msgstr "" "Perl v5 - τα βασικά σενάρια είναι γραμμένα σε Perl." -#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:300 msgid "" "DocBook DTD v3.0 - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/" @@ -439,7 +491,8 @@ msgstr "" "http://www.ora.com/" "davenport" -#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:304 msgid "" "Jade v1.1 - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " "SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade" -#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:308 msgid "" "Modular DocBook Stylesheets This is the DSSSL code to " "convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with " @@ -466,7 +520,8 @@ msgstr "" "στα παραγόμενα HTML. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" -#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:317 msgid "" "docbook-to-man - if you want to create man pages from " "the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise " @@ -483,11 +538,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Αυτή η δυνατότητα δε λειτουργεί προς το παρόν." -#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:328 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" -#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:329 msgid "" "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " "installed." @@ -495,13 +552,15 @@ msgstr "" "Δεν υπάρχει σταθερή τοποθεσία για την εγκατάσταση των DocBook Modular " "Stylesheets." -#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:332 msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" msgstr "" "Το σενάριο εντολών configure του GTK-Doc ψάχνει αυτόματα τους τρεις παρακάτω " "καταλόγους:" -#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (used by " "RedHat)" @@ -509,19 +568,22 @@ msgstr "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular " "(χρησιμοποιείται από το RedHat)" -#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 msgid "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (used by Debian)" msgstr "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (χρησιμοποιείται " "από το Debian)" -#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:341 msgid " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (used by SuSE)" msgstr "" " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (χρησιμοποιείται από το SuSE)" -#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:344 msgid "" "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure " "GTK-Doc using the option: --with-dsssl-dir=<" @@ -531,15 +593,18 @@ msgstr "" "Doc με την επιλογή: --with-dsssl-dir=< " "ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ_ΠΡΟΣ_ΡΙΖΙΚΟ_ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟ_ΦΥΛΛΩΝ_ΣΤΥΛ> " -#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Περί GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗ)" -#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:374 msgid "" "(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other " "similar systems.)" @@ -547,19 +612,23 @@ msgstr "" "(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, άδεια, μελλοντικά σχέδια, σύγκριση με " "άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)" -#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:382 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Περί του εγχειριδίου" -#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(σε ποιους απευθύνεται, πού θα το βρείτε, άδεια)" -#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "Setting up your project" msgstr "Δημιουργώντας ένα έργο" -#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:399 msgid "" "The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into " "your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. " @@ -577,11 +646,13 @@ msgstr "" "makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα ανάπτυξης περιγράφει τα βασικά που " "χρειάζονται για να δουλέψουμε σε διαφορετικό έργο." -#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:410 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Δημιουργία του σκελετού τεκμηρίωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:412 msgid "" "Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference " "(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is " @@ -594,11 +665,13 @@ msgstr "" "το όνομα του πακέτου τεκμηρίωσης. Αυτό δε χρειάζεται για πακέτα που " "περιλαμβάνουν μόνο μία βιβλιοθήκη." -#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 msgid "Example directory structure" msgstr "Παράδειγμα δομής καταλόγου" -#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:422 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -627,15 +700,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:419 msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" msgstr "Αυτό θα φαίνεται όπως είναι παρακάτω: <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446 msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf" -#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:441 msgid "" "Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac " "script." @@ -643,7 +720,8 @@ msgstr "" "Πολύ εύκολα! Απλά προσθέτετε μία γραμμή στο σενάριο configure.ac." -#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -660,11 +738,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:461 msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" msgstr "Προαιρετικά κρατήστε το gtk-doc" -#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -689,7 +769,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:456 msgid "" "This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " "for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " @@ -702,7 +783,8 @@ msgstr "" "έχει, όσο το gtkdocize ψάχνει στην αρχή της σειράς για το " "GTK_DOC_CHECK. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:475 msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. " "The 2nd, optional argument is used by gtkdocize. " @@ -714,25 +796,30 @@ msgstr "" "gtkdocize. Η μακροεντολή GTK_DOC_CHECK επίσης προσθέτει αρκετούς διακόπτες ρύθμισης:" -#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση" -#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:482 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για την τεκμηρίωσης [default=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:483 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [default=yes]" -#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:484 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]" msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [default=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para) +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:488 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. " @@ -745,7 +832,8 @@ msgstr "" "προπαραχθείσα τεκμηρίωση (δυνατότητα χρήσιμη για το χρήστη, αλλά όχι για τον " "προγραμματιστή)." -#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:496 msgid "" "Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " "configure.ac script. This allows " @@ -757,11 +845,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> να αντιγράφει αυτόματα τον ορισμό της μακροεντολής " "GTK_DOC_CHECK στο έργο σας." -#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:504 msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" msgstr "Προετοιμασία για το gtkdocize" -#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:505 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -776,11 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:515 msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο automake" -#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 msgid "" "First copy the Makefile.am from the examples " "subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation " @@ -793,7 +885,8 @@ msgstr "" "filename>). Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα πακέτα τεκμηρίωσης, επαναλάβετε τη " "διαδικασία για καθένα από αυτά." -#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:524 msgid "" "The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their " @@ -810,7 +903,8 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις " "υποστηριζόμενες παραμέτρους." -#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:535 msgid "" "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add " "the one line shown in the next example to your top-level Makefile." @@ -820,11 +914,13 @@ msgstr "" "Απλά προσθέστε τη γραμμή του επόμενου παραδείγματος στο ριζικό " "Makefile.am:" -#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του GTK-Doc κατά το make distcheck" -#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -839,11 +935,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:554 msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autogen" -#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:556 msgid "" "Most projects will have an autogen.sh script to setup " "the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such " @@ -858,11 +956,13 @@ msgstr "" "τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το " "autoconf." -#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:565 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Εκτέλεση του gtkdocize από το autogen.sh" -#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -877,7 +977,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:574 msgid "" "When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-" "doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the " @@ -891,7 +992,8 @@ msgstr "" "σενάριο configure για να βρει την κλήση στο GTK_DOC_CHECK." -#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:583 msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered " "the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having " @@ -922,11 +1024,14 @@ msgstr "" "προτύπων και μεταβαίνετε από μια παλιότερη έκδοση του gtkdoc, παρακαλώ " "αφαιρέστε τον κατάλογο (π.χ. από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)." -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:600 C/index.docbook:617 msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Παραγωγή της τεκμηρίωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:602 msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "autogen.sh. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -939,7 +1044,8 @@ msgstr "" "doc. Διαφορετικά, εκτελέστε εσείς τοconfigure " "με αυτή την επιλογή." -#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:609 msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" "directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (στο " "παρελθόν .sgml), <package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -968,7 +1075,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:626 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, " @@ -979,17 +1087,13 @@ msgstr "" "αποτέλεσμα είναι μάλλον απογοητευτικό. Μην ανησυχείτε όμως. Στο επόμενο " "κεφάλαιο θα μάθετε πώς μπορείτε να ζωντανέψετε τις σελίδες σας." -#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:634 msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση σε συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων" -#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " -#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" -#| "package>.types, <package>-docs..xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am" +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:636 msgid "" "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" @@ -999,16 +1103,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ο εμπειρικός κανόνας είναι ότι αυτά τα αρχεία που επεξεργαστήκατε πρέπει να " "περάσουν από τον έλεγχο έκδοσης. Για τυπικά έργα, πρόκειται για τα αρχεία: " -"<package>.types, " -"<package>-docs..xml (στο παρελθόν .sgml), " -"<package>-sections.txt, " -"Makefile.am" +"<package>.types, <package>-docs.." +"xml (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am" -#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:647 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στα αρχεία makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα ανάπτυξης" -#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:649 msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-" "doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " @@ -1019,11 +1124,13 @@ msgstr "" "εργαλεία του gtkdoc στη σωστή σειρά στα makefiles (ή άλλα εργαλεία " "ανάπτυξης)." -#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:656 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Βήματα παραγωγής τεκμηρίωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:657 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1054,7 +1161,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:673 msgid "" "One will need to look at the Makefile.am and " "gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed." @@ -1063,11 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" "gtk-doc.mak για να επιλέξετε τις ρυθμίσεις που " "χρειάζονται." -#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:682 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση κώδικα" -#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:684 msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -1079,11 +1189,13 @@ msgstr "" "έργου σας από άλλες πηγές. Στην επόμενη ενότητα περιέχονται όλες οι " "λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνταξη αυτών των σχολίων." -#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title) +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:692 msgid "Documentation placement" msgstr "Τοποθέτηση τεκμηρίωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para) +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:693 msgid "" "In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside " "the tmpl directory. This has the disadvantages that the " @@ -1095,7 +1207,8 @@ msgstr "" "πληροφορίες δεν ενημερώνονται συχνά, καθώς και το ότι προκύπτουν περιοδικές " "συγκρούσεις με τα συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para) +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:699 msgid "" "The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation " "inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting " @@ -1105,11 +1218,13 @@ msgstr "" "τεκμηρίωση στον πηγαίο κώδικα. Αυτή είναι και η μόνη μέθοδος που θα " "περιγράψουμε σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο." -#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:710 C/index.docbook:729 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:711 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1128,11 +1243,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of " -#| "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " -#| "can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:706 msgid "" "The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of " "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can " @@ -1143,11 +1255,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους " "παραλείψει. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:724 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:730 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1168,7 +1282,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:726 msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1177,7 +1292,8 @@ msgstr "" "αποτελεί ένα μπλοκ τεκμηρίωσης που λαμβάνεται υπόψη από τα εργαλεία του GTK-" "Doc. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:741 msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " "related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " @@ -1187,16 +1303,8 @@ msgstr "" "οποίο αναφέρεται το σχόλιο. Η σύνταξή του εξαρτάται από τον τύπο του " "στοιχείου. (ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΑ: να προστεθεί πίνακας με τα αναγνωριστικά)" -#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " -#| "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " -#| "description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards " -#| "follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings " -#| "and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted " -#| "to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that " -#| "into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted " -#| "text (code listings)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:747 msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " @@ -1210,13 +1318,14 @@ msgstr "" "τύπους συμβόλων που δέχονται παραμέτρους όπως συναρτήσεις ή μακροεντολές " "προηγείται η περιγραφή των παραμέτρων και ακολουθεί μια κενή γραμμή (μόνο " "'*'). Ακολουθεί η λεπτομερής περιγραφή. Όλες οι γραμμές (εκτός από τις " -"λίστες προγράμματος και τις ενότητες CDATA) που περιέχουν μόνο ένα ' *' " -"(διάστημα-αστερίσκο) μετατρέπονται σε αλλαγές παραγράφου. Αν δεν επιθυμείτε " -"αλλαγή παραγράφου, αλλάξτε το σε ' * ' " -"(διάστημα-αστερίσκος-διάστημα-διάστημα). Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο σε " -"προδιαμορφωμένο κείμενο (λίστες κώδικα)." +"λίστες προγράμματος και τις ενότητες CDATA) που περιέχουν μόνο ένα ' " +"*' (διάστημα-αστερίσκο) μετατρέπονται σε αλλαγές παραγράφου. Αν δεν " +"επιθυμείτε αλλαγή παραγράφου, αλλάξτε το σε ' * ' (διάστημα-αστερίσκος-" +"διάστημα-διάστημα). Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο σε προδιαμορφωμένο κείμενο (λίστες " +"κώδικα)." -#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:764 msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." @@ -1224,23 +1333,27 @@ msgstr "" "Τι είναι: Το όνομα της κλάσης ή της συνάρτησης μπορεί μερικές φορές να είναι " "παραπλανητικό για ανθρώπους που δεν έχουν τεχνογνωσία στο θέμα." -#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:770 msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "" "Τι κάνει: Αναφέρει τις κοινές χρήσεις και τις βάζει σε σχέση με άλλο API." -#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:760 msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Όταν τεκμηριώνετε κώδικα, περιγράψτε δύο πλευρές: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:785 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή function() για αναφορές σε συναρτήσεις ή " "μακροεντολές που δέχονται ορίσματα." -#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:790 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." @@ -1249,13 +1362,15 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή τη γραφή για να αναφερθείτε σε παραμέτρους άλλων " "συναρτήσεων, σχετικών με την περιγραφόμενη." -#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:796 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή %constant για να αναφερθείτε σε σταθερές, π.χ. " "%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." -#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:801 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." @@ -1263,27 +1378,31 @@ msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #symbol για να αναφερθείτε σε άλλους τύπους " "συμβόλων, π.χ. δομές, αριθμήσεις και μακροεντολές που δε δέχονται ορίσματα." -#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para) -#| msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:807 msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::signal για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα σήμα " "GObject." -#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para) -#| msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:812 msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα " "GObject." -#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para) -msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure." +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:817 +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Struct.field για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μιας " -"δομής." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Struct.field για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μέσα " +"σε μια δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναφερθείτε σε μια vmethod." -#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:779 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1296,7 +1415,8 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασία. Το GTK-Doc σας βοηθάει, παρέχοντάς σας μια σειρά από χρήσιμες " "συντμήσεις. <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:826 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1311,7 +1431,8 @@ msgstr "" "αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\\» ως χαρακτήρα " "διαφυγής." -#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:835 msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " "examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1326,11 +1447,13 @@ msgstr "" "option> στη μεταβλητή MKDB_OPTIONS του Makefile." "am." -#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:849 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας markdown" -#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1369,7 +1492,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:843 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the markdown language. One can " @@ -1384,7 +1508,8 @@ msgstr "" "περιεχόμενο θα πρέπει να καταστεί ως έχει (τα στοιχεία της λίστας θα " "εμφανιστούν σε μία γραμμή χωρισμένες με παύλες). <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:871 msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " @@ -1403,11 +1528,13 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και " "να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων." -#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:885 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση ενοτήτων" -#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:887 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -1419,11 +1546,13 @@ msgstr "" "ενότητας. Η σύντομη αυτή περιγραφή χρησιμοποιείται και για τον πίνακα " "περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά." -#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:895 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας" -#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1460,11 +1589,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:917 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECTION:<name>" -#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:919 msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<package>-sections.txt file. The name give here " @@ -1476,11 +1607,13 @@ msgstr "" "δίνεται εδώ πρέπει να ταιριάζει με την ετικέτα <FILE> στο αρχείο " "<package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:928 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" -#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:930 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." @@ -1489,11 +1622,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά από τους συνδέσμους του πίνακα περιεχομένων και στην αρχή της σελίδας " "της ενότητας." -#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:937 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" -#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -1501,11 +1636,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ο τίτλος της ενότητας από προεπιλογή έχει όνομα <name> από τη δήλωση " "SECTION. Μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί με το πεδίο @title." -#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:946 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" -#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:948 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -1515,19 +1652,23 @@ msgstr "" "αντικείμενα GOBject το <title> χρησιμοποιείται ως section_id και για " "άλλες ενότητες είναι <MODULE>-<title>." -#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:956 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" -#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:958 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Λίστα συμβόλων σχετικών με αυτή την ενότητα." -#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" -#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:971 msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " @@ -1544,7 +1685,8 @@ msgstr "" "ασυμβατότητες αναμένεται να είναι σπάνιες και να οφείλονται σε σοβαρούς " "λόγους." -#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:983 msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -1558,7 +1700,8 @@ msgstr "" "τα οποία αναμένεται μια γενικότερη λύση. Δεν υφίσταται καμία εγγύηση " "συμβατότητας μεταξύ μιας ελάσσονας έκδοσης και της επόμενης." -#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:995 msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " @@ -1569,7 +1712,8 @@ msgstr "" "Τέτοιου είδους συναρτήσεις μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο στο πλαίσιο " "σαφώς καθορισμένων και τεκμηριωμένων διαδικασιών." -#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1004 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -1579,10 +1723,8 @@ msgstr "" "ύπαρξη τεκμηρίωσης για τον τελικό χρήστη. Οι συναρτήσεις που δεν περιέχουν " "τεκμηρίωση θεωρείται ότι είναι εσωτερικές." -#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " -#| "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:966 msgid "" "An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -1590,11 +1732,13 @@ msgstr "" "Άτυπη περιγραφή του επιπέδου σταθερότητας του συγκεκριμένου API. Σας " "συνιστούμε τη χρήση ενός από τους ακόλουθους όρους: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1016 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" -#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1018 msgid "" "The #include files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the αρχείο ενότητας ή στη γραμμή εντολών. Πρόκειται για προαιρετικό στοιχείο." -#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1027 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" -#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1029 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -1622,7 +1768,8 @@ msgstr "" "κλάσης ή ενός διαγράμματος της σχέσης της με άλλες κλάσεις. Αυτή η " "καταχώρηση είναι προαιρετική." -#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1040 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -1631,11 +1778,13 @@ msgstr "" "τεκμηρίωση, σας προτείνουμε να ενσωματώνετε την τεκμηρίωση των ενοτήτων στο " "αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, όπου αυτό είναι δυνατό." -#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1049 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση συμβόλων" -#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1051 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -1650,11 +1799,14 @@ msgstr "" "πηγαίου κώδικα, ενώ των μακροεντολών, δομών και αριθμήσεων στο αρχείο " "κεφαλίδας." -#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1059 C/index.docbook:1088 msgid "General tags" msgstr "Γενικές ετικέτες" -#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1061 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." @@ -1662,23 +1814,28 @@ msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε πληροφορίες εκδόσεων σε όλα τα στοιχεία της " "τεκμηρίωσης για να πείτε πότε εισήχθηκε ένα API, ή πότε καταργήθηκε." -#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1066 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Ετικέτες εκδόσεων" -#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1067 msgid "Since:" msgstr "Since:" -#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1069 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Περιγραφή για ποια έκδοση του κώδικα είναι διαθέσιμο το API." -#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1074 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Deprecated:" -#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1076 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." @@ -1686,32 +1843,14 @@ msgstr "" "Παράγραφος που ενημερώνει ότι θα πρέπει να σταματήσει η χρήση της " "συνάρτησης. Η περιγραφή θα πρέπει να παραπέμπει τον αναγνώστη στο νέο API." -#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1084 msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" msgstr "(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)" -#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1089 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "/**\n" -#| " * foo_get_bar:\n" -#| " * @foo: some foo\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Returns: @foo's bar\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Since: 2.6\n" -#| " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" -#| " **/\n" -#| "Bar *\n" -#| "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" -#| "{\n" -#| "...\n" -#| "\n" -#| " " msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1753,11 +1892,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1111 C/index.docbook:1147 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου συνάρτησης" -#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1117 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." @@ -1765,23 +1907,27 @@ msgstr "" "Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, " "κ.λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται." -#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1123 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" "Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο οι παράμετροι μπορούν να είναι μηδενικές (NULL) και " "τι συμβαίνει αν είναι." -#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1128 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" "Αναφέρετε ενδιαφέρουσες προ-υποθέσεις και μετα-υποθέσεις όπου χρειάζεται." -#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1113 C/index.docbook:1210 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1135 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." @@ -1790,18 +1936,17 @@ msgstr "" "ξεκινούν με '_' είναι ιδιωτικά και τα μεταχειρίζεται σαν στατικές " "συναρτήσεις." -#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live." -#| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1140 msgid "" "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" msgstr "" -"Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: " -"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +"Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: http://live." +"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" -#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1848,23 +1993,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1171 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Ετικέτες συναρτήσεων" -#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1172 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Returns:" -#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1174 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Παράγραφος που περιγράφει το επιστρεφόμενο αποτέλεσμα." -#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1179 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" -#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1181 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -1873,11 +2023,14 @@ msgstr "" "(variadic), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την ετικέτα (η ετικέτα @Varargs: " "λειτουργεί επίσης, για ιστορικούς λόγους)." -#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1191 C/index.docbook:1193 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ιδιότητας" -#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1902,11 +2055,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1208 C/index.docbook:1227 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου σήματος" -#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1214 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." @@ -1914,11 +2070,13 @@ msgstr "" "Τεκμηριώστε πότε εκπέμπεται το σήμα και αν εκπέμπεται πριν ή μετά από άλλα " "σήματα." -#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1220 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Τεκμηριώστε τι μπορεί να κάνει μια εφαρμογή στον διαχειριστή σημάτων." -#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1228 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1953,11 +2111,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1247 C/index.docbook:1248 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου δομής" -#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1249 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1996,7 +2157,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1268 msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " @@ -2006,7 +2168,8 @@ msgstr "" "ιδιωτικών δομών που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το /*< " "public >*/για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά." -#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1274 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -2025,31 +2188,15 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ότι θα δημιουργηθούν δύο καταχωρήσεις δεικτών για το ίδιο όνομα (για " "την δομή και για το τμήμα)." -#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1286 C/index.docbook:1287 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου Enum" -#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1288 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "/**\n" -#| " * Something:\n" -#| " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" -#| " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " **/\n" -#| "typedef enum {\n" -#| " SOMETHING_FOO,\n" -#| " SOMETHING_BAR,\n" -#| " /*< private >*/\n" -#| " SOMETHING_COUNT\n" -#| "} Something;\n" -#| "\n" -#| " " msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2076,8 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" " *\n" -" * Τιμές απαρίθμησης χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του " -"πράγματος.\n" +" * Τιμές απαρίθμησης χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του πράγματος.\n" " */\n" "typedef enum {\n" " SOMETHING_FOO,\n" @@ -2088,7 +2234,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1300(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1307 msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " @@ -2098,18 +2245,21 @@ msgstr "" "τιμές enum που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το /*< public " ">*/ για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά." -#: C/index.docbook:1310(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1317 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Χρήσιμες ετικέτες DocBook" -#: C/index.docbook:1312(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1319 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" "Ακολουθούν ορισμένες ετικέτες DocBook, ιδιαίτερα χρήσιμες για την τεκμηρίωση " "του κώδικα." -#: C/index.docbook:1321(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2124,7 +2274,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1317(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1324 msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " @@ -2140,7 +2291,8 @@ msgstr "" "διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το " "SGML/XML." -#: C/index.docbook:1336(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2155,7 +2307,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1333(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1340 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2163,7 +2316,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αναφορά σε εξωτερική συνάρτηση, π.χ. τυποποιημένη συνάρτηση C: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1347(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2188,7 +2342,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1360(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2211,7 +2366,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1344(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1351 msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " "short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " @@ -2221,7 +2377,8 @@ msgstr "" "πολύ σύντομο κώδικα που δεν χρειάζεται τίτλο: <_:informalexample-2/>. Στην " "τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης τη σύντμηση: |[ ... ]|" -#: C/index.docbook:1381(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1388 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2258,11 +2415,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1378(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1385 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Συμπερίληψη λιστών με κουκίδες: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1403(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2285,14 +2444,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1400(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1407 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "" "Συμπερίληψη σημειώσεων που ξεχωρίζουν από το υπόλοιπο κείμενο: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1418(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2307,11 +2468,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1415(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1422 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Αναφορά σε τύπο: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1429(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2326,7 +2489,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1426(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1433 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2334,7 +2498,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αναφορά σε εξωτερική δομή (που δεν περιγράφεται στην τεκμηρίωση GTK): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1440(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2349,11 +2514,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1437(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1444 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Αναφορά σε πεδίο μιας δομής: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1451(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1458 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2368,7 +2535,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1448(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1455 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -2380,7 +2548,8 @@ msgstr "" "συνδέσμου προς τη σελίδα GtkWidget, δείτε τις συντμήσεις)." -#: C/index.docbook:1464(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2395,11 +2564,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1461(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1468 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Χρήση έντονων χαρακτήρων: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1475(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2414,11 +2585,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1472(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1479 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Ονόματα αρχείων: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1486(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1493 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2433,15 +2606,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1483(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1490 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε κλειδιά χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1498(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1505 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Συμπλήρωση επιπλέον αρχείων" -#: C/index.docbook:1500(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1507 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <package>.types, " @@ -2453,17 +2629,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <package>-docs.xml (στο παρελθόν ." "sgml), <package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1509(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1516 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Επεξεργασία του αρχείου types" -#: C/index.docbook:1511(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want " -#| "their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be " -#| "shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the " -#| "xxx_get_type functions together with their include " -#| "inside the <package>.types file." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1518 msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " "arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " @@ -2477,11 +2649,13 @@ msgstr "" "xxx_get_type μαζί με την συμπερίληψή τους στο αρχείο " "<package>.types." -#: C/index.docbook:1520(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1527 msgid "Example types file snippet" msgstr "Υπόδειγμα αποσπάσματος αρχείου types" -#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2506,7 +2680,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1534(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1541 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -2519,11 +2694,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο types ούτε στη " "διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:1543(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1550 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Επεξεργασία κύριου εγγράφου (master)" -#: C/index.docbook:1545(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1552 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -2536,7 +2713,8 @@ msgstr "" "ξεχωριστό αρχείο. Το κύριο έγγραφο συμπεριλαμβάνει αυτά τα αρχεία και τα " "ταξινομεί." -#: C/index.docbook:1552(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1559 msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not " "touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. " @@ -2553,7 +2731,8 @@ msgstr "" "επαναλαμβάνετε τακτικά αυτή τη διαδικασία, για να διαπιστώνετε αν έχουν " "προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία." -#: C/index.docbook:1562(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1569 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -2568,7 +2747,8 @@ msgstr "" "εκμάθησης προς την τεκμηρίωση των συμβόλων. Επίσης, έτσι καθίσταται " "πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του οδηγού μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη." -#: C/index.docbook:1571(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1578 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -2578,11 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "Διευκρινίζουμε ότι πρόκειται για λίγες μόνο αλλαγές σε ορισμένα placeholders " "(κείμενα εντός αγκυλών)." -#: C/index.docbook:1578(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1585 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Κεφαλίδα κύριου εγγράφου" -#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1586 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2617,11 +2799,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1600(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1607 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Επεξεργασία αρχείου ενοτήτων" -#: C/index.docbook:1602(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1609 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -2631,11 +2815,8 @@ msgstr "" "από το GTK-Doc. Εδώ διευκρινίζεται σε ποιο άρθρωμα ή κλάση ανήκει κάθε " "σύμβολο και αποφασίζεται η ορατότητά του (αν θα είναι δημόσιο ή ιδιωτικό)." -#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). " -#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as " -#| "comment lines." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1615 msgid "" "The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). " "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment " @@ -2645,17 +2826,8 @@ msgstr "" "XML (χρησιμοποιώντας ετικέτες). Οι κενές γραμμές αγνοούνται, ενώ οι γραμμές " "που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων." -#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " -#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" -#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " -#| "template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be " -#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config." -#| "sgml or .DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the " -#| "section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name " -#| "converted to lower case)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1621 msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" @@ -2668,16 +2840,17 @@ msgid "" "lower case)." msgstr "" "Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το " -"όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>" -";gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα " +"όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>" +"gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα " "βρίσκονται στο πρότυπο αρχείο tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, " "το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook SGML/XML sgml/gnome-" -"config.sgml ή DocBook XML xml/gnome-" -"config.xml. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του " -"αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα " -"κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)." +"config.sgml ή DocBook XML xml/gnome-config.xml. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και " +"τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης " +"GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)." -#: C/index.docbook:1626(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1633 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -2690,21 +2863,8 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλους. Επίσης, αν χρησιμοποιείται το σχόλιο SECTION στον πηγαίο κώδικα, " "αυτό είναι πεπαλαιωμένο." -#: C/index.docbook:1633(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " -#| "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " -#| "section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard " -#| "GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and " -#| "macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out " -#| "of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for " -#| "private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid " -#| "warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains " -#| "private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and " -#| "the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private " -#| "subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs " -#| "in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries " -#| "(variables, vmethods)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1640 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -2735,7 +2895,8 @@ msgstr "" "ή κλασσικές ενότητες εξαρτάται από το αν έχετε δημόσιες καταχωρήσεις " "(μεταβλητές,vmethods)." -#: C/index.docbook:1652(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1659 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -2751,11 +2912,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείου. Αν τη χρησιμοποιήσετε στο εσωτερικό μιας ενότητας, τότε θα αφορά " "μόνο τη συγκεκριμένη ενότητα. " -#: C/index.docbook:1666(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1673 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Έλεγχος αποτελέσματος" -#: C/index.docbook:1668(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1675 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt και <package>-unused.txt. Είναι αρχεία απλού κειμένου, εύκολα στην ανάγνωση και επεξεργασία." -#: C/index.docbook:1677(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1684 msgid "" "The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -2785,7 +2949,8 @@ msgstr "" "καταχωρήσεις για τις οποίες υπάρχει τεκμηρίωση, αλλά στις οποίες π.χ. " "προστέθηκε μια νέα παράμετρος." -#: C/index.docbook:1686(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1693 msgid "" "The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols " "given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found " @@ -2796,7 +2961,8 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, αλλά δε βρέθηκαν στον πηγαίο κώδικα. Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε αν " "έχουν αφαιρεθεί ή αν περιέχουν συντακτικά λάθη." -#: C/index.docbook:1693(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1700 msgid "" "The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -2808,7 +2974,8 @@ msgstr "" "γνωρίζει πού να την τοποθετήσει. Aυτό σημαίνει ότι τα σύμβολα δεν έχουν " "προστεθεί ακόμη στο αρχείο <package>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1701(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1708 msgid "" "Enable or add the line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " @@ -2819,14 +2986,8 @@ msgstr "" "πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του make check." -#: C/index.docbook:1708(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " -#| "<package>-decl-list.txt and <" -#| "package>-decl.txt. The first one can be compared with the " -#| "section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all " -#| "declarations from the headers If a symbol is missing one could check if " -#| "this file contains it." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1715 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<package>-decl-list.txt and <" @@ -2836,23 +2997,14 @@ msgid "" "this file contains it." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή του πηγαίου " -"κώδικα: <package>-decl-list.txt και " -"<package>-decl.txt. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί " -"με το αρχείο της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο " -"περιέχει όλες τις δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε " -"να ελέγξετε αν περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο." - -#: C/index.docbook:1717(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files " -#| "produced by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt, <package>.hierarchy.txt, " -#| "<package>.interfaces.txt, <" -#| "package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>." -#| "signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one " -#| "can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further " -#| "analysis, but running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." +"κώδικα: <package>-decl-list.txt και <" +"package>-decl.txt. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί με το αρχείο " +"της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο περιέχει όλες τις " +"δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν " +"περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1724 msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " "by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt, " @@ -2864,21 +3016,21 @@ msgid "" "GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." msgstr "" "Αν το έργο βασίζεται στο GObject, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που " -"παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: " -"<package>.args.txt, " -"<package>.hierarchy.txt, " -"<package>.interfaces.txt, " -"<package>.prerequisites.txt και " -"<package>.signals.txt. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από " -"οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το " -"ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, αλλά εκτελώντας το ως " -"GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." +"παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: <package>.args.txt, <package>.hierarchy.txt, <" +"package>.interfaces.txt, <package>." +"prerequisites.txt και <package>.signals.txt. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε " +"από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, " +"αλλά εκτελώντας το ως GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." -#: C/index.docbook:1732(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1739 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση άλλων διεπαφών" -#: C/index.docbook:1734(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1741 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " @@ -2888,11 +3040,13 @@ msgstr "" "κώδικα. Οι επόμενες συνεδρίες περιέχουν προτάσεις για το πώς τα εργαλεία " "μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν ώστε να καταγράψετε και άλλες επιφάνειες." -#: C/index.docbook:1741(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1748 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "Επιλογές γραμμής εντολών και σελίδες τεκμηρίωσης man" -#: C/index.docbook:1743(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1750 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " @@ -2903,11 +3057,13 @@ msgstr "" "σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποχτά " "την σελίδα-man δωρεάν." -#: C/index.docbook:1750(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1757 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση του εργαλείου" -#: C/index.docbook:1752(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1759 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following our example we would call it meep/" @@ -2921,15 +3077,18 @@ msgstr "" "xml που πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν και μπορούν να εξετάσουν το παραγόμενο " "αρχείο στον υποκατάλογο xml καθώς επίσης και τα παραδείγματα π.χ. στο glib." -#: C/index.docbook:1762(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1769 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "Προσθήκη του έξτρα ελέγχου διαμόρφωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:1765(example/title) C/index.docbook:1785(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1772 C/index.docbook:1792 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "Έξτρα έλεγχοι διαμόρφωσης" -#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1773 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2956,11 +3115,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1782(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1789 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "Προσθήκη των έξτρα κανόνων makefile" -#: C/index.docbook:1786(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1793 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -3001,11 +3162,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1810(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1817 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "DBus interfaces" -#: C/index.docbook:1812(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1819 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" @@ -3013,23 +3176,28 @@ msgstr "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" -#: C/index.docbook:1821(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1828 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "Συχνές ερωτήσεις" -#: C/index.docbook:1825(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1832 msgid "Question" msgstr "Ερώτηση" -#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1833 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Απάντηση" -#: C/index.docbook:1828(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1835 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "The objects xxx_get_type() function has not been " "entered into the <package>.types file." @@ -3037,11 +3205,13 @@ msgstr "" "Η συνάρτηση αντικειμένου xxx_get_type() δεν έχει " "εισαχθεί στο αρχείο <package>.types" -#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1842 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Εξακολουθεί να μην υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1843 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt " "file (see (δείτε την αιτιολόγηση)." -#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1849 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Πάλι δεν έχω ιεραρχία κλάσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1850 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " @@ -3066,11 +3238,13 @@ msgstr "" "κανονική ενότητα (δεν πρέπει να βρίσκεται εντός υποενότητας Standard ή " "Private)." -#: C/index.docbook:1850(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1857 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ευρετήριο συμβόλων." -#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1858 msgid "" "Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" @@ -3078,13 +3252,15 @@ msgstr "" "Το <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} περιέχει ένα " "ευρετήριο το οποίο περιλαμβάνει με xi:includes το παραγόμενο ευρετήριο;" -#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1864 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "" "Δεν υπάρχουν σύνδεσμοι μεταξύ των συμβόλων και των κατάλληλων ενοτήτων της " "τεκμηρίωσης." -#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1865 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." @@ -3092,11 +3268,13 @@ msgstr "" "Το doc-comment χρησιμοποιεί σωστά τις ετικέτες (έχουν προστεθεί #,% ή ()); " "Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs." -#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1871 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Μια νέα κλάση δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση." -#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1872 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." @@ -3104,11 +3282,13 @@ msgstr "" "Συμπεριλαμβάνεται μέσω xi:included η νέα σελίδα από το <" "package>-docs.{xml,sgml};" -#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1878 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Ένα νέο σύμβολο δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση." -#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1879 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -3120,11 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" "ανεπίλυτα xref. Ελέγξτε αν το σύμβολο είναι σωστά καταχωρημένο στο " "<package>-sections.txt σε μια δημόσια υποενότητα." -#: C/index.docbook:1880(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1887 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "Λείπει ένας τύπος από την ιεραρχία κλάσεων." -#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1888 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy but " "not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check that the " @@ -3139,11 +3321,13 @@ msgstr "" "καταχωρημένη, ή είναι κατά λάθος σημειωμένη ως ιδιωτική, τότε δε θα " "εμφανιστεί." -#: C/index.docbook:1890(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1897 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "Λαμβάνω συνδέσμους foldoc για όλες τις σημειώσεις gobject." -#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1898 msgid "" "Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is xi:included " "from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." @@ -3151,12 +3335,14 @@ msgstr "" "Ελέγξτε ότι το xml/annotation-glossary.xml είναι xi:" "included από το <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." -#: C/index.docbook:1899(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1906 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "" "Μια παράμετρος περιγράφεται σε σχόλιο του πηγαίου κώδικα, αλλά δεν υπάρχει" -#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1907 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." @@ -3164,11 +3350,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ελέγξτε αν το πρωτότυπο στην κεφαλίδα περιέχει διαφορετικό όνομα για την " "παράμετρο από αυτό που αναφέρεται στον κώδικα." -#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1912 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "Πολλαπλά \"IDs\" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ" -#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1913 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <package>-sections.txt file." @@ -3176,7 +3364,8 @@ msgstr "" "Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο <package>-sections." "txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1909(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1916 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." @@ -3184,28 +3373,24 @@ msgstr "" "Βρέθηκε το όνομα τύπου του στοιχείου στο namespace '', αλλά δεν αντιστοιχεί " "σε κανένα πρότυπο." -#: C/index.docbook:1916(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1923 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "Εργαλεία σχετικά με το gtk-doc" -#: C/index.docbook:1918(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "GtkDocPlugin - a Trac GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds api docs to a trac " -#| "site and integrates with the trac search." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1925 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a Trac " "GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " "integrates with the trac search." msgstr "" -"GtkDocPlugin - ένα πρόσθετο ενσωμάτωσης Trac GTK-Doc, που προσθέτει έγγραφα API " -"σε ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac." +"GtkDocPlugin - ένα πρόσθετο ενσωμάτωσης Trac GTK-Doc, που προσθέτει έγγραφα API σε " +"ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac." -#: C/index.docbook:1923(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " -#| "tags in the api to determine the minimum required version." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1930 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." @@ -3214,16 +3399,18 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιούμενου API, επειδή οι ετικέτες στο API καθορίζουν την ελάχιστη " "απαιτούμενη έκδοση." -#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" msgstr "Έκδοση 1.1, Μάρτιος 2000" -#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:15 msgid "2000Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "2000Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc." -#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/index.docbook:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, \n" @@ -3234,8 +3421,8 @@ msgstr "" " Suite 330, Boston, MA \n" " 02110-1301 USA" -#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 msgid "" "<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " "of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." @@ -3244,16 +3431,19 @@ msgstr "" "αντιγράφου του κειμένου αυτής της άδειας αλλά απαγορεύεται η αλλοίωσή του " "περιεχομένου του." -#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)" -#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 msgid "0. PREAMBLE" msgstr "0. ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟ" -#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -3270,7 +3460,8 @@ msgstr "" "και του εκδότη ενός έργου, χωρίς να μπορούν να θεωρηθούν υπεύθυνοι για " "τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν από τρίτους." -#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that " "derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. " @@ -3283,7 +3474,8 @@ msgstr "" "Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU, που είναι άδεια copyleft σχεδιασμένη για ελεύθερο " "λογισμικό." -#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 msgid "" "We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " "software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " @@ -3302,11 +3494,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε έντυπη μορφή. Συνιστούμε αυτή την Άδεια, κυρίως, για διδακτικό υλικό ή " "έργα αναφοράς." -#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" msgstr "1. ΙΣΧΥΣ ΚΑΙ ΟΡΙΣΜΟΙ" -#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -3320,7 +3514,8 @@ msgstr "" "κατωτέρω, αναφέρεται κάθε τέτοιο εγχειρίδιο. Ως κάτοχος της άδειας χρήσης " "θεωρείται κάθε άτομο, και αναφέρεται ως εσείς." -#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:72 msgid "" "A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing " "the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with " @@ -3330,7 +3525,8 @@ msgstr "" "περιέχει το Έγγραφο ή μέρος αυτού, είτε ως ακριβές αντίγραφο, είτε " "τροποποιημένο και/είτε μεταφρασμένο σε άλλη γλώσσα." -#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:79 msgid "" "A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter " "section of the Document that deals " @@ -3354,7 +3550,8 @@ msgstr "" "νομική, εμπορική, φιλοσοφική, ηθική ή πολιτική θέση επί του θέματος ή " "σχετικών ζητημάτων." -#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:94 msgid "" "The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being " @@ -3367,7 +3564,8 @@ msgstr "" "Έγγραφο δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους " "αυτής της Άδειας." -#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:103 msgid "" "The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are " "listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says " @@ -3379,7 +3577,8 @@ msgstr "" "ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το Έγγραφο " "δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας." -#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:111 msgid "" "A Transparent copy of the " "Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose " @@ -3408,7 +3607,8 @@ msgstr "" "αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι Διαφανές ονομάζεται Αδιαφανές." -#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 msgid "" "Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " "without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " @@ -3429,7 +3629,8 @@ msgstr "" "είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που " "παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου." -#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:141 msgid "" "The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page " "itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the " @@ -3446,11 +3647,13 @@ msgstr "" "θεωρείται το κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του " "τίτλου του έργου και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου." -#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" msgstr "2. ΑΚΡΙΒΗ ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΑ" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that " @@ -3476,7 +3679,8 @@ msgstr "" "να συμμορφωθείτε και με τους όρους της ενότητας 3." -#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 msgid "" "You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " "may publicly display copies." @@ -3484,11 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "Επίσης, μπορείτε να δανείζετε αντίγραφα σύμφωνα με τους ως άνω όρους και να " "προβάλλετε δημοσίως τα αντίγραφα." -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" msgstr "3. ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΣΕ ΜΕΓΑΛΕΣ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΕΣ" -#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " @@ -3518,7 +3724,8 @@ msgstr "" "document\">Εγγράφου και τηρούνται οι παρούσες προϋποθέσεις, μπορεί να " "θεωρηθεί, κατά τα λοιπά, ως παραγωγή ακριβών αντιγράφων." -#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 msgid "" "If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " "you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " @@ -3530,7 +3737,8 @@ msgstr "" "στο εξώφυλλο αυτό καθ' αυτό, και να τοποθετήσετε τα υπόλοιπα στις γειτονικές " "σελίδες." -#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute Opaque " "copies of the Document numbering more " @@ -3562,7 +3770,8 @@ msgstr "" "πρόκειται για άμεση διανομή είτε για διανομή μέσω των πρακτόρων ή " "λιανοπωλητών σας)." -#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any " @@ -3574,11 +3783,13 @@ msgstr "" "αναδιανείμετε μεγάλο αριθμό αντιγράφων, ώστε να έχουν τη δυνατότητα να σας " "παράσχουν αναθεωρημένη έκδοση του Εγγράφου." -#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" msgstr "4. ΤΡΟΠΟΠΟΙΗΣΕΙΣ" -#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a Modified " "Version of the Document under " @@ -3599,12 +3810,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιονδήποτε κατέχει αντίγραφό της. Επιπροσθέτως, στην Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση " "θα πρέπει να κάνετε τα εξής:" -#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 msgid "A" msgstr "Α" -#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:249 msgid "" "Use in the Title Page (and on the " "covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Title Page, as authors, " "one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the " @@ -3642,12 +3855,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εγγράφου ( ή όλους τους κύριους " "συγγραφείς, αν είναι λιγότεροι από πέντε)." -#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 msgid "C" msgstr "Γ" -#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:280 msgid "" "State on the Title Page the name of " "the publisher of the Modified Version, " @@ -3657,12 +3871,13 @@ msgstr "" "ιδιότητα του εκδότη, το όνομα του εκδότη της Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης." -#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 msgid "D" msgstr "Δ" -#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:292 msgid "" "Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document." @@ -3670,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr "" "Διατηρήστε όλες τις ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας του Εγγράφου." -#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 msgid "E" msgstr "Ε" -#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 msgid "" "Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " "other copyright notices." @@ -3685,12 +3900,13 @@ msgstr "" "τροποποιήσεις σας στις υπόλοιπες ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής " "ιδιοκτησίας." -#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 msgid "F" msgstr "ΣΤ" -#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the Modified " @@ -3703,12 +3919,13 @@ msgstr "" "όρους της παρούσας Άδειας. Η μορφή της ένδειξης αυτής παρατίθεται στο " "Συμπλήρωμα που ακολουθεί." -#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 msgid "G" msgstr "Ζ" -#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Κειμένων Εξωφύλλου που παρατίθενται στην " "ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του Εγγράφου." -#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 msgid "H" msgstr "Η" -#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." msgstr "Συμπεριλάβετε αντίγραφο, χωρίς τροποποιήσεις, της παρούσας Άδειας." -#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 msgid "I" msgstr "Θ" -#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add " "to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher " @@ -3757,12 +3975,13 @@ msgstr "" "Τίτλου, και προσθέτοντας μία εγγραφή που θα περιγράφει την Τροποποιημένη " "Έκδοση σύμφωνα με την προηγούμενη πρόταση." -#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 msgid "J" msgstr "Ι" -#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Acknowledgements or " "Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " @@ -3799,12 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "ενότητας την ουσία και το ύφος των ευχαριστιών και/ή αφιερώσεων που " "συμπεριλαμβάνονται σε αυτή." -#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 msgid "L" msgstr "ΙΒ" -#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the Invariant Sections " "of the Document, unaltered in their " @@ -3816,12 +4037,13 @@ msgstr "" "τροποποίηση στο κείμενο και τον τίτλο τους. Η αρίθμηση των ενοτήτων, —ή άλλο " "ισοδύναμό της—, δεν θεωρείται τμήμα του τίτλου των ενοτήτων." -#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 msgid "M" msgstr "ΙΓ" -#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may " "not be included in the Modified VersionΤροποποιημένη Έκδοση." -#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 msgid "N" msgstr "ΙΔ" -#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to " "conflict in title with any Invariant " @@ -3846,7 +4069,8 @@ msgstr "" "Έγκριση ή σε τίτλο που συγκρούεται με τον τίτλο Αμετάβλητης Ενότητας." -#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:432 msgid "" "If the Modified Version includes new " "front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Endorsements, provided it " "contains nothing but endorsements of your Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Document do not by this License give permission to use their names " @@ -3920,11 +4147,13 @@ msgstr "" "για διαφημιστικούς σκοπούς ή για την έγκριση, —ρητή ή υπονοούμενη—, " "οποιασδήποτε Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης." -#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" msgstr "5. ΣΥΝΔΥΑΣΜΟΣ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΩΝ" -#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "" "You may combine the Document with " "other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " @@ -3942,7 +4171,8 @@ msgstr "" "των πρωτότυπων εγγράφων, χωρίς τροποποιήσεις, και ότι θα αναφέρονται ως " "Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες του συνδυασμένου έργου στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του." -#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical Invariant Sections may be " @@ -3964,7 +4194,8 @@ msgstr "" "ενοτήτων που αναγράφονται στον κατάλογο Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη " "άδειας χρήσης του συνδυασμένου έργου." -#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled " @@ -3981,11 +4212,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote>. Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο Έγκριση." -#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" msgstr "6. ΣΥΛΛΟΓΗ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΩΝ" -#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and " @@ -4002,7 +4235,8 @@ msgstr "" "συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της παρούσας Άδειας για την παραγωγή πιστών " "αντιγράφων καθενός από αυτά τα έγγραφα." -#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 msgid "" "You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it " "individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " @@ -4015,11 +4249,13 @@ msgstr "" "έγγραφο, και ότι, κατά τα λοιπά, θα συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της " "παρούσας Άδειας για την παραγωγή ακριβών αντιγράφων αυτού του εγγράφου." -#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" msgstr "7. ΣΥΡΡΑΦΗ ΜΕ ΑΝΕΞΑΡΤΗΤΑ ΕΡΓΑ" -#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the Document or its " "derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on " @@ -4053,11 +4289,13 @@ msgstr "" "εσωκλείουν μόνο το Έγγραφο. Ειδάλλως, θα πρέπει να τοποθετηθούν σε εξώφυλλα " "που εσωκλείουν ολόκληρη τη συρραφή." -#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 msgid "8. TRANSLATION" msgstr "8. ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗ" -#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the Document under the " @@ -4084,11 +4322,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετάφρασης και πρωτότυπης Αγγλικής έκδοσης της Άδειας, ισχύει η πρωτότυπη " "Αγγλική έκδοση." -#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 msgid "9. TERMINATION" msgstr "9. ΚΑΤΑΡΓΗΣΗ" -#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this " @@ -4108,11 +4348,13 @@ msgstr "" "απωλέσουν τα δικαιώματα χρήσης τους, εφόσον εξακολουθούν να συμμορφώνονται " "πλήρως με τους όρους της Άδειας." -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" msgstr "10. ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΕΣ ΑΝΑΘΕΩΡΗΣΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑΣ ΑΔΕΙΑΣ" -#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:595 msgid "" "The Free " "Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " @@ -4129,7 +4371,8 @@ msgstr "" "νέων προβλημάτων και ζητημάτων. Βλέπε http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/." -#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "Document specifies that a particular " @@ -4150,11 +4393,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να επιλέξετε οποιαδήποτε έκδοση έχει δημοσιευθεί (όχι με μορφή " "σχεδίου) από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού (FSF)." -#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 msgid "Addendum" msgstr "Συμπλήρωμα" -#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 msgid "" "To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " "License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " @@ -4165,12 +4410,13 @@ msgstr "" "τοποθετήσετε τις ακόλουθες ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας και " "άδειας χρήσης αμέσως μετά τη σελίδα τίτλου: " -#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." msgstr "Copyright © ΕΤΟΣ ΤΟ ΟΝΟΜΑ ΣΑΣ." -#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -4191,7 +4437,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αντίγραφο της άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο GNU Free " "Documentation License." -#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:647 msgid "" "If you have no Invariant Sections, " "write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones " @@ -4208,7 +4455,8 @@ msgstr "" "είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ· ομοίως για τα Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου." -#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " @@ -4223,35 +4471,43 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html\">Γενική Άδεια Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "2000" msgstr "2000" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street) +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city) +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "Boston" msgstr "Βοστόνη" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state) +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "MA" msgstr "MA" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode) +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "02110-1301" msgstr "02110-1301" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country) +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "USA" msgstr "Η.Π.Α" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" "postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" @@ -4259,11 +4515,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> " "<_:postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 msgid "free" msgstr "ελεύθερα" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -4280,11 +4538,13 @@ msgstr "" "και του εκδότη ενός έργου, χωρίς να μπορούν να θεωρηθούν υπεύθυνοι για " "τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν από τρίτους." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 msgid "copyleft" msgstr "copyleft" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " "the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " @@ -4296,27 +4556,27 @@ msgstr "" "έννοια. Πρόκειται για άδεια συμπληρωματική της Γενικής Άδειας Δημόσιας " "Χρήσης GNU, που είναι άδεια copyleft σχεδιασμένη για ελεύθερο λογισμικό." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 msgid "Document" msgstr "Έγγραφo" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 msgid "you" msgstr "εσείς" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -4329,16 +4589,17 @@ msgstr "" "αναφέρεται κάθε τέτοιο εγχειρίδιο. Ως κάτοχος της άδειας χρήσης θεωρείται " "κάθε άτομο, και αναφέρεται ως <_:quote-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 msgid "Modified Version" msgstr "Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " "portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " @@ -4348,11 +4609,13 @@ msgstr "" "μέρος αυτού, είτε ως ακριβές αντίγραφο, είτε τροποποιημένο και/είτε " "μεταφρασμένο σε άλλη γλώσσα." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 msgid "Secondary Section" msgstr "Δευτερεύουσα Ενότητα" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" "link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " @@ -4374,19 +4637,21 @@ msgstr "" "νομική, εμπορική, φιλοσοφική, ηθική ή πολιτική θέση επί του θέματος ή " "σχετικών ζητημάτων." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 msgid "Invariant Sections" msgstr "Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 msgid "Secondary Sections" msgstr "Δευτερεύουσες Ενότητες" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " "being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" @@ -4396,12 +4661,15 @@ msgstr "" "ρητώς ως τίτλοι Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το <_:" "link-3/> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 msgid "Cover Texts" msgstr "Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " "Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" @@ -4411,16 +4679,21 @@ msgstr "" "Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου ή Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται " "ότι το <_:link-2/> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Διαφανές" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 msgid "Opaque" msgstr "Αδιαφανές" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " "represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " @@ -4447,13 +4720,15 @@ msgstr "" "να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. " "Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <_:quote-3/> ονομάζεται <_:quote-4/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 msgid "Title Page" msgstr "Σελίδα Τίτλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " "following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " @@ -4470,11 +4745,13 @@ msgstr "" "κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του τίτλου του έργου " "και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 msgid "section 3" msgstr "ενότητας 3" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " "commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " @@ -4498,7 +4775,8 @@ msgstr "" "αντιγράφων. Αν διανέμετε επαρκή αριθμό αντιγράφων, θα πρέπει να " "συμμορφωθείτε και με τους όρους της <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " "and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " @@ -4525,7 +4803,8 @@ msgstr "" "παρούσες προϋποθέσεις, μπορεί να θεωρηθεί, κατά τα λοιπά, ως παραγωγή " "ακριβών αντιγράφων." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " "more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " @@ -4554,7 +4833,8 @@ msgstr "" "Αδιαφανούς αντιγράφου αυτής της έκδοσης (είτε πρόκειται για άμεση διανομή " "είτε για διανομή μέσω των πρακτόρων ή λιανοπωλητών σας)." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" "link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " @@ -4565,15 +4845,18 @@ msgstr "" "ώστε να έχουν τη δυνατότητα να σας παράσχουν αναθεωρημένη έκδοση του " "Εγγράφου." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 msgid "3" msgstr "3" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " "conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " @@ -4590,7 +4873,8 @@ msgstr "" "οποιονδήποτε κατέχει αντίγραφό της. Επιπροσθέτως, στην Τροποποιημένη Έκδοση " "θα πρέπει να κάνετε τα εξής:" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 msgid "" "Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " "that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " @@ -4605,7 +4889,8 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενης έκδοσης, αν λάβετε άδεια από τον αρχικό εκδότη της προηγούμενης " "έκδοσης." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 msgid "" "List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " "responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " @@ -4617,7 +4902,8 @@ msgstr "" ">, μαζί με τουλάχιστον πέντε από τους κύριους συγγραφείς του <_:link-3/> ( ή " "όλους τους κύριους συγγραφείς, αν είναι λιγότεροι από πέντε)." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 msgid "" "State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " "the publisher." @@ -4625,13 +4911,15 @@ msgstr "" "Αναφέρετε στη <_:link-1/>, υπό την ιδιότητα του εκδότη, το όνομα του εκδότη " "της <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" "Διατηρήστε όλες τις ενδείξεις δικαιωμάτων πνευματικής ιδιοκτησίας του <_:" "link-1/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " @@ -4642,11 +4930,13 @@ msgstr "" "από την <_:link-1/> υπό τους όρους της παρούσας Άδειας. Η μορφή της ένδειξης " "αυτής παρατίθεται στο Συμπλήρωμα που ακολουθεί." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 msgid "Document's" msgstr "Εγγράφου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " "<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." @@ -4655,13 +4945,14 @@ msgstr "" "link-1/> και απαιτούμενων <_:link-2/> που παρατίθενται στην ένδειξη άδειας " "χρήσης του <_:link-3/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 msgid "History" msgstr "Ιστορικό" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " "item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" @@ -4679,7 +4970,8 @@ msgstr "" "Τίτλου, και προσθέτοντας μία εγγραφή που θα περιγράφει την Τροποποιημένη " "Έκδοση σύμφωνα με την προηγούμενη πρόταση." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " "access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " @@ -4697,15 +4989,18 @@ msgstr "" "τουλάχιστον τέσσερα έτη πριν από το ίδιο το Έγγραφο, ή αν ο αρχικός εκδότης " "της αντίστοιχης έκδοσης σας δώσει την άδεια." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 msgid "Acknowledgements" msgstr "Ευχαριστίες" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 msgid "Dedications" msgstr "Αφιέρωση" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 msgid "" "In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " "title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " @@ -4715,7 +5010,8 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο της ενότητας, και διατηρήστε στο σώμα της ενότητας την ουσία και το " "ύφος των ευχαριστιών και/ή αφιερώσεων που συμπεριλαμβάνονται σε αυτή." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " "in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " @@ -4725,12 +5021,13 @@ msgstr "" "κείμενο και τον τίτλο τους. Η αρίθμηση των ενοτήτων, —ή άλλο ισοδύναμό της—, " "δεν θεωρείται τμήμα του τίτλου των ενοτήτων." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 msgid "Endorsements" msgstr "Έγκριση" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " "in the <_:link-2/>." @@ -4738,11 +5035,13 @@ msgstr "" "Διαγράψτε τυχόν ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-1/>. Αυτού του είδους οι ενότητες " "δεν επιτρέπεται να συμπεριληφθούν στην <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 msgid "Invariant Section" msgstr "Αμετάβλητης Ενότητας" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " "with any <_:link-2/>." @@ -4750,7 +5049,8 @@ msgstr "" "Μη μετατρέπετε τον τίτλο καμίας προϋπάρχουσας ενότητας στον τίτλο <_:quote-1/" "> ή σε τίτλο που συγκρούεται με τον τίτλο <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 msgid "" "If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " "qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " @@ -4767,7 +5067,8 @@ msgstr "" "ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης της Τροποποιημένης Έκδοσης. Οι τίτλοι αυτοί θα πρέπει " "να είναι διακριτοί από τους υπόλοιπους τίτλους ενοτήτων.." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 msgid "" "You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " "but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " @@ -4779,15 +5080,18 @@ msgstr "" "φορείς, —επί παραδείγματι, δηλώσεις αξιολόγησης ομοτίμων ή δηλώσεις ότι το " "κείμενο έχει εγκριθεί από έναν οργανισμό ως έγκυρος ορισμός ενός προτύπου." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 msgid "Front-Cover Text" msgstr "Κείμενο Εμπροσθοφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 msgid "Back-Cover Text" msgstr "Κείμενο Οπισθοφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 msgid "" "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " "up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " @@ -4808,7 +5112,8 @@ msgstr "" "επιπλέον εξώφυλλο· σας επιτρέπεται ωστόσο να αντικαταστήσετε το προηγούμενο, " "με ρητή άδεια από τον εκδότη που είχε προσθέσει το προηγούμενο εξώφυλλο." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 msgid "" "The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " "give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " @@ -4818,11 +5123,13 @@ msgstr "" "δεν χορηγούν άδεια χρήσης των ονομάτων τους για διαφημιστικούς σκοπούς ή για " "την έγκριση, —ρητή ή υπονοούμενη—, οποιασδήποτε <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 msgid "section 4" msgstr "ενότητας 4" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 msgid "" "You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " "License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " @@ -4837,7 +5144,8 @@ msgstr "" "τροποποιήσεις, και ότι θα αναφέρονται ως Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες του " "συνδυασμένου έργου στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " @@ -4858,11 +5166,13 @@ msgstr "" "στους τίτλους των ενοτήτων που αναγράφονται στον κατάλογο Αμετάβλητων " "Ενοτήτων στην ένδειξη άδειας χρήσης του συνδυασμένου έργου." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 msgid "Endorsements." msgstr "Έγκριση." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " "the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " @@ -4875,7 +5185,8 @@ msgstr "" "και όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-3/> ή όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:" "quote-4/>. Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε όλες τις ενότητες με τίτλο <_:quote-5/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " "released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " @@ -4890,15 +5201,18 @@ msgstr "" "προϋπόθεση ότι, κατά τα λοιπά, θα συμμορφωθείτε με τους κανόνες της παρούσας " "Άδειας για την παραγωγή πιστών αντιγράφων καθενός από αυτά τα έγγραφα." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 msgid "aggregate" msgstr "συρραφή" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 msgid "Cover Text" msgstr "Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " "independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " @@ -4927,7 +5241,8 @@ msgstr "" "εντός της συρραφής που εσωκλείουν μόνο το Έγγραφο. Ειδάλλως, θα πρέπει να " "τοποθετηθούν σε εξώφυλλα που εσωκλείουν ολόκληρη τη συρραφή." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" @@ -4950,7 +5265,8 @@ msgstr "" "μετάφρασης και πρωτότυπης Αγγλικής έκδοσης της Άδειας, ισχύει η πρωτότυπη " "Αγγλική έκδοση." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " "as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " @@ -4968,15 +5284,18 @@ msgstr "" "υπό τους όρους της παρούσας Άδειας, δεν θα απωλέσουν τα δικαιώματα χρήσης " "τους, εφόσον εξακολουθούν να συμμορφώνονται πλήρως με τους όρους της Άδειας." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 msgid "Free Software Foundation" msgstr "Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 msgid "" "The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " "Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " @@ -4989,11 +5308,13 @@ msgstr "" "να διαφέρουν στις λεπτομέρειες, καθώς επιλαμβάνονται νέων προβλημάτων και " "ζητημάτων. Βλέπε <_:ulink-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 msgid "or any later version" msgstr "οποιαδήποτε μεταγενέστερη έκδοση" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" @@ -5012,15 +5333,18 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να επιλέξετε οποιαδήποτε έκδοση έχει δημοσιευθεί (όχι με μορφή " "σχεδίου) από το Ίδρυμα Ελεύθερου Λογισμικού (FSF)." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 msgid "Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "Κείμενα εμπροσθοφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 msgid "Back-Cover Texts" msgstr "Κείμενα οπισθοφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -5036,19 +5360,23 @@ msgstr "" "είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ, και τα <_:link-3/> είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ. Αντίγραφο της " "άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο <_:quote-4/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 msgid "with no Invariant Sections" msgstr "χωρίς Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "χωρίς Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" msgstr "τα Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 msgid "" "If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " "are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" @@ -5058,11 +5386,13 @@ msgstr "" "αμετάβλητα. Αν δεν έχετε <_:link-3/>, γράψτε <_:quote-4/> αντί του <_:" "quote-5/>, επίσης για <_:link-6/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "Γενική Άδεια Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " diff --git a/help/manual/el/index.docbook b/help/manual/el/index.docbook index a88c945..9c0c5c9 100644 --- a/help/manual/el/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/el/index.docbook @@ -34,18 +34,9 @@ - - 1.19 - 05 Jun 2013 - ss - bug fixes - - - 1.18 - 14 Sep 2011 - ss - bug fixes, speedups, markdown support - + 1.19.1 05 Ιουν 2013 ss έκδοση ανάπτυξης + 1.19 05 Ιουν 2013 ss διόρθωση σφάλματος + 1.18 14 Σεπτ 2011 ss διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, επιταχύνσεις, υποστήριξη markdown 1.17 26 Φεβ 2011 sk διόρθωση σφάλματος 1.16 14 Ιαν 2011 sk διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις διάταξης 1.15 21 Μαίου 2010 sk bug and regression fixes @@ -92,6 +83,8 @@ 2013 + 2014 + Δημήτρης Σπίγγος @@ -291,24 +284,21 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Ενσωμάτωση στο automake - Πρώτα αντιγράψτε το Makefile.am από τον υποκατάλογο με τα παραδείγματα των gtkdoc-sources στον κατάλογο της τεκμηρίωσης API του έργου σας ( ./docs/reference/<package>). Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα πακέτα τεκμηρίωσης, επαναλάβετε τη διαδικασία για καθένα από αυτά. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + Το επόμενο βήμα είναι να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις στο Makefile.am. Πριν από κάθε ρύθμιση υπάρχει ένα σχόλιο που εξηγεί τη χρησιμότητά της. Οι περισσότερες είναι σημαίες που στέλνονται στα αντίστοιχα εργαλεία. Κάθε εργαλείο διαθέτει μια μεταβλητή της μορφής . όλα τα εργαλεία υποστηρίζουν την επιλογή για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις υποστηριζόμενες παραμέτρους. - Μπορείτε, επίσης, να ενεργοποιήσετε το GTK-Doc για το distcheckmake target. Απλά προσθέστε τη γραμμή του επόμενου παραδείγματος στο ριζικό Makefile.am: - - - Ενεργοποίηση του GTK-Doc κατά το make distcheck - - -DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc - - - - - @@ -455,35 +445,81 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα GObject. - Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Struct.field για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μιας δομής. + Χρησιμοποιήστε τη γραφή #Struct.field για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μέσα σε μια δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναφερθείτε σε μια vmethod. - Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες «<», «>», «()», «@», «%» ή «#» στην τεκμηρίωση, χωρίς να φοβάστε ότι θα τους αλλάξει το GTK-Doc, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις οντότητες XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «&lpar;», «&rpar;», «&commat;», «&percnt;» και «&num;», αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\» ως χαρακτήρα διαφυγής. + Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες «<», «>», «()», «@», «%» ή «#» στην τεκμηρίωση, χωρίς να φοβάστε ότι θα τους αλλάξει το GTK-Doc, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις οντότητες XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «&lpar;», «&rpar;», «&commat;», «&percnt;» και «&num;», αντίστοιχα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ανάποδη κάθετο «\» ως χαρακτήρα διαφυγής. - Το DocBook σας προσφέρει και άλλες δυνατότητες πέρα από τους συνδέσμους. Μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει λίστες, πίνακες και παραδείγματα. Για να επιτρέπεται η χρήση ετικετών SGML/XML στα σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης, θα πρέπει να έχει προστεθεί η επιλογή ή στη μεταβλητή MKDB_OPTIONS του Makefile.am. + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + - Από το GTK-Doc-1.18 το εργαλείο υποστηρίζει υποσύνολα ή γλώσσα markdown. Κάποιος μπορεί να τα χρησιμοποιήσει για υπό-κεφαλίδες και για απλές κατηγοριοποιημένες λίστες. Στις παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc το περιεχόμενο θα πρέπει να καταστεί ως έχει (τα στοιχεία της λίστας θα εμφανιστούν σε μία γραμμή χωρισμένες με παύλες). Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας markdown - + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + + + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ - +]]> - + + + + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + Όπως αναφέρθηκε και προηγουμένως το GTK-Doc αναλαμβάνει την τεκμηρίωση του δημόσιου API. Άρα, δεν μπορεί να γραφτεί τεκμηρίωση για στατικά σύμβολα. Παρόλα αυτά, συνιστάται ο σχολιασμός και αυτών των συμβόλων, γιατί βοηθά στην κατανόηση του κώδικα. Σας προτείνουμε λοιπόν να τα σχολιάζετε χρησιμοποιώντας κανονικά σχόλια (χωρίς το δεύτερο «*» στην πρώτη γραμμή). Αν αργότερα χρειαστεί να μετατραπεί η συνάρτηση σε δημόσια, το μόνο που θα πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων. @@ -1025,7 +1061,102 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή του πηγαίου κώδικα: <package>-decl-list.txt και <package>-decl.txt. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί με το αρχείο της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο περιέχει όλες τις δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο. - Αν το έργο βασίζεται στο GObject, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή αντικειμένων: <package>.args.txt, <package>.hierarchy.txt, <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt και <package>.signals.txt. Αν λείπουν σύμβολα από οποιοδήποτε από αυτά, μπορείτε να ζητήσετε από το gtkdoc να κρατήσει το ενδιάμεσο αρχείο σάρωσης για παραπέρα ανάλυση, αλλά εκτελώντας το ως GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced + by the object scanner: + <package>.args.txt, + <package>.hierarchy.txt, + <package>.interfaces.txt, + <package>.prerequisites.txt and + <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as + GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + diff --git a/help/manual/en_GB/index.docbook b/help/manual/en_GB/index.docbook index 116cbc8..fec0971 100644 --- a/help/manual/en_GB/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/en_GB/index.docbook @@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -414,7 +420,16 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integration with automake - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the GTK-Doc sources to your project's API documentation directory (./docs/reference/package). If you have multiple doc-packages, repeat this for each one. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. @@ -427,22 +442,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck - - - - - - @@ -687,57 +686,91 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - + If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'. - + - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus @@ -1552,11 +1585,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/es/es.po b/help/manual/es/es.po index b068324..6a58d67 100644 --- a/help/manual/es/es.po +++ b/help/manual/es/es.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Francisco Javier Fernandez Serrador , 2009, 2010 # Jorge Gonzalez , 2009. # Jorge González , 2009, 2010, 2011. -# Daniel Mustieles , 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Daniel Mustieles , 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-04-16 14:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-17 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-10 13:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-11 10:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles \n" "Language-Team: Español \n" "Language: \n" @@ -22,24 +22,28 @@ msgstr "" msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" -"Daniel Mustieles , 2009-2013\n" +"Daniel Mustieles , 2009-2014\n" "Jorge González , 2009-2011\n" "Francisco Javier F. Serrador , 2009, 2010" -#: C/index.docbook:12(bookinfo/title) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" msgstr "Manual de GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:13(bookinfo/edition) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 msgid "1.18.1" msgstr "1.18.1" -#: C/index.docbook:14(abstract/para) +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." msgstr "" "Manual del usuario para desarrolladores con instrucciones del uso de GTK-Doc." -#: C/index.docbook:16(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 msgid "" "Chris Lyttle " "
chris@wilddev.net
" @@ -47,7 +51,8 @@ msgstr "" "Chris Lyttle " "
chris@wilddev.net
" -#: C/index.docbook:25(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 msgid "" "Dan Mueth
" "d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" @@ -55,7 +60,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dan Mueth
" "d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" -#: C/index.docbook:34(authorgroup/author) +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 msgid "" "Stefan Kost " "
ensonic@users.sf.net
" @@ -63,25 +69,30 @@ msgstr "" "Stefan Kost " "
ensonic@users.sf.net
" -#: C/index.docbook:45(publisher/publishername) +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 msgid "GTK-Doc project" msgstr "Proyecto GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:44(bookinfo/publisher) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 msgid "" "<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" msgstr "" "<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" -#: C/index.docbook:48(bookinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 msgid "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle" msgstr "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle" -#: C/index.docbook:52(bookinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 msgid "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" msgstr "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" -#: C/index.docbook:65(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, " @@ -96,7 +107,8 @@ msgstr "" "textos de contraportada. Se incluye una copia " "de la licencia." -#: C/index.docbook:73(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 msgid "" "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " "services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " @@ -110,25 +122,38 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto de documentación las reconozcan dichas marcas comerciales, dichos " "nombres se imprimen en mayúsculas o iniciales mayúsculas." -#: C/index.docbook:83(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 msgid "" -"1.18.1 20 Sep 2011 ss1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss development version" msgstr "" -"1.18.1 20 de septiembre de 2011 " +"1.19.1 05 de junio de 2013 " "ss versión de desarrollo" -#: C/index.docbook:89(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 msgid "" -"1.18 14 sep 2011 ss1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes" +msgstr "" +"1.19 05 de junio de 2013 " +"ss correcciones de errores" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +msgid "" +"1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support" msgstr "" "1.18 14 de septiembre de 2011 " "ss correcciones de errores, " -"mejoras y soporte de marcado" +"mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado" -#: C/index.docbook:95(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 msgid "" "1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update" @@ -137,7 +162,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk actualización urgente de " "corrección de error" -#: C/index.docbook:101(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 msgid "" "1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements" @@ -146,7 +172,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk correcciones de errores y " "mejoras en la distribución" -#: C/index.docbook:107(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 msgid "" "1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes" @@ -155,7 +182,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk correcciones de errores y " "regresiones" -#: C/index.docbook:113(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 msgid "" "1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements" @@ -164,7 +192,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk correcciones de errores y " "mejoras en el rendimiento" -#: C/index.docbook:119(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 msgid "" "1.13 18 December 2009 " "sk broken tarball updatesk actualización del tarball " "roto" -#: C/index.docbook:125(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 msgid "" "1.12 18 December 2009 " "sk new tool features and " @@ -184,7 +214,8 @@ msgstr "" "sk correcciones de errores y " "nuevas características" -#: C/index.docbook:131(revhistory/revision) +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 msgid "" "1.11 16 November 2008 " "mal GNOME doc-utils migrationmal Migración a GNOME doc-utils" -#: C/index.docbook:144(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:150 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: C/index.docbook:146(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:152 msgid "" "This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " "it is used." @@ -206,11 +239,13 @@ msgstr "" "Este capítulo introduce GTK-Doc y proporciona una visión general de lo que " "es y cómo usarlo." -#: C/index.docbook:152(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:158 msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:160 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " "public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " @@ -220,11 +255,13 @@ msgstr "" "la API pública de bibliotecas, tales como las bibliotecas GTK+ y de GNOME. " "Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones." -#: C/index.docbook:162(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:168 msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?" -#: C/index.docbook:164(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:170 msgid "" "GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " "files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " @@ -238,7 +275,8 @@ msgstr "" "debe notar que GTK-Doc sólo documentará las funciones declaradas en los " "archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)." -#: C/index.docbook:171(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 msgid "" "GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different " "step in the process." @@ -246,11 +284,13 @@ msgstr "" "GTK-Doc consiste en un número de scripts en Perl, cada uno realiza un paso " "diferente en el proceso." -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:182 msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:" -#: C/index.docbook:183(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:189 msgid "" "Writing the documentation. The author fills in the " "source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In " @@ -262,7 +302,8 @@ msgstr "" "etc. (En el pasado la información se introducía en archivos de plantillas, " "lo que ya no se recomienda)." -#: C/index.docbook:193(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:199 msgid "" "Gathering information about the code. " "gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code " @@ -297,7 +338,8 @@ msgstr "" "entradas de forma similar a las que hay en <module>-decl." "txt dentro de <module>-overrides.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:210(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:216 msgid "" "gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically " "query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " @@ -310,7 +352,8 @@ msgstr "" "la jerarquía de clases y sobre cualquier propiedad de GObject y las señales " "que proporciona." -#: C/index.docbook:216(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 msgid "" "gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was " "needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." @@ -318,7 +361,8 @@ msgstr "" "gtkdoc-scanobj no se debería usar más. Se " "necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+." -#: C/index.docbook:223(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:229 msgid "" "Generating the \"template\" files. gtkdoc-" "mktmpl creates a number of files in the gtkdocize supports now " @@ -347,7 +392,8 @@ msgstr "" "nunca ha cambiado a mano el archivo tmpl, elimine la carpeta una vez (por " "ejemplo, desde el sistema de control de versiones)." -#: C/index.docbook:244(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:250 msgid "" "Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. " "gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or " @@ -366,7 +412,8 @@ msgstr "" "documentos de los fuentes y los datos obtenidos en introspección. Se " "recomienda usar Docbook XML." -#: C/index.docbook:255(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 msgid "" "gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML " "files in the html/ subdirectory. " @@ -379,7 +426,8 @@ msgstr "" "convierte los archivos SGML/XML en un documento PDF llamado <" "paquete>.pdf." -#: C/index.docbook:261(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:267 msgid "" "Files in sgml/ or xml/ and html/html/ siempre se sobrescriben. Nunca se deben editar " "directamente." -#: C/index.docbook:269(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:275 msgid "" "Fixing up cross-references between documents. After " "installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be " @@ -413,19 +462,23 @@ msgstr "" "intentará convertir de nuevo los enlaces, esta vez a enlaces locales (donde " "esa documentación está instalada)." -#: C/index.docbook:287(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:293 msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:290(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:296 msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requerimientos" -#: C/index.docbook:291(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:297 msgid "Perl v5 - the main scripts are in Perl." msgstr "Perl v5: los scripts principales están en Perl." -#: C/index.docbook:294(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:300 msgid "" "DocBook DTD v3.0 - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/" @@ -435,7 +488,8 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora.com/" "davenport" -#: C/index.docbook:298(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:304 msgid "" "Jade v1.1 - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " "SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade" -#: C/index.docbook:302(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:308 msgid "" "Modular DocBook Stylesheets This is the DSSSL code to " "convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with " @@ -462,7 +517,8 @@ msgstr "" "nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl\" type=\"http\">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl." -#: C/index.docbook:311(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:317 msgid "" "docbook-to-man - if you want to create man pages from " "the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise " @@ -478,11 +534,13 @@ msgstr "" "acerca de esto en http://www.ora.com/davenport. NOTA: Esto aún no funciona." -#: C/index.docbook:322(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:328 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalación" -#: C/index.docbook:323(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:329 msgid "" "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " "installed." @@ -490,13 +548,15 @@ msgstr "" "No existe ningún sitio estándar donde se instalan las hojas de estilo " "modulares de DocBook." -#: C/index.docbook:326(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:332 msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" msgstr "" "El script de configuración de GTK-Doc busca estas tres carpetas " "automáticamente:" -#: C/index.docbook:329(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 msgid "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (used by " "RedHat)" @@ -504,17 +564,20 @@ msgstr "" " /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (usado por " "RedHat)" -#: C/index.docbook:332(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 msgid "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (used by Debian)" msgstr "" " /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (usado por Debian)" -#: C/index.docbook:335(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:341 msgid " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (used by SuSE)" msgstr " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (usado por SuSE)" -#: C/index.docbook:338(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:344 msgid "" "If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure " "GTK-Doc using the option: --with-dsssl-dir=<" @@ -524,15 +587,18 @@ msgstr "" "configurar GTK-Doc usando la opción: --with-dsssl-dir=<" "RUTA_A_LA_CARPETA_DE_NIVEL_SUPERIOR_DE_LAS_HOJAS_DE_ESTILO> " -#: C/index.docbook:362(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:368 msgid "About GTK-Doc" msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:364(sect1/para) C/index.docbook:378(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384 msgid "(FIXME)" msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)" -#: C/index.docbook:368(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:374 msgid "" "(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other " "similar systems.)" @@ -540,19 +606,23 @@ msgstr "" "(Historia, autores, páginas web, licencias, planes futuros, comparación con " "otros sistemas similares.)" -#: C/index.docbook:376(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:382 msgid "About this Manual" msgstr "Acerca de este manual" -#: C/index.docbook:382(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)" -#: C/index.docbook:391(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "Setting up your project" msgstr "Configurando su proyecto" -#: C/index.docbook:393(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:399 msgid "" "The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into " "your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. " @@ -564,18 +634,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Las siguientes secciones describen los pasos que realizar para integrar GTK-" "Doc en su proyecto. Estas secciones asumen que se trabaja en un proyecto " -"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y una " -"aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará " +"llamado «meep». Este proyecto contiene una biblioteca llamada «libmeep» y " +"una aplicación final de usuario llamada «meeper». También se asume que usará " "«autoconf» y «automake». En la sección Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción se " "describen las necesidades básicas para trabajar con un sistema de " "construcción diferente." -#: C/index.docbook:404(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:410 msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación" -#: C/index.docbook:406(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:412 msgid "" "Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference " "(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is " @@ -587,11 +659,13 @@ msgstr "" "usuario). Se recomienda crear otra subcarpeta con el nombre doc-package. " "Para paquetes con una sola biblioteca este paso no es necesario." -#: C/index.docbook:415(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 msgid "Example directory structure" msgstr "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas" -#: C/index.docbook:416(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:422 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -620,15 +694,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:413(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:419 msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" msgstr "Esto después aparecerá como se muestra debajo: <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:433(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:440(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446 msgid "Integration with autoconf" msgstr "Integración con autoconf" -#: C/index.docbook:435(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:441 msgid "" "Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac " "script." @@ -636,7 +714,8 @@ msgstr "" "Muy fácil, simplemente añada una línea a su script configure.ac." -#: C/index.docbook:441(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -653,11 +732,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:455(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:461 msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" msgstr "Mantener gtk-doc como opcional" -#: C/index.docbook:456(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -682,7 +763,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:450(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:456 msgid "" "This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " "for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " @@ -695,7 +777,8 @@ msgstr "" "gtkdocize busca en GTK_DOC_CHECK al inicio de la línea. " "<_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:469(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:475 msgid "" "The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. " "The 2nd, optional argument is used by gtkdocize. " @@ -707,30 +790,35 @@ msgstr "" "gtkdocize. La macro GTK_DOC_CHECK también añade diversas opciones de configuración:" -#: C/index.docbook:475(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados" -#: C/index.docbook:476(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:482 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación " "[predeterminado=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:477(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:483 msgid "" "--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación " "[predeterminado=sí]" -#: C/index.docbook:478(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:484 msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]" msgstr "" "--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación " "[predeterminado=no]" -#: C/index.docbook:482(important/para) +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:488 msgid "" "GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. " @@ -743,7 +831,8 @@ msgstr "" "se instala (lo que tiene sentido para usuarios, pero no para " "desarrolladores)." -#: C/index.docbook:490(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:496 msgid "" "Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " "configure.ac script. This allows " @@ -755,11 +844,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> copie automáticamente la definición del macro para " "GTK_DOC_CHECK a su proyecto." -#: C/index.docbook:498(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:504 msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" msgstr "Preparación para gtkdocize" -#: C/index.docbook:499(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:505 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -774,24 +865,34 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:509(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:515 msgid "Integration with automake" msgstr "Integración con automake" -#: C/index.docbook:511(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 msgid "" -"First copy the Makefile.am from the examples " -"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation " -"directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one." +"First copy the Makefile.am from the examples sub directory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). A local copy " +"should be available under e.g. /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/" +"examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat " +"this for each one." msgstr "" "Primero copie el archivo Makefile.am de la subcarpeta " -"de ejemplos de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su " -"proyecto (./docs/reference/<paquete>). Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada " -"uno de ellos." +"examples de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (./docs/reference/<package>). Debería " +"haber una copia local disponible en /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/" +"examples/Makefile.am. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, " +"repítalo para cada uno de ellos." -#: C/index.docbook:518(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:528 msgid "" "The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their " @@ -807,40 +908,13 @@ msgstr "" "NOMBRE_DE_LA_HERRAMIENTA>_OPCIONES. Todas las herramientas " "soportan para listar los parámetros que soportan." -#: C/index.docbook:529(sect1/para) -msgid "" -"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add " -"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level Makefile." -"am:" -msgstr "" -"Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. " -"Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel " -"superior de Makefile.am:" - -#: C/index.docbook:536(example/title) -msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" -msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck" - -#: C/index.docbook:537(example/programlisting) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" -"\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" -"\n" -" " - -#: C/index.docbook:548(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:542 msgid "Integration with autogen" msgstr "Integración con autogen" -#: C/index.docbook:550(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:544 msgid "" "Most projects will have an autogen.sh script to setup " "the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such " @@ -855,11 +929,13 @@ msgstr "" "que se puede usar en tal script. Se debería ejecutar antes que autoheader, " "automake o autoconf." -#: C/index.docbook:559(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:553 msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh" -#: C/index.docbook:560(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -874,7 +950,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:568(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:562 msgid "" "When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-" "doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the " @@ -889,7 +966,8 @@ msgstr "" "macro se puede usar para pasar parámetros adicionales a " "gtkdocize." -#: C/index.docbook:577(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:571 msgid "" "Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered " "the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having " @@ -921,11 +999,14 @@ msgstr "" "(plantilla) a mano, elimine la carpeta una vez (ej. desde el sistema de " "control de versiones)." -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/index.docbook:611(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:588 C/index.docbook:605 msgid "Running the doc build" msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación" -#: C/index.docbook:596(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:590 msgid "" "After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " "autogen.sh. If this script runs configure for you, then " @@ -938,7 +1019,8 @@ msgstr "" "enable-gtk-doc. De otra forma, ejecute posteriormente " "configure con esta opción." -#: C/index.docbook:603(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:597 msgid "" "The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" "directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <paquete>-docs.xml (.sgml en el " "pasado), <paquete>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:612(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:606 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -967,7 +1050,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:620(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:614 msgid "" "Now you can point your browser to docs/reference/<package>/" "index.html. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, " @@ -978,17 +1062,13 @@ msgstr "" "durante el siguiente capítulo aprenderá a rellenar las páginas con " "información." -#: C/index.docbook:628(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:622 msgid "Integration with version control systems" msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones" -#: C/index.docbook:630(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " -#| "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" -#| "package>.types, <package>-docs..xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am" +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:624 msgid "" "As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " "version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" @@ -1002,11 +1082,13 @@ msgstr "" "xml (.sgml en el pasado), <paquete>-sections.txt y Makefile.am." -#: C/index.docbook:641(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:635 msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción" -#: C/index.docbook:643(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:637 msgid "" "In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-" "doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " @@ -1016,11 +1098,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> deberá llamar a las herramientas gtkdoc en el orden correcto en " "makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)." -#: C/index.docbook:650(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:644 msgid "Documentation build steps" msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación" -#: C/index.docbook:651(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1051,7 +1135,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:667(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:661 msgid "" "One will need to look at the Makefile.am and " "gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed." @@ -1059,11 +1144,13 @@ msgstr "" "Deberá mirar en el archivo Makefile.am y gtk-" "doc.mak para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias." -#: C/index.docbook:676(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:670 msgid "Documenting the code" msgstr "Documentar el código" -#: C/index.docbook:678(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:672 msgid "" "GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " "documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " @@ -1075,11 +1162,13 @@ msgstr "" "su proyecto de otras fuentes. En la siguiente sección encontrará información " "acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios." -#: C/index.docbook:686(note/title) +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:680 msgid "Documentation placement" msgstr "Ubicación de la documentación" -#: C/index.docbook:687(note/para) +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:681 msgid "" "In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside " "the tmpl directory. This has the disadvantages that the " @@ -1092,7 +1181,8 @@ msgstr "" "se actualiza muy a menudo y que el archivo tiene tendencia a causar " "conflictos con los sistemas de control de versiones." -#: C/index.docbook:693(note/para) +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:687 msgid "" "The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation " "inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting " @@ -1102,11 +1192,13 @@ msgstr "" "documentación dentro de los fuentes. Este manual sólo describe esta forma de " "documentar el código." -#: C/index.docbook:704(example/title) C/index.docbook:723(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:698 C/index.docbook:717 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:705(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1125,11 +1217,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:700(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The scanner can handle the majority of c headers fine. In the case of " -#| "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one " -#| "can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:694 msgid "" "The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of " "receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can " @@ -1139,11 +1228,13 @@ msgstr "" "recibir avisos del analizador que parecen casos especiales, puede sugerir a " "GTK-Doc que los omita. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:718(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:712 msgid "Documentation comments" msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación" -#: C/index.docbook:724(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:718 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1164,7 +1255,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:720(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:714 msgid "" "A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " "block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" @@ -1172,26 +1264,19 @@ msgstr "" "Un comentario de varias líneas que comienza con un «*» adicional marca un " "bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:735(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:729 msgid "" "The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " "related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " "table showing identifiers)" msgstr "" -"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con el " -"comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por " +"El «identificador» es una línea con el nombre del elemento relacionado con " +"el comentario. La sintaxis difiere un poco dependiendo del elemento. (Por " "hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)" -#: C/index.docbook:741(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " -#| "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " -#| "description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards " -#| "follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings " -#| "and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted " -#| "to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that " -#| "into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted " -#| "text (code listings)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:735 msgid "" "The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " "types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " @@ -1204,13 +1289,14 @@ msgstr "" "El bloque de «Documentación» también es diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. " "Los tipos de símbolos que obtienen parámetros tales como funciones o macros, " "tienen primero las descripciones seguidas por una línea blanca (exactamente " -"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas (fuera " -"de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo contengan un « " -"*» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no quiere un " -"espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-espacio). Esto " -"es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)." +"un «*»). Después siguen las descripciones detalladas. Todas las líneas " +"(fuera de los programas; listados y CDATA de la secciones) que solo " +"contengan un « *» (asterisco con espacio) se convierten en párrafos. Si no " +"quiere un espaciado de párrafo, cámbielo a un « * » (espacio-asterisco-" +"espacio). Esto es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)." -#: C/index.docbook:758(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:752 msgid "" "What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " "people coming from a different background." @@ -1218,21 +1304,25 @@ msgstr "" "Qué es: el nombre de la clase o la función puede confundir a veces a " "personas que provengan de otros entornos." -#: C/index.docbook:764(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:758 msgid "" "What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API." -#: C/index.docbook:754(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:748 msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:779(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:773 msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." msgstr "" "Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos." -#: C/index.docbook:784(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:778 msgid "" "Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " "parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." @@ -1240,11 +1330,13 @@ msgstr "" "Use @parámetro para referirse a parámetros. Úselo también al referirse a " "parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe." -#: C/index.docbook:790(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:784 msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." -#: C/index.docbook:795(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:789 msgid "" "Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " "macros which don't take arguments." @@ -1252,21 +1344,27 @@ msgstr "" "Use #símbolo para referirse a otro tipo de símbolos, como por ejemplo " "estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos." -#: C/index.docbook:801(listitem/para) -#| msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:795 msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject." -#: C/index.docbook:806(listitem/para) -#| msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:800 msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject." -#: C/index.docbook:811(listitem/para) -msgid "Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure." -msgstr "Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:805 +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." +msgstr "" +"Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y " +"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod." -#: C/index.docbook:773(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:767 msgid "" "One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " "the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " @@ -1278,7 +1376,8 @@ msgstr "" "ser tedioso aunque GTK-Doc le ayuda proporcionando abreviaturas útiles. <_:" "itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:819(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:814 msgid "" "If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " "'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " @@ -1286,12 +1385,14 @@ msgid "" "commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them " "with a backslash '\\'." msgstr "" -"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» " -"en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML " -"«&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y " -"«&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\\»." +"Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o " +"«#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades " +"XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&" +"percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra " +"doble «\\»." -#: C/index.docbook:828(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:823 msgid "" "DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " "examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments " @@ -1305,11 +1406,13 @@ msgstr "" "mode en la variable MKDB_OPTIONS dentro de " "Makefile.am." -#: C/index.docbook:842(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:837 msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado" -#: C/index.docbook:843(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1348,22 +1451,40 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:836(sect1/para) -msgid "" -"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the markdown language. One can " -"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions " -"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line " +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:831 +#| msgid "" +#| "Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the markdown language. One " +#| "can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc " +#| "versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear " +#| "in one line separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset of the markdown language. The " +"support has improved a lot with version 1.20. On older GTK-Doc versions the " +"content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line " "separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" msgstr "" "Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de lenguajes de marcado. Se pueden usar para títulos secundarios y listas de elementos " -"simples. En versiones más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede " -"renderizar como tal (la lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada " -"por guiones). <_:example-1/>" +"ulink>. En la versión 1.20 se ha mejorado ucho este soporte. En versiones " +"más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la lista " +"de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:858 +msgid "" +"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the gtk-doc test suite." +msgstr "" +"Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en " +"el conjunto de " +"pruebas de gtk-doc." -#: C/index.docbook:864(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:864 msgid "" "As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " "cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " @@ -1383,11 +1504,13 @@ msgstr "" "introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de " "secciones." -#: C/index.docbook:878(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:878 msgid "Documenting sections" msgstr "Documentar secciones" -#: C/index.docbook:880(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:880 msgid "" "Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " "module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " @@ -1399,11 +1522,13 @@ msgstr "" "La descripción corta además se usa dentro de la tabla de contenidos. Todos " "los campos @ son opcionales." -#: C/index.docbook:888(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:888 msgid "Section comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección" -#: C/index.docbook:889(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:889 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1440,11 +1565,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:910(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:910 msgid "SECTION:<name>" msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>" -#: C/index.docbook:912(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:912 msgid "" "The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " "<package>-sections.txt file. The name give here " @@ -1456,11 +1583,13 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionado debería coincidir con la etiqueta <ARCHIVO> en el " "archivo <paquete>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:921(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:921 msgid "@short_description" msgstr "@short_description" -#: C/index.docbook:923(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:923 msgid "" "A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " "links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." @@ -1468,11 +1597,13 @@ msgstr "" "Una línea descrita en la sección, que después aparece tras los enlaces en el " "TOC y en la página de la sección." -#: C/index.docbook:930(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:930 msgid "@title" msgstr "@title" -#: C/index.docbook:932(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:932 msgid "" "The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " "can be overridden with the @title field." @@ -1480,11 +1611,13 @@ msgstr "" "De forma predeterminada el título de la sección es <name> de la " "declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title." -#: C/index.docbook:939(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:939 msgid "@section_id" msgstr "@section_id" -#: C/index.docbook:941(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:941 msgid "" "Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" "title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" @@ -1494,19 +1627,23 @@ msgstr "" "title> se usa en GObjects como el identificador de sección (section_id) y " "para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>." -#: C/index.docbook:949(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:949 msgid "@see_also" msgstr "@see_also" -#: C/index.docbook:951(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:951 msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección." -#: C/index.docbook:957(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:957 msgid "@stability" msgstr "@stability" -#: C/index.docbook:964(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:964 msgid "" "Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " "parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " @@ -1523,7 +1660,8 @@ msgstr "" "publicaciones importantes no se espera que existan cambios incompatibles, y " "de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello." -#: C/index.docbook:976(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:976 msgid "" "Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " "typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " @@ -1538,7 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "" "reclamaciones acerca de la compatibilidad del código o del binario desde una " "publicación menor a la siguiente." -#: C/index.docbook:988(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:988 msgid "" "Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " "that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " @@ -1548,7 +1687,8 @@ msgstr "" "pero que no está documentada para usuarios finales. Tales funciones sólo se " "deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas." -#: C/index.docbook:997(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:997 msgid "" "Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " "end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " @@ -1558,10 +1698,8 @@ msgstr "" "para el usuario final. Se asume que las funciones que están sin documentar " "son internas." -#: C/index.docbook:959(listitem/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "A informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " -#| "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:959 msgid "" "An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " "the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" @@ -1569,11 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "Esta API tiene una descripción informal del nivel de estabilidad. Se " "recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1009(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1009 msgid "@include" msgstr "@include" -#: C/index.docbook:1011(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1011 msgid "" "The #include files to show in the section synopsis (a " "comma separated list), overriding the global value from the archivo de secciones o de la " "línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional." -#: C/index.docbook:1020(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1020 msgid "@image" msgstr "@image" -#: C/index.docbook:1022(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1022 msgid "" "The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " "will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " @@ -1601,7 +1743,8 @@ msgstr "" "apariencia visual de una clase o diagrama de su relación con otras clases. " "Este elemento es opcional." -#: C/index.docbook:1033(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1033 msgid "" "To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " "into the c-source where possible." @@ -1610,11 +1753,13 @@ msgstr "" "documentación ponga los documentos de sección en el código fuente C cuando " "sea posible." -#: C/index.docbook:1042(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1042 msgid "Documenting symbols" msgstr "Documentar símbolos" -#: C/index.docbook:1044(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1044 msgid "" "Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " "documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " @@ -1628,11 +1773,14 @@ msgstr "" "sincronizados. Por ello las funciones generalmente se documentan en el " "código C y las macros, estructuras y enum en el archivo de cabecera." -#: C/index.docbook:1052(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1081(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1052 C/index.docbook:1081 msgid "General tags" msgstr "Etiquetas generales" -#: C/index.docbook:1054(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1054 msgid "" "You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " "when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." @@ -1641,23 +1789,28 @@ msgstr "" "documentación para mostrar cuándo se introdujo una API o cuándo se declaró " "obsoleta." -#: C/index.docbook:1059(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1059 msgid "Versioning Tags" msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas" -#: C/index.docbook:1060(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1060 msgid "Since:" msgstr "Desde:" -#: C/index.docbook:1062(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1062 msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API." -#: C/index.docbook:1067(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1067 msgid "Deprecated:" msgstr "Obsoleto:" -#: C/index.docbook:1069(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1069 msgid "" "Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " "description should point the reader to the new API." @@ -1665,32 +1818,14 @@ msgstr "" "Párrafo que denota que esta función no se debería usar más. La descripción " "debería informar al lector de la nueva API." -#: C/index.docbook:1077(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1077 msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" msgstr "(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)" -#: C/index.docbook:1082(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1082 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "/**\n" -#| " * foo_get_bar:\n" -#| " * @foo: some foo\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Returns: @foo's bar\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Since: 2.6\n" -#| " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" -#| " **/\n" -#| "Bar *\n" -#| "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" -#| "{\n" -#| "...\n" -#| "\n" -#| " " msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1732,11 +1867,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1104(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1140(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1104 C/index.docbook:1140 msgid "Function comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función" -#: C/index.docbook:1110(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1110 msgid "" "Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" "unrefed/released." @@ -1744,34 +1882,36 @@ msgstr "" "El documento, dependiendo de si devuelve objetos, listas, cadenas, etc. " "debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc." -#: C/index.docbook:1116(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1116 msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." msgstr "" "El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué " "sucede si lo son." -#: C/index.docbook:1121(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1121 msgid "" "Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." msgstr "" "Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado." -#: C/index.docbook:1106(sect2/para) C/index.docbook:1203(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1106 C/index.docbook:1203 msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1128(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1128 msgid "" "Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " "private. They are treated like static functions." msgstr "" -"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por «_» " -"son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas." +"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por " +"«_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas." -#: C/index.docbook:1133(sect2/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "Also, take a look at gobject introspection annotation tags: http://live." -#| "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1133 msgid "" "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" @@ -1779,7 +1919,8 @@ msgstr "" "Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de " "GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" -#: C/index.docbook:1141(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1826,23 +1967,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1164(variablelist/title) +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1164 msgid "Function tags" msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones" -#: C/index.docbook:1165(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1165 msgid "Returns:" msgstr "Devuelve:" -#: C/index.docbook:1167(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1167 msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto." -#: C/index.docbook:1172(varlistentry/term) +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1172 msgid "@...:" msgstr "@...:" -#: C/index.docbook:1174(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1174 msgid "" "In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " "(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." @@ -1850,11 +1996,14 @@ msgstr "" "En el caso de que la función tenga argumentos variados debe usar esta " "etiqueta (@Vargargs: también funciona por razones históricas)." -#: C/index.docbook:1184(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1186(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1186 msgid "Property comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad" -#: C/index.docbook:1187(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1187 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1879,11 +2028,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1201(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1220(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1201 C/index.docbook:1220 msgid "Signal comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal" -#: C/index.docbook:1207(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1207 msgid "" "Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " "after other signals." @@ -1891,11 +2043,13 @@ msgstr "" "Documentar cuando la señal se emite e indica si se emite antes o después de " "otras señales." -#: C/index.docbook:1213(listitem/para) +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1213 msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales." -#: C/index.docbook:1221(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1221 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1930,11 +2084,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1240(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1241(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1240 C/index.docbook:1241 msgid "Struct comment block" msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura" -#: C/index.docbook:1242(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1973,7 +2130,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1261(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1261 msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you " "want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " @@ -1983,7 +2141,8 @@ msgstr "" "privadas que quiera ocultar. Use /*< public >*/ para " "revertir el comportamiento anterior." -#: C/index.docbook:1267(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1267 msgid "" "Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " "is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " @@ -1995,37 +2154,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "También se pueden usar bloques de comentario para GObjects y GObjectClasses. " "Generalmente es buena idea añadir un bloque de comentario para una clase, si " -"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, se " -"puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque separado " -"para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene campos " -"públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice con el " -"mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)." - -#: C/index.docbook:1279(sect2/title) C/index.docbook:1280(example/title) +"tiene «vmethods» (ya que así se pueden documentar). Para el GObject en si, " +"se puede usar la sección relativa a la documentación, tener un bloque " +"separado para la estructura de la instancia sería útil si la instancia tiene " +"campos públicos. Una desventaja aquí es que esto crea dos entradas de índice " +"con el mismo nombre (la estructura y la sección)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1279 C/index.docbook:1280 msgid "Enum comment block" msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios" -#: C/index.docbook:1281(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1281 #, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "/**\n" -#| " * Something:\n" -#| " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" -#| " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" -#| " *\n" -#| " **/\n" -#| "typedef enum {\n" -#| " SOMETHING_FOO,\n" -#| " SOMETHING_BAR,\n" -#| " /*< private >*/\n" -#| " SOMETHING_COUNT\n" -#| "} Something;\n" -#| "\n" -#| " " msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2063,7 +2206,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1300(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1300 msgid "" "Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you " "want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " @@ -2073,17 +2217,20 @@ msgstr "" "que quiera ocultar. Use /*< public >*/ para revertir el " "comportamiento anterior." -#: C/index.docbook:1310(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1310 msgid "Useful DocBook tags" msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles" -#: C/index.docbook:1312(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1312 msgid "" "Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." msgstr "" "Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código." -#: C/index.docbook:1321(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2098,7 +2245,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1317(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1317 msgid "" "To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " "linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " @@ -2113,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "" "el nombre de la clase. Los espacios y guiones bajos se convierten a «-» para " "ajustarse a SGML/XML." -#: C/index.docbook:1336(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1336 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2128,7 +2277,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1333(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1333 msgid "" "To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2136,7 +2286,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para referirse a una función externa, ej. una función de C estándar: <_:" "informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1347(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2161,7 +2312,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1360(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2184,7 +2336,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1344(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1344 msgid "" "To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " "short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " @@ -2194,7 +2347,8 @@ msgstr "" "este, para fragmentos de código muy cortos que no necesitan título: <_:" "informalexample-2/>. El último GTK-Doc también soporta abreviación: |[ ... ]|" -#: C/index.docbook:1381(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2231,11 +2385,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1378(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1378 msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1403(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2258,12 +2414,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1400(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1400 msgid "" "To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1418(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1418 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2278,11 +2436,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1415(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1415 msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1429(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1429 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2297,7 +2457,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1426(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1426 msgid "" "To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" "informalexample-1/>" @@ -2305,7 +2466,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para referirse a una estructura externa (no una descrita en la documentación " "de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1440(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2320,11 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1437(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1437 msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1451(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2339,7 +2503,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1448(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1448 msgid "" "To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " "you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " @@ -2351,7 +2516,8 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente un enlace a la página GtkWidget; consulte abreviaciones)." -#: C/index.docbook:1464(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2366,11 +2532,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1461(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1461 msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1475(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2385,11 +2553,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1472(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1472 msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1486(informalexample/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2404,15 +2574,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1483(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1483 msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>" -#: C/index.docbook:1498(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1498 msgid "Filling the extra files" msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales" -#: C/index.docbook:1500(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1500 msgid "" "There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " "inline source code comments: <package>.types, " @@ -2424,17 +2597,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <paquete>-docs.xml (.sgml en el " "pasado) y <paquete>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1509(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1509 msgid "Editing the types file" msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo" -#: C/index.docbook:1511(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want " -#| "their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be " -#| "shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the " -#| "xxx_get_type functions together with their include " -#| "inside the <package>.types file." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1511 msgid "" "If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " "arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " @@ -2448,11 +2617,13 @@ msgstr "" "xxx_get_type junto con sus «include» en el archivo " "<paquete>.types." -#: C/index.docbook:1520(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1520 msgid "Example types file snippet" msgstr "Fragmento de ejemplo de tipos de archivo" -#: C/index.docbook:1521(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2477,7 +2648,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1534(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1534 msgid "" "Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this " "list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " @@ -2489,11 +2661,13 @@ msgstr "" "Makefile.am. Si usa esto no debería ejecutar dist sobre " "los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones." -#: C/index.docbook:1543(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1543 msgid "Editing the master document" msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento" -#: C/index.docbook:1545(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1545 msgid "" "GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " "inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " @@ -2505,7 +2679,8 @@ msgstr "" "una página de documentación por clase o módulo en un archivo aparte. El " "documento maestro las incluye y ordena." -#: C/index.docbook:1552(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1552 msgid "" "While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not " "touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. " @@ -2521,7 +2696,8 @@ msgstr "" "documento maestro se vuelve a crear desde cero. Es una buena idea mirarlo de " "vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras." -#: C/index.docbook:1562(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1562 msgid "" "Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " "benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " @@ -2535,7 +2711,8 @@ msgstr "" "enlazar la documentación de símbolos. Además las posibilidades de actualizar " "el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores." -#: C/index.docbook:1571(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1571 msgid "" "So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " "only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " @@ -2545,11 +2722,13 @@ msgstr "" "es muy poco. Existen algunos «placeholders» (texto entre corchetes) de los " "que habría que encargarse." -#: C/index.docbook:1578(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1578 msgid "Master document header" msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro" -#: C/index.docbook:1579(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2584,11 +2763,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1600(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1600 msgid "Editing the section file" msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección" -#: C/index.docbook:1602(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1602 msgid "" "The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " "Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " @@ -2598,11 +2779,8 @@ msgstr "" "por GTK-Doc. Aquí se especifica qué símbolos pertenecen a qué módulo o clase " "y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)." -#: C/index.docbook:1608(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). " -#| "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as " -#| "comment lines." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1608 msgid "" "The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). " "Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment " @@ -2612,17 +2790,8 @@ msgstr "" "XML (usando etiquetas). Se ignoran las líneas vacías y las líneas que " "comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios." -#: C/index.docbook:1614(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " -#| "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" -#| "FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " -#| "template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be " -#| "converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config." -#| "sgml or .DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the " -#| "section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name " -#| "converted to lower case)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1614 msgid "" "The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " "without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" @@ -2644,7 +2813,8 @@ msgstr "" "en el título de la sección, o para GObjects está basado en el nombre de " "clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)" -#: C/index.docbook:1626(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1626 msgid "" "The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " "section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " @@ -2657,21 +2827,8 @@ msgstr "" "sobrescribe. Además, si una usa comentarios SECTION en los fuentes, se queda " "obsoleto." -#: C/index.docbook:1633(sect1/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " -#| "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " -#| "section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard " -#| "GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and " -#| "macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out " -#| "of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for " -#| "private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid " -#| "warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains " -#| "private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and " -#| "the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private " -#| "subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs " -#| "in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries " -#| "(variables, vmethods)." +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1633 msgid "" "You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " "Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " @@ -2700,7 +2857,8 @@ msgstr "" "estructuras en la sección pública o estándar, depende de si tienen entradas " "públicas (variables, vmethods)." -#: C/index.docbook:1652(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1652 msgid "" "You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " "#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" @@ -2715,11 +2873,13 @@ msgstr "" "el final del archivo. Si lo configura dentro de una sección, sólo se aplica " "a esa sección." -#: C/index.docbook:1666(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1666 msgid "Controlling the result" msgstr "Controlar el resultado" -#: C/index.docbook:1668(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1668 msgid "" "A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " "generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt y <paquete>-unused.txt.Todos son " "archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente." -#: C/index.docbook:1677(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1677 msgid "" "The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with " "the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " @@ -2748,7 +2909,8 @@ msgstr "" "documentos de sección. Las entradas incompletas son aquellas que tienen " "documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo." -#: C/index.docbook:1686(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1686 msgid "" "The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols " "given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found " @@ -2759,7 +2921,8 @@ msgstr "" "txt, pero no encontrados en los fuentes. Compruebe si se han " "eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente." -#: C/index.docbook:1693(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1693 msgid "" "The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, " "where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " @@ -2771,7 +2934,8 @@ msgstr "" "no sabe dónde ponerla. Esto significa que el símbolo no se ha añadido " "todavía al archivo <paquete>-sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1701(tip/para) +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1701 msgid "" "Enable or add the line in Makefile." "am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " @@ -2781,14 +2945,8 @@ msgstr "" "am. Si como mínimo está instalado GTK-Doc 1.9, esto ejecutará comprobaciones " "de integridad durante la ejecución de make check." -#: C/index.docbook:1708(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " -#| "<package>-decl-list.txt and <" -#| "package>-decl.txt. The first one can be compared with the " -#| "section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all " -#| "declarations from the headers If a symbol is missing one could check if " -#| "this file contains it." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1708 msgid "" "One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " "<package>-decl-list.txt and <" @@ -2804,7 +2962,8 @@ msgstr "" "declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar " "si este archivo lo contiene." -#: C/index.docbook:1717(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1717 #| msgid "" #| "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files " #| "produced by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt and <package>." #| "signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one " #| "can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further " -#| "analysis, but running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 makeGTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." msgid "" "If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " @@ -2821,7 +2980,7 @@ msgid "" "<package>.hierarchy.txt, <" "package>.interfaces.txt, <package>." "prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc " +"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc " "to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as " "GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." msgstr "" @@ -2829,16 +2988,176 @@ msgstr "" "archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <paquete>." "args.txt, <paquete>.hierarchy.txt, " "<paquete>.interfaces.txt, <" -"paquete>.prerequisites.txt and <paquete>." -"signals.txt. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede " -"hacer que gtkdoc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero " +"paquete>.prerequisites.txt y <paquete>.signals." +"txt. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que " +"GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero " "ejecutándolo como GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." -#: C/index.docbook:1732(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1732 +msgid "Modernizing the documentation" +msgstr "Modernizar la documentación" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1734 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new " +"features together with the version since when it is available." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las " +"características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1740 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1742 +#| msgid "" +#| "Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}" +#| "." +msgid "" +"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document " +"<package>-docs.xml." +msgstr "" +"Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento " +"maestro <paquete>-docs.xml." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1747 +msgid "" +"This version supports in " +"Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <" +"package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and can be removed from " +"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular " +"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a " +"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as " +"simple as running meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-" +"sections.txt." +msgstr "" +"Esta versión soporta en " +"Makefile.am. Cuando está activada, el archivo " +"<paquete>-sections.txt se genera automáticamente " +"y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos " +"que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección " +"nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección " +"mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar meld <" +"paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1758 +msgid "" +"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the " +"sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module " +"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using in configure.ac." +msgstr "" +"La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las " +"fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo tmpl. Esta versión añade opciones para " +"cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de " +"construcción de tmpl adicional, usando en " +"configure.ac." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1768 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1770 +msgid "" +"This version supports in " +"Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <" +"package>.types is autogenerated and can be removed from the " +"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the " +"IGNORE_HFILES in Makefile.am for " +"code that is build conditionally." +msgstr "" +"Esta versión soporta en " +"Makefile.am. Cuando está activado, el archivo " +"<package>.types se genera automáticamente y se " +"puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es " +"importante configurar la variable IGNORE_HFILES en el " +"Makefile.am para el código que se construye de manera " +"condicional." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1781 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1787 +msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check" +msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1788 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n" +" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n" +" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n" +"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n" +" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n" +" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n" +"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1783 +msgid "" +"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a " +"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these " +"lines to the end of Makefile.am. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta " +"herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la " +"documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del " +"archivo Makefile.am. <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1803 +msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20" +msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1805 +msgid "" +"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc " +"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a " +"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the comment syntax has all the details." +msgstr "" +"La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado " +"en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del " +"«docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La " +"sección que explica la sintaxis de los " +"comentarios contiene todos los detalles." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1816 msgid "Documenting other interfaces" msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces" -#: C/index.docbook:1734(chapter/para) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1818 msgid "" "So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " "sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " @@ -2848,11 +3167,13 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes secciones contienen sugerencias acerca de cómo se pueden usar las " "herramientas para documentar otras interfaces." -#: C/index.docbook:1741(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1825 msgid "Command line options and man pages" msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man" -#: C/index.docbook:1743(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1827 msgid "" "As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " "a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " @@ -2862,11 +3183,13 @@ msgstr "" "docbook, parece buena idea usarlas para ese propósito. De esta forma la " "interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo." -#: C/index.docbook:1750(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1834 msgid "Document the tool" msgstr "Documentar la herramienta" -#: C/index.docbook:1752(sect2/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1836 msgid "" "Create one refentry file per tool. Following our example we would call it meep/" @@ -2880,15 +3203,18 @@ msgstr "" "xml que se deben usar puede mirar al archivo generado en la subcarpeta xml " "así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib." -#: C/index.docbook:1762(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1846 msgid "Adding the extra configure check" msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional" -#: C/index.docbook:1765(example/title) C/index.docbook:1785(example/title) +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1849 C/index.docbook:1869 msgid "Extra configure checks" msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales" -#: C/index.docbook:1766(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2915,11 +3241,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1782(sect2/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1866 msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales" -#: C/index.docbook:1786(example/programlisting) +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1870 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -2960,11 +3288,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " " -#: C/index.docbook:1810(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1894 msgid "DBus interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces de DBus" -#: C/index.docbook:1812(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1896 msgid "" "(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" @@ -2972,23 +3302,28 @@ msgstr "" "(ARREGLAR: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" "cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" -#: C/index.docbook:1821(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1905 msgid "Frequently asked questions" msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes" -#: C/index.docbook:1825(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1909 msgid "Question" msgstr "Pregunta" -#: C/index.docbook:1826(segmentedlist/segtitle) +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1910 msgid "Answer" msgstr "Respuesta" -#: C/index.docbook:1828(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1912 msgid "No class hierarchy." msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases." -#: C/index.docbook:1829(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1913 msgid "" "The objects xxx_get_type() function has not been " "entered into the <package>.types file." @@ -2996,11 +3331,13 @@ msgstr "" "Los objetos de la función xxx_get_type() no se han " "introducido en el archivo <package>.types." -#: C/index.docbook:1835(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1919 msgid "Still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases." -#: C/index.docbook:1836(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1920 msgid "" "Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt " "file (see (consulte la explicación)." -#: C/index.docbook:1842(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1926 msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases." -#: C/index.docbook:1843(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1927 msgid "" "Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " @@ -3024,11 +3363,13 @@ msgstr "" "GtkWidget) parte de la sección normal (no ponga esto en " "Estándar o Privado)." -#: C/index.docbook:1850(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1934 msgid "No symbol index." msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos." -#: C/index.docbook:1851(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1935 msgid "" "Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a " "index that xi:includes the generated index?" @@ -3036,11 +3377,13 @@ msgstr "" "¿<package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contiene un índice que " "«xi:includes» el índice generado?" -#: C/index.docbook:1857(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1941 msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento." -#: C/index.docbook:1858(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1942 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " "gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." @@ -3048,11 +3391,13 @@ msgstr "" "¿Está doc-comment usando el marcado correcto (añadido #,% o ())? Compruebe " "si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver." -#: C/index.docbook:1864(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1948 msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación." -#: C/index.docbook:1865(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1949 msgid "" "Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." @@ -3060,11 +3405,13 @@ msgstr "" "Es la página nueva «xi:included» desde <package>-docs.{xml," "sgml}." -#: C/index.docbook:1871(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1955 msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación." -#: C/index.docbook:1872(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1956 msgid "" "Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " "begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " @@ -3077,11 +3424,13 @@ msgstr "" "símbolo está listado correctamente en <package>-sections." "txt en una subsección pública." -#: C/index.docbook:1880(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1964 msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías" -#: C/index.docbook:1881(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1965 msgid "" "If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy but " "not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check that the " @@ -3096,13 +3445,15 @@ msgstr "" "GtkWidget) si no está listada o accidentalmente marcada como " "privada." -#: C/index.docbook:1890(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1974 msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." msgstr "" "Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones " "gobject." -#: C/index.docbook:1891(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1975 msgid "" "Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is xi:included " "from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." @@ -3110,13 +3461,15 @@ msgstr "" "Compruebe que xml/annotation-glossary.xml está «xi:" "included» desde <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." -#: C/index.docbook:1899(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1983 msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" msgstr "" "Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no " "existe" -#: C/index.docbook:1900(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1984 msgid "" "Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " "source." @@ -3124,11 +3477,13 @@ msgstr "" "Compruebe si el prototipo en la cabecera tiene nombres de parámetro " "diferentes de la fuente." -#: C/index.docbook:1905(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1989 msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ" -#: C/index.docbook:1906(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1990 msgid "" "Symbol XYZ appears twice in <package>-sections.txt file." @@ -3136,7 +3491,8 @@ msgstr "" "El símbolo XYZ aparece dos veces en el archivo <package>-" "sections.txt." -#: C/index.docbook:1909(seglistitem/seg) +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1993 msgid "" "Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " "matches." @@ -3144,15 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "" "Elemento typename en namespace «» encontrado en para, pero ninguna plantilla " "coincide." -#: C/index.docbook:1916(chapter/title) +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:2000 msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc" -#: C/index.docbook:1918(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "GtkDocPlugin - a Trac GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds api docs to a trac " -#| "site and integrates with the trac search." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2002 msgid "" "GtkDocPlugin - a Trac " "GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " @@ -3162,10 +3516,8 @@ msgstr "" "org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac GTK-Doc que añade documentos de la API " "a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»." -#: C/index.docbook:1923(chapter/para) -#| msgid "" -#| "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " -#| "tags in the api to determine the minimum required version." +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:2007 msgid "" "Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " "tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." @@ -3173,16 +3525,18 @@ msgstr "" "Gtkdoc-depscan: una herramienta (parte de gtk-doc) para comprobar la API " "usada contra etiquetas en la API para determinar la versión mínima necesaria." -#: C/index.docbook:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:12(appendixinfo/releaseinfo) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" msgstr "Versión 1.1, marzo de 2000" -#: C/index.docbook:15(appendixinfo/copyright) +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:15 msgid "2000Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "2000Free Software Foundation, Inc." -#: C/index.docbook:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/index.docbook:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, \n" @@ -3193,8 +3547,8 @@ msgstr "" " Suite 330, Boston, MA \n" " 02110-1301 USA" -#: C/index.docbook:19(legalnotice/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:19(legalnotice/para) +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 msgid "" "<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " "of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." @@ -3202,16 +3556,19 @@ msgstr "" "<_:address-1/>. Se permite la copia y distribución de copias literales de " "este documento, pero no se permite su modificación." -#: C/index.docbook:28(appendix/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:28(appendix/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:642(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" msgstr "Licencia de documentación libre de GNU" -#: C/index.docbook:31(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:31(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 msgid "0. PREAMBLE" msgstr "0. PREÁMBULO" -#: C/index.docbook:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -3228,7 +3585,8 @@ msgstr "" "reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las " "modificaciones realizadas por otros." -#: C/index.docbook:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that " "derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. " @@ -3240,7 +3598,8 @@ msgstr "" "sentido. Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia " "tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre." -#: C/index.docbook:50(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:50(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 msgid "" "We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " "software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " @@ -3258,11 +3617,13 @@ msgstr "" "como libro impreso. Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos " "cuyo fin sea instructivo o de referencia." -#: C/index.docbook:62(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:62(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" msgstr "1. APLICABILIDAD Y DEFINICIONES" -#: C/index.docbook:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -3276,7 +3637,8 @@ msgstr "" "refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un " "licenciatario, y será referido como Usted." -#: C/index.docbook:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:72 msgid "" "A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing " "the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with " @@ -3286,7 +3648,8 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo que contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia " "literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma." -#: C/index.docbook:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:79 msgid "" "A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter " "section of the Document that deals " @@ -3311,7 +3674,8 @@ msgstr "" "relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o política " "acerca de ellos." -#: C/index.docbook:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:94 msgid "" "The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being " @@ -3323,7 +3687,8 @@ msgstr "" "Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia." -#: C/index.docbook:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:103 msgid "" "The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are " "listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says " @@ -3335,7 +3700,8 @@ msgstr "" "en la nota que indica que el Documento " "se publica bajo esta Licencia." -#: C/index.docbook:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:111 msgid "" "A Transparent copy of the " "Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose " @@ -3363,7 +3729,8 @@ msgstr "" "es Transparente. Una copia que no es Transparente se denomina " "Opaca." -#: C/index.docbook:128(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:128(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 msgid "" "Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " "without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " @@ -3384,7 +3751,8 @@ msgstr "" "ampliamente disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos " "procesadores de textos sólo como salida." -#: C/index.docbook:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:141 msgid "" "The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page " "itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the " @@ -3401,11 +3769,13 @@ msgstr "" "prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del " "texto." -#: C/index.docbook:153(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:153(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" msgstr "2. COPIA LITERAL" -#: C/index.docbook:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that " @@ -3429,7 +3799,8 @@ msgstr "" "número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá seguir las " "condiciones de la sección 3." -#: C/index.docbook:169(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:169(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 msgid "" "You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " "may publicly display copies." @@ -3437,11 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "" "Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones establecidas " "anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente." -#: C/index.docbook:176(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:176(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" msgstr "3. COPIAR EN CANTIDAD" -#: C/index.docbook:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " @@ -3470,7 +3843,8 @@ msgstr "" "estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en todos los " "aspectos." -#: C/index.docbook:195(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:195(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 msgid "" "If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " "you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " @@ -3480,7 +3854,8 @@ msgstr "" "ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea razonable " "colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en páginas adyacentes." -#: C/index.docbook:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute Opaque " "copies of the Document numbering more " @@ -3510,7 +3885,8 @@ msgstr "" "distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición al público (directamente o a " "través de sus agentes o distribuidores)." -#: C/index.docbook:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any " @@ -3522,11 +3898,13 @@ msgstr "" "redistribuir gran número de copias, para darles la oportunidad de que le " "proporcionen una versión actualizada del Documento." -#: C/index.docbook:231(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:231(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" msgstr "4. MODIFICACIONES" -#: C/index.docbook:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a Modified " "Version of the Document under " @@ -3546,12 +3924,13 @@ msgstr "" "modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera posea una copia de la " "misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la Versión Modificada:" -#: C/index.docbook:248(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:248(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 msgid "A" msgstr "A" -#: C/index.docbook:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:249 msgid "" "Use in the Title Page (and on the " "covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Title Page, as authors, " "one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the " @@ -3588,12 +3968,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"fdl-document\">Documento (todos sus autores principales, si " "hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal requisito." -#: C/index.docbook:279(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:279(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 msgid "C" msgstr "C" -#: C/index.docbook:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:280 msgid "" "State on the Title Page the name of " "the publisher of the Modified Version, " @@ -3603,12 +3984,13 @@ msgstr "" "el nombre del editor de la Versión " "Modificada" -#: C/index.docbook:291(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:291(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 msgid "D" msgstr "D" -#: C/index.docbook:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:292 msgid "" "Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document." @@ -3616,13 +3998,13 @@ msgstr "" "Conservar todas las notas de copyright del Documento." -#: C/index.docbook:301(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:301(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 msgid "E" msgstr "E" -#: C/index.docbook:302(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:302(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 msgid "" "Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " "other copyright notices." @@ -3630,12 +4012,13 @@ msgstr "" "Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, adyacente a las " "otras notas de copyright." -#: C/index.docbook:311(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:311(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#: C/index.docbook:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the Modified " @@ -3647,12 +4030,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">Versión Modificada bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma " "mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo." -#: C/index.docbook:324(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:324(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 msgid "G" msgstr "G" -#: C/index.docbook:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Documento original." -#: C/index.docbook:337(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:337(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 msgid "H" msgstr "H" -#: C/index.docbook:338(formalpara/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:338(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." msgstr "Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia." -#: C/index.docbook:346(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:346(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 msgid "I" msgstr "I" -#: C/index.docbook:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add " "to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher " @@ -3701,12 +4086,13 @@ msgstr "" "su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, " "como se estableció en la sentencia anterior." -#: C/index.docbook:365(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:365(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 msgid "J" msgstr "J" -#: C/index.docbook:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Acknowledgements or " "Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " @@ -3743,12 +4130,13 @@ msgstr "" "en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias " "incluidas por cada contribuyente." -#: C/index.docbook:396(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:396(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 msgid "L" msgstr "L" -#: C/index.docbook:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the Invariant Sections " "of the Document, unaltered in their " @@ -3760,12 +4148,13 @@ msgstr "" "texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran " "parte de los títulos de la sección." -#: C/index.docbook:409(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:409(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 msgid "M" msgstr "M" -#: C/index.docbook:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may " "not be included in the Modified VersionVersiones Modificadas." -#: C/index.docbook:421(formalpara/title) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:421(formalpara/title) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 msgid "N" msgstr "N" -#: C/index.docbook:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to " "conflict in title with any Invariant " @@ -3790,7 +4180,8 @@ msgstr "" "quote> ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna Sección Invariante." -#: C/index.docbook:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:432 msgid "" "If the Modified Version includes new " "front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Endorsements, provided it " "contains nothing but endorsements of your Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Document do not by this License give permission to use their names " @@ -3861,11 +4255,13 @@ msgstr "" "publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación de cualquier Versión Modificada." -#: C/index.docbook:480(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:480(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" msgstr "5. COMBINAR DOCUMENTOS" -#: C/index.docbook:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 msgid "" "You may combine the Document with " "other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " @@ -3883,7 +4279,8 @@ msgstr "" "documentos originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones " "Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia." -#: C/index.docbook:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical Invariant Sections may be " @@ -3904,7 +4301,8 @@ msgstr "" "los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes en la nota de " "licencia del trabajo combinado." -#: C/index.docbook:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled " @@ -3920,11 +4318,13 @@ msgstr "" "Dedicatorias. Debe eliminar todas las secciones tituladas " "Aprobaciones." -#: C/index.docbook:516(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:516(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" msgstr "6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS" -#: C/index.docbook:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and " @@ -3940,7 +4340,8 @@ msgstr "" "reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los " "documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos." -#: C/index.docbook:527(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:527(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 msgid "" "You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it " "individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " @@ -3952,11 +4353,13 @@ msgstr "" "Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás " "aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento." -#: C/index.docbook:537(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:537(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" msgstr "7. AGREGACIÓN CON TRABAJOS INDEPENDIENTES" -#: C/index.docbook:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the Document or its " "derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on " @@ -3989,11 +4392,13 @@ msgstr "" "cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del agregado. En caso " "contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas enmarcando todo el agregado." -#: C/index.docbook:561(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:561(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 msgid "8. TRANSLATION" msgstr "8. TRADUCCIÓN" -#: C/index.docbook:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the Document under the " @@ -4018,11 +4423,13 @@ msgstr "" "Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de desacuerdo " "prevalecerá la versión original en inglés." -#: C/index.docbook:580(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:580(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 msgid "9. TERMINATION" msgstr "9. TERMINACIÓN" -#: C/index.docbook:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this " @@ -4041,11 +4448,13 @@ msgstr "" "Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en total " "conformidad con ella." -#: C/index.docbook:594(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:594(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISIONES DE ESTA LICENCIA" -#: C/index.docbook:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:595 msgid "" "The Free " "Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " @@ -4062,7 +4471,8 @@ msgstr "" "http://www.gnu.org/" "copyleft/." -#: C/index.docbook:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "Document specifies that a particular " @@ -4083,11 +4493,13 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software " "Foundation." -#: C/index.docbook:621(sect1/title) C/fdl-appendix.xml:621(sect1/title) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 msgid "Addendum" msgstr "Addendum" -#: C/index.docbook:622(sect1/para) C/fdl-appendix.xml:622(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 msgid "" "To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " "License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " @@ -4097,15 +4509,16 @@ msgstr "" "la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente copyright y las notas justo " "después del título de la página." -#: C/index.docbook:629(blockquote/para) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:629(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." msgstr "" "Copyright 2009-2010 Jorge González González\n" "Copyright 2009-2010 Francisco Javier Fernández Serrador\n" "Copyright 2009 Daniel Mustieles" -#: C/index.docbook:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -4126,7 +4539,8 @@ msgstr "" "licencia está incluida en la sección titulada GNU Free Documentation " "License." -#: C/index.docbook:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:647 msgid "" "If you have no Invariant Sections, " "write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones " @@ -4142,7 +4556,8 @@ msgstr "" "quote>; de la misma manera para Textos de " "Cubierta Trasera." -#: C/index.docbook:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " @@ -4156,35 +4571,43 @@ msgstr "" "copyleft/gpl.html\">Licencia Pública General de GNU (GNU General Public " "License), para permitir su uso en software libre." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/year) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "2000" msgstr "2000" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16(copyright/holder) +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(address/street) +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/city) +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "Boston" msgstr "Boston" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21(address/state) +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 msgid "MA" msgstr "MA" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/postcode) +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "02110-1301" msgstr "02110-1301" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22(address/country) +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 msgid "USA" msgstr "EE.UU." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20(para/address) +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 msgid "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" "postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" @@ -4192,11 +4615,13 @@ msgstr "" "Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" "postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 msgid "free" msgstr "libre" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 msgid "" "The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " "document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " @@ -4213,11 +4638,13 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo, sin que se le considere responsable de las modificaciones " "realizadas por otros." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 msgid "copyleft" msgstr "copyleft" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 msgid "" "This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " "the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " @@ -4229,27 +4656,27 @@ msgstr "" "Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia tipo " "copyleft diseñada para el software libre." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:82(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:99(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:107(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:113(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:156(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:190(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:205(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:224(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:235(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:253(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:294(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:354(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:368(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:400(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:462(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:482(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:519(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:540(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:565(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:583(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 msgid "Document" msgstr "Documento" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 msgid "you" msgstr "usted" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 msgid "" "This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " "placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " @@ -4262,16 +4689,17 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del público es un " "licenciatario, y será referido como <_:quote-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:234(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:269(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:283(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:315(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:351(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:433(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:447(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:459(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:475(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:543(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 msgid "Modified Version" msgstr "Versión modificada" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " "portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " @@ -4281,14 +4709,16 @@ msgstr "" "Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia literal o con " "modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 msgid "Secondary Section" msgstr "Sección secundaria" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 msgid "" -"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:link-" -"2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " +"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" +"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " "authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related " "matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall " "subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, " @@ -4308,34 +4738,39 @@ msgstr "" "asunto o temas relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, " "ética o política acerca de ellos." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:327(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:398(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:439(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:486(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:494(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:637(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:648(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 msgid "Invariant Sections" msgstr "Secciones invariantes" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:435(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 msgid "Secondary Sections" msgstr "Secciones secundarias" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " -"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:link-" -"3/> is released under this License." +"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-3/> is released under this License." msgstr "" "Las <_:quote-1/> son ciertas <_:link-2/> cuyos títulos son designados como " "Secciones Invariantes en la nota que indica que el <_:link-3/> se publica " "bajo esta Licencia." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:181(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:328(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:458(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 msgid "Cover Texts" msgstr "Textos de cubierta" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " "Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" @@ -4345,16 +4780,21 @@ msgstr "" "Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la nota que " "indica que el <_:link-2/> se publica bajo esta Licencia." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:124(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:207(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:369(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Transparente" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:204(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 msgid "Opaque" msgstr "Opacas" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 msgid "" "A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " "represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " @@ -4380,13 +4820,15 @@ msgstr "" "los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es <_:quote-3/> se " "denomina <_:quote-4/>" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:146(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:250(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:266(para/link) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:281(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:352(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 msgid "Title Page" msgstr "Portada" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 msgid "" "The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " "following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " @@ -4402,11 +4844,13 @@ msgstr "" "cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del trabajo,precediendo el " "comienzo del cuerpo del texto." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:551(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 msgid "section 3" msgstr "sección 3" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " "commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " @@ -4428,7 +4872,8 @@ msgstr "" "compensación a cambio de las copias. Si distribuye un número suficientemente " "grande de copias también deberá seguir las condiciones de la <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 msgid "" "If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " "and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " @@ -4453,7 +4898,8 @@ msgstr "" "satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden considerarse como copias literales en " "todos los aspectos." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 msgid "" "If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " "more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " @@ -4480,7 +4926,8 @@ msgstr "" "año después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición " "al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores)." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 msgid "" "It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" "link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " @@ -4491,15 +4938,18 @@ msgstr "" "darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión actualizada del " "Documento." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 msgid "3" msgstr "3" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 msgid "" "You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " "conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " @@ -4516,7 +4966,8 @@ msgstr "" "quienquiera posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en " "la Versión Modificada:" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 msgid "" "Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " "that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " @@ -4530,7 +4981,8 @@ msgstr "" "usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al original siempre y cuando " "quien las publicó originalmente otorgue permiso." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 msgid "" "List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " "responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " @@ -4543,18 +4995,21 @@ msgstr "" "autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), a menos que le eximan de tal " "requisito." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 msgid "" "State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " "the publisher." msgstr "" "Mostrar en la <_:link-1/> como editor el nombre del editor de la <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." msgstr "Conservar todas las notas de copyright del <_:link-1/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 msgid "" "Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " "the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " @@ -4564,11 +5019,13 @@ msgstr "" "licencia dando el permiso público para usar la <_:link-1/>. bajo los " "términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en el Adenda de más abajo." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 msgid "Document's" msgstr "Documento" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 msgid "" "Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " "<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." @@ -4577,13 +5034,14 @@ msgstr "" "de <_:link-1/> y de los <_:link-2/> que sean requeridos en el aviso de " "Licencia del <_:link-3/> original." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:353(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:372(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:507(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:508(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 msgid "History" msgstr "Historia" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 msgid "" "Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " "item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" @@ -4600,7 +5058,8 @@ msgstr "" "su Portada, añadiendo además un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, " "como se estableció en la sentencia anterior." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 msgid "" "Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " "access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " @@ -4618,15 +5077,18 @@ msgstr "" "menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, o si el editor original de " "dicha versión da permiso." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:509(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 msgid "Acknowledgements" msgstr "Agradecimientos" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:510(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 msgid "Dedications" msgstr "Dedicatorias" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 msgid "" "In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " "title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " @@ -4636,7 +5098,8 @@ msgstr "" "título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la sustancia y el tono de los " "agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas por cada contribuyente." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 msgid "" "Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " "in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " @@ -4646,12 +5109,13 @@ msgstr "" "títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes no se consideran parte de los " "títulos de la sección." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412(para/quote) C/fdl-appendix.xml:424(para/quote) -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:445(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 msgid "Endorsements" msgstr "Aprobaciones" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 msgid "" "Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " "in the <_:link-2/>." @@ -4659,11 +5123,13 @@ msgstr "" "Elimine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/>. Tales secciones no pueden " "estar incluidas en las <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 msgid "Invariant Section" msgstr "Sección invariante" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422(formalpara/para) +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 msgid "" "Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " "with any <_:link-2/>." @@ -4671,7 +5137,8 @@ msgstr "" "No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a <_:quote-1/> ni a uno " "que entre en conflicto con el de alguna <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 msgid "" "If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " "qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " @@ -4687,7 +5154,8 @@ msgstr "" "de la Versión Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier " "otro título de sección." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 msgid "" "You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " "but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " @@ -4699,15 +5167,18 @@ msgstr "" "observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido aprobado por una " "organización como definición oficial de un estándar." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 msgid "Front-Cover Text" msgstr "Texto de cubierta delantera" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 msgid "Back-Cover Text" msgstr "Texto de cubierta trasera" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 msgid "" "You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " "up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " @@ -4727,7 +5198,8 @@ msgstr "" "añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con permiso explícito del " "editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 msgid "" "The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " "give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " @@ -4737,11 +5209,13 @@ msgstr "" "para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o implicar aprobación " "de cualquier <_:link-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:566(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 msgid "section 4" msgstr "sección 4" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 msgid "" "You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " "License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " @@ -4756,7 +5230,8 @@ msgstr "" "liste todas como Secciones Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso " "de licencia." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 msgid "" "The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " "identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " @@ -4776,11 +5251,13 @@ msgstr "" "mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones Invariantes " "en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 msgid "Endorsements." msgstr "Aprobaciones." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 msgid "" "In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " "the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " @@ -4788,12 +5265,13 @@ msgid "" "entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" msgstr "" "En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-1/> de " -"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:quote-" -"2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/> y " -"cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las secciones " -"tituladas <_:quote-5/>." +"los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada <_:" +"quote-2/>; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-3/" +"> y cualquier sección titulada <_:quote-4/>. Debe eliminar todas las " +"secciones tituladas <_:quote-5/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 msgid "" "You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " "released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " @@ -4807,15 +5285,18 @@ msgstr "" "colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia " "literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 msgid "aggregate" msgstr "agregado" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 msgid "Cover Text" msgstr "Texto de cubierta" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 msgid "" "A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " "independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " @@ -4844,7 +5325,8 @@ msgstr "" "del agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas " "enmarcando todo el agregado." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 msgid "" "Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " "translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" @@ -4865,7 +5347,8 @@ msgstr "" "original de esta Sección invariante en adición de esta licencia. En caso de " "desacuerdo prevalecerá la versión original en inglés." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 msgid "" "You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " "as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " @@ -4882,15 +5365,18 @@ msgstr "" "derechos, de usted bajo esta Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, " "siempre que permanezcan en total conformidad con ella." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 msgid "Free Software Foundation" msgstr "Free Software Foundation" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 msgid "" "The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " "Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " @@ -4902,11 +5388,13 @@ msgstr "" "similares en espíritu a la presente versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles " "para solucionar nuevos problemas o preocupaciones. Consulte <_:ulink-2/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 msgid "or any later version" msgstr "o cualquier versión posterior" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 msgid "" "Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " "<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" @@ -4925,15 +5413,18 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier versión publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software " "Foundation." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:651(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 msgid "Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "Textos de cubierta delantera" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640(para/link) C/fdl-appendix.xml:654(para/link) +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 msgid "Back-Cover Texts" msgstr "Textos de cubierta trasera" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632(blockquote/para) +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 msgid "" "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " "the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " @@ -4949,19 +5440,23 @@ msgstr "" "LISTA, y con los <_:link-3/> siendo LISTA. Una copia de la licencia está " "incluida en la sección titulada <_:quote-4/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 msgid "with no Invariant Sections" msgstr "sin secciones invariantes" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" msgstr "sin textos de cubierta delantera" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653(para/quote) +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" msgstr "Textos de cubierta LISTADOS" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 msgid "" "If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " "are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" @@ -4971,11 +5466,13 @@ msgstr "" "son invariantes. Si no tiene <_:link-3/>, escriba <_:quote-4/> en lugar de " "<_:quote-5/>; lo mismo para <_:link-6/>." -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661(para/ulink) +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 msgid "GNU General Public License" msgstr "Licencia Pública General GNU" -#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657(sect1/para) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 msgid "" "If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " "releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " @@ -4986,6 +5483,31 @@ msgstr "" "libre que usted elija, como la <_:ulink-1/>, para permitir su uso en " "software libre." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just " +#~ "add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level " +#~ "Makefile.am:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. " +#~ "Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel " +#~ "superior de Makefile.am:" + +#~ msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" +#~ msgstr "Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + #~ msgid "Chris" #~ msgstr "Chris" diff --git a/help/manual/es/index.docbook b/help/manual/es/index.docbook index ed40fcf..25e6cbb 100644 --- a/help/manual/es/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/es/index.docbook @@ -34,18 +34,9 @@ - - 1.19 - 05 Jun 2013 - ss - bug fixes - - - 1.18 - 14 Sep 2011 - ss - bug fixes, speedups, markdown support - + 1.19.1 05 de junio de 2013 ss versión de desarrollo + 1.19 05 de junio de 2013 ss correcciones de errores + 1.18 14 de septiembre de 2011 ss correcciones de errores, mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado 1.17 26 de febrero de 2011 sk actualización urgente de corrección de error 1.16 14 de enero de 2011 sk correcciones de errores y mejoras en la distribución 1.15 21 de mayo de 2010 sk correcciones de errores y regresiones @@ -64,7 +55,7 @@ - 2009-2013 + 2009-2014 Daniel Mustieles @@ -293,24 +284,12 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integración con automake - Primero copie el archivo Makefile.am de la subcarpeta de ejemplos de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (./docs/reference/<paquete>). Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada uno de ellos. + Primero copie el archivo Makefile.am de la subcarpeta examples de gtkdoc-sources a la carpeta de documentación de la API de su proyecto (./docs/reference/<package>). Debería haber una copia local disponible en /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. Si tiene varios paquetes de documentación, repítalo para cada uno de ellos. El siguiente paso es editar la configuración dentro de Makefile.am. Todos los ajustes tienen un comentario encima que describe su propósito. Muchos ajustes son opciones adicionales pasadas a las respectivas herramientas. Cada herramienta tiene una variable de la forma . Todas las herramientas soportan para listar los parámetros que soportan. - Puede que también quiera activar GTK-Doc para el objetivo distcheckmate. Simplemente añada la línea mostrada en el siguiente ejemplo a su nivel superior de Makefile.am: - - - Activar GTK-Doc durante make distcheck - - -DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc - - - - - @@ -457,35 +436,81 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject. - Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura + Use #Struct.field para referirse a un campo dentro de una estructura y #GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod. - Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\». + Si necesita usar los caracteres especiales «<», «>», «()», «@», «%», o «#» en su documentación sin que GTK-Doc los cambie, puede usar las entidades XML «&lt;», «&gt;», «amp;lpar;», «amp;rpar;», «amp;commat;» «&percnt;» y «&num;» respectivamente o escaparlas con una contrabarra doble «\». - DocBook puede hacer más que insertar enlaces. Puede tener listas, tablas y ejemplos. Para activar el uso de etiquetas SGML/XML dentro de comentarios en la documentación debe tener o en la variable MKDB_OPTIONS dentro de Makefile.am. + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + - Desde GTK-Doc-1.18 la herramienta soporta un subconjunto de lenguajes de marcado. Se pueden usar para títulos secundarios y listas de elementos simples. En versiones más antiguas de GTK-Doc el contenido se puede renderizar como tal (la lista de elementos aparecerá en una línea separada por guiones). Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado - + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + + + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ - +]]> - + + + + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de secciones. @@ -1027,7 +1052,52 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type También puede mirar los archivos producidos por el analizador del código fuente: <paquete>-decl-list.txt y <paquete>-decl.txt. El primero se puede comparar con el archivo de sección si se mantiene manualmente. El segundo lista todas las declaraciones desde las cabeceras. Si falta un símbolo, se puede comprobar si este archivo lo contiene. - Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <paquete>.args.txt, <paquete>.hierarchy.txt, <paquete>.interfaces.txt, <paquete>.prerequisites.txt and <paquete>.signals.txt. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que gtkdoc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero ejecutándolo como GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + Si el proyecto está basado en GObject, también se puede mirar en los archivos producidos por el analizador de objetos: <paquete>.args.txt, <paquete>.hierarchy.txt, <paquete>.interfaces.txt, <paquete>.prerequisites.txt y <paquete>.signals.txt. Si faltan símbolos en cualquiera de ellos, puede hacer que GTK-Doc guarde el análisis de archivos para futuros análisis, pero ejecutándolo como GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + + Modernizar la documentación + + GTK-Doc ha existido durante mucho tiempo. En esta sección se listan las características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles. + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + Al usar XML en lugar de SGML, actualmente se puede nombrar el documento maestro <paquete>-docs.xml. + + Esta versión soporta en Makefile.am. Cuando está activada, el archivo <paquete>-sections.txt se genera automáticamente y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar meld <paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt. + + La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo tmpl. Esta versión añade opciones para cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de construcción de tmpl adicional, usando en configure.ac. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + Esta versión soporta en Makefile.am. Cuando está activado, el archivo <package>.types se genera automáticamente y se puede eliminar del control de versiones. Al usar esta característica es importante configurar la variable IGNORE_HFILES en el Makefile.am para el código que se construye de manera condicional. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + Esta versión incluye una herramienta nueva llamada gtkdoc-check. Esta herramienta puede ejecutar una serie de comprobaciones de integridad de la documentación. Se activa añadiendo las siguientes líneas al final del archivo Makefile.am. Activar gtkdoc-check + + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \ + DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \ + SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir) +TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK) +endif + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + La versión 1.18 incluía soporte para cierto marcado inicial. Usar el marcado en los comentarios del documento es menos intrusivo que escribir el XML del «docbook». Esta versión mejora mucho esto y añade muchos más estilos. La sección que explica la sintaxis de los comentarios contiene todos los detalles. + diff --git a/help/manual/fr/index.docbook b/help/manual/fr/index.docbook index 979da7b..0fc03d9 100644 --- a/help/manual/fr/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/fr/index.docbook @@ -34,6 +34,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -332,24 +338,21 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Intégration avec automake - Pour commencer, copiez le fichier Makefile.am depuis le sous-répertoire des exemples de gtkdoc-sources vers le répertoire de documentation d'API du projet (./docs/reference/<paquet>). S'il y a plusieurs paquets de documentation, répétez cette étape pour chacun d'eux. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + L'étape suivante est de modifier les options dans le fichier Makefile.am. Toutes les options sont accompagnées d'un commentaire au-dessus qui explique leur fonction. La plupart des options sont des paramètres supplémentaires qui sont passés aux outils respectifs. Chaque outil possède une variable de la forme . Tous les outils prennent en charge l'option qui affiche la liste des options prises en charge. - Il est aussi possible d'activer GTK-Doc pour la cible distcheck de make. Il faut juste ajouter la ligne suivante au fichier Makefile.am du répertoire racine : - - - Activation de GTK-Doc pendant le « make distcheck » - - -DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc - - - - - @@ -522,35 +525,84 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Utilisez #Structure.champ pour vous référer au champ d'une stucture. + + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. + - Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser les caractères spéciaux « '<', '> », « () », « @ », « % » ou « # » dans votre documentation sans que GTK-Doc ne les interprète, vous pouvez utiliser les entités XML « &lt; », « &gt; », « &lpar; », « &rpar; », « &commat; », « &percnt; », « &num; » ou les échapper en les précédant d'un antislash « \ ». + Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser les caractères spéciaux « '<', '> », « () », « @ », « % » ou « # » dans votre documentation sans que GTK-Doc ne les interprète, vous pouvez utiliser les entités XML « &lt; », « &gt; », « &lpar; », « &rpar; », « &commat; », « &percnt; », « &num; » ou les échapper en les précédant d'un antislash « \ ». - DocBook peut faire plus que des liens. Il peut aussi générer des listes, des tableaux et des exemples. Pour activer l'utilisation des balises SGML/XML DocBook dans les commentaires de documentation, vous devez avoir une des options ou dans la variable MKDB_OPTIONS du fichier Makefile.am. + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + - À partir de GTK-Doc 1.18, il est possible d'utiliser un sous-ensemble de la syntaxe markdown. On peut l'utiliser pour les sous-titres et les listes à puces simples. Dans des versions plus anciennes de GTK-Doc, le contenu est affiché tel quel (les éléments d'une liste sont affichés sur une seule ligne, séparés par des tirets). Bloc de commentaire GTK-Doc utilisant la syntaxe markdown - + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + + + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ - +]]> - + + + + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + Comme indiqué plus tôt, GTK-Doc est fait pour documenter les API publiques. On ne peut donc pas écrire de la documentation pour les symboles statiques. Néanmoins, il est bon de commenter ces symboles aussi. Cela aide les autres à comprendre votre code. Par conséquent, nous recommandons de les documenter à l'aide de commentaires normaux (sans le second « * » à la première ligne). Si, plus tard, la fonction doit être rendue publique, il suffira juste d'ajouter un « * » dans le bloc de commentaires et d'ajouter le nom du symbole à la bonne place à l'intérieur du fichier des sections. @@ -1182,11 +1234,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documentation d'autres interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/gu/index.docbook b/help/manual/gu/index.docbook index b474082..3a40f35 100644 --- a/help/manual/gu/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/gu/index.docbook @@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -408,7 +414,16 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) automake સાથે એકત્રિકરણ - તમારા પ્રોજેક્ટની API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ડિરેક્ટરી ( ./docs/reference/<package>) માં gtkdoc-સ્ત્રોતોની ઉપડિરેક્ટરીઓનાં ઉદાહરણો માંથી Makefile.am ની પહેલી નકલ કરો. જો તમારી પાસે દરેક એક માટે ઘણાબધા ફરી આવતા દસ્તાવેજ-પેકેજો છે. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. @@ -421,22 +436,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - distcheck ને બનાવવા દરમ્યાન GTK-Doc ને સક્રિય કરો - - - - - - @@ -688,51 +687,85 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - જો તમારે તેઓને બદલ્યા વગર GTK-Doc વગર તમારાં દસ્તાવેજીકરણમાં વિશિષ્ટ અક્ષરો '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' ને વાપરવાનું ઇચ્છતા હોય તો તમે XML વસ્તુઓ "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" અને "&num;" ને વાપરી શકો છો અથવા બેકસ્લેશ '\' સાથે તેઓમાંથી બહાર નીકળી જાઓ. + જો તમારે તેઓને બદલ્યા વગર GTK-Doc વગર તમારાં દસ્તાવેજીકરણમાં વિશિષ્ટ અક્ષરો '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' ને વાપરવાનું ઇચ્છતા હોય તો તમે XML વસ્તુઓ "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" અને "&num;" ને વાપરી શકો છો અથવા બેકસ્લેશ '\' સાથે તેઓમાંથી બહાર નીકળી જાઓ. - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + પહેલાનાં GTK-Doc માં પહેલેથી જણાવેલ પ્રમાણે સાર્વજનિક API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ માટે છે. છતાં એક એ સ્થિર સંકેતો માટે દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ને લખી શકતુ નથી. તેમ છતાં તે પેલાં સંકેતો પર ટિપ્પણી કરવા માટે સારુ છે. આ તમારાં કોડને સમજવા માટે બીજાને મદદ કરે છે. માટે આપણે સામાન્ય ટિપ્પણીઓની મદદથી આ ટિપ્પણી એ અગ્રહણીય કરેલ છે (પહેલાં વાક્યમાં બીજા '*' વગર). જો પછી વિધેયને સાર્વજનિક બનાવવાની જરૂર છે, ટિપ્પણી બ્લોકમાં બીજા '*' ઉમેરવા માટે બધાને કરવાની જરૂર છે અને ફાઇલ વિભાગોની અંદર જમણી જગ્યા પર સંકેત નામને દાખલ કરો. @@ -1542,11 +1575,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/pt_BR/fdl-appendix.xml b/help/manual/pt_BR/fdl-appendix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83fbe1c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/manual/pt_BR/fdl-appendix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ + + + + + Versão 1.1, Março de 2000 + + 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + +
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, + Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA
É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo. + + + Licença de Documentação Livre GNU + + + 0. INTRODUÇÃO + O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento escrito livre em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros. + + Esta licença é um tipo de copyleft, que significa que trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres. + + Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência. + + + 1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES + Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O Documento, abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e será referenciado como você. + + Uma Versão modificada do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma. + + Uma Seção da secundária é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do Documento que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles. + + As Sessões invariantes são certas Sessões secundárias cujos títulos são designados como sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o Documento é publicado sob esta Licença. + + Os Textos de Capa são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o Documento é publicado sob esta Licença. + + Uma cópia Transparente do Documento significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é Transparente é chamada Opaco. + + Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com propósito apenas de saída. + + A Título da página significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título semelhante, Título da página significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto. + + + + 2. CÓPIA ESCRITA + Você pode copiar e distribuir o Documento em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições descritas na seção 3. + + Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias. + + + + 3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE + Se você publicar cópias impressas do Documento, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do Documento exigir Textos de Capa, você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do Documento e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros aspectos. + + Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o resto em páginas adjacentes. + + Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias Opaco do Documento em número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia Transparente legível por máquina juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público. + + É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do Documento muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento. + + + + 4. MODIFICAÇÕES + Você pode copiar e distribuir uma Versão modificada do Documento sob as condições das seções 2 e 3 acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada: + + + + + A + Usar na Título da página (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do Documento, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção "Histórico" do Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão. + + + + + + B + Listar na Título da página como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na Versão modificada, juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do Documento (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos que cinco). + + + + + + C + Declarar na Título da página o nome do editor da Versão modificada, como seu editor. + + + + + + D + Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do Documento. + + + + + + E + Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais. + + + + + + F + Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da Versão modificada sob os termos desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo. + + + + + + G + Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de Sessões invariantes e Textos de Capa obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do do Documento. + + + + + + H + Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença. + + + + + + I + Preservar a seção intitulada Histórico, preservar seu título, e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o editor da Versão modificada conforme incluído na Título da página. Se nenhuma seção intitulada Histórico estiver presente no Documento, crie uma informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior. + + + + + + J + Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo Documento para acesso público a uma cópia Transparente deste e, da mesma maneira, os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção Histórico. Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão. + + + + + + K + Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada Agradecimentos ou Dedicatórias e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados. + + + + + + L + Preservar todas as Sessões invariantes do Documento, sem alterações em seus textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos títulos das seções. + + + + + + M + Apagar qualquer seção intitulada Apoio. Tal seção não deve ser incluída na Versão modificada. + + + + + + N + Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como Apoio ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer Seção invariante. + + + + + Se a Versão modificada incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como Sessões secundárias, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de Sessões invariantes na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros títulos de seções. + + Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada Apoio, desde que esta contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua Versão modificada por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição oficial de um padrão. + + Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como Texto de Capa Frontal, e uma passagem de até 25 palavras como Texto de Contracapa, ao fim da lista de Textos de Capa na Versão modificada. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o Documento já incluir um texto de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu. + + O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do Documento, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer Versão modificada. + + + + 5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS + Você pode combinar o Documento com outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na seção 4 acima para versões modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as Sessões invariantes de todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença. + + O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e várias Sessões invariantes idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado. + + Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas Histórico nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada Histórico; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas Agradecimentos, e quaisquer seções intituladas Dedicatórias. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas Apoios.. + + + + 6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS + Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do Documento e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos. + + Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento. + + + + 7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES + Uma compilação do Documento ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma Versão modificada do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um agregação e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de Capa de Texto da seção 3 é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo. + + + + 8. TRADUÇÃO + Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma você pode distribuir traduções do Documento sob os termos da seção 4. A substituição das Sessões invariantes por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês prevalecerá. + + + + 9. TÉRMINO + Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o Documento com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença. + + + + 10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA + A Free Software Foundation pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. + + É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o Documento especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença ou qualquer versão posterior se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. + + + + Adendo + Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e licença logo após a página de título: + +
+ Copyright ANO SEU NOME. + Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; com as Sessões invariantes, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS, e com os Textos de Contracapa sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia da licença está inclusa na seção intitulada Licença de Documentação Livre GNU. +
+ + Se você não tiver qualquer Sessões invariantes, escreva sem Seções Invariantes ao invés de afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem Textos de Capa Frontal, escreva sem Textos de Capa Frontal ao invés de Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS; O mesmo se aplica a Textos de Contracapa. + + Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GPL) (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre. + + diff --git a/help/manual/pt_BR/index.docbook b/help/manual/pt_BR/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59cf9d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/help/manual/pt_BR/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,1529 @@ + + + + +included"> +]> + + + + Manual do GTK-Doc + 1.18.1 + Manual de usuário para desenvolvedores com instruções do uso do GTK-Doc. + + Chris Lyttle
chris@wilddev.net
+ Dan Mueth
d-mueth@uchicago.edu
+ Stefan Kost
ensonic@users.sf.net
+ + Projeto GTK-Doc
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
 + 2000, 2005 Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle + 2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost) + + + + + Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, Textos de Capa Frontal, e sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da licença está inclusa. + Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas. + + + + 1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss versão de desenvolvimento + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss correção de erros + 1.18 14 Set 2011 ss correção de erros, aceleração, suporte a markdown + 1.17 26 Fev 2011 sk atualização de correção de erro urgente + 1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk correção de erros, melhorias no layout + 1.15 21 Maio 2010 sk correção de erros e regressões + 1.14 28 Mar 2010 sk Correção de erro e melhorias na performance + 1.13 18 Dez 2009 sk atualização de tarball defeituoso + 1.12 18 Dez 2009 sk novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correção de erros + 1.11 16 Nov 2008 mal Migração do GNOME doc-utils + + + + + + Marcelo Rodrigues + + marcelopires@mmsantos.com.br + + + + 2010 + + Marcelo Rodrigues + + + + + Rafael Ferreira + + rafael.f.f1@gmail.com + + + + 2013 + + Rafael Ferreira + + + + + + + Introdução + + Este capítulo introduz GTK-Doc e dá um visão geral do que ele é e como ele é usado. + + + O que é GTK-Doc? + + GTK-Doc é usado para documentar código C. Ele é tipicamente usado para documentar a API pública das bibliotecas, como as bibliotecas do GTK+ e do GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos. + + + + Como o GTK-Doc funciona? + + O GTK-Doc funciona usando a documentação de funções colocadas dentro dos arquivos fonte em blocos de comentários especialmente formatados ou documentação adicionada aos arquivos modelo que o GTK-Doc usa (apesar disso, note que o GTK-Doc vai documentar apenas funções que são declaradas em arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas). + + GTK-Doc consiste de um número de scripts perl, cada um executando uma etapa diferente no processo. + + Há 5 etapas principais no processo: + + + + + Escrevendo a documentação. O autor preenche os arquivos fonte com a documentação para cada função, macro, union, etc. (Anteriormente, a informação era inserida em arquivos de modelo gerados, o que não é mais recomendado). + + + + Juntando informação sobre o código. gtkdoc-scan varre os arquivos de cabeçalho do código buscando por declarações de funções, macros, enums, structs e unions. Ele cria o arquivo <módulo>-decl-list.txt contendo uma lista de declarações, inserindo-as em seções da acordo com o arquivo de cabeçalho no qual se encontram. Na primeira execução, este arquivo é copiado para <módulo>-sections.txt. O autor pode reorganizar as seções, e a ordem das declarações dentro delas, para produzir a ordem final desejada. O segundo arquivo que ele gera é <módulo>-decl.txt. Este arquivo contém as declarações completas encontradas pela varredura. Se por algum motivo se queira que alguns apareçam nos documentos, no qual declarações completas não puderam ser encontradas pela varredura ou a declaração deveria aparecer de outra forma, pode-se colocar entidades similares aos do <módulo>-decl.txt no <módulo>-overrides.txt. + gtkdoc-scangobj também pode ser usado para consultar dinamicamente uma biblioteca sobre qualquer subclasse GObject que ele exporta. Ele salva informações sobre cada posição do objeto na hierarquia de classe e sobre quaisquer propriedades GObject e sinais que ela fornece. + gtkdoc-scanobj não deveria mais ser usada. Ele era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+. + + + + Gerando os arquivos "template". gtkdoc-mktmpl cria uma quantidade de arquivos no subdiretório tmpl/, usando a informação coletada na primeira etapa. (Note que ele pode ser executado repetidas vezes e vai tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.) + + Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9, os modelos ("templates") podem ser evitados. Nós encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. gtkdocize possui suporte a uma opção que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso de tmpl. Se você nunca alterou o arquivo em tmpl manualmente, por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão). + + + + + Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF. gtkdoc-mkdb transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no subdiretório sgml/ ou xml/. Se o código fonte contém documentação nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML. + gtkdoc-mkhtml transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em arquivos HTML no subdiretório html/. Da mesma forma, gtkdoc-mkpdf transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <pacote>.pdf. + Arquivos nos diretórios sgml/ ou xml/ e html/ são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados manualmente. + + + + Consertando referências cruzadas entre documentos. Após a instalação dos arquivos HTML, gtkdoc-fixxref pode ser executado para consertar referências cruzadas entre documentos separados. Por exemplo, a documentação do GTK+ contém muitas referências cruzadas a tipos documentados no manual do GLib. Ao criar um tarball fonte para distribuição, gtkdoc-rebase transforma todos os links externos em web-links. Ao instalar documentações distribuídas (geradas previamente), o mesmo aplicativo vai tentar transformar links de volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas). + + + + + + + Obtendo GTK-Doc + + + Requisitos + Perl v5 - os scripts principais são Perl. + DocBook DTD v3.0 - Este é o DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/davenport + Jade v1.1 - Este é um processador de DSSSL para conversão de SGML para vários formatos. http://www.jclark.com/jade + Folhas de estilo modulares do DocBook Este é o código DSSSL para converter DocBook para HTML (e alguns outros formatos). É usado junto com jade. Eu personalizei um pouco o código DSSSL, em gtk-doc.dsl, para colorir as listagens/declarações do código do programa e para dar suporte a índices de referências cruzadas globais nos HTML gerados. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl + docbook-to-man - se você deseja criar páginas man a partir do DocBook. Eu personalizei um pouco a "especificação de tradução", para deixar o título em caixa alta e adicionar o título "GTK Library" no topo das páginas e a data de revisão no canto inferior. Há também um link para isso em http://www.ora.com/davenport. NOTA: isso não funciona ainda. + + + + Instalação + Não há um lugar padrão onde as folhas de estilos modulares de DocBook são instaladas. + O script de configuração do GTK-DOC pesquisa por esses três diretórios automaticamente: + /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (usado pelo RedHat) + /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (usado pelo Debian) + /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (usado pelo SuSE) + Se você tiver as folhas de estilos instaladas em algum lugar, você precisa configurar o Gtk-Doc usando a opção: --with-dsssl-dir=<CAMINHO_PARA_DIRETÓRIO_RAIZ_DAS_FOLHAS_DE_ESTILO> + + + + + + + + Sobre GTK-Doc + + (CORRIJA-ME) + + (História, autores, páginas web, licença, planos futuros, comparação com outros sistemas similares.) + + + + + Sobre este manual + + (CORRIJA-ME) + + (pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença) + + + + + + + Preparando seu projeto + + As próximas seções descrevem quais as etapas para realizar a integração do GTK-Doc em seu projeto. Estas seções consideram que nós trabalhamos em um projeto chamado "meep". Este projeto contém uma biblioteca chamada "libmeep" e um aplicativo para usuário final chamado "meeper". Nós também consideramos que você estará usando autoconf e automake. Além disso, a seção sobre makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação vai descrever as necessidades básicas para trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente. + + + Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação + + No diretório raiz do seu projeto, crie pastas chamadas docs/reference (desta forma, você também pode ter docs/help para documentação para usuário final). É recomendado criar um outro subdiretório com o nome do pacote de documentação. Para pacotes com apenas uma biblioteca, esta etapa não é obrigatória. + + Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios + + +meep/ + docs/ + reference/ + libmeep/ + meeper/ + src/ + libmeep/ + meeper/ + + + + + + + Integração com autoconf + + Muito fácil! Basta adicionar uma linha ao seu script configure.ac. + + + Integração com autoconf + + +# check for gtk-doc +GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl]) + + + + + + Isso vai exigir que todos os desenvolvedores tenham o gtk-doc instalado. Se não houver problema para seu projeto ter uma configuração opcional de compilação de documentação de API, você pode resolver isso como mostrado abaixo. Mantenha assim, pois o gtkdocize está procurando por GTK_DOC_CHECK no começo de uma linha. Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional + + +# check for gtk-doc +m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [ +GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl]) +],[ +AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false) +]) + + + + + O primeiro argumento é usado para verificar a gtkdocversion em tempo de compilação. O segundo argumento é opcional, sendo usado por gtkdocize. A macro GTK_DOC_CHECK também adiciona várias opções de configuração: + + --with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas + --enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no] + --enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim] + --enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não] + + + + GTK-Doc está desabilitado por padrão! Lembre-se de passar a opção à próxima execução do configure. Do contrário, uma documentação gerada previamente é instalada (o que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores). + + + Além disso, é recomendado que você tenha a seguinte linha dentro do seu script configure.ac. Ela permite que gtkdocize copie automaticamente a definição de macro para GTK_DOC_CHECK para o seu projeto. + + + Preparação para gtkdocize + + +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) + + + + + + + + Integração com automake + + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + + + A próxima etapa é editar as configurações dentro do Makefile.am. Todas as configurações tem um comentário em cima que descreve seu propósito. A maioria das configurações são opções extras passadas para as respectivas ferramentas. Cada ferramenta tem uma variável na forma . Todas as ferramentas têm suporte a pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis. + + + + + + + Integração com autogen + + A maioria dos projetos têm um script autogen.sh para configurar a infraestrutura de compilação após baixar do sistema de controle de versão (como cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc vêm com uma ferramenta chamada gtkdocize que pode ser usada em um script assim. O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf. + + + Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh + + +gtkdocize || exit 1 + + + + + + Ao executar gtkdocize, ele copia gtk-doc.make para a raiz do seu projeto (ou qualquer diretório especificado pela opção ). Ele também verifica se seu script de configuração pela chamada de GTK_DOC_CHECK. Esta macro pode ser usada para passar parâmetros extras para gtkdocize. + + Historicamente, GTK-Doc estava gerando arquivos modelo (template) nos quais os desenvolvedores inseriam as documentações. Isso acabou sendo não tão bom (ex.: a necessidade de serem gerados arquivos sob controle de versão). Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9 as ferramentas podem obter todas as informações dos comentários no fonte e, portanto, os arquivos modelo podem ser evitados. Nós encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. O gtkdocize possui agora suporte à opção que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso de tmpl. Além de adicionar a opção diretamente à chamada do comando, elas também podem ser adicionadas a uma variável de ambiente chamada GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS ou definidas como um segundo parâmetro na macro GTK_DOC_CHECK no script configure. Se você nunca alterou um arquivo tmpl a mão e está migrando de versões antigas do gtkdoc, por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão). + + + + Executando a compilação da documentação + + Após as etapas anteriores, é hora de executar a compilação. Primeiro, nós queremos executar novamente o autogen.sh. Se este script executa o configure para você, então forneça a este a opção . Do contrário, execute manualmente configure com esta opção em seguida. + A primeira execução do make cria vários arquivos adicionais nos diretórios de documentação. Os importantes são: <pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs.xml (no passado, .sgml), <pacote>-sections.txt. + + Executando a compilação da documentação + + +./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc +make + + + + + Agora você pode apontar seu navegador para docs/reference/<pacote>/index.html. Sim, é um pouco desapontador. Mas aguente aí, durante o próximo capítulo nós vamos dizer como você pode preencher as páginas com vida. + + + + Integração com sistemas de controle de versão + + Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: <pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs.xml (no passado, .sgml), <pacote>-sections.txt, Makefile.am + + + + Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação + + Neste caso, não se deseja usar o automake e, portanto, gtk-doc.mak. Será necessário chamar as ferramentas do gtkdoc na ordem correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação). + + + Etapas de compilação da documentação + + +DOC_MODULE=meep +// fontes foram alterados +gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=... +gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) +gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml +// arquivos xml foram alterados +mkdir html +cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml +gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html + + + + + + Será necessário olhar no Makefile.am e no gtk-doc.mak para obter as opções extras necessárias. + + + + + + Documentando o código + + GTK-Doc usa comentários do código fonte com uma sintaxe especial para documentação do código. Além disso, ele obtém informações sobre a estrutura do seu projeto a partir de outros fontes. Na próxima seção, você vai descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários. + + + Localização da documentação + Antigamente, a maioria das documentações tinha que ser preenchida em arquivos residentes dentro do diretório tmpl. Isso tem as desvantagens das informações frequentemente não serem atualizadas e também que o arquivo tende a causar conflitos com sistemas de controle de versão. + Para evitar os problemas mencionados a seguir nós sugerimos que a documentação seja colocada dentro das fontes. Este manual vai apenas descrever esta forma de documentar código. + + + A varredura sabe lidar com a maioria dos cabeçalhos de C sem problemas. Caso se receba avisos (warnings) na varredura que pareça ser um caso especial, pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc + + +#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__ +/* código não analisável arqui */ +#endif + + + + + + + + Comentários de documentação + + Um comentário multilinha que começa com um "*" adicional marca um bloco de documentação que será processado pelas ferramentas do GTK-Doc. Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc + + +/** + * identificador: + * documentação ... + */ + + + + + O "identificador" é uma linha com o nome do item ao qual o comentário está relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item. + + O bloco "documentação" também é diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. Tipos de símbolos que levam parâmetros, como funções e macros, têm a descrição de parâmetro começando com uma linha vazia (apenas com um "*"). Posteriormente, segue com a descrição detalhada. Todas as linhas (fora das listagens do programa e seções CDATA) contendo apenas um " *" (espaço em branco e asterisco) são convertidas para quebras de parágrafos. Se você não quiser uma quebra de parágrafo, altere isso para " * " (espaço, asterisco, espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código). + + + Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: + + O que é: O nome de uma classe ou função pode, em alguns casos, levar a um entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes. + + + O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API. + + + + + Uma vantagem do hipertexto de texto simples é a habilidade de ter links no documento. Porém, escrever a marcação correta para cada link pode ser entediante. GTK-Doc vem para ajudar fornecendo abreviações úteis. + + Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos. + + + Use @param para se referir a parâmetros. Também, use isso ao se referir a parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito. + + + Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. + + + Use #symbol para se referir a outros tipos de símbolos, ex.: structs, enums e macros que não levam argumentos. + + + Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject. + + + Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject. + + + Use #Struct.field para se referir a um campo dentro de uma estrutura e #GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod. + + + + + Se você precisar usar os caracteres especiais "<", ">", "()", "@", "%" ou "#" em sua documentação sem GTK-Doc alterando-os, você pode usar as entidades XML "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" e "&num;", respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra "\". + + + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + + + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| + */ +]]> + + + + + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + + + Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais (sem o segundo "*" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro "*" no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do arquivo e seções. + + + + + Documentando seções + + Cada seção da documentação contém informações sobre uma classe ou um módulo. Para introduzir o componente, pode-se escrever um bloco de seção. A descrição curta também é usada dentro da tabela de conteúdo (sumário). Todos os @fields são opcionais. + + + Bloco de comentário de sessão + + +/** + * SECTION:meepapp + * @short_description: A classe do aplicativo + * @title: Aplicativo Meep + * @section_id: + * @see_also: #MeepSettings + * @stability: Estável + * @include: meep/app.h + * @image: aplicativo.png + * + * A classe do aplicativo cuida de ... + */ + + + + + + + + SECTION:<nome> + + O nome vincula a documentação da seção à respectiva parte do arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt. O nome informado aqui deve corresponder à tag <FILE> no arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt. + + + + @short_description + + Uma descrição de uma linha da sessão,que mais tarde aparecerá após os links no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão. + + + + @title + + O padrão para título de seção é <nome> da declaração da SECTION. Ele pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title. + + + + @section_id + + Sobrescreve o uso do título como um identificador de seção. Para GObjects, o <title> é usado como um section_id e para outras seções ele é <MÓDULO>-<title>. + + + + @see_also + + Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão. + + + + @stability + + Uma descrição informal do nível de estabilidade que esta API tem. Nós recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: + + Estável - A intenção de uma interface estável é permitir terceiros arbitrários desenvolverem aplicativos para essas interfaces, lançá-los e ter a confiança de que eles vão funcionar em todos os lançamentos menores do produto (após aquele no qual a interface foi introduzida e naquele mesmo lançamento maior). Atém mesmo em um lançamento maior, espera-se que alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas. + + + Instável - Interfaces instáveis são experimentais ou transicionais. Elas são normalmente usadas para dar a desenvolvedores externos um acesso prévio a nova tecnologia ou em rápida alteração, ou para fornecer uma solução interina para um problema que uma solução mais genérica foi antecipada. Nenhuma responsabilidade é assumida pela compatbilidade dos binários ou dos fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima. + + + Privado - Uma interface que pode ser usada dentro da própria pilha do GNOME, mas que não está documentada para usuários finais. Tais funções deveriam ser usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas. + + + Interna - Uma interface que é interna a um módulo e não requer documentação para o usuário final. Funções que não estão documentadas são presumidas como sendo "Interna". + + + + + + @include + + Os arquivos #include a ser mostrado na sinopse da seção (uma lista separada por vírgulas), sobrescrevendo o valor global do arquivo de seção ou linha de comando. Este item é opcional. + + + + @image + + A imagem a ser exibida no topo da página de referência desta seção. Isso frequentemente será um tipo de diagrama para ilustrar a aparência visual de uma classe ou uma diagrama de suas relações a outras classes. Este item é opcional. + + + + + + Para evitar recompilação desnecessária após alterações de documentação inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível. + + + + + + Documentando símbolos + + Cada símbolo (função, macro, struct, enum, signal e property) é documentado em uma bloco separado. O bloco é melhor localizado perto da definição dos símbolos, de forma que seja fácil de mantê-los em sincronia. Portanto, as funções são normalmente documentadas no fonte em C e macros, scructs e enums no arquivo de header. + + Tags gerais + + Você pode adicionar informação sobre versionamento em todos os elementos de documentação para informar quando uma API foi introduzida ou quando ela se tornou obsoleta. + + Tags de versionamento + Since: + + Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível. + + + Deprecated: + + Parágrafo denotando que esta função deveria não mais ser usada. A descrição deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API. + + + + + (CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade) + + Tags gerais + + +/** + * foo_get_bar: + * @foo: Um foo + * + * Obtém o bar do @foo. + * + * Returns: bar do @foo + * + * Since: 2.6 + * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() no seu lugar. + */ +Bar * +foo_get_bar(Foo *foo) +{ +... + + + + + + Bloco de comentário de função + + Por favor, lembre-se de: + + Documente se objetos, listas, strings, etc. retornados devem ser não usados/não referenciados/liberada. + + + Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem. + + + Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado. + + + + Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com "_" são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas. + + Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations + + Bloco de comentário de função + + +/** + * nome_da_função: + * @par1: descrição do parâmetro 1. Esta pode se estender por mais de + * uma linha. + * @par2: descrição do parâmetro 2 + * @...: uma lista de bars terminada em %NULL + * + * A descrição vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a parâmetros + * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %constant + * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links para + * outras declarações (que pode ser documentada em outro lugar). + * + * Returns: um inteiro. + * + * Since: 2.2 + * Deprecated: 2.18: Use outra_função() em seu lugar. + */ + + + + + Tags de função + Returns: + + Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado. + + + @...: + + No caso da função possuir argumentos variados, você deveria usar esta tag (@Varargs: também funciona por motivos de histórico). + + + + + + + Bloco de comentário de propriedade + + Bloco de comentário de propriedade + + +/** + * AlgumWidget:alguma-propriedade: + * + * Aqui você pode documentar uma propriedade. + */ +g_object_propriedade_install_classe (object_classe, PROP_ALGUMA_PROPRIEDADE, ...); + + + + + + + Bloco de comentário de sinal + + Por favor, lembre-se de: + + Documente quando o sinal é emitido e se ele é emitido antes ou após outros sinais. + + + Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal. + + + + Bloco de comentário de sinal + + +/** + * FooWidget::foobarizado: + * @widget: o widget que recebeu o sinal + * @foo: algum foo + * @bar: algum bar + * + * O sinal ::foobarized é emitido cada vez que alguém tenta foobarizar @widget. + */ +foo_sinais[FOOBARIZAR] = + g_signal_novo ("foobarizar", + ... + + + + + + + Bloco de comentário de struct + Bloco de comentário de struct + + +/** + * FooWidget: + * @bar: algum #gboolean + * + * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto. + */ +typedef struct _FooWidget { + /*< private >*/ + GtkWidget parent; + + /*< public >*/ + gboolean bar; +} FooWidget; + + + + + Use /*< private >*/ antes dos campos da struct privada que você deseja esconder. Use /*< public >*/ para o comportamento inverso. + + Blocos de comentário de struct também podem ser usados para GObjects e GObjectClasses. É normalmente uma boa ideia adicionar um bloco de comentário para uma classe, se ela possui vmethods (pois assim é como elas podem ser documentadas). Para o próprio GOBject pode-se usar os documentos de seção relacionados, tendo um bloco separado para a instância do struct seria útil se a instância possui campos públicos. Uma desvantagem aqui é que isso cria duas entradas no índice do mesmo nome (a estrutura e a seção). + + + + Bloco de comentário de enum + Bloco de comentário de enum + + +/** + * Alguma coisa: + * @ALGUMACOISA_FOO: alguma coisa foo + * @ALGUMCAOISA_BAR: alguma coisa bar + * + * Valores de enum usados para a coisa, para especificar a coisa. + */ +typedef enum { + ALGUMACOISA_FOO, + ALGUMACOISA_BAR, + /*< private >*/ + ALGUMACOISA_CONTAGEM +} Alguma coisa; + + + + + Use /*< private >*/ antes de valores privados de enum que você deseja ocultar. Use /*< public >*/ para o comportamento inverso. + + + + + + Tags úteis do DocBook + + Aqui estão algumas tags de DocBook que são muito úteis quando se está documentado o código. + + PAra vincular a outra seção nas documentações do GTK: + + +<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Tabela de hashes</link> + + + O fim do link é o ID do SGML/XML no item superior da páginao a qual você deseja vincular. Para a maioria das páginas isto é atualmente a parte ("gtk", "gdk", "glib") e, então, o título da página ("Hash Tables"). Para os widgets isso é apenas o nome da classe. Espaços e sublinhados são convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML. + + Para se referir a uma função externa, como, por exemplo, uma função padrão do C: + + +<function>...</function> + + + + + Para incluir um código de exemplo: + + +<example> + <title>Usando uma GHashTable.</title> + <programlisting> + ... + </programlisting> +</example> + + + ou possivelmente este, para fragmentos de código bem curtos que não precisam de um título: + + +<informalexample> + <programlisting> + ... + </programlisting> +</informalexample> + + + Para este último, GTK-Doc também possui suporte a uma abreviação: |[ ... ]| + + Para incluir listas com marcadores: + + +<itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + ... + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + ... + </para> + </listitem> +</itemizedlist> + + + + + Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: + + +<note> + <para> + Certifique-se de que você liberou os dados após usá-los. + </para> +</note> + + + + + Para se referir a um tipo: + + +<type>unsigned char</type> + + + + + Para se referir a uma estrutura externa (não uma descrita nos documentos do GTK): + + +<structname>XFontStruct</structname> + + + + + Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: + + +<structfield>len</structfield> + + + + + Para se referir a um nome de classe, nós possivelmente poderíamos usar: + + +<classname>GtkWidget</classname> + + + mas você provavelmente vai estar usando #GtkWidget em vez disso (para criar automaticamente um link para a página do GtkWidget - veja as abreviações). + + Para enfatizar um texto: + + +<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis> + + + + + Para nome de arquivos use: + + +<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename> + + + + + Para se referir a chaves use: + + +<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> + + + + + + + + + Preenchendo os arquivos extras + + Há alguns poucos arquivos extras, que precisam ser mantidos junto com os comentários inseridos no código fonte: <pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs.xml (no passado, .sgml), <pacote>-sections.txt. + + + Editando o arquivo de tipos + + Se sua biblioteca ou aplicativo inclui GObjects, você deseja que seus sinais, argumentos/parâmetros e posição na hierarquia sejam mostrados na documentação. Tudo que você precisa fazer é listar as funções xxx_get_type junto com seus include dentro do arquivo <pacote>.types. + + + Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos + + +#include <gtk/gtk.h> + +gtk_accel_label_get_type +gtk_adjustment_get_type +gtk_alignment_get_type +gtk_arrow_get_type + + + + + + Desde o GTK-Doc 1.8, o gtkdoc-scan pode gerar esta lista para você. Basta adicionar "--rebuild-types" a SCAN_OPTIONS no Makefile.am. Se você usar esta abordagem, você não deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão. + + + + + Editando o documento mestre + + O Gtk-Doc produz documentação em DocBook SGML/XML. Ao processar os comentários inseridos nos fontes, as ferramentas do GTK-Doc geram uma página de documentação por classe ou módulo como um arquivo separado. O documento mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem. + + Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá. + + + Não crie tutoriais como documentos extras. Apenas escreva capítulos extras. O benefício de embutir diretamente o tutorial para sua biblioteca na documentação da API é que é mais fácil vincular o tutorial a um símbolo da documentação. Além disso, as chances são mais altas que o tutorial obtenha atualizações junto com a biblioteca. + + + Então, quais são as coisas para se alterar dentro do documento mestre? Para começar é apenas um pouco. Existem alguns mantedores de espaço (texto em colchetes) que você deve cuidar. + + + Cabeçalho do documento mestre + + +<bookinfo> + <title>Manual de referência do NOMEDOMÓDULO</title> + <releaseinfo> + for NOMEDOMÓDULO [VERSÃO] + A última versão desta documentação também pode ser encontrada on-line em + <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/index.html">http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/</ulink>. + </releaseinfo> +</bookinfo> + +<chapter> + <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title> + + + + + + + + + Editando o arquivo de seção + + O arquivo de seção é usado para organizar a saída da documentação pelo GTK-Doc. Aqui pode-se especificar qual símbolo pertence a qual módulo ou classe e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada). + + O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML (usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um "#" são tratadas como linhas de comentários. + + A tag <FILE> ... </FILE> é usada para especificar o nome de arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar "<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no arquivo modelo tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, o qual será convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML sgml/gnome-config.sgml ou no arquivo DocBook XML xml/gnome-config.xml. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos os caracteres para minúsculos). + + A tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> é usada para especificar o título da seção. Ela é usada apenas antes do modelo (se usado) ser criado inicialmente, já que o título definido no arquivo de modelo sobrescreve este. Também, se for usado o comentário SECTION nos fontes, isso está obsoleto. + + Você pode agrupar itens na seção usando a tag <SUBSECTION>. Atualmente, ela retorna uma linha em branco entre as subseções na seção de sinópse. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para declarações padrão do GObject (ex.: as funções como g_object_get_type e macros como G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Atualmente, estas são deixadas fora da documentação. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Private> para declarações privadas que não serão retornadas (é uma forma prática de evitar mensagens de aviso sobre declarações não usadas). Se sua biblioteca contém tipos privados que você não deseja que apareçam na hierarquia do objeto e a linha de classes implementadas ou exigidas, adicione-as a uma subseção privada. Se você colocaria o GObject e GObjectClass como structs numa seção padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods). + + Você também pode usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar os arquivos #include que são mostrados nas seções de sinópse. Ela contém uma lista separada por vírgula de arquivos #include, sem os sinais de maior que e menor que. Se você define-a fora de quaisquer seções, ela age para todas as seções até o fim do arquivo. Se você define-a em uma seção, ela só vai se aplicar àquela seção. + + + + + + + Controlando o resultado + + Uma execução do GTK-Doc gera arquivos de relatórios dentro do diretório de documentação. Os arquivos gerados são chamados: <pacote>-undocumented.txt, <pacote>-undeclared.txt e <pacote>-unused.txt. Todos eles são arquivos texto simples que podem ser facilmente visualizados e pós-processados. + + O arquivo <pacote>-undocumented.txt começa com um sumário de cobertura da documentação. Abaixo estão duas seções divididas por linhas brancas. A primeira seção lista símbolos não documentados e incompletos. A segunda seção faz o mesmo para os documentos de seção. Entradas incompletas são aquelas que foram documentadas, mas nas quais, por exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado. + + O arquivo <pacote>-undeclared.txt lista símbolos dados no <pacote>-sections.txt, mas não encontrados nos fontes. Verifique se eles foram removidos ou se eles foram escritos incorretamente. + + O arquivo <pacote>-unused.txt lista nomes de símbolo cuja documentação foi localizada na varredura do GTK-Doc, mas que não sabe onde colocá-los. Isso significa que o símbolo não foi adicionado ainda ao arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt. + + + Habilite ou adicione a linha no Makefile.am. Se pelo menos GTK-Doc 1.9 estiver instalado, isso vai executar verificações de sanidade durante a execução de make check. + + + Também pode-se buscar nos arquivos produzidos pela varredura do código aberto: <pacote>-decl-list.txt e <pacote>-decl.txt. O primeiro pode ser comparado com o arquivo de seção, se ele for mantido manualmente. O segundo lista todas as declarações de cabeçalhos. Se um símbolo está faltando, pode-se verificar se este arquivo o contém. + + + If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced + by the object scanner: + <package>.args.txt, + <package>.hierarchy.txt, + <package>.interfaces.txt, + <package>.prerequisites.txt and + <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as + GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + + + + Documentando outras interfaces + + Até agora nós temos usado o GTK-Doc para documentar a API de um código. As próximas sessões contêm sugestões de como as ferramentas podem ser usadas para documentar outras interfaces, também. + + + Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man + + Já que também é possível gerar páginas man para um refentry do docbook, soa como uma boa ideia usá-lo para este propósito. Desta forma, a interface é parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça. + + + Documentar a ferramenta + + Crie um arquivo refentry por ferramenta. Segundo nosso exemplo nós chamaríamos ele de meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml. Para as tags xml que devem ser usadas e podem parecer no arquivo gerado no subdiretório xml assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib. + + + + Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure + + + Verificações extra no configure + + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(man, + [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man], + [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes, + enable_man=no) + +AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc]) +AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno) + + + + + + + + Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile + + + Verificações extra no configure + + +man_MANS = \ + meeper.1 + +if ENABLE_GTK_DOC +if ENABLE_MAN + +%.1 : %.xml + @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $< + +endif +endif + +BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) +EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml + + + + + + + + + Interfaces DBus + + (CORRIJA-ME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus) + + + + + + Perguntas frequentes + + + + Questão + Resposta + + Sem hierarquia de classe. + A função de objetos xxx_get_type() não foi inserida no arquivo <pacote>.types. + + + Ainda sem hierarquia. + Nomenclatura faltando ou incorreta no arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt (veja a explicação). + + + Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes. + Por acaso o nome do objeto (nome da struct da instância, ex. GtkWidget) faz parte da seção normal (não coloque isso em subsções Standard ou Private)? + + + Nenhum símbolo de índice. + O <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml} contém um índice que "xi:inclui" o índice gerado? + + + Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section. + O doc-comment está usando a marcação correta (adicionado #,% or ())? Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos. + + + Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos. + A nova página foi "xi:incluída" do <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}? + + + Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos. + O doc-comment está formatado adequadamente? Verifique erros de escrita no começo do comentário. Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvíveis. Verifique se o símbolo está listado corretamente no <pacote>-sections.txt em uma subseção pública. + + + Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe. + Se o tipo está listado no <pacote>.hierarchy, mas não em xml/tree_index.sgml, então certifique-se de que o tipo está colocado corretamente no <pacote>-sections.txt. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: GtkWidget) não está listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada. + + + Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject. + Verifique se xml/annotation-glossary.xml está "xi:incluído" de <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}. + + + + + Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe + Verifique se o protótipo no cabeçalho tem nomes de parâmetros diferentes da fonte. + + + + + Múltiplos "IDs" para restrições do fim do link XYZ + O símbolo XYZ aparece duas vezes no arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt. + + + Elemento typename no espaço de nome '' encontrado em para, mas nenhum modelo correspondeu. + + + + + + + Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc + + GtkDocPlugin - um plug-in de integração com Trac GTK-Doc, que adiciona documentos de API a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac. + Gtkdoc-depscan - uma ferramenta (parte do gtk-doc) para verificar APIs usadas, a partir de suas tags, para determinar a versão mínima necessária. + + + + + + + + + Versão 1.1, Março de 2000 + 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, + Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA
É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo. + + + Licença de Documentação Livre GNU + + + 0. INTRODUÇÃO + O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento escrito livre em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros. + + Esta licença é um tipo de copyleft, que significa que trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres. + + Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência. + + + 1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES + Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O Documento, abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e será referenciado como você. + + Uma Versão Modificada do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma. + + Uma Seção Secundária é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do Documento que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles. + + As Seções Invariantes são certas Seções Secundárias cujos títulos são designados como sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o Documento é publicado sob esta Licença. + + Os Textos de Capa são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o Documento é publicado sob esta Licença. + + Uma cópia Transparente do Documento significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é Transparente é chamada Opaca. + + Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com propósito apenas de saída. + + A Página de Título significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título semelhante, Página de Título significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto. + + + + 2. CÓPIA ESCRITA + Você pode copiar e distribuir o Documento em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições descritas na seção 3. + + Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias. + + + + 3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE + Se você publicar cópias impressas do Documento, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do Documento exigir Textos de Capa, você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do Documento e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros aspectos. + + Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o resto em páginas adjacentes. + + Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias Opacas do Documento em número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia Transparente legível por máquina juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público. + + É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do Documento muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento. + + + + 4. MODIFICAÇÕES + Você pode copiar e distribuir uma Versão Modificada do Documento sob as condições das seções 2 e 3 acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada: + + + + + A + Usar na Página de Título (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do Documento, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção "Histórico" do Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão. + + + + + + B + Listar na Página de Título como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na Versão Modificada, juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do Documento (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos que cinco). + + + + + + C + Declarar na Página de Título o nome do editor da Versão Modificada, como seu editor. + + + + + + D + Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do Documento. + + + + + + E + Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais. + + + + + + F + Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da Versão Modificada sob os termos desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo. + + + + + + G + Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de Seções Invariantes e Textos de Capa obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do Documento. + + + + + + H + Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença. + + + + + + I + Preservar a seção intitulada Histórico, preservar seu título, e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o editor da Versão Modificada conforme incluído na Página de Título. Se nenhuma seção intitulada Histórico estiver presente no Documento, crie uma informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior. + + + + + + J + Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo Documento para acesso público a uma cópia Transparente deste e, da mesma maneira, os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção Histórico. Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão. + + + + + + K + Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada Agradecimentos ou Dedicatórias e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados. + + + + + + L + Preservar todas as Seções Invariantes do Documento, sem alterações em seus textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos títulos das seções. + + + + + + M + Apagar qualquer seção intitulada Apoio. Tal seção não deve ser incluída na Versão Modificada. + + + + + + N + Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como Apoio ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer Seção Invariante. + + + + + Se a Versão Modificada incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como Seções Secundárias, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros títulos de seções. + + Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada Apoio, desde que esta contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua Versão Modificada por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição oficial de um padrão. + + Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como Texto de Capa Frontal, e uma passagem de até 25 palavras como Texto de Contracapa, ao fim da lista de Textos de Capa na Versão Modificada. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o Documento já incluir um texto de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu. + + O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do Documento, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer Versão Modificada. + + + + 5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS + Você pode combinar o Documento com outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na seção 4 acima para versões modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as Seções Invariantes de todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença. + + O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e várias Seções Invariantes idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado. + + Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas Histórico nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada Histórico; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas Agradecimentos, e quaisquer seções intituladas Dedicatórias. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas Apoio. + + + + 6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS + Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do Documento e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos. + + Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento. + + + + 7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES + Uma compilação do Documento ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma Versão Modificada do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um agregado e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de Texto da Capa da seção 3 é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo. + + + + 8. TRADUÇÃO + Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma você pode distribuir traduções do Documento sob os termos da seção 4. A substituição das Seções Invariantes por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês prevalecerá. + + + + 9. TÉRMINO + Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o Documento com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença. + + + + 10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA + A Free Software Foundation pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. + + É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o Documento especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença ou qualquer versão posterior se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. + + + + Adendo + Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e licença logo após a página de título: + +
+ Copyright ANO SEU NOME. + Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free Software Foundation; com as Seções Invariantes, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS, e com os Textos de Contracapa sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia da licença está inclusa na seção entitulada Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License). +
+ + Se você não tiver qualquer Seção Invariante, escreva sem Seções Invariantes ao invés de afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem Textos de Capa Frontal, escreva sem Textos de Capa Frontal ao invés de Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS; O mesmo se aplica a Textos de Contracapa. + + Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre. + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po b/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09ebc0c --- /dev/null +++ b/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.po @@ -0,0 +1,5360 @@ +# Brazilian Portuguese translation for gtk-doc help. +# Copyright (C) 2013 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package. +# Marcelo Rodrigues , 2010. +# Rafael Ferreira , 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 20:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-10 03:27-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael Ferreira \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" +"Marcelo Rodrigues , 2010\n" +"Rafael Ferreira , 2013" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title +#: C/index.docbook:12 +msgid "GTK-Doc Manual" +msgstr "Manual do GTK-Doc" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition +#: C/index.docbook:13 +msgid "1.18.1" +msgstr "1.18.1" + +#. (itstool) path: abstract/para +#: C/index.docbook:14 +msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage." +msgstr "" +"Manual de usuário para desenvolvedores com instruções do uso do GTK-Doc." + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:16 +msgid "" +"Chris Lyttle " +"
chris@wilddev.net
" +msgstr "" +"Chris Lyttle " +"
chris@wilddev.net
" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:25 +msgid "" +"Dan Mueth
" +"d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" +msgstr "" +"Dan Mueth
" +"d-mueth@uchicago.edu
" + +#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author +#: C/index.docbook:34 +msgid "" +"Stefan Kost " +"
ensonic@users.sf.net
" +msgstr "" +"Stefan Kost " +"
ensonic@users.sf.net
" + +#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername +#: C/index.docbook:45 +msgid "GTK-Doc project" +msgstr "Projeto GTK-Doc" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher +#: C/index.docbook:44 +msgid "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" +msgstr "" +"<_:publishername-1/>
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:48 +msgid "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle" +msgstr "2000, 2005 Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle" + +#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:52 +msgid "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" +msgstr "2007-2011 Stefan Sauer (Kost)" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:65 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, " +"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation " +"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A " +"copy of the license is included." +msgstr "" +"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento " +"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU " +"(GNU Free Documentation License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente " +"publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sem Seções Invariantes, Textos de " +"Capa Frontal, e sem Textos de Contracapa. Você pode encontrar uma cópia da " +"licença está inclusa." + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:73 +msgid "" +"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and " +"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME " +"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the " +"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial " +"caps." +msgstr "" +"Muitos dos nomes usados por empresas para distinguir seus produtos e " +"serviços são reivindicados como marcas registradas. Onde esses nomes " +"aparecem em qualquer documentação do GNOME e os membros do Projeto de " +"Documentação do GNOME estiverem cientes dessas marcas registradas, os nomes " +"aparecerão impressos em letras maiúsculas ou com iniciais em maiúsculas." + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:83 +msgid "" +"1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss development version" +msgstr "" +"1.19.1 05 Jun 2013 ss versão de desenvolvimento" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:89 +msgid "" +"1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes" +msgstr "" +"1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss correção de erros" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:95 +msgid "" +"1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support" +msgstr "" +"1.18 14 Set 2011 ss correção de erros, aceleração, suporte a " +"markdown" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:101 +msgid "" +"1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update" +msgstr "" +"1.17 26 Fev 2011 sk atualização de correção de erro urgente" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:107 +msgid "" +"1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements" +msgstr "" +"1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk correção de erros, melhorias no layout" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:113 +msgid "" +"1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes" +msgstr "" +"1.15 21 Maio 2010 sk correção de erros e regressões" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:119 +msgid "" +"1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements" +msgstr "" +"1.14 28 Mar 2010 sk Correção de erro e melhorias na performance" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:125 +msgid "" +"1.13 18 December 2009 " +"sk broken tarball update" +msgstr "" +"1.13 18 Dez 2009 sk atualização de tarball defeituoso" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:131 +msgid "" +"1.12 18 December 2009 " +"sk new tool features and " +"bugfixes" +msgstr "" +"1.12 18 Dez 2009 sk novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correção de " +"erros" + +#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision +#: C/index.docbook:137 +msgid "" +"1.11 16 November 2008 " +"mal GNOME doc-utils migration" +msgstr "" +"1.11 16 Nov 2008 mal Migração do GNOME doc-utils" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:150 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:152 +msgid "" +"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how " +"it is used." +msgstr "" +"Este capítulo introduz GTK-Doc e dá um visão geral do que ele é e como ele é " +"usado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:158 +msgid "What is GTK-Doc?" +msgstr "O que é GTK-Doc?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:160 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the " +"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can " +"also be used to document application code." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc é usado para documentar código C. Ele é tipicamente usado para " +"documentar a API pública das bibliotecas, como as bibliotecas do GTK+ e do " +"GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:168 +msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?" +msgstr "Como o GTK-Doc funciona?" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:170 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source " +"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the " +"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only " +"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce " +"output for static functions)." +msgstr "" +"O GTK-Doc funciona usando a documentação de funções colocadas dentro dos " +"arquivos fonte em blocos de comentários especialmente formatados ou " +"documentação adicionada aos arquivos modelo que o GTK-Doc usa (apesar disso, " +"note que o GTK-Doc vai documentar apenas funções que são declaradas em " +"arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different " +"step in the process." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc consiste de um número de scripts perl, cada um executando uma etapa " +"diferente no processo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:182 +msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:" +msgstr "Há 5 etapas principais no processo:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:189 +msgid "" +"Writing the documentation. The author fills in the " +"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In " +"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not " +"recommended anymore)." +msgstr "" +"Escrevendo a documentação. O autor preenche os arquivos " +"fonte com a documentação para cada função, macro, union, etc. " +"(Anteriormente, a informação era inserida em arquivos de modelo gerados, o " +"que não é mais recomendado)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:199 +msgid "" +"Gathering information about the code. " +"gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code " +"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. " +"It creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt " +"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according " +"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to " +"<module>-sections.txt. The author can rearrange " +"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the " +"final desired order. The second file it generates is <" +"module>-decl.txt. This file contains the full declarations " +"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show " +"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or " +"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to " +"the ones in <module>-decl.txt into <" +"module>-overrides.txt." +msgstr "" +"Juntando informação sobre o código. gtkdoc-" +"scan varre os arquivos de cabeçalho do código buscando por " +"declarações de funções, macros, enums, structs e unions. Ele cria o arquivo " +"<módulo>-decl-list.txt contendo uma lista de " +"declarações, inserindo-as em seções da acordo com o arquivo de cabeçalho no " +"qual se encontram. Na primeira execução, este arquivo é copiado para " +"<módulo>-sections.txt. O autor pode reorganizar " +"as seções, e a ordem das declarações dentro delas, para produzir a ordem " +"final desejada. O segundo arquivo que ele gera é <módulo>-" +"decl.txt. Este arquivo contém as declarações completas " +"encontradas pela varredura. Se por algum motivo se queira que alguns " +"apareçam nos documentos, no qual declarações completas não puderam ser " +"encontradas pela varredura ou a declaração deveria aparecer de outra forma, " +"pode-se colocar entidades similares aos do <módulo>-decl." +"txt no <módulo>-overrides.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:216 +msgid "" +"gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically " +"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves " +"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about " +"any GObject properties and signals it provides." +msgstr "" +"gtkdoc-scangobj também pode ser usado para " +"consultar dinamicamente uma biblioteca sobre qualquer subclasse GObject que " +"ele exporta. Ele salva informações sobre cada posição do objeto na " +"hierarquia de classe e sobre quaisquer propriedades GObject e sinais que ela " +"fornece." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 +msgid "" +"gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was " +"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+." +msgstr "" +"gtkdoc-scanobj não deveria mais ser usada. Ele " +"era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:229 +msgid "" +"Generating the \"template\" files. gtkdoc-" +"mktmpl creates a number of files in the tmpl/ subdirectory, using the information gathered " +"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to " +"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)" +msgstr "" +"Gerando os arquivos \"template\". gtkdoc-" +"mktmpl cria uma quantidade de arquivos no subdiretório " +"tmpl/, usando a informação coletada " +"na primeira etapa. (Note que ele pode ser executado repetidas vezes e vai " +"tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.)" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:238 +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep " +"documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now " +"a option that chooses a makefile that " +"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, " +"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)." +msgstr "" +"Desde o GTK-Doc 1.9, os modelos (\"templates\") podem ser evitados. Nós " +"encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. " +"gtkdocize possui suporte a uma opção que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso " +"de tmpl. Se você nunca alterou o arquivo em tmpl manualmente, por favor " +"remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:250 +msgid "" +"Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. " +"gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or " +"XML files in the sgml/ or xml/ subdirectory. If the source code " +"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it " +"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from " +"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML." +msgstr "" +"Gerando o SGML/XML e HTML/PDF. gtkdoc-" +"mkdb transforma os arquivos modelos em arquivos SGML ou XML no " +"subdiretório sgml/ ou xml/. Se o código fonte contém documentação " +"nas funções, usando os blocos de comentários especiais, ela é mesclada aqui. " +"Se não há arquivos tmpl sendo usados, ele apenas lê documentos dos dados de " +"introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:261 +msgid "" +"gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML " +"files in the html/ subdirectory. " +"Likewise gtkdoc-mkpdf turns the SGML/XML files " +"into a PDF document called <package>.pdf." +msgstr "" +"gtkdoc-mkhtml transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em " +"arquivos HTML no subdiretório html/. Da mesma forma, gtkdoc-mkpdf " +"transforma os arquivos SGML/XML em um documento PDF chamado <" +"pacote>.pdf." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:267 +msgid "" +"Files in sgml/ or xml/ and html/ directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them " +"directly." +msgstr "" +"Arquivos nos diretórios sgml/ ou " +"xml/ e html/ são sempre sobrescritos. Não devem ser editados " +"manualmente." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:275 +msgid "" +"Fixing up cross-references between documents. After " +"installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be " +"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, " +"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in " +"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, " +"gtkdoc-rebase turns all external links into web-" +"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application " +"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)." +msgstr "" +"Consertando referências cruzadas entre documentos. Após " +"a instalação dos arquivos HTML, gtkdoc-fixxref " +"pode ser executado para consertar referências cruzadas entre documentos " +"separados. Por exemplo, a documentação do GTK+ contém muitas referências " +"cruzadas a tipos documentados no manual do GLib. Ao criar um tarball fonte " +"para distribuição, gtkdoc-rebase transforma todos " +"os links externos em web-links. Ao instalar documentações distribuídas " +"(geradas previamente), o mesmo aplicativo vai tentar transformar links de " +"volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:293 +msgid "Getting GTK-Doc" +msgstr "Obtendo GTK-Doc" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:296 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:297 +msgid "Perl v5 - the main scripts are in Perl." +msgstr "Perl v5 - os scripts principais são Perl." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:300 +msgid "" +"DocBook DTD v3.0 - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/" +"davenport" +msgstr "" +"DocBook DTD v3.0 - Este é o DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/" +"davenport" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:304 +msgid "" +"Jade v1.1 - This is a DSSSL processor for converting " +"SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade" +msgstr "" +"Jade v1.1 - Este é um processador de DSSSL para " +"conversão de SGML para vários formatos. http://www.jclark.com/jade" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:308 +msgid "" +"Modular DocBook Stylesheets This is the DSSSL code to " +"convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with " +"jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the " +"program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference " +"indices in the generated HTML. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" +msgstr "" +"Folhas de estilo modulares do DocBook Este é o código " +"DSSSL para converter DocBook para HTML (e alguns outros formatos). É usado " +"junto com jade. Eu personalizei um pouco o código DSSSL, em gtk-doc.dsl, " +"para colorir as listagens/declarações do código do programa e para dar " +"suporte a índices de referências cruzadas globais nos HTML gerados. http://nwalsh.com/" +"docbook/dsssl" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:317 +msgid "" +"docbook-to-man - if you want to create man pages from " +"the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise " +"section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and " +"the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on http://www.ora.com/davenport NOTE: This does not work yet." +msgstr "" +"docbook-to-man - se você deseja criar páginas man a " +"partir do DocBook. Eu personalizei um pouco a \"especificação de tradução\", " +"para deixar o título em caixa alta e adicionar o título \"GTK Library\" no " +"topo das páginas e a data de revisão no canto inferior. Há também um link " +"para isso em http://www.ora.com/davenport. NOTA: isso não funciona ainda." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:328 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:329 +msgid "" +"There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Não há um lugar padrão onde as folhas de estilos modulares de DocBook são " +"instaladas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:332 +msgid "GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:" +msgstr "" +"O script de configuração do GTK-DOC pesquisa por esses três diretórios " +"automaticamente:" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:335 +msgid "" +" /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (used by " +"RedHat)" +msgstr "" +" /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (usado pelo " +"RedHat)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 +msgid "" +" /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (used by Debian)" +msgstr "" +" /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (usado pelo Debian)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:341 +msgid " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (used by SuSE)" +msgstr " /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (usado pelo SuSE)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:344 +msgid "" +"If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure " +"GTK-Doc using the option: --with-dsssl-dir=<" +"PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> " +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver as folhas de estilos instaladas em algum lugar, você precisa " +"configurar o Gtk-Doc usando a opção: --with-dsssl-dir=<" +"CAMINHO_PARA_DIRETÓRIO_RAIZ_DAS_FOLHAS_DE_ESTILO> " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:368 +msgid "About GTK-Doc" +msgstr "Sobre GTK-Doc" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:370 C/index.docbook:384 +msgid "(FIXME)" +msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:374 +msgid "" +"(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other " +"similar systems.)" +msgstr "" +"(História, autores, páginas web, licença, planos futuros, comparação com " +"outros sistemas similares.)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:382 +msgid "About this Manual" +msgstr "Sobre este manual" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:388 +msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)" +msgstr "(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:397 +msgid "Setting up your project" +msgstr "Preparando seu projeto" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:399 +msgid "" +"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into " +"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. " +"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called " +"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In " +"addition section plain makefiles or other " +"build systems will describe the basics needed to work in a different " +"build setup." +msgstr "" +"As próximas seções descrevem quais as etapas para realizar a integração do " +"GTK-Doc em seu projeto. Estas seções consideram que nós trabalhamos em um " +"projeto chamado \"meep\". Este projeto contém uma biblioteca chamada " +"\"libmeep\" e um aplicativo para usuário final chamado \"meeper\". Nós " +"também consideramos que você estará usando autoconf e automake. Além disso, " +"a seção sobre makefiles simples ou outros " +"sistemas de compilação vai descrever as necessidades básicas para " +"trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:410 +msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation" +msgstr "Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:412 +msgid "" +"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference " +"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is " +"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. " +"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary." +msgstr "" +"No diretório raiz do seu projeto, crie pastas chamadas docs/reference (desta " +"forma, você também pode ter docs/help para documentação para usuário final). " +"É recomendado criar um outro subdiretório com o nome do pacote de " +"documentação. Para pacotes com apenas uma biblioteca, esta etapa não é " +"obrigatória." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 +msgid "Example directory structure" +msgstr "Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"meep/\n" +" docs/\n" +" reference/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +" src/\n" +" libmeep/\n" +" meeper/\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:419 +msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:439 C/index.docbook:446 +msgid "Integration with autoconf" +msgstr "Integração com autoconf" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:441 +msgid "" +"Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac " +"script." +msgstr "" +"Muito fácil! Basta adicionar uma linha ao seu script configure.ac." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:447 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"# check for gtk-doc\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"# check for gtk-doc\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:461 +msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional" +msgstr "Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:462 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"# check for gtk-doc\n" +"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n" +"],[\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n" +"])\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"# check for gtk-doc\n" +"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n" +"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n" +"],[\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n" +"])\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:456 +msgid "" +"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay " +"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as " +"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for GTK_DOC_CHECK at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Isso vai exigir que todos os desenvolvedores tenham o gtk-doc instalado. Se " +"não houver problema para seu projeto ter uma configuração opcional de " +"compilação de documentação de API, você pode resolver isso como mostrado " +"abaixo. Mantenha assim, pois o gtkdocize está procurando por " +"GTK_DOC_CHECK no começo de uma linha. <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:475 +msgid "" +"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. " +"The 2nd, optional argument is used by gtkdocize. " +"The GTK_DOC_CHECK macro also adds several configure " +"switches:" +msgstr "" +"O primeiro argumento é usado para verificar a gtkdocversion em tempo de " +"compilação. O segundo argumento é opcional, sendo usado por " +"gtkdocize. A macro GTK_DOC_CHECK " +"também adiciona várias opções de configuração:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 +msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs" +msgstr "--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:482 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]" +msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no]" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:483 +msgid "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]" +msgstr "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim]" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:484 +msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]" +msgstr "" +"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não]" + +#. (itstool) path: important/para +#: C/index.docbook:488 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. " +"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for " +"users but not for developers)." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc está desabilitado por padrão! Lembre-se de passar a opção à próxima execução do configure. Do contrário, uma documentação gerada previamente é instalada (o " +"que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:496 +msgid "" +"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you " +"configure.ac script. This allows " +"gtkdocize to automatically copy the macro " +"definition for GTK_DOC_CHECK to your project." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, é recomendado que você tenha a seguinte linha dentro do seu " +"script configure.ac. Ela permite que " +"gtkdocize copie automaticamente a definição de " +"macro para GTK_DOC_CHECK para o seu projeto." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:504 +msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize" +msgstr "Preparação para gtkdocize" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:515 +msgid "Integration with automake" +msgstr "Integração com automake" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 +msgid "" +"First copy the Makefile.am from the examples " +"subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation " +"directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro copie o Makefile.am dos subdiretórios do " +"exemplo do gtkdoc-sources para o diretório de documentação da API do seu " +"projeto ( ./docs/reference/<pacote>). Se você tiver múltiplos pacotes de documentação, repita isso " +"para cada um." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:524 +msgid "" +"The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their " +"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every " +"tool has a variable of the form . " +"All the tools support to list the supported " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"A próxima etapa é editar as configurações dentro do Makefile.am. Todas as configurações tem um comentário em cima que descreve seu " +"propósito. A maioria das configurações são opções extras passadas para as " +"respectivas ferramentas. Cada ferramenta tem uma variável na forma " +". Todas as ferramentas têm " +"suporte a pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:535 +msgid "" +"You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just add " +"the one line shown in the next example to your top-level Makefile." +"am:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode querer habilitar o GTK-Doc para o distcheck make target. Basta " +"adicionar a linha mostrada no exemplo abaixo ao Makefile.am do seu diretório raiz:" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:542 +msgid "Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck" +msgstr "Habilita GTK-Doc durante make distcheck" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:554 +msgid "Integration with autogen" +msgstr "Integração com autogen" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:556 +msgid "" +"Most projects will have an autogen.sh script to setup " +"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such " +"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called gtkdocize which can be used in such a script. It should be run before " +"autoheader, automake or autoconf." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos projetos têm um script autogen.sh para " +"configurar a infraestrutura de compilação após baixar do sistema de controle " +"de versão (como cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc vêm com uma ferramenta chamada " +"gtkdocize que pode ser usada em um script assim. " +"O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:565 +msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh" +msgstr "Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:566 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"gtkdocize || exit 1\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"gtkdocize || exit 1\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:574 +msgid "" +"When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-" +"doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the " +" option). It also checks you configure script for " +"the GTK_DOC_CHECK invocation. This macro can be used to " +"pass extra parameters to gtkdocize." +msgstr "" +"Ao executar gtkdocize, ele copia gtk-" +"doc.make para a raiz do seu projeto (ou qualquer diretório " +"especificado pela opção ). Ele também verifica se " +"seu script de configuração pela chamada de GTK_DOC_CHECK. Esta macro pode ser usada para passar parâmetros extras para " +"gtkdocize." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:583 +msgid "" +"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered " +"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having " +"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get " +"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be " +"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. " +"gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. " +"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be " +"added also to an environment variable called GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS or set as a 2nd parameter in GTK_DOC_CHECK macro in " +"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and " +"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from " +"version control system)." +msgstr "" +"Historicamente, GTK-Doc estava gerando arquivos modelo (template) nos quais " +"os desenvolvedores inseriam as documentações. Isso acabou sendo não tão bom " +"(ex.: a necessidade de serem gerados arquivos sob controle de versão). Desde " +"o GTK-Doc 1.9 as ferramentas podem obter todas as informações dos " +"comentários no fonte e, portanto, os arquivos modelo podem ser evitados. Nós " +"encorajamos as pessoas a manter a documentação no código. O " +"gtkdocize possui agora suporte à opção que escolhe um makefile que ignora totalmente o uso " +"de tmpl. Além de adicionar a opção diretamente à chamada do comando, elas " +"também podem ser adicionadas a uma variável de ambiente chamada " +"GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS ou definidas como um segundo parâmetro na " +"macro GTK_DOC_CHECK no script configure. Se você nunca " +"alterou um arquivo tmpl a mão e está migrando de versões antigas do gtkdoc, " +"por favor remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:600 C/index.docbook:617 +msgid "Running the doc build" +msgstr "Executando a compilação da documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:602 +msgid "" +"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun " +"autogen.sh. If this script runs configure for you, then " +"give it the option. Otherwise manually run " +"configure with this option afterwards." +msgstr "" +"Após as etapas anteriores, é hora de executar a compilação. Primeiro, nós " +"queremos executar novamente o autogen.sh. Se este " +"script executa o configure para você, então forneça a este a opção . Do contrário, execute manualmente " +"configure com esta opção em seguida." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:609 +msgid "" +"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-" +"directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past ." +"sgml), <package>-sections.txt." +msgstr "" +"A primeira execução do make cria vários arquivos adicionais nos diretórios " +"de documentação. Os importantes são: <pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs.xml (no passado, .sgml), " +"<pacote>-sections.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:618 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" +"make\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n" +"make\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:626 +msgid "" +"Now you can point your browser to docs/reference/<package>/" +"index.html. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, " +"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode apontar seu navegador para docs/reference/<" +"pacote>/index.html. Sim, é um pouco desapontador. Mas aguente " +"aí, durante o próximo capítulo nós vamos dizer como você pode preencher as " +"páginas com vida." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:634 +msgid "Integration with version control systems" +msgstr "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:636 +msgid "" +"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under " +"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <" +"package>.types, <package>-docs.xml " +"(in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, " +"Makefile.am" +msgstr "" +"Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam " +"entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: " +"<pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs." +"xml (no passado, .sgml), <pacote>-sections.txt, Makefile.am" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:647 +msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems" +msgstr "Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:649 +msgid "" +"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-" +"doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order " +"in own makefiles (or other build tools)." +msgstr "" +"Neste caso, não se deseja usar o automake e, portanto, gtk-doc." +"mak. Será necessário chamar as ferramentas do gtkdoc na ordem " +"correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação)." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:656 +msgid "Documentation build steps" +msgstr "Etapas de compilação da documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:657 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"DOC_MODULE=meep\n" +"// sources have changed\n" +"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n" +"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n" +"// xml files have changed\n" +"mkdir html\n" +"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" +"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"DOC_MODULE=meep\n" +"// fontes foram alterados\n" +"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n" +"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n" +"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n" +"// arquivos xml foram alterados \n" +"mkdir html\n" +"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n" +"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:673 +msgid "" +"One will need to look at the Makefile.am and " +"gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed." +msgstr "" +"Será necessário olhar no Makefile.am e no gtk-" +"doc.mak para obter as opções extras necessárias." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:682 +msgid "Documenting the code" +msgstr "Documentando o código" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:684 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code " +"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure " +"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information " +"about the syntax of the comments." +msgstr "" +"GTK-Doc usa comentários do código fonte com uma sintaxe especial para " +"documentação do código. Além disso, ele obtém informações sobre a estrutura " +"do seu projeto a partir de outros fontes. Na próxima seção, você vai " +"descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários." + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/index.docbook:692 +msgid "Documentation placement" +msgstr "Localização da documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:693 +msgid "" +"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside " +"the tmpl directory. This has the disadvantages that the " +"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause " +"conflicts with version control systems." +msgstr "" +"Antigamente, a maioria das documentações tinha que ser preenchida em " +"arquivos residentes dentro do diretório tmpl. Isso tem " +"as desvantagens das informações frequentemente não serem atualizadas e " +"também que o arquivo tende a causar conflitos com sistemas de controle de " +"versão." + +#. (itstool) path: note/para +#: C/index.docbook:699 +msgid "" +"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation " +"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar os problemas mencionados a seguir nós sugerimos que a " +"documentação seja colocada dentro das fontes. Este manual vai apenas " +"descrever esta forma de documentar código." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:710 C/index.docbook:729 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:711 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +"/* unparseable code here */\n" +"#endif\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n" +"/* código não analisável arqui */\n" +"#endif\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:706 +msgid "" +"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of " +"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can " +"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" +"A varredura sabe lidar com a maioria dos cabeçalhos de C sem problemas. Caso " +"se receba avisos (warnings) na varredura que pareça ser um caso especial, " +"pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:724 +msgid "Documentation comments" +msgstr "Comentários de documentação" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" * documentation ...\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identificador:\n" +" * documentação ...\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:726 +msgid "" +"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation " +"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Um comentário multilinha que começa com um \"*\" adicional marca um bloco de " +"documentação que será processado pelas ferramentas do GTK-Doc. <_:example-1/>" + +# Ocultei o TODO da tradução. Para que server? :/ +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:741 +msgid "" +"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is " +"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add " +"table showing identifiers)" +msgstr "" +"O \"identificador\" é uma linha com o nome do item ao qual o comentário está " +"relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:747 +msgid "" +"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol " +"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter " +"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows " +"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA " +"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph " +"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-" +"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)." +msgstr "" +"O bloco \"documentação\" também é diferente para cada tipo de símbolo. Tipos " +"de símbolos que levam parâmetros, como funções e macros, têm a descrição de " +"parâmetro começando com uma linha vazia (apenas com um \"*\"). " +"Posteriormente, segue com a descrição detalhada. Todas as linhas (fora das " +"listagens do programa e seções CDATA) contendo apenas um \" *\" (espaço em " +"branco e asterisco) são convertidas para quebras de parágrafos. Se você não " +"quiser uma quebra de parágrafo, altere isso para \" * \" (espaço, asterisco, " +"espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código)." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:764 +msgid "" +"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for " +"people coming from a different background." +msgstr "" +"O que é: O nome de uma classe ou função pode, em alguns casos, levar a um " +"entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:770 +msgid "" +"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API." +msgstr "" +"O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:760 +msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:785 +msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments." +msgstr "Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:790 +msgid "" +"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to " +"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described." +msgstr "" +"Use @param para se referir a parâmetros. Também, use isso ao se referir a " +"parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:796 +msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." +msgstr "Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:801 +msgid "" +"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and " +"macros which don't take arguments." +msgstr "" +"Use #symbol para se referir a outros tipos de símbolos, ex.: structs, enums " +"e macros que não levam argumentos." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:807 +msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal." +msgstr "Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:812 +msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property." +msgstr "Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:817 +msgid "" +"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass." +"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod." +msgstr "" +"Use #Struct.field para se referir a um campo dentro de uma estrutura e " +"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:779 +msgid "" +"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in " +"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. " +"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Uma vantagem do hipertexto de texto simples é a habilidade de ter links no " +"documento. Porém, escrever a marcação correta para cada link pode ser " +"entediante. GTK-Doc vem para ajudar fornecendo abreviações úteis. <_:" +"itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:826 +msgid "" +"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or " +"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML " +"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&" +"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them " +"with a backslash '\\'." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar usar os caracteres especiais \"<\", \">\", \"()\", \"@" +"\", \"%\" ou \"#\" em sua documentação sem GTK-Doc alterando-os, você pode " +"usar as entidades XML \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&" +"rpar;\", \"&commat;\", \"&percnt;\" e \"&num;\", " +"respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra \"\\\"." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:835 +msgid "" +"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and " +"examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments " +"you need to have or " +"in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am." +msgstr "" +"DocBook pode fazer mais do que apenas links. Pode-se também ter listas, " +"tabelas e exemplos. Para habilitar o uso do tags de SGML/XML de docbook " +"dentro de comentários de documentação para ter " +"ou na variável MKDB_OPTIONS " +"dentro de Makefile.am." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:849 +msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using markdown" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando markdown" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:850 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identifier:\n" +" *\n" +" * documentation ...\n" +" *\n" +" * # Sub heading #\n" +" *\n" +" * more documentation:\n" +" * - list item 1\n" +" * - list item 2\n" +" *\n" +" * Even more docs.\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * identificador:\n" +" *\n" +" * documentação ...\n" +" *\n" +" * # Subtítulo #\n" +" *\n" +" * mais documentação:\n" +" * - item de lista 1\n" +" * - item de lista 2\n" +" *\n" +" * Mais documentação.\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:843 +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the markdown language. One can " +"use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older GTK-Doc versions " +"the content will be rendered as it (the list items will appear in one line " +"separated by dashes). <_:example-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Desde o GTK-Doc-1.18, a ferramenta tem suporte a um subconjunto ou a linguagem markdown. É possível usá-la em subtítulos e listas simples itemizadas. Em " +"versões mais antigas GTK-Doc, o conteúdo será processado com está (os itens " +"da lista vai aparecer em uma linha separada por traços). <_:example-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:871 +msgid "" +"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one " +"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to " +"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. " +"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the " +"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, " +"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert " +"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file." +msgstr "" +"Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. " +"Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não " +"obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender " +"seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais " +"(sem o segundo \"*\" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função " +"precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro \"*\" " +"no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do " +"arquivo e seções." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:885 +msgid "Documenting sections" +msgstr "Documentando seções" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:887 +msgid "" +"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or " +"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short " +"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are " +"optional." +msgstr "" +"Cada seção da documentação contém informações sobre uma classe ou um módulo. " +"Para introduzir o componente, pode-se escrever um bloco de seção. A " +"descrição curta também é usada dentro da tabela de conteúdo (sumário). Todos " +"os @fields são opcionais." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:895 +msgid "Section comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sessão" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:896 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SECTION:meepapp\n" +" * @short_description: the application class\n" +" * @title: Meep application\n" +" * @section_id:\n" +" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n" +" * @stability: Stable\n" +" * @include: meep/app.h\n" +" * @image: application.png\n" +" *\n" +" * The application class handles ...\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SECTION:meepapp\n" +" * @short_description: A classe do aplicativo\n" +" * @title: Aplicativo Meep\n" +" * @section_id:\n" +" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n" +" * @stability: Estável\n" +" * @include: meep/app.h\n" +" * @image: aplicativo.png\n" +" *\n" +" * A classe do aplicativo cuida de ...\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:917 +msgid "SECTION:<name>" +msgstr "SECTION:<nome>" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:919 +msgid "" +"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the " +"<package>-sections.txt file. The name give here " +"should match the <FILE> tag in the <package>-sections." +"txt file." +msgstr "" +"O nome vincula a documentação da seção à respectiva parte do arquivo " +"<pacote>-sections.txt. O nome informado aqui deve " +"corresponder à tag <FILE> no arquivo <pacote>-sections." +"txt." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:928 +msgid "@short_description" +msgstr "@short_description" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:930 +msgid "" +"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the " +"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page." +msgstr "" +"Uma descrição de uma linha da sessão,que mais tarde aparecerá após os links " +"no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:937 +msgid "@title" +msgstr "@title" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:939 +msgid "" +"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It " +"can be overridden with the @title field." +msgstr "" +"O padrão para título de seção é <nome> da declaração da SECTION. Ele " +"pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:946 +msgid "@section_id" +msgstr "@section_id" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:948 +msgid "" +"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <" +"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <" +"MODULE>-<title>." +msgstr "" +"Sobrescreve o uso do título como um identificador de seção. Para GObjects, o " +"<title> é usado como um section_id e para outras seções ele é <" +"MÓDULO>-<title>." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:956 +msgid "@see_also" +msgstr "@see_also" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:958 +msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section." +msgstr "Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:964 +msgid "@stability" +msgstr "@stability" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:971 +msgid "" +"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third " +"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have " +"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after " +"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major " +"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be " +"rare, and to have strong justifications." +msgstr "" +"Estável - A intenção de uma interface estável é permitir terceiros " +"arbitrários desenvolverem aplicativos para essas interfaces, lançá-los e ter " +"a confiança de que eles vão funcionar em todos os lançamentos menores do " +"produto (após aquele no qual a interface foi introduzida e naquele mesmo " +"lançamento maior). Atém mesmo em um lançamento maior, espera-se que " +"alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:983 +msgid "" +"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are " +"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly " +"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a " +"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source " +"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next." +msgstr "" +"Instável - Interfaces instáveis são experimentais ou transicionais. Elas são " +"normalmente usadas para dar a desenvolvedores externos um acesso prévio a " +"nova tecnologia ou em rápida alteração, ou para fornecer uma solução " +"interina para um problema que uma solução mais genérica foi antecipada. " +"Nenhuma responsabilidade é assumida pela compatbilidade dos binários ou dos " +"fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:995 +msgid "" +"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but " +"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in " +"specified and documented ways." +msgstr "" +"Privado - Uma interface que pode ser usada dentro da própria pilha do GNOME, " +"mas que não está documentada para usuários finais. Tais funções deveriam ser " +"usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1004 +msgid "" +"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require " +"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be " +"Internal." +msgstr "" +"Interna - Uma interface que é interna a um módulo e não requer documentação " +"para o usuário final. Funções que não estão documentadas são presumidas como " +"sendo \"Interna\"." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:966 +msgid "" +"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend " +"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Uma descrição informal do nível de estabilidade que esta API tem. Nós " +"recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1016 +msgid "@include" +msgstr "@include" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1018 +msgid "" +"The #include files to show in the section synopsis (a " +"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the section file or command line. This item is " +"optional." +msgstr "" +"Os arquivos #include a ser mostrado na sinopse da seção " +"(uma lista separada por vírgulas), sobrescrevendo o valor global do arquivo de seção ou linha de comando. " +"Este item é opcional." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1027 +msgid "@image" +msgstr "@image" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1029 +msgid "" +"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This " +"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of " +"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is " +"optional." +msgstr "" +"A imagem a ser exibida no topo da página de referência desta seção. Isso " +"frequentemente será um tipo de diagrama para ilustrar a aparência visual de " +"uma classe ou uma diagrama de suas relações a outras classes. Este item é " +"opcional." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1040 +msgid "" +"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs " +"into the c-source where possible." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar recompilação desnecessária após alterações de documentação " +"inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1049 +msgid "Documenting symbols" +msgstr "Documentando símbolos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1051 +msgid "" +"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is " +"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the " +"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus " +"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and " +"enums in the header file." +msgstr "" +"Cada símbolo (função, macro, struct, enum, signal e property) é documentado " +"em uma bloco separado. O bloco é melhor localizado perto da definição dos " +"símbolos, de forma que seja fácil de mantê-los em sincronia. Portanto, as " +"funções são normalmente documentadas no fonte em C e macros, scructs e enums " +"no arquivo de header." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1059 C/index.docbook:1088 +msgid "General tags" +msgstr "Tags gerais" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1061 +msgid "" +"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell " +"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar informação sobre versionamento em todos os elementos de " +"documentação para informar quando uma API foi introduzida ou quando ela se " +"tornou obsoleta." + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1066 +msgid "Versioning Tags" +msgstr "Tags de versionamento" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1067 +msgid "Since:" +msgstr "Since:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1069 +msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available." +msgstr "Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1074 +msgid "Deprecated:" +msgstr "Deprecated:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1076 +msgid "" +"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The " +"description should point the reader to the new API." +msgstr "" +"Parágrafo denotando que esta função deveria não mais ser usada. A descrição " +"deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1084 +msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)" +msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1089 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar:\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: @foo's bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.6\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n" +" */\n" +"Bar *\n" +"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" +"{\n" +"...\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * foo_get_bar:\n" +" * @foo: Um foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Obtém o bar do @foo.\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: bar do @foo\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.6\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() no seu lugar.\n" +" */\n" +"Bar *\n" +"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n" +"{\n" +"...\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1111 C/index.docbook:1147 +msgid "Function comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de função" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1117 +msgid "" +"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/" +"unrefed/released." +msgstr "" +"Documente se objetos, listas, strings, etc. retornados devem ser não usados/" +"não referenciados/liberada." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1123 +msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are." +msgstr "" +"Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1128 +msgid "" +"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate." +msgstr "" +"Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1113 C/index.docbook:1210 +msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" +msgstr "Por favor, lembre-se de: <_:itemizedlist-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1135 +msgid "" +"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are " +"private. They are treated like static functions." +msgstr "" +"Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com \"_\" " +"são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1140 +msgid "" +"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live." +"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" +msgstr "" +"Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://" +"live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * function_name:\n" +" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n" +" * one line.\n" +" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n" +" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n" +" *\n" +" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n" +" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n" +" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n" +" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: an integer.\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.2\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * nome_da_função:\n" +" * @par1: descrição do parâmetro 1. Esta pode se estender por mais de\n" +" * uma linha.\n" +" * @par2: descrição do parâmetro 2\n" +" * @...: uma lista de bars terminada em %NULL\n" +" *\n" +" * A descrição vai aqui. Você pode usar @par1 para se referir a parâmetros\n" +" * de forma que eles ficam em destaque na saída. Você também pode usar %constant\n" +" * para constantes, nome_da_função2() para funções e #GtkWidget para links para\n" +" * outras declarações (que pode ser documentada em outro lugar).\n" +" *\n" +" * Returns: um inteiro.\n" +" *\n" +" * Since: 2.2\n" +" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use outra_função() em seu lugar.\n" +" */\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title +#: C/index.docbook:1171 +msgid "Function tags" +msgstr "Tags de função" + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1172 +msgid "Returns:" +msgstr "Returns:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1174 +msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result." +msgstr "Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado." + +#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term +#: C/index.docbook:1179 +msgid "@...:" +msgstr "@...:" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1181 +msgid "" +"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag " +"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)." +msgstr "" +"No caso da função possuir argumentos variados, você deveria usar esta tag " +"(@Varargs: também funciona por motivos de histórico)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1191 C/index.docbook:1193 +msgid "Property comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de propriedade" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n" +" *\n" +" * Here you can document a property.\n" +" */\n" +"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * AlgumWidget:alguma-propriedade:\n" +" *\n" +" * Aqui você pode documentar uma propriedade.\n" +" */\n" +"g_object_propriedade_install_classe (object_classe, PROP_ALGUMA_PROPRIEDADE, ...);\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1208 C/index.docbook:1227 +msgid "Signal comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sinal" + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1214 +msgid "" +"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or " +"after other signals." +msgstr "" +"Documente quando o sinal é emitido e se ele é emitido antes ou após outros " +"sinais." + +#. (itstool) path: listitem/para +#: C/index.docbook:1220 +msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler." +msgstr "Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal." + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n" +" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n" +" * @foo: some foo\n" +" * @bar: some bar\n" +" *\n" +" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n" +" */\n" +"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n" +" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n" +" ...\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget::foobarizado:\n" +" * @widget: o widget que recebeu o sinal\n" +" * @foo: algum foo\n" +" * @bar: algum bar\n" +" *\n" +" * O sinal ::foobarized é emitido cada vez que alguém tenta foobarizar @widget.\n" +" */\n" +"foo_sinais[FOOBARIZAR] =\n" +" g_signal_novo (\"foobarizar\",\n" +" ...\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1247 C/index.docbook:1248 +msgid "Struct comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de struct" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget:\n" +" * @bar: some #gboolean\n" +" *\n" +" * This is the best widget, ever.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" GtkWidget parent;\n" +"\n" +" /*< public >*/\n" +" gboolean bar;\n" +"} FooWidget;\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * FooWidget:\n" +" * @bar: algum #gboolean\n" +" *\n" +" * Este é o melhor widget, já mais visto.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" GtkWidget parent;\n" +"\n" +" /*< public >*/\n" +" gboolean bar;\n" +"} FooWidget;\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1268 +msgid "" +"Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you " +"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Use /*< private >*/ antes dos campos da struct privada " +"que você deseja esconder. Use /*< public >*/ para o " +"comportamento inverso." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1274 +msgid "" +"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It " +"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has " +"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one " +"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance " +"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage " +"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure " +"and the section)." +msgstr "" +"Blocos de comentário de struct também podem ser usados para GObjects e " +"GObjectClasses. É normalmente uma boa ideia adicionar um bloco de comentário " +"para uma classe, se ela possui vmethods (pois assim é como elas podem ser " +"documentadas). Para o próprio GOBject pode-se usar os documentos de seção " +"relacionados, tendo um bloco separado para a instância do struct seria útil " +"se a instância possui campos públicos. Uma desvantagem aqui é que isso cria " +"duas entradas no índice do mesmo nome (a estrutura e a seção)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1286 C/index.docbook:1287 +msgid "Enum comment block" +msgstr "Bloco de comentário de enum" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * Something:\n" +" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n" +" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef enum {\n" +" SOMETHING_FOO,\n" +" SOMETHING_BAR,\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" SOMETHING_COUNT\n" +"} Something;\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"/**\n" +" * Alguma coisa:\n" +" * @ALGUMACOISA_FOO: alguma coisa foo\n" +" * @ALGUMCAOISA_BAR: alguma coisa bar\n" +" *\n" +" * Valores de enum usados para a coisa, para especificar a coisa.\n" +" */\n" +"typedef enum {\n" +" ALGUMACOISA_FOO,\n" +" ALGUMACOISA_BAR,\n" +" /*< private >*/\n" +" ALGUMACOISA_CONTAGEM\n" +"} Alguma coisa;\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1307 +msgid "" +"Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you " +"want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Use /*< private >*/ antes de valores privados de enum que " +"você deseja ocultar. Use /*< public >*/ para o " +"comportamento inverso." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1317 +msgid "Useful DocBook tags" +msgstr "Tags úteis do DocBook" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1319 +msgid "" +"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code." +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão algumas tags de DocBook que são muito úteis quando se está " +"documentado o código." + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Tabela de hashes</link>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1324 +msgid "" +"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The " +"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. " +"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and " +"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class " +"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML." +msgstr "" +"PAra vincular a outra seção nas documentações do GTK: <_:informalexample-1/> " +"O fim do link é o ID do SGML/XML no item superior da páginao a qual você " +"deseja vincular. Para a maioria das páginas isto é atualmente a parte (\"gtk" +"\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") e, então, o título da página (\"Hash Tables\"). Para " +"os widgets isso é apenas o nome da classe. Espaços e sublinhados são " +"convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML." + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1343 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<function>...</function>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<function>...</function>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1340 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Para se referir a uma função externa, como, por exemplo, uma função padrão " +"do C: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<example>\n" +" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n" +" <programlisting>\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</example>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<example>\n" +" <title>Usando uma GHashTable.</title>\n" +" <programlisting>\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</example>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1367 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<informalexample>\n" +" <programlisting>\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</informalexample>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<informalexample>\n" +" <programlisting>\n" +" ...\n" +" </programlisting>\n" +"</informalexample>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1351 +msgid "" +"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very " +"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For " +"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|" +msgstr "" +"Para incluir um código de exemplo: <_:informalexample-1/> ou possivelmente " +"este, para fragmentos de código bem curtos que não precisam de um título: <_:" +"informalexample-2/> Para este último, GTK-Doc também possui suporte a uma " +"abreviação: |[ ... ]|" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1388 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<itemizedlist>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +"</itemizedlist>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<itemizedlist>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +" <listitem>\n" +" <para>\n" +" ...\n" +" </para>\n" +" </listitem>\n" +"</itemizedlist>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1385 +msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para incluir listas com marcadores: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1410 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<note>\n" +" <para>\n" +" Make sure you free the data after use.\n" +" </para>\n" +"</note>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<note>\n" +" <para>\n" +" Certifique-se de que você liberou os dados após usá-los.\n" +" </para>\n" +"</note>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1407 +msgid "" +"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1425 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<type>unsigned char</type>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<type>unsigned char</type>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1422 +msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para se referir a um tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1433 +msgid "" +"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:" +"informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "" +"Para se referir a uma estrutura externa (não uma descrita nos documentos do " +"GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1447 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<structfield>len</structfield>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<structfield>len</structfield>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1444 +msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1458 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1455 +msgid "" +"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but " +"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link " +"to the GtkWidget page - see the " +"abbreviations)." +msgstr "" +"Para se referir a um nome de classe, nós possivelmente poderíamos usar: <_:" +"informalexample-1/> mas você provavelmente vai estar usando #GtkWidget em " +"vez disso (para criar automaticamente um link para a página do GtkWidget - " +"veja as abreviações)." + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1471 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1468 +msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para enfatizar um texto: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1479 +msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para nome de arquivos use: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1493 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1490 +msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>" +msgstr "Para se referir a chaves use: <_:informalexample-1/>" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1505 +msgid "Filling the extra files" +msgstr "Preenchendo os arquivos extras" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1507 +msgid "" +"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the " +"inline source code comments: <package>.types, " +"<package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), " +"<package>-sections.txt." +msgstr "" +"Há alguns poucos arquivos extras, que precisam ser mantidos junto com os " +"comentários inseridos no código fonte: <pacote>.types, <pacote>-docs.xml (no passado, .sgml), " +"<pacote>-sections.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1516 +msgid "Editing the types file" +msgstr "Editando o arquivo de tipos" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1518 +msgid "" +"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, " +"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the " +"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the xxx_get_type functions together with their include inside the <" +"package>.types file." +msgstr "" +"Se sua biblioteca ou aplicativo inclui GObjects, você deseja que seus " +"sinais, argumentos/parâmetros e posição na hierarquia sejam mostrados na " +"documentação. Tudo que você precisa fazer é listar as funções " +"xxx_get_type junto com seus include dentro do arquivo " +"<pacote>.types." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1527 +msgid "Example types file snippet" +msgstr "Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1528 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +"\n" +"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +"gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +"gtk_arrow_get_type\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n" +"\n" +"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n" +"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n" +"gtk_alignment_get_type\n" +"gtk_arrow_get_type\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1541 +msgid "" +"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this " +"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in " +"Makefile.am. If you use this approach you should not " +"dist the types file nor have it under version control." +msgstr "" +"Desde o GTK-Doc 1.8, o gtkdoc-scan pode gerar " +"esta lista para você. Basta adicionar \"--rebuild-types\" a SCAN_OPTIONS no " +"Makefile.am. Se você usar esta abordagem, você não " +"deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1550 +msgid "Editing the master document" +msgstr "Editando o documento mestre" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1552 +msgid "" +"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the " +"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page " +"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them " +"and place them in an order." +msgstr "" +"O Gtk-Doc produz documentação em DocBook SGML/XML. Ao processar os " +"comentários inseridos nos fontes, as ferramentas do GTK-Doc geram uma página " +"de documentação por classe ou módulo como um arquivo separado. O documento " +"mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1559 +msgid "" +"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not " +"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. " +"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test " +"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good " +"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies " +"introduced there." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto o Gtk-Doc cria um modelo de documento mestre para você, execução " +"posterior não vai tocá-lo novamente. Isso significa que se pode estruturar a " +"documentação livremente. Isso inclui agrupamento de páginas e adição de " +"páginas extras. O Gtk-Doc agora possui uma suíte de teste, na qual também o " +"documento mestr é recriado do zero. É uma boa ideia verificar isso de tempo " +"em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1569 +msgid "" +"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The " +"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API " +"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol " +"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along " +"with the library." +msgstr "" +"Não crie tutoriais como documentos extras. Apenas escreva capítulos extras. " +"O benefício de embutir diretamente o tutorial para sua biblioteca na " +"documentação da API é que é mais fácil vincular o tutorial a um símbolo da " +"documentação. Além disso, as chances são mais altas que o tutorial obtenha " +"atualizações junto com a biblioteca." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1578 +msgid "" +"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is " +"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there " +"which you should take care of." +msgstr "" +"Então, quais são as coisas para se alterar dentro do documento mestre? Para " +"começar é apenas um pouco. Existem alguns mantedores de espaço (texto em " +"colchetes) que você deve cuidar." + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1585 +msgid "Master document header" +msgstr "Cabeçalho do documento mestre" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<bookinfo>\n" +" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n" +" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +"</bookinfo>\n" +"\n" +"<chapter>\n" +" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"<bookinfo>\n" +" <title>Manual de referência do NOMEDOMÓDULO</title>\n" +" <releaseinfo>\n" +" for NOMEDOMÓDULO [VERSÃO]\n" +" A última versão desta documentação também pode ser encontrada on-line em\n" +" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/index.html\">http://[SERVIDOR]/NOMEDOMÓDULO/</ulink>.\n" +" </releaseinfo>\n" +"</bookinfo>\n" +"\n" +"<chapter>\n" +" <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title>\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1607 +msgid "Editing the section file" +msgstr "Editando o arquivo de seção" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1609 +msgid "" +"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. " +"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control " +"the visibility (public or private)." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo de seção é usado para organizar a saída da documentação pelo GTK-" +"Doc. Aqui pode-se especificar qual símbolo pertence a qual módulo ou classe " +"e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1615 +msgid "" +"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). " +"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment " +"lines." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo de seção é uma arquivo texto simples com sintaxe do tipo XML " +"(usando tags). Linhas em branco são ignoradas e linhas começando com um \"#" +"\" são tratadas como linhas de comentários." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1621 +msgid "" +"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, " +"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</" +"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the " +"template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be " +"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config.sgml or the DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. " +"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section " +"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to " +"lower case)." +msgstr "" +"A tag <FILE> ... </FILE> é usada para especificar o nome de " +"arquivo, sem qualquer sufixo. Por exemplo, ao usar \"<FILE>gnome-" +"config</FILE>\" resultará nas declarações da seção serem retornadas no " +"arquivo modelo tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, o qual será " +"convertido no arquivo DocBook SGML/XML sgml/gnome-config.sgml ou no arquivo DocBook XML xml/gnome-config.xml. (O nome do arquivo HTML é baseado no nome do módulo e no título " +"da seção ou, para GObjects, é baseado no nome da classe GObjects convertidos " +"os caracteres para minúsculos)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1633 +msgid "" +"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the " +"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially " +"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if " +"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete." +msgstr "" +"A tag <TITLE> ... </TITLE> é usada para especificar o título da " +"seção. Ela é usada apenas antes do modelo (se usado) ser criado " +"inicialmente, já que o título definido no arquivo de modelo sobrescreve " +"este. Também, se for usado o comentário SECTION nos fontes, isso está " +"obsoleto." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1640 +msgid "" +"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. " +"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis " +"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject " +"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like " +"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the " +"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private " +"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning " +"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types " +"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of " +"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. " +"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or " +"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode agrupar itens na seção usando a tag <SUBSECTION>. " +"Atualmente, ela retorna uma linha em branco entre as subseções na seção de " +"sinópse. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Standard> para declarações " +"padrão do GObject (ex.: as funções como g_object_get_type e macros como " +"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Atualmente, estas são deixadas fora da " +"documentação. Você também pode usar <SUBSECTION Private> para " +"declarações privadas que não serão retornadas (é uma forma prática de evitar " +"mensagens de aviso sobre declarações não usadas). Se sua biblioteca contém " +"tipos privados que você não deseja que apareçam na hierarquia do objeto e a " +"linha de classes implementadas ou exigidas, adicione-as a uma subseção " +"privada. Se você colocaria o GObject e GObjectClass como structs numa seção " +"padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1659 +msgid "" +"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the " +"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-" +"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it " +"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. " +"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode usar <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> para especificar " +"os arquivos #include que são mostrados nas seções de sinópse. Ela contém uma " +"lista separada por vírgula de arquivos #include, sem os sinais de maior que " +"e menor que. Se você define-a fora de quaisquer seções, ela age para todas " +"as seções até o fim do arquivo. Se você define-a em uma seção, ela só vai se " +"aplicar àquela seção." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1673 +msgid "Controlling the result" +msgstr "Controlando o resultado" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1675 +msgid "" +"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The " +"generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt, <package>-undeclared.txt and " +"<package>-unused.txt. All those are plain text " +"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily." +msgstr "" +"Uma execução do GTK-Doc gera arquivos de relatórios dentro do diretório de " +"documentação. Os arquivos gerados são chamados: <pacote>-" +"undocumented.txt, <pacote>-undeclared.txt e <pacote>-unused.txt. Todos eles são " +"arquivos texto simples que podem ser facilmente visualizados e pós-" +"processados." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1684 +msgid "" +"The <package>-undocumented.txt file starts with " +"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank " +"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The " +"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, " +"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo <pacote>-undocumented.txt começa com um " +"sumário de cobertura da documentação. Abaixo estão duas seções divididas por " +"linhas brancas. A primeira seção lista símbolos não documentados e " +"incompletos. A segunda seção faz o mesmo para os documentos de seção. " +"Entradas incompletas são aquelas que foram documentadas, mas nas quais, por " +"exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1693 +msgid "" +"The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols " +"given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found " +"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo <pacote>-undeclared.txt lista símbolos " +"dados no <pacote>-sections.txt, mas não " +"encontrados nos fontes. Verifique se eles foram removidos ou se eles foram " +"escritos incorretamente." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1700 +msgid "" +"The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, " +"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where " +"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the " +"<package>-sections.txt file." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo <pacote>-unused.txt lista nomes de " +"símbolo cuja documentação foi localizada na varredura do GTK-Doc, mas que " +"não sabe onde colocá-los. Isso significa que o símbolo não foi adicionado " +"ainda ao arquivo <pacote>-sections.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: tip/para +#: C/index.docbook:1708 +msgid "" +"Enable or add the line in Makefile." +"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during " +"make check run." +msgstr "" +"Habilite ou adicione a linha no " +"Makefile.am. Se pelo menos GTK-Doc 1.9 estiver instalado, isso vai executar " +"verificações de sanidade durante a execução de make check." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1715 +msgid "" +"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: " +"<package>-decl-list.txt and <" +"package>-decl.txt. The first one can be compared with the " +"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all " +"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if " +"this file contains it." +msgstr "" +"Também pode-se buscar nos arquivos produzidos pela varredura do código " +"aberto: <pacote>-decl-list.txt e <" +"pacote>-decl.txt. O primeiro pode ser comparado com o arquivo " +"de seção, se ele for mantido manualmente. O segundo lista todas as " +"declarações de cabeçalhos. Se um símbolo está faltando, pode-se verificar se " +"este arquivo o contém." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1724 +msgid "" +"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced " +"by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt, " +"<package>.hierarchy.txt, <" +"package>.interfaces.txt, <package>." +"prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc " +"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as " +"GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." +msgstr "" +"Se o projeto é baseado em GObject, pode-se também procurar nos arquivos " +"produzidos pela varredura de objetos: <pacote>.args.txt, <pacote>.hierarchy.txt, <" +"pacote>.interfaces.txt, <pacote>.prerequisites." +"txt e <pacote>.signals.txt. Se há " +"símbolos faltando em qualquer um deles, pode-se exigir que o gtkdoc mantenha " +"o arquivo intermediário de varredura para análise posterior, executando " +"GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1739 +msgid "Documenting other interfaces" +msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1741 +msgid "" +"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next " +"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other " +"interfaces too." +msgstr "" +"Até agora nós temos usado o GTK-Doc para documentar a API de um código. As " +"próximas sessões contêm sugestões de como as ferramentas podem ser usadas " +"para documentar outras interfaces, também." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1748 +msgid "Command line options and man pages" +msgstr "Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man" + +# RefEntry é uma página de referência do DocBook (http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html) +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1750 +msgid "" +"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like " +"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of " +"the reference and one gets the man-page for free." +msgstr "" +"Já que também é possível gerar páginas man para um refentry do docbook, soa " +"como uma boa ideia usá-lo para este propósito. Desta forma, a interface é " +"parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1757 +msgid "Document the tool" +msgstr "Documentar a ferramenta" + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/para +#: C/index.docbook:1759 +msgid "" +"Create one refentry file per tool. Following our example we would call it meep/" +"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml. For the xml tags that should be " +"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as " +"examples e.g. in glib." +msgstr "" +"Crie um arquivo refentry por ferramenta. Segundo nosso exemplo nós chamaríamos ele de " +"meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml. Para as tags xml " +"que devem ser usadas e podem parecer no arquivo gerado no subdiretório xml " +"assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib." + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1769 +msgid "Adding the extra configure check" +msgstr "Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure" + +#. (itstool) path: example/title +#: C/index.docbook:1772 C/index.docbook:1792 +msgid "Extra configure checks" +msgstr "Verificações extra no configure" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1773 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" +" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n" +" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n" +" enable_man=no)\n" +"\n" +"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n" +" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n" +" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n" +" enable_man=no)\n" +"\n" +"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n" +"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect2/title +#: C/index.docbook:1789 +msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules" +msgstr "Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile" + +#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting +#: C/index.docbook:1793 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"man_MANS = \\\n" +" meeper.1\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"if ENABLE_MAN\n" +"\n" +"%.1 : %.xml\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +"\n" +"endif\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" +"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"man_MANS = \\\n" +" meeper.1\n" +"\n" +"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n" +"if ENABLE_MAN\n" +"\n" +"%.1 : %.xml\n" +" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n" +"\n" +"endif\n" +"endif\n" +"\n" +"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n" +"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n" +"\n" +" " + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:1817 +msgid "DBus interfaces" +msgstr "Interfaces DBus" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:1819 +msgid "" +"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://" +"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" +msgstr "" +"(CORRIJA-ME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, " +"http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1828 +msgid "Frequently asked questions" +msgstr "Perguntas frequentes" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1832 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "Questão" + +#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle +#: C/index.docbook:1833 +msgid "Answer" +msgstr "Resposta" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1835 +msgid "No class hierarchy." +msgstr "Sem hierarquia de classe." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1836 +msgid "" +"The objects xxx_get_type() function has not been " +"entered into the <package>.types file." +msgstr "" +"A função de objetos xxx_get_type() não foi inserida no " +"arquivo <pacote>.types." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1842 +msgid "Still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "Ainda sem hierarquia." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1843 +msgid "" +"Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt " +"file (see explanation)." +msgstr "" +"Nomenclatura faltando ou incorreta no arquivo <pacote>-" +"sections.txt (veja a explicação)." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1849 +msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy." +msgstr "Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1850 +msgid "" +"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private " +"subsections)." +msgstr "" +"Por acaso o nome do objeto (nome da struct da instância, ex. " +"GtkWidget) faz parte da seção normal (não coloque isso em " +"subsções Standard ou Private)?" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1857 +msgid "No symbol index." +msgstr "Nenhum símbolo de índice." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1858 +msgid "" +"Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a " +"index that xi:includes the generated index?" +msgstr "" +"O <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml} contém um índice que " +"\"xi:inclui\" o índice gerado?" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1864 +msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section." +msgstr "Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1865 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the " +"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs." +msgstr "" +"O doc-comment está usando a marcação correta (adicionado #,% or ())? " +"Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1871 +msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1872 +msgid "" +"Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." +msgstr "" +"A nova página foi \"xi:incluída\" do <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}" +"?" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1878 +msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs." +msgstr "Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1879 +msgid "" +"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the " +"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable " +"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <" +"package>-sections.txt in a public subsection." +msgstr "" +"O doc-comment está formatado adequadamente? Verifique erros de escrita no " +"começo do comentário. Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não " +"resolvíveis. Verifique se o símbolo está listado corretamente no " +"<pacote>-sections.txt em uma subseção pública." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1887 +msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy." +msgstr "Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1888 +msgid "" +"If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy but " +"not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check that the " +"type is correctly placed in the <package>-sections.txt. If the type instance (e.g. GtkWidget) is not listed " +"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Se o tipo está listado no <pacote>.hierarchy, mas " +"não em xml/tree_index.sgml, então certifique-se de que " +"o tipo está colocado corretamente no <pacote>-sections.txt. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: GtkWidget) não está " +"listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1897 +msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations." +msgstr "" +"Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1898 +msgid "" +"Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is xi:included " +"from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se xml/annotation-glossary.xml está \"xi:" +"incluído\" de <pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1906 +msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist" +msgstr "Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1907 +msgid "" +"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the " +"source." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o protótipo no cabeçalho tem nomes de parâmetros diferentes da " +"fonte." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1912 +msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ" +msgstr "Múltiplos \"IDs\" para restrições do fim do link XYZ" + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1913 +msgid "" +"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <package>-sections.txt file." +msgstr "" +"O símbolo XYZ aparece duas vezes no arquivo <pacote>-" +"sections.txt." + +#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg +#: C/index.docbook:1916 +msgid "" +"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template " +"matches." +msgstr "" +"Elemento typename no espaço de nome '' encontrado em para, mas nenhum modelo " +"correspondeu." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/title +#: C/index.docbook:1923 +msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc" +msgstr "Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc" + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1925 +msgid "" +"GtkDocPlugin - a Trac " +"GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and " +"integrates with the trac search." +msgstr "" +"GtkDocPlugin - um plug-in de integração com Trac GTK-Doc, que adiciona documentos de API " +"a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac." + +#. (itstool) path: chapter/para +#: C/index.docbook:1930 +msgid "" +"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since " +"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version." +msgstr "" +"Gtkdoc-depscan - uma ferramenta (parte do gtk-doc) para verificar APIs " +"usadas, a partir de suas tags, para determinar a versão mínima necessária." + +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo +#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12 +msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000" +msgstr "Versão 1.1, Março de 2000" + +#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright +#: C/index.docbook:15 +msgid "2000Free Software Foundation, Inc." +msgstr "2000Free Software Foundation, Inc." + +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/index.docbook:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, \n" +" Suite 330, Boston, MA \n" +" 02110-1301 USA" +msgstr "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, \n" +" Suite 330, Boston, MA \n" +" 02110-1301 USA" + +#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para +#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies " +"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed." +msgstr "" +"<_:address-1/> É permitido a qualquer um copiar e distribuir cópias exatas " +"deste documento de licença, embora não seja permitido alterá-lo." + +#. (itstool) path: appendix/title +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642 +msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" +msgstr "Licença de Documentação Livre GNU" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31 +msgid "0. PREAMBLE" +msgstr "0. INTRODUÇÃO" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:32 +msgid "" +"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " +"document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " +"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, " +"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves " +"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not " +"being considered responsible for modifications made by others." +msgstr "" +"O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento " +"escrito livre em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a " +"todos a liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem " +"modificações, tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo " +"lugar, esta Licença preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito " +"pelo seu trabalho, enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações " +"feitas por outros." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:43 +msgid "" +"This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that " +"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. " +"It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license " +"designed for free software." +msgstr "" +"Esta licença é um tipo de copyleft, que significa que " +"trabalhos derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo " +"sentido. Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public " +"License), que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50 +msgid "" +"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free " +"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program " +"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. " +"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any " +"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a " +"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose " +"is instruction or reference." +msgstr "" +"Nós projetamos esta Licença a fim de ser utilizada em manuais de software " +"livre, já que softwares livres precisam de documentações livres: um programa " +"livre deveria vir com manuais que ofereçam as mesmas liberdades que o " +"software proporciona. Mas esta Licença não é limitada a manuais de software; " +"ela pode ser usada para qualquer trabalho de texto, independente do assunto " +"ou se é publicado como um livro impresso. Nós recomendamos esta Licença " +"principalmente para trabalhos cujo propósito seja instrução ou referência." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62 +msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS" +msgstr "1. APLICABILIDADE E DEFINIÇÕES" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:63 +msgid "" +"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " +"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " +"of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such " +"manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um " +"aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento " +"pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O Documento, " +"abaixo, refere-se a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público " +"é um licenciado, e será referenciado como você." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:72 +msgid "" +"A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing " +"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with " +"modifications and/or translated into another language." +msgstr "" +"Uma Versão Modificada do Documento significa qualquer " +"trabalho contendo o Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou " +"com modificações e/ou traduzido em outro idioma." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:79 +msgid "" +"A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter " +"section of the Document that deals " +"exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the " +"Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and " +"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For " +"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary " +"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter " +"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of " +"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Uma Seção Secundária é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção " +"inicial do Documento que trata " +"exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com seu " +"assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar " +"diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte " +"um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de " +"matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o " +"assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, " +"filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:94 +msgid "" +"The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being " +"those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License." +msgstr "" +"As Seções Invariantes são certas Seções Secundárias cujos títulos são designados como sendo de " +"Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o Documento é publicado sob esta Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:103 +msgid "" +"The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are " +"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says " +"that the Document is released under " +"this License." +msgstr "" +"Os Textos de Capa são certas passagens de texto curtas que " +"são listadas, como Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota " +"que afirma que o Documento é publicado " +"sob esta Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:111 +msgid "" +"A Transparent copy of the " +"Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose " +"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be " +"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors " +"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) " +"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text " +"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for " +"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file " +"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent " +"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not " +"Transparent is called Opaque." +msgstr "" +"Uma cópia Transparente do Documento significa uma cópia legível por máquina, representada em " +"um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao público geral e que cujo " +"conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma clara e direta por " +"editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de desenho (para imagens " +"compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de desenho amplamente " +"disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para inclusão em " +"formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma variedade de " +"formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma cópia feita em " +"outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou ausência desta, " +"tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar modificação subsequente " +"pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não é Transparente é chamada Opaca." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII " +"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using " +"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for " +"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary " +"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, " +"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally " +"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors " +"for output purposes only." +msgstr "" +"Exemplos de formatos apropriados para cópias Transparentes incluem ASCII " +"puro sem marcação, formato de entrada Texinfo, formato de entrada LaTex, " +"SGML ou XML usando um DTD publicamente disponível, e HTML simples em " +"conformidade padrão projetado para modificação por humanos. Formatos Opacos " +"incluem PostScript, PDF, formatos proprietários que podem ser lidos ou " +"editados somente por processadores de texto proprietários, SGML ou XML cujos " +"DTD e/ou ferramenta de processamento não estão largamente disponibilizados, " +"e o HTML gerado por máquina produzido por algum processador de texto com " +"propósito apenas de saída." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:141 +msgid "" +"The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page " +"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the " +"material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in " +"formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page " +"means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, " +"preceding the beginning of the body of the text." +msgstr "" +"A Página de Título significa, para um livro impresso, a " +"própria página do título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para " +"conter, de forma legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na " +"página do título. Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página " +"de título semelhante, Página de Título significa o texto " +"próximo à ocorrência mais proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o " +"início do corpo do texto." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153 +msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING" +msgstr "2. CÓPIA ESCRITA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:154 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that " +"this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this " +"License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you " +"add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use " +"technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of " +"the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in " +"exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you " +"must also follow the conditions in section 3." +msgstr "" +"Você pode copiar e distribuir o Documento em qualquer meio, seja este de forma comercial ou não, desde que esta " +"licença, as notas de direitos autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença " +"afirmando que esta Licença se aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em " +"todas as cópias, e que você não inclua outras condições, quaisquer que " +"sejam, às condições desta Licença. Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas " +"para obstruir ou controlar a leitura ou cópia futura das cópias que você " +"fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode aceitar compensação em troca das " +"cópias. Se você distribuir um número suficientemente grande de cópias, você " +"deve também respeitar as condições descritas na seção 3." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169 +msgid "" +"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you " +"may publicly display copies." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode emprestar cópias, sob as mesmas condições relacionadas " +"acima, e você pode publicamente exibir cópias." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176 +msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY" +msgstr "3. COPIANDO EM QUANTIDADE" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:177 +msgid "" +"If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license " +"notice requires Cover Texts, you " +"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these " +"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on " +"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as " +"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title " +"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as " +"verbatim copying in other respects." +msgstr "" +"Se você publicar cópias impressas do Documento, em número maior que 100, e a nota de licença do " +"Documento exigir Textos de Capa, " +"você deve encadernar as cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e " +"legível, todos estes Textos de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal " +"e Textos de Contracapa na contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também " +"identificar, de forma clara e legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa " +"frontal deve apresentar o título completo com todas as palavras deste " +"igualmente proeminentes e visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro " +"material nas capas. As cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que " +"preservem o título do Documento e " +"satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias literais em outros " +"aspectos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195 +msgid "" +"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, " +"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the " +"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages." +msgstr "" +"Se os textos necessários a qualquer uma das capas forem muito volumosos para " +"serem incluídos de forma legível, você deve colocar os primeiros textos " +"listados (quantos couberem razoavelmente) na própria capa, e continuar o " +"resto em páginas adjacentes." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:202 +msgid "" +"If you publish or distribute Opaque " +"copies of the Document numbering more " +"than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state " +"in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location " +"containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added " +"material, which the general network-using public has access to download " +"anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use " +"the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin " +"distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent " +"copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one " +"year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through " +"your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public." +msgstr "" +"Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias Opacas do Documento em " +"número maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia Transparente legível por máquina juntamente com cada " +"cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia Opaca, um endereço " +"de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários possam acessar e obter " +"de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando protocolos de rede públicos " +"padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do Documento, livre de materiais " +"adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda opção, você deve seguir passos com " +"certa prudência ao começar a distribuir as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a " +"fim de garantir que esta cópia transparente permanecerá acessível no local " +"indicado por pelo menos um ano após a última vez que você distribuir uma " +"cópia Opaca (diretamente ou através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta " +"edição ao público." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:222 +msgid "" +"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any " +"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated " +"version of the Document." +msgstr "" +"É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do Documento muito antes de redistribuir qualquer " +"grande número de cópias, para dar a eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma " +"versão atualizada do Documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231 +msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS" +msgstr "4. MODIFICAÇÕES" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:232 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute a Modified " +"Version of the Document under " +"the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the " +"Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version " +"filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and " +"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In " +"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode copiar e distribuir uma Versão " +"Modificada do Documento sob as " +"condições das seções 2 e 3 acima, desde que você forneça a Versão Modificada " +"estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada preenchendo a função " +"de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e modificação da Versão " +"Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. Além disso, você deve " +"executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão Modificada:" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248 +msgid "A" +msgstr "A" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:249 +msgid "" +"Use in the Title Page (and on the " +"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which " +"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the " +"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original " +"publisher of that version gives permission." +msgstr "" +"Usar na Página de Título (e nas " +"capas, se existirem) um título distinto em relação ao do Documento, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais " +"devem, na existência de algum, ser listados na seção \"Histórico\" do " +"Documento). Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor " +"original daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264 +msgid "B" +msgstr "B" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:265 +msgid "" +"List on the Title Page, as authors, " +"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the " +"modifications in the Modified Version, " +"together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has " +"less than five)." +msgstr "" +"Listar na Página de Título como " +"autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades responsáveis pela autoria das " +"modificações na Versão Modificada, " +"juntamente com pelo menos cinco autores principais do Documento (todos seus autores principais, se houver menos " +"que cinco)." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279 +msgid "C" +msgstr "C" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:280 +msgid "" +"State on the Title Page the name of " +"the publisher of the Modified Version, " +"as the publisher." +msgstr "" +"Declarar na Página de Título o nome " +"do editor da Versão Modificada, como " +"seu editor." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291 +msgid "D" +msgstr "D" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:292 +msgid "" +"Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document." +msgstr "" +"Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do Documento." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301 +msgid "E" +msgstr "E" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the " +"other copyright notices." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar uma nota apropriada de direitos autorais para suas modificações, " +"adjacente às outras notas de direitos autorais." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311 +msgid "F" +msgstr "F" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:312 +msgid "" +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the Modified " +"Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the " +"Addendum below." +msgstr "" +"Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de " +"licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da Versão Modificada sob os termos desta Licença, na forma " +"mostrada no Adendo abaixo." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324 +msgid "G" +msgstr "G" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:325 +msgid "" +"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice." +msgstr "" +"Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de Seções Invariantes e Textos de Capa obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do Documento." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337 +msgid "H" +msgstr "H" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338 +msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License." +msgstr "Inclua uma cópia inalterada desta Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346 +msgid "I" +msgstr "I" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:347 +msgid "" +"Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add " +"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher " +"of the Modified Version as given on " +"the Title Page. If there is no " +"section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and " +"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " +"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." +msgstr "" +"Preservar a seção intitulada Histórico, preservar seu título, " +"e adicionar a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos " +"autores, e o editor da Versão Modificada conforme incluído na Página de " +"Título. Se nenhuma seção intitulada Histórico estiver " +"presente no Documento, crie uma " +"informando o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como " +"evidenciado na Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a " +"Versão Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365 +msgid "J" +msgstr "J" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:366 +msgid "" +"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the " +"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based " +"on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit " +"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before " +"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers " +"to gives permission." +msgstr "" +"Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo Documento para acesso público a uma cópia Transparente deste e, da mesma maneira, " +"os endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais " +"este se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção Histórico. " +"Você pode omitir um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo " +"menos quatro anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da " +"versão à qual o endereço se refere der permissão." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383 +msgid "K" +msgstr "K" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:384 +msgid "" +"In any section entitled Acknowledgements or " +"Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in " +"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor " +"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." +msgstr "" +"Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada " +"Agradecimentos ou Dedicatórias e preservar " +"dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um dos agradecimentos e/ou " +"dedicatórias lá mencionados." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396 +msgid "L" +msgstr "L" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:397 +msgid "" +"Preserve all the Invariant Sections " +"of the Document, unaltered in their " +"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not " +"considered part of the section titles." +msgstr "" +"Preservar todas as Seções Invariantes " +"do Documento, sem alterações em seus " +"textos e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados " +"parte dos títulos das seções." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409 +msgid "M" +msgstr "M" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:410 +msgid "" +"Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may " +"not be included in the Modified Version." +msgstr "" +"Apagar qualquer seção intitulada Apoio. Tal seção não deve " +"ser incluída na Versão Modificada." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title +#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421 +msgid "N" +msgstr "N" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/index.docbook:422 +msgid "" +"Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to " +"conflict in title with any Invariant " +"Section." +msgstr "" +"Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como Apoio " +"ou que resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer Seção Invariante." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:432 +msgid "" +"If the Modified Version includes new " +"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from " +"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections " +"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's " +"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles." +msgstr "" +"Se a Versão Modificada incluir novas " +"seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam qualificados como Seções Secundárias, e não contiver material copiado do " +"Documento, você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas " +"seções em invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de " +"Seções Invariantes na nota de licença " +"da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos de quaisquer outros " +"títulos de seções." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:444 +msgid "" +"You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it " +"contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of " +"peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the " +"authoritative definition of a standard." +msgstr "" +"Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada Apoio, desde que esta " +"contenha apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua Versão Modificada por várias fontes -- por exemplo, notas do " +"revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização como a definição " +"oficial de um padrão." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:453 +msgid "" +"You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list " +"of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover " +"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements " +"made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by " +"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, " +"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit " +"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como Texto de Capa Frontal, e uma passagem de até 25 " +"palavras como Texto de Contracapa, " +"ao fim da lista de Textos de Capa " +"na Versão Modificada. Somente uma " +"passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma de Texto de Contracapa podem ser " +"adicionados por (ou através de arranjos feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. " +"Caso o Documento já incluir um texto " +"de capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo " +"feito pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá " +"adicionar outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão " +"explícita do editor anterior, que o incluiu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:470 +msgid "" +"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names " +"for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version ." +msgstr "" +"O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do Documento, por esta Licença, não concedem permissão para que seus nomes sejam " +"usados a fins de publicidade, para defesa ou para apoio implícito de " +"qualquer Versão Modificada." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480 +msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "5. COMBINANDO DOCUMENTOS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:481 +msgid "" +"You may combine the Document with " +"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in " +"section 4 above for modified versions, " +"provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, " +"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in " +"its license notice." +msgstr "" +"Você pode combinar o Documento com " +"outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, sob os termos definidos na " +"seção 4 acima para versões " +"modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as Seções Invariantes de todos os documentos " +"originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções Invariantes de seu " +"trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:492 +msgid "" +"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " +"identical Invariant Sections may be " +"replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with " +"the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section " +"unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original " +"author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make " +"the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections " +"in the license notice of the combined work." +msgstr "" +"O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e " +"várias Seções Invariantes idênticas " +"podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se existirem várias Seções " +"Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos diferentes, você deve tornar " +"o título de cada uma destas seções único, adicionando ao fim destes, entre " +"parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se conhecido, o editor original desta seção, " +"ou ainda um número único. Faça o mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista " +"de Seções Invariantes na nota de licença do trabalho combinado." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:505 +msgid "" +"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled " +"History; likewise combine any sections entitled " +"Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled " +"Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled " +"Endorsements." +msgstr "" +"Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas " +"Histórico nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção " +"intitulada Histórico; do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções " +"intituladas Agradecimentos, e quaisquer seções intituladas " +"Dedicatórias. Você deve apagar todas as seções intituladas " +"Apoio." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516 +msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS" +msgstr "6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:517 +msgid "" +"You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and " +"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with " +"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow " +"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in " +"all other respects." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do Documento e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e " +"substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por " +"uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras " +"desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros " +"aspectos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527 +msgid "" +"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it " +"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License " +"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects " +"regarding verbatim copying of that document." +msgstr "" +"Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo " +"individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta " +"Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros " +"aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537 +msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS" +msgstr "7. AGREGAÇÃO COM TRABALHOS INDEPENDENTES" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:538 +msgid "" +"A compilation of the Document or its " +"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on " +"a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a " +"Modified Version of the Document, " +"provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a " +"compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not " +"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " +"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " +"works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is " +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Uma compilação do Documento ou seus " +"derivados com outros documentos ou trabalhos separados e independentes, " +"dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio de armazenamento ou distribuição, não " +"conta como um todo para uma Versão " +"Modificada do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de " +"compilação seja reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura " +"um agregado e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos " +"contidos na compilação do Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso " +"eles mesmos não forem trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de " +"Texto da Capa da seção 3 é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e " +"ainda se o Documento é menor do que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos " +"de Capa do Documento podem ser inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o " +"Documento no agregado. Caso contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta " +"do agregado como um todo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561 +msgid "8. TRANSLATION" +msgstr "8. TRADUÇÃO" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:562 +msgid "" +"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " +"translations of the Document under the " +"terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations " +"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may " +"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the " +"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation " +"of this License provided that you also include the original English version " +"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the " +"original English version of this License, the original English version will " +"prevail." +msgstr "" +"Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma " +"você pode distribuir traduções do Documento sob os termos da seção 4. A " +"substituição das Seções Invariantes " +"por traduções requer permissão especial dos detentores dos direitos " +"autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de algumas ou todas as Seções " +"Invariantes juntamente às versões originais destas. Você pode incluir uma " +"tradução desta Licença, desde que você também inclua a versão original em " +"Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância entre a tradução e a versão " +"original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a versão original em inglês " +"prevalecerá." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580 +msgid "9. TERMINATION" +msgstr "9. TÉRMINO" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:581 +msgid "" +"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this " +"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the " +"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this " +"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you " +"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such " +"parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o Documento com exceção do que foi expressamente " +"previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, " +"sublicenciamento ou distribuição do Documento é nula, e implicará na " +"rescisão automática de seus direitos sob esta Licença. Contudo, as partes " +"que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de você sob esta Licença não terão " +"suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais partes permanecerem em total acordo " +"com a Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594 +msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE" +msgstr "10. FUTURAS REVISÕES DESTA LICENÇA" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:595 +msgid "" +"The Free " +"Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU " +"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be " +"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to " +"address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/." +msgstr "" +"A Free Software " +"Foundation pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de " +"Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão " +"ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim " +"de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:606 +msgid "" +"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " +"Document specifies that a particular " +"numbered version of this License or any later version applies " +"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of " +"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not " +"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not " +"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever " +"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o Documento especificar que um número de " +"versão em específico desta Licença ou qualquer versão posterior se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições " +"tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha " +"sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o " +"documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode " +"escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software " +"Foundation." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/title +#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621 +msgid "Addendum" +msgstr "Adendo" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622 +msgid "" +"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the " +"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices " +"just after the title page:" +msgstr "" +"Para usar esta Licença em um documento que você escreveu, inclua uma cópia " +"desta no documento e adicione as seguintes notas de direitos autorais e " +"licença logo após a página de título:" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629 +msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME." +msgstr "Copyright ANO SEU NOME." + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/index.docbook:632 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " +"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with " +"the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, " +"and with the Back-Cover Texts being " +"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU " +"Free Documentation License." +msgstr "" +"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento " +"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation " +"License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free " +"Software Foundation; com as Seções " +"Invariantes, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS, e com os Textos de Contracapa sendo LISTADOS. Uma " +"cópia da licença está inclusa na seção entitulada Licença de " +"Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation License)." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:647 +msgid "" +"If you have no Invariant Sections, " +"write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones " +"are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover " +"Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of " +"Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts." +msgstr "" +"Se você não tiver qualquer Seção Invariante, escreva sem Seções Invariantes ao invés de afirmar " +"quais são invariantes. Se você não tem Textos de Capa Frontal, escreva sem Textos de Capa Frontal ao invés de Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS; O " +"mesmo se aplica a Textos de Contracapa." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/index.docbook:657 +msgid "" +"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " +"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " +"license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, " +"recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de " +"software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre." + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/year +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "2000" +msgstr "2000" + +#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16 +msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc." +msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc." + +#. (itstool) path: address/street +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" +msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330" + +#. (itstool) path: address/city +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "Boston" +msgstr "Boston" + +#. (itstool) path: address/state +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21 +msgid "MA" +msgstr "MA" + +#. (itstool) path: address/postcode +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "02110-1301" +msgstr "02110-1301" + +#. (itstool) path: address/country +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22 +msgid "USA" +msgstr "USA" + +#. (itstool) path: para/address +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" +"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" +msgstr "" +"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:" +"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34 +msgid "free" +msgstr "livre" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written " +"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the " +"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, " +"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves " +"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not " +"being considered responsible for modifications made by others." +msgstr "" +"O propósito desta Licença é fazer um manual, livro-texto, ou outro documento " +"escrito <_:quote-1/> em seu sentido de liberdade: para garantir a todos a " +"liberdade efetiva de copiá-lo e redistribui-lo, com ou sem modificações, " +"tanto comercialmente como não comercialmente. Em segundo lugar, esta Licença " +"preserva ao autor e ao editor uma forma de obter crédito pelo seu trabalho, " +"enquanto não é considerado responsável por modificações feitas por outros." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44 +msgid "copyleft" +msgstr "copyleft" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43 +msgid "" +"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of " +"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the " +"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Esta licença é um tipo de <_:quote-1/>, que significa que trabalhos " +"derivados do documento precisam ser, por sua vez, livres no mesmo sentido. " +"Ela complementa a Licença Pública Geral GNU (GNU General Public License), " +"que é uma licença copyleft projetada para softwares livres." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608 +msgid "Document" +msgstr "Documento" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69 +msgid "you" +msgstr "você" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice " +"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms " +"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. " +"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Esta Licença se aplica a qualquer manual ou outro trabalho que contenha um " +"aviso colocado pelo detentor dos direitos autorais dizendo que o documento " +"pode ser distribuído sob os termos desta. O <_:quote-1/>, abaixo, refere-se " +"a qualquer manual ou trabalho. Qualquer membro do público é um licenciado, e " +"será referenciado como <_:quote-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543 +msgid "Modified Version" +msgstr "Versão modificada" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a " +"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or " +"translated into another language." +msgstr "" +"Uma <_:quote-1/> do Documento significa qualquer trabalho contendo o " +"Documento ou uma porção deste, seja uma cópia literal ou com modificações e/" +"ou traduzido em outro idioma." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80 +msgid "Secondary Section" +msgstr "Seção da secundária" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:" +"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or " +"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related " +"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall " +"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, " +"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could " +"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related " +"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political " +"position regarding them." +msgstr "" +"Uma <_:quote-1/> é um apêndice com nome ou uma seção inicial do <_:link-2/> " +"que trata exclusivamente da relação dos editores ou autores do Documento com " +"seu assunto geral (ou temas relacionados) e não contém nada que possa estar " +"diretamente dentro do assunto geral. (Por exemplo, se o Documento é em parte " +"um livro-texto de matemática, uma Seção Secundária não pode explicar nada de " +"matemática). Tal relação pode ser uma questão de conexão histórica com o " +"assunto ou com temas relacionados, ou tratar de questões legais, comerciais, " +"filosóficas, éticas ou políticas com relação a eles." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648 +msgid "Invariant Sections" +msgstr "Sessões invariantes" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435 +msgid "Secondary Sections" +msgstr "Sessões secundárias" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as " +"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-3/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" +"As <_:quote-1/> são certas <_:link-2/> cujos títulos são designados como " +"sendo de Seções Invariantes na nota que afirma que o <_:link-3/> é publicado " +"sob esta Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458 +msgid "Cover Texts" +msgstr "Textos de Capa" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as " +"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:" +"link-2/> is released under this License." +msgstr "" +"Os <_:quote-1/> são certas passagens de texto curtas que são listadas, como " +"Textos de Capa Frontal ou Texto de Contra Capa, na nota que afirma que o <_:" +"link-2/> é publicado sob esta Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369 +msgid "Transparent" +msgstr "Transparente" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204 +msgid "Opaque" +msgstr "Opaco" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111 +msgid "" +"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, " +"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general " +"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and " +"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of " +"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available " +"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for " +"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text " +"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup " +"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers " +"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" +"Uma cópia <_:quote-1/> do <_:link-2/> significa uma cópia legível por " +"máquina, representada em um formato cuja especificação esteja disponível ao " +"público geral e que cujo conteúdo possa ser visualizado e editado de forma " +"clara e direta por editores de texto genéricos ou programas genéricos de " +"desenho (para imagens compostas de pixels) ou para alguns dos editores de " +"desenho amplamente disponíveis (para desenhos) e que seja apropriado para " +"inclusão em formatadores de texto ou para a tradução automática em uma " +"variedade de formatos apropriados de entrada em formatadores de texto. Uma " +"cópia feita em outro formato de arquivo Transparente cuja marcação, ou " +"ausência desta, tenha sido manipulada para impedir ou desencorajar " +"modificação subsequente pelos leitores não é Transparente. Uma cópia que não " +"é <_:quote-3/> é chamada <_:quote-4/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352 +msgid "Title Page" +msgstr "Título da página" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141 +msgid "" +"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such " +"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License " +"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have " +"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent " +"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the " +"text." +msgstr "" +"A <_:quote-1/> significa, para um livro impresso, a própria página do " +"título, além das páginas subsequentes necessárias para conter, de forma " +"legível, o material que esta Licença requer que apareça na página do título. " +"Para trabalhos em formatos que não possuem qualquer página de título " +"semelhante, <_:quote-2/> significa o texto próximo à ocorrência mais " +"proeminente do título do trabalho, precedendo o início do corpo do texto." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551 +msgid "section 3" +msgstr "seção 3" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either " +"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright " +"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document " +"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions " +"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to " +"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or " +"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If " +"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the " +"conditions in <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode copiar e distribuir o <_:link-1/> em qualquer meio, seja este de " +"forma comercial ou não, desde que esta licença, as notas de direitos " +"autorais (copyright), e a nota de licença afirmando que esta Licença se " +"aplica ao Documento sejam reproduzidas em todas as cópias, e que você não " +"inclua outras condições, quaisquer que sejam, às condições desta Licença. " +"Você não pode usar de medidas técnicas para obstruir ou controlar a leitura " +"ou cópia futura das cópias que você fizer ou distribuir. Contudo, você pode " +"aceitar compensação em troca das cópias. Se você distribuir um número " +"suficientemente grande de cópias, você deve também respeitar as condições " +"descritas na <_:link-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177 +msgid "" +"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, " +"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the " +"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: " +"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back " +"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the " +"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with " +"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other " +"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the " +"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy " +"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects." +msgstr "" +"Se você publicar cópias impressas do <_:link-1/>, em número maior que 100, e " +"a nota de licença do Documento exigir <_:link-2/>, você deve encadernar as " +"cópias em capas que carreguem, de forma clara e legível, todos estes Textos " +"de Capa: Textos de Capa Frontal na capa frontal e Textos de Contracapa na " +"contracapa. Ambas as capas devem também identificar, de forma clara e " +"legível, você como o editor das cópias. A capa frontal deve apresentar o " +"título completo com todas as palavras deste igualmente proeminentes e " +"visíveis. Além disso, você pode adicionar outro material nas capas. As " +"cópias com mudanças limitadas às capas, desde que preservem o título do <_:" +"link-3/> e satisfaçam estas condições podem ser tratadas como cópias " +"literais em outros aspectos." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202 +msgid "" +"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering " +"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy " +"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-" +"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy " +"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using " +"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard " +"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably " +"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to " +"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated " +"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an " +"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition " +"to the public." +msgstr "" +"Se você publicar ou distribuir cópias <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/> em número " +"maior que 100, você deve incluir uma cópia <_:link-3/> legível por máquina " +"juntamente com cada cópia Opaca, ou dizer em (ou juntamente com) cada cópia " +"Opaca, um endereço de rede a partir do qual o público geral de usuários " +"possam acessar e obter de forma anônima e sob nenhum custo, usando " +"protocolos de rede públicos padrão, uma cópia Transparente completa do " +"Documento, livre de materiais adicionados. Se você decidir pela segunda " +"opção, você deve seguir passos com certa prudência ao começar a distribuir " +"as cópias Opacas em quantidade, a fim de garantir que esta cópia " +"transparente permanecerá acessível no local indicado por pelo menos um ano " +"após a última vez que você distribuir uma cópia Opaca (diretamente ou " +"através de seus agentes ou distribuidores) desta edição ao público." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222 +msgid "" +"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:" +"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them " +"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document." +msgstr "" +"É solicitado, mas não exigido, que você contate os autores do <_:link-1/> " +"muito antes de redistribuir qualquer grande número de cópias, para dar a " +"eles uma chance de lhe fornecer uma versão atualizada do Documento." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232 +msgid "" +"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the " +"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you " +"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified " +"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and " +"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In " +"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode copiar e distribuir uma <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/> sob as " +"condições das seções <_:link-3/> e <_:link-4/> acima, desde que você forneça " +"a Versão Modificada estritamente sob esta Licença, com a Versão Modificada " +"preenchendo a função de Documento, permitindo assim a distribuição e " +"modificação da Versão Modificada a quem quer que possua uma cópia desta. " +"Além disso, você deve executar os seguintes procedimentos na Versão " +"Modificada:" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from " +"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, " +"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You " +"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of " +"that version gives permission." +msgstr "" +"Usar na <_:link-1/> (e nas capas, se existirem) um título distinto em " +"relação ao do <_:link-2/>, e daqueles de versões anteriores (os quais devem, " +"na existência de algum, ser listados na seção \"Histórico\" do Documento). " +"Você pode usar o mesmo título de uma versão anterior se o editor original " +"daquela versão conceder-lhe permissão." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265 +msgid "" +"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities " +"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together " +"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its " +"principal authors, if it has less than five)." +msgstr "" +"Listar na <_:link-1/> como autores, uma ou mais pessoas ou entidades " +"responsáveis pela autoria das modificações na <_:link-2/>, juntamente com " +"pelo menos cinco autores principais do <_:link-3/> (todos seus autores " +"principais, se houver menos que cinco)." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280 +msgid "" +"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as " +"the publisher." +msgstr "" +"Declarar na <_:link-1/> o nome do editor da <_:link-2/>, como seu editor." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292 +msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "" +"Preservar todas as notas de direitos autorais (copyright) do <_:link-1/>." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving " +"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this " +"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below." +msgstr "" +"Incluir, imediatamente após as notas de direitos autorais, uma nota de " +"licença concedendo permissão pública para o uso da <_:link-1/> sob os termos " +"desta Licença, na forma mostrada no Adendo abaixo." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330 +msgid "Document's" +msgstr "do Documento" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required " +"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice." +msgstr "" +"Preservar na referida nota de licença a lista completa de <_:link-1/> e <_:" +"link-2/> obrigatórios, dados na nota de licença do <_:link-3/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372 +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Histórico" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an " +"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:" +"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:" +"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, " +"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item " +"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence." +msgstr "" +"Preservar a seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>, preservar seu título, e adicionar " +"a esta um item declarando ao menos o título, o ano, novos autores, e o " +"editor da <_:link-2/> conforme incluído na <_:link-3/>. Se nenhuma seção " +"intitulada <_:quote-4/> estiver presente no <_:link-5/>, crie uma informando " +"o título, o ano, os autores e o editor do Documento como evidenciado na " +"Página de Título, em seguida adicione um item descrevendo a Versão " +"Modificada como mencionado na sentença anterior." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366 +msgid "" +"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public " +"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network " +"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These " +"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location " +"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document " +"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives " +"permission." +msgstr "" +"Preservar o endereço de rede, se existir algum, informado pelo <_:link-1/> " +"para acesso público a uma cópia <_:link-2/> deste e, da mesma maneira, os " +"endereços de rede dados no Documento para versões anteriores nas quais este " +"se baseia. Estes podem ser colocados na seção <_:quote-3/>. Você pode omitir " +"um endereço de rede para um trabalho que foi publicado pelo menos quatro " +"anos antes do Documento em si, ou se o editor original da versão à qual o " +"endereço se refere der permissão." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509 +msgid "Acknowledgements" +msgstr "Agradecimentos" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510 +msgid "Dedications" +msgstr "Dedicatórias" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384 +msgid "" +"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's " +"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the " +"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein." +msgstr "" +"Preservar o título da seção para qualquer seção intitulada <_:quote-1/> ou " +"<_:quote-2/> e preservar dentro da seção toda a substância e tom de cada um " +"dos agradecimentos e/ou dedicatórias lá mencionados." + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397 +msgid "" +"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and " +"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part " +"of the section titles." +msgstr "" +"Preservar todas as <_:link-1/> do <_:link-2/>, sem alterações em seus textos " +"e títulos. Números de seção ou o equivalente não são considerados parte dos " +"títulos das seções." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445 +msgid "Endorsements" +msgstr "Apoio" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410 +msgid "" +"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included " +"in the <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Apagar qualquer seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>. Tal seção não deve ser " +"incluída na <_:link-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425 +msgid "Invariant Section" +msgstr "Seção invariante" + +#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422 +msgid "" +"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title " +"with any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"Não renomear o título de qualquer seção existente como <_:quote-1/> ou que " +"resulte em conflito com o título de qualquer <_:link-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432 +msgid "" +"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that " +"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you " +"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To " +"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified " +"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other " +"section titles." +msgstr "" +"Se a <_:link-1/> incluir novas seções iniciais ou apêndices que sejam " +"qualificados como <_:link-2/>, e não contiver material copiado do Documento, " +"você pode, a seu critério, tornar algumas dessas ou todas essas seções em " +"invariantes. Para fazer isso, adicione seus títulos à lista de <_:link-3/> " +"na nota de licença da Versão Modificada. Estes títulos devem ser distintos " +"de quaisquer outros títulos de seções." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444 +msgid "" +"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing " +"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, " +"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an " +"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard." +msgstr "" +"Você pode incluir uma seção intitulada <_:quote-1/>, desde que esta contenha " +"apenas apoios recebidos limitados a sua <_:link-2/> por várias fontes -- por " +"exemplo, notas do revisor ou de que o texto foi aprovado por uma organização " +"como a definição oficial de um padrão." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455 +msgid "Front-Cover Text" +msgstr "Texto de Capa Frontal" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457 +msgid "Back-Cover Text" +msgstr "Texto de Contracapa" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453 +msgid "" +"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of " +"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in " +"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover " +"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If " +"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously " +"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on " +"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on " +"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma passagem de até cinco palavras como <_:link-1/>, e " +"uma passagem de até 25 palavras como <_:link-2/>, ao fim da lista de <_:" +"link-3/> na <_:link-4/>. Somente uma passagem de Texto de Capa Frontal e uma " +"de Texto de Contracapa podem ser adicionados por (ou através de arranjos " +"feitos por) uma entidade qualquer. Caso o <_:link-5/> já incluir um texto de " +"capa para a mesma capa, previamente incluído por você ou pelo arranjo feito " +"pela mesma entidade em cujo nome você está agindo, você não poderá adicionar " +"outro; mas você poderá substituir o antigo, com a permissão explícita do " +"editor anterior, que o incluiu." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470 +msgid "" +"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License " +"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply " +"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>." +msgstr "" +"O(s) autor(es) e editor(es) do <_:link-1/>, por esta Licença, não concedem " +"permissão para que seus nomes sejam usados a fins de publicidade, para " +"defesa ou para apoio implícito de qualquer <_:link-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566 +msgid "section 4" +msgstr "seção 4" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481 +msgid "" +"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this " +"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, " +"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all " +"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant " +"Sections of your combined work in its license notice." +msgstr "" +"Você pode combinar o <_:link-1/> com outros documentos publicados sob esta " +"Licença, sob os termos definidos na <_:link-2/> acima para versões " +"modificadas, desde que você inclua na combinação todas as <_:link-3/> de " +"todos os documentos originais, sem modificações, e as liste como Seções " +"Invariantes de seu trabalho combinado, na sua nota de licença." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492 +msgid "" +"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple " +"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are " +"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make " +"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in " +"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if " +"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section " +"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the " +"combined work." +msgstr "" +"O trabalho combinado precisa conter somente uma cópia desta Licença, e " +"várias <_:link-1/> idênticas podem ser substituídas por uma única cópia. Se " +"existirem várias Seções Invariantes de mesmo nome, porém com conteúdos " +"diferentes, você deve tornar o título de cada uma destas seções único, " +"adicionando ao fim destes, entre parênteses, o nome do autor ou, se " +"conhecido, o editor original desta seção, ou ainda um número único. Faça o " +"mesmo ajuste nos títulos de seção na lista de Seções Invariantes na nota de " +"licença do trabalho combinado." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511 +msgid "Endorsements." +msgstr "Apoios." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505 +msgid "" +"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in " +"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; " +"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>" +msgstr "" +"Na combinação, você deve combinar quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-1/> " +"nos vários documentos originais, formando uma seção intitulada <_:quote-2/>; " +"do mesmo modo, combine quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-3/>, e " +"quaisquer seções intituladas <_:quote-4/>. Você deve apagar todas as seções " +"intituladas <_:quote-5/>." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517 +msgid "" +"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents " +"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this " +"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the " +"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim " +"copying of each of the documents in all other respects." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <_:link-1/> e outros documentos " +"publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta " +"Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na " +"coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de " +"cada documento em todos os outros aspectos." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546 +msgid "aggregate" +msgstr "agregação" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550 +msgid "Cover Text" +msgstr "Capa de Texto" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538 +msgid "" +"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and " +"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or " +"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the " +"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. " +"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not " +"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on " +"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative " +"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is " +"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less " +"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be " +"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. " +"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Uma compilação do <_:link-1/> ou seus derivados com outros documentos ou " +"trabalhos separados e independentes, dentro de ou sob um volume de um meio " +"de armazenamento ou distribuição, não conta como um todo para uma <_:link-2/" +"> do Documento, contanto que nenhum direito autoral de compilação seja " +"reivindicado para esta compilação. Tal compilação configura um <_:quote-3/> " +"e esta Licença não se aplica aos outros trabalhos contidos na compilação do " +"Documento, levando em conta serem compilados, caso eles mesmos não forem " +"trabalhos derivados do Documento. Se o requisito de <_:link-4/> da <_:link-5/" +"> é aplicável a estas cópias do Documento, e ainda se o Documento é menor do " +"que um quarto do agregado inteiro, os Textos de Capa do Documento podem ser " +"inseridos nas capas que envolvem somente o Documento no agregado. Caso " +"contrário, eles devem aparecer em capas em volta do agregado como um todo." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562 +msgid "" +"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute " +"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:" +"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright " +"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections " +"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may " +"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the " +"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between " +"the translation and the original English version of this License, the " +"original English version will prevail." +msgstr "" +"Uma tradução é considerada como sendo um tipo de modificação, desta forma " +"você pode distribuir traduções do <_:link-1/> sob os termos da <_:link-2/>. " +"A substituição das <_:link-3/> por traduções requer permissão especial dos " +"detentores dos direitos autorais, embora você possa incluir traduções de " +"algumas ou todas as Seções Invariantes juntamente às versões originais " +"destas. Você pode incluir uma tradução desta Licença, desde que você também " +"inclua a versão original em Inglês desta Licença. Em caso de discordância " +"entre a tradução e a versão original desta Licença ou nota de licença, a " +"versão original em inglês prevalecerá." + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581 +msgid "" +"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except " +"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, " +"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will " +"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who " +"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have " +"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." +msgstr "" +"Você não pode copiar, modificar, sublicenciar, ou distribuir o <_:link-1/> " +"com exceção do que foi expressamente previsto sob esta Licença. Qualquer " +"outra tentativa de cópia, modificação, sublicenciamento ou distribuição do " +"Documento é nula, e implicará na rescisão automática de seus direitos sob " +"esta Licença. Contudo, as partes que receberam as cópias, ou direitos, de " +"você sob esta Licença não terão suas licenças rescindidas enquanto tais " +"partes permanecerem em total acordo com a Licença." + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597 +msgid "Free Software Foundation" +msgstr "Free Software Foundation" + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603 +msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" +msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595 +msgid "" +"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free " +"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar " +"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new " +"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>." +msgstr "" +"A <_:ulink-1/> pode publicar novas versões, revisadas, da Licença de " +"Documentação Livre GNU de tempos em tempos. Tais versões posteriores terão " +"ideologia similar à presente versão, embora possam diferir em detalhes a fim " +"de abordar novos problemas ou preocupações. Consulte: <_:ulink-2/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610 +msgid "or any later version" +msgstr "ou qualquer versão posterior" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606 +msgid "" +"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the " +"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:" +"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and " +"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has " +"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the " +"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose " +"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation." +msgstr "" +"É dado, a cada versão da Licença, um número de versão distinto. Se o <_:" +"link-1/> especificar que um número de versão em específico desta Licença <_:" +"quote-2/> se aplica a ele, você tem a opção de seguir os termos e condições " +"tanto da versão especificada quanto de qualquer versão posterior que tenha " +"sido publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software Foundation. Se o " +"documento não especificar um número de versão desta Licença, você pode " +"escolher qualquer versão já publicada (não como rascunho) pela Free Software " +"Foundation." + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Textos de Capa Frontal" + +#. (itstool) path: para/link +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654 +msgid "Back-Cover Texts" +msgstr "Textos de Contracapa" + +#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632 +msgid "" +"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under " +"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later " +"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> " +"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:" +"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section " +"entitled <_:quote-4/>." +msgstr "" +"Permissão concedida para copiar, distribuir e/ou modificar este documento " +"sob os termos da Licença de Documentação Livre GNU (GNU Free Documentation " +"License), Versão 1.1 ou qualquer versão mais recente publicada pela Free " +"Software Foundation; com as <_:link-1/>, sendo LISTADO SEUS TÍTULOS, com os " +"<_:link-2/> sendo LISTADOS, e com os <_:link-3/> sendo LISTADOS. Uma cópia " +"da licença está inclusa na seção intitulada <_:quote-4/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649 +msgid "with no Invariant Sections" +msgstr "sem Seções Invariantes" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652 +msgid "no Front-Cover Texts" +msgstr "sem Textos de Capa Frontal" + +#. (itstool) path: para/quote +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653 +msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST" +msgstr "Textos de Capa Frontal sendo LISTADOS" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647 +msgid "" +"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones " +"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:" +"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>." +msgstr "" +"Se você não tiver qualquer <_:link-1/>, escreva <_:quote-2/> ao invés de " +"afirmar quais são invariantes. Se você não tem <_:link-3/>, escreva <_:" +"quote-4/> ao invés de <_:quote-5/>; O mesmo se aplica a <_:link-6/>." + +#. (itstool) path: para/ulink +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661 +msgid "GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Licença Pública Geral GNU (GPL)" + +#. (itstool) path: sect1/para +#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657 +msgid "" +"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend " +"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software " +"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software." +msgstr "" +"Se seu documento contiver exemplos não-triviais de código de programação, " +"recomendamos publicar estes exemplos paralelamente, sob a licença de " +"software livre que você escolher, como por exemplo a <_:ulink-1/> (GNU " +"General Public License), para permitir seu uso em software livre." + +#~ msgid "1.15" +#~ msgstr "1.15" + +#~ msgid "Chris" +#~ msgstr "Chris" + +#~ msgid "Lyttle" +#~ msgstr "Lyttle" + +#~ msgid "chris@wilddev.net" +#~ msgstr "chris@wilddev.net" + +#~ msgid "Dan" +#~ msgstr "Dan" + +#~ msgid "Mueth" +#~ msgstr "Mueth" + +#~ msgid "d-mueth@uchicago.edu" +#~ msgstr "d-mueth@uchicago.edu" + +#~ msgid "Stefan" +#~ msgstr "Stefan" + +#~ msgid "Kost" +#~ msgstr "Kost" + +#~ msgid "ensonic@users.sf.net" +#~ msgstr "ensonic@users.sf.net" + +#~ msgid "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org" +#~ msgstr "gtk-doc-list@gnome.org" + +#~ msgid "2000, 2005, 2007-2009" +#~ msgstr "2000, 2005, 2007-2009" + +#~ msgid "Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost" +#~ msgstr "Dan Mueth e Chris Lyttle e Stefan Kost" + +#~ msgid "development version" +#~ msgstr "versão de desenvolvimento" + +#~ msgid "bug and regression fixes" +#~ msgstr "correções de falhas e regressão" + +#~ msgid "bugfixes and performance improvements" +#~ msgstr "correção de falhas e melhoramento de performance" + +#~ msgid "broken tarball update" +#~ msgstr "atualização de arquivo tarball quebrado" + +#~ msgid "new tool features and bugfixes" +#~ msgstr "novas funcionalidades da ferramenta e correções de falhas" + +#~ msgid "GNOME doc-utils migration" +#~ msgstr "migração do GNOME doc-utils" + +#~ msgid "explanation" +#~ msgstr "explicação" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Missing or wrong naming in file (see )." +#~ msgstr " " diff --git a/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp b/help/manual/pt_BR/pt_BR.stamp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 diff --git a/help/manual/sl/index.docbook b/help/manual/sl/index.docbook index 28bea1f..51fe027 100644 --- a/help/manual/sl/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/sl/index.docbook @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -509,9 +515,13 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integration with automake - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. @@ -526,22 +536,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck - - - - - - @@ -809,57 +803,91 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - + If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'. - + - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus @@ -1722,11 +1750,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/sv/index.docbook b/help/manual/sv/index.docbook index b2997ab..256171b 100644 --- a/help/manual/sv/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/sv/index.docbook @@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -496,9 +502,13 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) Integration med automake - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. @@ -513,22 +523,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck - - - - - - @@ -796,57 +790,91 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - + If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'. - + - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus @@ -1709,11 +1737,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/ta/index.docbook b/help/manual/ta/index.docbook index c6bf20a..b4294f1 100644 --- a/help/manual/ta/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/ta/index.docbook @@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -406,7 +412,16 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) ஆட்டோமேக் உடன் ஒருங்கிணைப்பு - முதலில் gtkdoc-sources அடைவிலிருந்து உங்கள் திட்டத்தின் ஏபிஐ ஆவண அடைவு ( ./docs/reference/<package>) க்கு Makefile.am ஐ பிரதி எடுக்கவும். உங்களுக்கு பல டாக் பொதிகள் இருப்பின் இதை ஒவ்வொன்றுக்கும் செய்யவும். + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. @@ -419,22 +434,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - distcheck போது ஜிடிகே- டாக் ஐ செயலாக்குக - - - - - - @@ -673,51 +672,85 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - சிறப்பு குறிகளான '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', அல்லது '#' ஐ ஜிடிகே டாக் மாற்றாமல் அப்படியே ஆவணத்தில் பயன்படுத்த அவற்றுக்கான ஹெச்எம்எல் ஐ பயன்படுத்துக: "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" மற்றும் "&num;" அல்லது பின் சாய்வு கோடால் அவற்றை தனியாக்கலாம்.'\'. + சிறப்பு குறிகளான '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', அல்லது '#' ஐ ஜிடிகே டாக் மாற்றாமல் அப்படியே ஆவணத்தில் பயன்படுத்த அவற்றுக்கான ஹெச்எம்எல் ஐ பயன்படுத்துக: "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" மற்றும் "&num;" அல்லது பின் சாய்வு கோடால் அவற்றை தனியாக்கலாம்.'\'. - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + ஜிடிகே டாக் @@ -1522,11 +1555,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/te/index.docbook b/help/manual/te/index.docbook index 080d78d..9e58459 100644 --- a/help/manual/te/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/te/index.docbook @@ -67,6 +67,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -390,7 +396,16 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) automake తో విలీనం - ముందుగా Makefile.amను gtkdoc-sources యొక్క వుదాహరణల వుపసంచయం నుండి మీ ప్రోజెక్టు యొక్క API పత్రికీకరణ డైరెక్టరీనకు నకలుతీయుము (./docs/reference/<package>). మీరు బహుళ doc-packages కలిగివుంటే ప్రతిదానికి యిలా చేయండి. + + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources + to your project's API documentation directory ( + ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. + If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. + The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. @@ -403,22 +418,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - distcheck చేయునప్పుడు GTK-Doc చేతనము చేయి - - - - - - @@ -657,51 +656,85 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure. + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. - మీరు ప్రత్యేక ఆక్షరములు '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#'ను మీ పత్రికీకరణనందు GTK-Doc వాటిని మార్చకుండా వుపయోగించాలి అంటే మీరు XML మూలకములు "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" మరియు "&num;" వుపయోగించవచ్చు లేదా వాటిని '\' బాక్‌స్లాష్‌తో ఎస్కేప్ చేయుము. + మీరు ప్రత్యేక ఆక్షరములు '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#'ను మీ పత్రికీకరణనందు GTK-Doc వాటిని మార్చకుండా వుపయోగించాలి అంటే మీరు XML మూలకములు "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" మరియు "&num;" వుపయోగించవచ్చు లేదా వాటిని '\' బాక్‌స్లాష్‌తో ఎస్కేప్ చేయుము. - DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, tables and - examples. To enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside - doc-comments you need to have or + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + + + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. - Since GTK-Doc-1.18 the tool supports a subset or the - markdown language. - One can use it for sub-headings and simple itemized lists. On older - GTK-Doc versions the content will be rendered as it (the list items will - appear in one line separated by dashes). - GTK-Doc comment block using markdown + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ ]]> + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + + ముందుగా చెప్పినట్లుగా GTK-Doc అనునది పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు. స్థిర చిహ్నములకు వొక్కరే పత్రికీకరణ వ్రాయలేరు. ఆ చిహ్నములను కూడా వ్యాఖ్యానించుట మంచిది. ఇది యితరులు కూడా మీ కోడ్‌ను అర్ధము చేసుకొనుటకు సహాయపడును. అందుకని వీటిని సాదారణ వ్యాఖ్యలు (మొదటి వరుసనందు 2వ '*' లేకుండా) వుపయోగించి వ్యాఖ్యానించమని సూచించడమైంది. తరువాత ఆ ఫంక్షన్ పబ్లిక్‌గా మార్చవలసివుంటే, చేయవలసినదల్లా వేరొక '*'ను వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ నందు చేర్చి మరియు చిహ్నపు నామాన్నివిభగాముల ఫైలునందు సరైన స్థానములో వుంచడమే. @@ -1508,11 +1541,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + Documenting other interfaces diff --git a/help/manual/zh_CN/index.docbook b/help/manual/zh_CN/index.docbook index e787a0e..5fb4953 100644 --- a/help/manual/zh_CN/index.docbook +++ b/help/manual/zh_CN/index.docbook @@ -34,6 +34,12 @@ + + 1.19.1 + 05 Jun 2013 + ss + development version + 1.19 05 Jun 2013 @@ -416,9 +422,13 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) 与automake集成 - First copy the Makefile.am from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources + First copy the Makefile.am from the + examples sub directory of the + gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). + A local copy should be available under e.g. + /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. @@ -433,22 +443,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4) - - You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the distcheck make target. Just - add the one line shown in the next example to your top-level - Makefile.am: - - - - 在make distcheck过程中启用GTK-Doc - - -DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS=--enable-gtk-doc - - - - - @@ -689,35 +683,84 @@ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html - 用#Struct.field指示结构体的字段。 + + Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and + #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. + - 如果你要在文档里面使用一些特殊的字符'<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' 且不用GTK-Doc来修改它们，你可以相应地用XML 实体 "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" 以及 "&num;"或者用一个反斜线'\'来转义它们。 + 如果你要在文档里面使用一些特殊的字符'<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' 且不用GTK-Doc来修改它们，你可以相应地用XML 实体 "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" 以及 "&num;"或者用一个反斜线'\'来转义它们。 - DocBook可以做比链接多得多的事情。你可以有列表，表格和示例。要在doc-comments中激活docbook SGML/XML标识的使用，你得往Makefile.am文件中的变量MKDB_OPTIONS上加入 或 选项。 + + DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, + examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the + preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting + syntax called + Markdown. + On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes + Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will + appear as lines starting with a dash. + - 从 GTK-Doc-1.18 版本开始，该工具支持 markdown 标记语言 的一个子集。可以用它定义小标题和简单的项目列表。在较早的 GTK-Doc 版本中，内容会原样渲染(列表项会显示在一行，以短划线隔开)。使用markdown进行GTK-Doc块注释 - + + In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional + formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook + SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by + putting or + in the variable + MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. + + + GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown + + + * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); + * ]| */ - +]]> - + + + + + More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the + GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. + 如早先所述，GTK-Doc是为编写公共的API而作的。所以你不能够为静态符号编写文档。尽管如此，它也可以很好地为那些符号作注释。这有助于他人理解你的代码。因此我们建议你用普通的注释来注释它们（不使用第一行的第二个'*'号）。如果以后函数须要作为public，你须做的只是在注释块中加入另一个 '*'号并且在区段文件里插入正确的标识符名称。 @@ -1396,11 +1439,95 @@ gtk_arrow_get_type <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing - symbols in any of those, one can ask gtkdoc to keep the intermediate scanner - file for further analysis, by running it as + symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate + scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. + + + Modernizing the documentation + + + GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new + features together with the version since when it is available. + + + + GTK-Doc 1.9 + + + When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master + document <package>-docs.xml. + + + + This version supports + in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and + can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that + have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new + section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually + maintained section file can be as simple as running + meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. + + + + Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in + the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. + This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the + extra tmpl build step at all, by using + in configure.ac. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.10 + + + This version supports in + Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the + <package>.types is autogenerated and can be + removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also + setup the IGNORE_HFILES in + Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.16 + + + This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run + a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding + these lines to the end of Makefile.am. + Enable gtkdoc-check + + + + + + + + + GTK-Doc 1.20 + + + Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in + doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version + improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that + explains the comment syntax + has all the details. + + + 为其它接口书写文档 diff --git a/home.png b/home.png deleted file mode 100644 index 17003611d9df2b066afc682cbde962f3a575002d..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 654 zcmV;90&)F`P)~yY zO1cF+0vxb!W?!x?K+*#62Jq)nA4q`)5S6sgX4ao{=)(Mgq+YMr)7sjak|a^9)zS!j zlk{-n29mabXYF=7SYBQx&vO8xC}MYams+hxqtO7sImhPaCf@rq;I^3!#u*2aUP)55 zT2&N90xmEJ0s&fGT~(T<3d2xYmK9C>IP*x-M@ib*+0pFm>>uW37N2Wzaq-fCnIZE9 zpb8}0+uN+KuQM2oZVHfP8U6kQdo3?>Wo2dT)WeM9So8DqhLi#T0 z-i(>mfjhvbsYV`;4sgfJ-p>G-SqJ!fjR6BQYs1h*y9xaN0l{VB;o%`08yiy@)$8@~ z2PD1gcDuiy;j1tR0v#V8OH%W)25-YKyx(j#IXO9*YWf0mb8}QG6@b@;cHxh9{t7+@ o!Yd`f8L$sLH?yBt^q3C6015TtIu@BS5dZ)H07*qoM6N<$f*igdr~m)} diff --git a/left.png b/left.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2d05b3d5b4aeec9384bbfe404bfc4ed0897051c4..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 459 zcmV;+0W|)JP)40xL?wO*>WZ(J#ML5j2<9jD6A%Q&kC}jOeEc;X{s;`zcnxLeZR6?6h#^ihmNF6NpGdilO$m<82oD9WQ|6nVv1`? z>KufRi{?QPXg;4;wroQu4?mN1Ydd@|kaQ|ZyWLK!)yi7Wb%=0{}lD)tfliHAUyWRQ+fD_;aV6j->y6!O_8bENg&2]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([found]) + ifelse([$3],,,[$3]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([not found]) + ifelse([$4],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find ifelse([$2],,[$1],[$2]) in XML catalog])],[$4]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 b/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cca2267 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +dnl Checks the location of the XML Catalog +dnl Usage: +dnl JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG([ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) +dnl Defines XMLCATALOG and XML_CATALOG_FILE substitutions +AC_DEFUN([JH_PATH_XML_CATALOG], +[ + dnl check for the presence of the XML catalog + AC_ARG_WITH([xml-catalog], + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xml-catalog=CATALOG], + [path to xml catalog to use]),, + [with_xml_catalog='']) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for XML catalog]) + if test -n "$with_xml_catalog"; then + dnl path was explicitly given. check that it exists. + if test -f "$with_xml_catalog"; then + jh_found_xmlcatalog=true + else + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + fi + else + dnl if one was not explicitly specified, try some guesses + dnl we look first in /etc/xml/catalog, then XDG_DATA_DIRS/xml/catalog + if test -z "$XDG_DATA_DIRS"; then + dnl if we have no XDG_DATA_DIRS, use the default + jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:/usr/local/share:/usr/share" + else + jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs="/etc:$XDG_DATA_DIRS" + fi + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + dnl take care to iterate based on ':', allowing whitespace to appear in paths + jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs="$IFS" + IFS=':' + for d in $jh_xml_catalog_searchdirs; do + if test -f "$d/xml/catalog"; then + with_xml_catalog="$d/xml/catalog" + jh_found_xmlcatalog=true + break + fi + done + IFS="$jh_xml_catalog_saved_ifs" + fi + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$with_xml_catalog]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([not found]) + fi + XML_CATALOG_FILE="$with_xml_catalog" + AC_SUBST([XML_CATALOG_FILE]) + + dnl check for the xmlcatalog program + AC_PATH_PROG(XMLCATALOG, xmlcatalog, no) + if test "x$XMLCATALOG" = xno; then + jh_found_xmlcatalog=false + fi + + if $jh_found_xmlcatalog; then + ifelse([$1],,[:],[$1]) + else + ifelse([$2],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find XML catalog])],[$2]) + fi +]) diff --git a/right.png b/right.png deleted file mode 100644 index 92832e3a4566e59d6e4092010e08d28f3be3a68d..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 472 zcmV;}0Vn>6P)ARQqaxysz9Q}BI-m)~Y zggoA|1V*z2{cQ=d;!=?fvu4~`n82RKrk1UubNXTJj1GP|o-=>$A29f{JgJ9K`^t{Q z-oWs>M&_hvT&MjX@T4-&sBW+1^4oB5G4r2q!qGktZ!n*!)hjrjd0_4L6;4%u<}orJ u%Vo~x?#i!!ww+1OGuHe}T=cKQUzn^_t)8|WlnDbmjKR~@&t;ucLK6TWJ3j{^~q!iyia4kV=mdU|Jhfgdm;SLIpiYJ7wv^kjFiECCc&8T30!RG0~&BG=X zlu#U4@Z`))V`EG9e^NqDr#{!5k|)wT* zYTNt0`@q%TAD$){%#eQ?;$^ly8}yZCU%T~u0XM^%t?f#e znB*EuLv2rP%K3BMvFO}YmnR}KSgH;`EHL$)^!tH~iBxZ#h^zJi*#P5Xb6B50U@nx2 mU;T=yfcwnSOsS9SKd{M#MlNkCuvG>I8-u5-pUXO@geCx5`k@p6 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/style/left.png b/style/left.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2abde032b0c98b756b12d380da4318205cd78470 GIT binary patch literal 262 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^0wB!61|;P_|4#%`Y)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b zKpodXn9)gNb_Gz7y~NYkmHjTefRMaSLay~*pwMJb7sn8b(^oI8=R24v(*CjE{-BFv z0BhvLm?o9(UC{-Ci?lD?Ve-7-xypA!PTC(0^;>UheG4Altep3@`rO0#Rjs1)RxCLr zE5mee>7m*=%yEk+GVvGkRy0O&*&MTd5SjH(lgq~7r%6oRW$l1p-*S}iC>@fyDsz%y z`UIW8^Ao=maGhj3E8{7Cd_qof`K4oa->23`>&M2+XBtd2J`8jogQu&X%Q~loCIG_? BVG#fT literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/style/right-insensitive.png b/style/right-insensitive.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4c95785b907b978f36674cd98bf5302669c15c1b GIT binary patch literal 373 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^0wB!61|;P_|4#%`Y)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b zKpodXn9)gNb_Gz7y~NYkmHjTefG`u!(zUX23=E7+o-U3d7N^fn+URvSL8NuRG*{E) z?#-+97X-^pidQ*u@StO1(S@7g8g>nnA24$?ty?)cmuaa|Y>ez2*_Ia?6HP4j{3LIs zTr!s1ao_Sz^~3e4zRJGAjKZGn=XP#)Wmuo-QN>teTzzI!&R*jMI^Oa#7_ukLYdicf zOx;1mb-rt04s-c|uIH8fnX}$)XJa^0_-F3(pA%=sGI<|(n_*&=yYt96+n5InXn_GN+EraJI9q(O+n{6MQKErp&KxRvpfn0xh z`sSMqH(2Z%?kaFBTf06W^y=UDA9gR9YrwNS*1pjB((0K%&+SbAx3`XA&dKZ}j*nX7 QfdRze>FVdQ&MBb@09|aA9{>OV literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/style/right.png b/style/right.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..76260ec8865f4e13cd269ec62eccd78a33adba3c GIT binary patch literal 261 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^0wB!61|;P_|4#%`Y)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b zKpodXn9)gNb_Gz7y~NYkmHjTefRMbR+#PqI2*V^#7sn8b(^oI8=W9$9IsUQVezxzH zy`G{eu0`y#boSlU-NAlQG~=D)BPJG4k(^0qdDa(AdQvI0d|vJT=i7_<_D6`Cy?Dm; zP0@1EeB~D|O$oQe*sxL-P;q{2UCr}fN-o#M~tpZzsGyfNz46SZlIJCbKH zZQscEqpOfBCPDgx dd > dl > dt +{ + padding-top: 0.25em; + padding-bottom: 0.25em; +} + +dl.toc > dt +{ + padding-top: 1em; + padding-bottom: 0.5em; + font-weight: bold; +} + +.parameter +{ + font-style: normal; } .footer @@ -173,31 +309,70 @@ hr font-size: 80%; } +.informalfigure, +.figure +{ + margin: 1em; +} + +.informalexample, +.example +{ + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; +} + .warning { /* tango:orange 0/1 */ background: #ffeed9; + background: rgba(252, 175, 62, 0.1); border-color: #ffb04f; + border-color: rgba(252, 175, 62, 0.2); } .note { /* tango:chameleon 0/0.5 */ background: #d8ffb2; + background: rgba(138, 226, 52, 0.1); border-color: #abf562; + border-color: rgba(138, 226, 52, 0.2); } -.note, .warning +div.blockquote +{ + border-color: #eeeeec; +} +.note, .warning, div.blockquote { padding: 0.5em; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; + margin: 2em; } -.note h3, .warning h3 +.note p, .warning p { - margin-top: 0.0em + margin: 0; } -.note p, .warning p + +div.warning h3.title, +div.note h3.title { - margin-bottom: 0.0em + display: none; +} + +p + div.section +{ + margin-top: 1em; +} + +div.refnamediv, +div.refsynopsisdiv, +div.refsect1, +div.refsect2, +div.toc, +div.section +{ + margin-bottom: 1em; } /* blob links */ @@ -210,11 +385,22 @@ h2 .extralinks, h3 .extralinks font-weight: normal; } +.lineart +{ + color: #d3d7cf; + font-weight: normal; +} + .annotation { /* tango:aluminium 5 */ color: #555753; - font-size: 80%; + font-weight: normal; +} + +.structfield +{ + font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; } @@ -237,6 +423,7 @@ h2 .extralinks, h3 .extralinks .listing_frame { /* tango:sky blue 1 */ border: solid 1px #729fcf; + border: solid 1px rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.2); padding: 0px; } @@ -245,20 +432,28 @@ h2 .extralinks, h3 .extralinks margin-bottom: 0px; padding: 0.5em; } +.listing_lines { + /* this just adds visual clutter and + takes precious room from small screens */ + display: none; +} .listing_lines { /* tango:sky blue 0.5 */ background: #a6c5e3; + background: rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.2); /* tango:aluminium 6 */ color: #2e3436; } .listing_code { /* tango:sky blue 0 */ background: #e6f3ff; + background: rgba(114, 159, 207, 0.1); } .listing_code .programlisting { /* override from previous */ border: none 0px; padding: 0px; + background: none; } .listing_lines pre, .listing_code pre { margin: 0px; diff --git a/style/up-insensitive.png b/style/up-insensitive.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f40498606db349a7321cf6b470523e836ee7ac2e GIT binary patch literal 374 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^0wB!61|;P_|4#%`Y)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b zKpodXn9)gNb_Gz7y~NYkmHjTefG~@Ex#w@70gTL^E{-7zACwHGSRJaopUzr*FR_KPpkxheNzTDP+%{a~ox zRb6~e-_l%s#;V|Jw-)bO$G_X=4F`Y7SBoCzyjAZQ8BPW>ywAP8?pbBsZ|wt?+h6S6&uqY)kkMnwQQEd@7k`4t@sCCO z@7MoiEI4Q_#IB70vhu7Ab+>SXLxu@LWH Qzz|~aboFyt=akR{08E^fv;Y7A literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/style/up.png b/style/up.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..80b4b37e997d69b2e128bc3090bc447ccb74bbe9 GIT binary patch literal 260 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^0wB!61|;P_|4#%`Y)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b zKpodXn9)gNb_Gz7y~NYkmHjTefRFevZLys@4W>+6GUE!tU04Ii{0w_tkMIDB?rA5 zttYTN&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -588,7 +591,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -605,7 +608,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -625,7 +628,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -635,7 +638,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -659,8 +662,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt b/tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt index 30d9282..59fef69 100644 --- a/tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt +++ b/tests/annotations/docs/tester-sections.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ annotation_outparams annotation_skip annotation_skip_return annotation_scope +annotation_rename_to
diff --git a/tests/annotations/src/Makefile.in b/tests/annotations/src/Makefile.in index be22a28..218522c 100644 --- a/tests/annotations/src/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/annotations/src/Makefile.in @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/annotations/src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -100,6 +101,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -110,6 +112,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/annotations/src/tester.c b/tests/annotations/src/tester.c index 88fe705..09f103a 100644 --- a/tests/annotations/src/tester.c +++ b/tests/annotations/src/tester.c @@ -135,3 +135,13 @@ void annotation_scope (GCallback *callback, gpointer user_data) { } + +/** + * annotation_rename_to: (rename-to annotation_scope) + * + * Documentation for this function. + */ +void +annotation_rename_to (void) +{ +} diff --git a/tests/annotations/src/tester.h b/tests/annotations/src/tester.h index f2ad034..3baf440 100644 --- a/tests/annotations/src/tester.h +++ b/tests/annotations/src/tester.h @@ -29,5 +29,7 @@ extern gboolean annotation_skip_return (GList *list); extern void annotation_scope (GCallback *callback, gpointer user_data); +extern void annotation_rename_to (void); + #endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H diff --git a/tests/bugs/Makefile.in b/tests/bugs/Makefile.in index 53bdac3..53b5cc2 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/bugs/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/bugs DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am b/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am index e008d3a..edcdab5 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am +++ b/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.am @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS= # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. SCAN_OPTIONS=--deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" \ - --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST' \ + --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST|BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR\(.+\)' \ --rebuild-types # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. diff --git a/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in b/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in index 524d6e1..f6ba0a0 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/bugs/docs/Makefile.in @@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make subdir = tests/bugs/docs ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -227,7 +230,7 @@ SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS = # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. SCAN_OPTIONS = --deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED" \ - --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST' \ + --ignore-decorators='GLIB_VAR|GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST|BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR\(.+\)' \ --rebuild-types @@ -526,11 +529,11 @@ uninstall-am: check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -546,7 +549,7 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -554,9 +557,9 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -566,7 +569,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -589,7 +592,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -606,7 +609,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -626,7 +629,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -636,7 +639,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -660,8 +663,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt b/tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt index 981e7f4..a7df5c3 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt +++ b/tests/bugs/docs/tester-sections.txt @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ bug_624001b bug_624001c bug_624001d bug_624001e +bug_711598 +deprecation_notice gst_play_marshal_BUFFER__BOXED @@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ GTKDOC_GNUC_CONST G_GNUC_DEPRECATED G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR GLIB_DEPRECATED +BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR bug_554833_new diff --git a/tests/bugs/src/Makefile.in b/tests/bugs/src/Makefile.in index 7c085b5..65dbf13 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/src/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/bugs/src/Makefile.in @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/bugs/src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -100,6 +101,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -110,6 +112,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/bugs/src/tester.c b/tests/bugs/src/tester.c index dfdd229..47dc4f7 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/src/tester.c +++ b/tests/bugs/src/tester.c @@ -355,6 +355,8 @@ void bug_000000_va1 (gchar name, ...) * bug_624001a: * * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001 + * + * Deprecated: Use main() instead. */ void bug_624001a(void) { @@ -364,6 +366,8 @@ void bug_624001a(void) * bug_624001b: * * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001 + * + * Deprecated: Use main() instead. */ void bug_624001b(void) { @@ -373,6 +377,8 @@ void bug_624001b(void) * bug_624001c: * * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001 + * + * Deprecated: Use main() instead. */ void bug_624001c(void) { @@ -382,6 +388,8 @@ void bug_624001c(void) * bug_624001d: * * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001 + * + * Deprecated: Use main() instead. */ void bug_624001d(void) { @@ -391,8 +399,30 @@ void bug_624001d(void) * bug_624001e: * * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=624001 + * + * Deprecated: Use main() instead. */ void bug_624001e(void) { } +/** + * bug_711598: + * + * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=711598 + */ +void bug_711598(void) +{ +} + +/** + * deprecation_notice: + * + * Foo. + * + * Deprecated: 3.10: Use named icon "bar" instead. + */ +void deprecation_notice(void) +{ +} + diff --git a/tests/bugs/src/tester.h b/tests/bugs/src/tester.h index 6dc2ee9..7201205 100644 --- a/tests/bugs/src/tester.h +++ b/tests/bugs/src/tester.h @@ -483,4 +483,12 @@ void bug_624001d(void); GLIB_DEPRECATED void bug_624001e (void); +#define BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR(f) G_GNUC_DEPRECATED_FOR(f) +BUG_711598_DEPRECATED_FOR(bug_711598b) +void bug_711598(void); + +#ifdef GTKDOC_DISABLE_DEPRECATED +void deprecation_notice(void); +#endif + #endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H diff --git a/tests/empty.sh b/tests/empty.sh index 9f54325..b4e824a 100755 --- a/tests/empty.sh +++ b/tests/empty.sh @@ -1,4 +1,9 @@ #!/bin/sh +if ! grep -q ^GtkDocTestIf$ empty/docs/tester-sections.txt; then + echo "Test for bug https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=705633 has failed." + exit 1 +fi + gtkdoctest.sh empty diff --git a/tests/empty/Makefile.in b/tests/empty/Makefile.in index 06ac0b6..12ac507 100644 --- a/tests/empty/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/empty/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/empty DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/empty/docs/Makefile.in b/tests/empty/docs/Makefile.in index e93ab02..6b46846 100644 --- a/tests/empty/docs/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/empty/docs/Makefile.in @@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make subdir = tests/empty/docs ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -535,11 +538,11 @@ uninstall-am: check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -555,7 +558,7 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -563,9 +566,9 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -575,7 +578,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -598,7 +601,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -615,7 +618,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -635,7 +638,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -645,7 +648,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -669,8 +672,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/empty/docs/tester-sections.txt b/tests/empty/docs/tester-sections.txt index 04b08ca..1291fb4 100644 --- a/tests/empty/docs/tester-sections.txt +++ b/tests/empty/docs/tester-sections.txt @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
tester +GtkDocTestIf test +GtkDocTestIfInterface +GtkDocTestIf
diff --git a/tests/empty/src/Makefile.in b/tests/empty/src/Makefile.in index 1d22111..e8be2f9 100644 --- a/tests/empty/src/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/empty/src/Makefile.in @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/empty/src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -100,6 +101,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -110,6 +112,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/empty/src/tester.c b/tests/empty/src/tester.c index e8d4dee..8f69faf 100644 --- a/tests/empty/src/tester.c +++ b/tests/empty/src/tester.c @@ -21,3 +21,15 @@ void test (gint a) { } +/** + * GtkDocTestIf: + * + * test object + */ +/** + * GtkDocTestIfInterface: + * @parent: parent interface type. + * + * test interface + */ + diff --git a/tests/empty/src/tester.h b/tests/empty/src/tester.h index d204b74..23ab4ea 100644 --- a/tests/empty/src/tester.h +++ b/tests/empty/src/tester.h @@ -2,9 +2,19 @@ #define GTKDOC_TESTER_H #include +#include void test (gint a); +// test for https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=705633 +typedef struct _GtkDocTestIf GtkDocTestIf; +typedef struct _GtkDocTestIfInterface GtkDocTestIfInterface; + +struct _GtkDocTestIfInterface { + GTypeInterface parent; + +}; + #endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H diff --git a/tests/fail/Makefile.in b/tests/fail/Makefile.in index 48cd7a1..900f80a 100644 --- a/tests/fail/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/fail/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/fail DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/fail/docs/Makefile.in b/tests/fail/docs/Makefile.in index d1b047d..c96983d 100644 --- a/tests/fail/docs/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/fail/docs/Makefile.in @@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make subdir = tests/fail/docs ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -524,11 +527,11 @@ uninstall-am: check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -544,7 +547,7 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -552,9 +555,9 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -564,7 +567,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -587,7 +590,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -604,7 +607,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -624,7 +627,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -634,7 +637,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -658,8 +661,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/fail/src/Makefile.in b/tests/fail/src/Makefile.in index c26c7a1..205541b 100644 --- a/tests/fail/src/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/fail/src/Makefile.in @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/fail/src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -100,6 +101,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -110,6 +112,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/gobject/Makefile.in b/tests/gobject/Makefile.in index 60af570..fedeaf6 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/gobject/Makefile.in @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/gobject DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -108,6 +109,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.in b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.in index e78275b..4bdcf3b 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile.in @@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make subdir = tests/gobject/docs-tmpl ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -528,11 +531,11 @@ uninstall-am: check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -548,20 +551,20 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \ - { cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ + { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \ fi @touch setup-build.stamp #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -571,7 +574,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -594,13 +597,13 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Rebuilding template files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files" @echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \ - cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ + cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ fi \ fi @touch tmpl-build.stamp @@ -615,7 +618,7 @@ $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml: sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -632,7 +635,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -652,7 +655,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -686,8 +689,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml index 917fe1a..fc620bf 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml +++ b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-docs.xml @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ Tests + diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt index 06ef0dc..881bf96 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt +++ b/tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/tester-sections.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ gtkdoc_object_new gtkdoc_object_set_otest gtkdoc_object_frobnicate gtkdoc_object_fooify +gtkdoc_object_do_not_use GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_DUMMY GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_SUM @@ -27,6 +28,15 @@ GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT2 gtkdoc_object2_get_type +
+object3 + +GtkdocObject3 +GtkdocObject3Class +GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3 +gtkdoc_object3_get_type +
+
iface GtkdocIface @@ -53,12 +63,15 @@ gtkdoc_iface2_get_type
types GtkdocEnum +GtkdocEnum2 GtkdocPlainOldData GtkdocBoxedPlainOldData GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM +GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2 GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED gtkdoc_enum_get_type +gtkdoc_enum2_get_type gtkdoc_boxed_get_type GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED_PLAIN_OLD_DATA gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in b/tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in index 4267170..021b540 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/gobject/docs/Makefile.in @@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make subdir = tests/gobject/docs ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -75,6 +76,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ @@ -527,11 +530,11 @@ uninstall-am: check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -547,7 +550,7 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -555,9 +558,9 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -567,7 +570,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -590,7 +593,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -607,7 +610,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -627,7 +630,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -661,8 +664,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml b/tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml index b13ce5a..13883f2 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml +++ b/tests/gobject/docs/tester-docs.xml @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ Tests + diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt b/tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt index 06ef0dc..881bf96 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt +++ b/tests/gobject/docs/tester-sections.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ gtkdoc_object_new gtkdoc_object_set_otest gtkdoc_object_frobnicate gtkdoc_object_fooify +gtkdoc_object_do_not_use GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_DUMMY GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_SUM @@ -27,6 +28,15 @@ GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT2 gtkdoc_object2_get_type
+
+object3 + +GtkdocObject3 +GtkdocObject3Class +GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3 +gtkdoc_object3_get_type +
+
iface GtkdocIface @@ -53,12 +63,15 @@ gtkdoc_iface2_get_type
types GtkdocEnum +GtkdocEnum2 GtkdocPlainOldData GtkdocBoxedPlainOldData GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM +GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2 GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED gtkdoc_enum_get_type +gtkdoc_enum2_get_type gtkdoc_boxed_get_type GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED_PLAIN_OLD_DATA gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type diff --git a/tests/gobject/docs/tester.types b/tests/gobject/docs/tester.types index 6187fbf..f659b48 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/docs/tester.types +++ b/tests/gobject/docs/tester.types @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ gtkdoc_boxed_get_type gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type +gtkdoc_enum2_get_type gtkdoc_enum_get_type gtkdoc_iface2_get_type gtkdoc_iface_get_type gtkdoc_object2_get_type +gtkdoc_object3_get_type gtkdoc_object_get_type diff --git a/tests/gobject/src/Makefile.in b/tests/gobject/src/Makefile.in index b59d40e..34bf07f 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/src/Makefile.in +++ b/tests/gobject/src/Makefile.in @@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = tests/gobject/src DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac +am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \ + $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d @@ -102,6 +103,7 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ +DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@ DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ @@ -112,6 +114,7 @@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ +ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ FGREP = @FGREP@ FOP = @FOP@ diff --git a/tests/gobject/src/gobject.c b/tests/gobject/src/gobject.c index 82ed94a..7679562 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/src/gobject.c +++ b/tests/gobject/src/gobject.c @@ -5,6 +5,22 @@ * @see_also: #GtkdocIface * @Image: object.png * + * > Two line + * > quote + * + * Offsets are time values to be added to local + * time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and should be + * "[±]hh[[:]mm[:ss]]". Dates are either + * "Jn" (Julian day with n between 1 and 365, leap + * years not counted), "n" (zero-based Julian day + * with n between 0 and 365) or "Mm.w.d" (day d + * (0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of month m (1 <= m <= 12), day + * 0 is a Sunday). Times are in local wall clock time, the default is + * 02:00:00. + * + * lang_COUNTRY@MODIFIER + * lang_COUNTRY\@MODIFIER + * * This file contains non-sense code for the sole purpose of testing the docs. * We can link to the #GtkdocObject:otest property and the #GtkdocObject::otest * signal. @@ -23,7 +39,11 @@ * g_object_unref (myobj); * ]| * - * # Examples # + * # Examples # {#examples} + * + * Here are a few examples. + * + * ## Example 1 ## * * You can also change parameters: * @@ -31,13 +51,91 @@ * * * This example serves two main purposes: - * - testing conversion (long description - * follows here) + * + * - `test`ing conversion (`long description + * follows here`) + * * - catching bugs + * + * [GTK](http://www.gtk.org) ![Some image](home.png) + * * - having an example * - * Nothing more to say. + * # Discussion + * + * This is a section with a heading without a trailing hash mark. + * + * > Do not confuse the GtkUIManager UI Definitions described here with + * > the similarly named GtkBuilder UI + * > Definitions. + * + * > Single line quote + * + * + * + * This list is here to ensure the parsing of the above list + * + * + * Doesn't change it. + * + * + * + * This example serves two main purposes: + * + * * testing alternate list syntax + * + * Don't match this as a link [ style | binding ][ : priority ] + * + * * not sure if we want this one + * + * A link + * + * An embedded docbook section + * Some stuff + * + * - A list + * + * - Inside markup + * + * + * + * # Coda # {#this-is-an-id-tag} + * + * - One + * - Two + * - Three + * + * 1. This is a ordered list + * + * 1. This is a code block in a list: + * |[ + * GObject *myobj; + * + * myobj = gtkdoc_object_new(); + * // do something + * g_object_unref (myobj); + * ]| + * And another: + * |[ + * GObject *myobj; + * + * myobj = gtkdoc_object_new(); + * /* do something */ + * g_object_unref (myobj); + * ]| + * + * 1. Really + * + * Has a paragraph with a [link to the examples][examples]. + * + * 1. Is + * + * Nothing more to say. Except one more link: + * + * + * */ + /** * SECTION:object2 * @title: GtkdocObject2 @@ -50,9 +148,18 @@ * ========= * * All the internal details go here or not: + * * - single item list */ +/** + * SECTION:object3 + * @title: GtkdocObject3 + * @short_description: class that is mostly undocuemnted + * + * This file contains non-sense code for the sole purpose of testing the docs. + */ + #include #include @@ -138,6 +245,18 @@ gboolean gtkdoc_object_fooify (GObject *self, ...) { return TRUE; } +/** + * gtkdoc_object_do_not_use: + * @self: the object + * + * Test a deprecation without additional message. + * + * Deprecated: 3.10 + */ +void gtkdoc_object_do_not_use (GObject *self) { + +} + /* class internals */ static void gtkdoc_object_get_property (GObject *object, guint property_id, @@ -313,3 +432,23 @@ GType gtkdoc_object2_get_type (void) { return type; } +GType gtkdoc_object3_get_type (void) { + static GType type = 0; + if (type == 0) { + static const GTypeInfo info = { + (guint16)sizeof(GtkdocObject3Class), + NULL, // base_init + NULL, // base_finalize + NULL, // class_init + NULL, // class_finalize + NULL, // class_data + (guint16)sizeof(GtkdocObject3), + 0, // n_preallocs + NULL, // instance_init + NULL // value_table + }; + type = g_type_register_static(G_TYPE_OBJECT,"GtkdocObject3",&info,0); + } + return type; +} + diff --git a/tests/gobject/src/gobject.h b/tests/gobject/src/gobject.h index 24c1ce0..35cfbc2 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/src/gobject.h +++ b/tests/gobject/src/gobject.h @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ #define GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT2 (gtkdoc_object2_get_type ()) +#define GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3 (gtkdoc_object3_get_type ()) + /* type structs */ typedef struct _GtkdocObject GtkdocObject; @@ -23,6 +25,9 @@ typedef struct _GtkdocObjectClass GtkdocObjectClass; typedef struct _GtkdocObject2 GtkdocObject2; typedef struct _GtkdocObject2Class GtkdocObject2Class; +typedef struct _GtkdocObject3 GtkdocObject3; +typedef struct _GtkdocObject3Class GtkdocObject3Class; + /* in gtkdoc-scan::ScanHeader() we currently skip the enums, but output a decl * to -decl.txt and -decl-list.txt for the struct * If the symbol has no docs, we get a warning in -unused.txt for the struct, but @@ -81,6 +86,14 @@ struct _GtkdocObject2Class { GObjectClass parent; }; +struct _GtkdocObject3 { + GObject parent; +}; + +struct _GtkdocObject3Class { + GObjectClass parent; +}; + struct GtkdocHelperStruct { int a; @@ -93,10 +106,12 @@ enum GtkdocHelperEnum { GType gtkdoc_object_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; GType gtkdoc_object2_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; +GType gtkdoc_object3_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; GtkdocObject *gtkdoc_object_new(void); #ifndef GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED void gtkdoc_object_set_otest (GObject *self, const gchar *value); +void gtkdoc_object_do_not_use (GObject *self); #endif void gtkdoc_object_frobnicate (GObject *self, gint n); gboolean gtkdoc_object_fooify (GObject *self, ...); diff --git a/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.c b/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.c index 2e75e5f..4a24a8a 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.c +++ b/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.c @@ -28,6 +28,19 @@ GType gtkdoc_enum_get_type (void) { return type; } +GType gtkdoc_enum2_get_type (void) { + static GType type = 0; + if(type==0) { + static const GEnumValue values[] = { + { GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1, "GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1", "first" }, + { GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2, "GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2", "second" }, + { 0, NULL, NULL}, + }; + type = g_enum_register_static ("GtkdocEnum2", values); + } + return type; +} + /* boxed: class internals */ static gpointer gtkdoc_boxed_copy (gpointer boxed) { diff --git a/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.h b/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.h index 8550f7d..f826c38 100644 --- a/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.h +++ b/tests/gobject/src/gtypes.h @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ /* type macros */ #define GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM (gtkdoc_enum_get_type ()) +#define GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2 (gtkdoc_enum2_get_type ()) #define GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED (gtkdoc_boxed_get_type ()) /** @@ -24,7 +25,20 @@ typedef enum { GTKDOC_ENUM_V3 } GtkdocEnum; +/** + * GtkdocEnum2: + * @GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1: first + * @GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2: second + * + * Enum values for the #GtkdocEnum2 type. + */ +typedef enum { + GTKDOC_ENUM2_V1=0, + GTKDOC_ENUM2_V2, +} GtkdocEnum2; + GType gtkdoc_enum_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; +GType gtkdoc_enum2_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; GType gtkdoc_boxed_get_type(void) G_GNUC_CONST; diff --git a/tests/gtk-doc.make b/tests/gtk-doc.make index 4eefef6..8cb070c 100644 --- a/tests/gtk-doc.make +++ b/tests/gtk-doc.make @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -74,20 +74,20 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \ - { cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \ + { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \ chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \ fi @touch setup-build.stamp #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Rebuilding template files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files" @echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \ if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \ - cp -rp $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ + cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \ fi \ fi @touch tmpl-build.stamp @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml: sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -212,8 +212,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make b/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make index b3a700a..f9a8343 100644 --- a/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make +++ b/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS) check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: All done" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done" $(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \ for file in $$files ; do \ test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \ - cp -pu $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ + cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \ done; \ fi; \ fi @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ setup-build.stamp: ts #### scan #### -scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) +scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Scanning header files" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ scan-build.stamp: ts $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB) gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \ ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \ scanobj_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ scanobj_options="--verbose"; \ @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE) sgml-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt $(expand_content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building XML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML" @_source_dir='' ; \ for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \ _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \ @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @00$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building HTML" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML" @rm -rf html @mkdir html @mkhtml_options=""; \ @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) fi; \ done; @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Fixing cross-references" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references" @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \ gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \ - echo " DOC `date --utc --date @0$$tsd +%H:%M:%S.%N`: Building PDF" + echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF" @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf @mkpdf_options=""; \ if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \ @@ -188,8 +188,11 @@ pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) # we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests clean-local: - @rm -f *~ *.bak ts + @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log @rm -rf .libs + @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \ + rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \ + fi $(MAKE) distclean-local distclean-local: diff --git a/tests/gtkdoctest.sh b/tests/gtkdoctest.sh index 694c4c5..93f3b36 100755 --- a/tests/gtkdoctest.sh +++ b/tests/gtkdoctest.sh @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ suite=$1 dir=`dirname $0` -cd $dir/$suite/docs && gtkdoc-check +cd $dir/$suite/docs && \ +env BUILDDIR=$BUILDDIR/$suite/docs SRCDIR=$SRCDIR/$suite/docs gtkdoc-check # xmllint --noout --nonet --schema ../devhelp2.xsd ./bugs/docs/html/tester.devhelp2 # diff --git a/tests/sanity.sh b/tests/sanity.sh index 4f064fb..6ef67bc 100755 --- a/tests/sanity.sh +++ b/tests/sanity.sh @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/sh -dir=`dirname $0` +dir=$BUILDDIR +#`dirname $0` suite="sanity" failed=0 diff --git a/up.png b/up.png deleted file mode 100644 index 85b3e2a2755fece72d0d09fbf1cf28d51fa71077..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 406 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp^5+KaM1|%Pp+x`GjY)RhkE)4%caKYZ?lYt_f1s;*b z3=G^tAk28_ZrvZCAbW|YuPgf{4tZ81y*aK8HyIchl|5Y?Ln`LHoowrM#DT$We|~2y zm!kHPIYzBV#iFCm$l5qa=|7aUX_&jTHR3kct+f-3dJW1pZtj?HsP%l7!S0-YWnmjW zI3~>Cd4HCN^TYHBC0dz3r5|}*T3c5!K}0^NPTey!^rYo;W&eW{b1SE%dR-1ljcju- zJITo5P_e{cPDWDszO|97o#m$fni3V4d%~7^?0HU4-k!+X`e~w55Q}HA=c?CM9`EK` z^o5GF_RsnG`ey+9wOf8O4bzg>7W*;jU~M?g`OZAA$mNp|Lz<$s+~N9!2`ir8RcClo$(Q~19INM~9}j;&*|enC yGd}kJak0wj?aUKd8;%}`i}SSew>!A-2iw}^5}Rh(M>+vRkipZ{&t;ucLK6U4uc96R -- 2.34.1